http:/umconference.um.edu.

my/inch

The 2nd INCH 2017 is organized and hosted by Faculty

i of Built Environment ,University of Malaya (UM);
Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara (USU); Faculty of Engineering, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi
(UNPAB); and Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning, University of Bung Hatta (UBH)
Safeguarding Cultural Heritage:
Challenges and Approaches

E-Proceeding of the
nd
2 International Nusantara Cultural Heritage Symposium 2017

Padang, 15-17 November 2017

Program Studi Arsitektur

Fakultas Teknik Sipil dan Perencanaan
Universitas Bung Hatta

ii
E-Proceeding of The 2nd International Symposium of Nusantara Cultural Heritage 2017

Copyright and Reprint Permission

All rights reserved. No part of this proceeding may be reproduced in any form or by any means without permission
in writing from the University of Malaya, University of Sumatera Utara, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi
and University of Bung Hatta.
Permission for reproduction of the materials should be sought from “Program Studi Arsitektur, Fakultas Teknik
Sipil dan Perencanaan, Universitas Bung Hatta” on behalf of these four universities.
Act Number 19 of 2000 on Copyright, Chapter XII Criminal Procedure, Article 72, Paragraph (1), (2), dan (6).

ISBN : 978-602-51023-0-1

Reviewers :
Ar. Helena Aman Hashim (Head of Reviewing Committee) University of Malaya, Malaysia
Dr Brit Kayan University of Malaya, Malaysia
Dr Jonny Wongso University of Bung Hatta, Indonesia
Dr. Al Busra Fuadi University of Bung Hatta, Indonesia
Dr Maryam Ashkan University of Kansas, United States of America
Dr Rosniza Othman Prince Mugrin bin Abdul Aziz University, Saudi Arabia
Dr Zuraini Md Ali University of Malaya, Malaysia
Isnen Fitri University Sumatera Utara
Dr Ketut Wiradnyana Balai Arkeologi Medan, Indonesia
Dr Asmyta Surbakti University of Sumatera Utara, Indonesia
Dr Khoo Suet Leng Universiti Sains Malaysia
Dr Indera Syahrul Mat Razuan Universiti Tun Hussein Onn, Malaysia
Dr Lim Yoke Mui Universiti Sains Malaysia, Malaysia
Dr Sumarni Ismail Universiti Putra Malaysia, Malaysia
Dr Noor Fazamimah Mohd Ariffin Universiti Putra Malaysia, Malaysia
Dr Kaspan Eka Putra University of Pembangunan Panca Budi, Indonesia
Dr Ir Morida Siagian University of Sumatera Utara, Indonesia
Prof Ezrin Arbi University of Malaya, Malaysia

Editors :
Helena Aman Hashim Department of Architecture, Faculty of Built Environment
University Malaya, Malaysia

Linda Shafarina Hassan Department of Architecture, Faculty of Built Environment

University Malaya, Malaysia

Isnen Fitri Department of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering

University Sumatera Utara, Indonesia

Cover Design and Layout:

Linda Shafarina Hassan
Ika Mutia

iii
Publisher :
Program Studi Arsitektur
Fakultas Teknik Sipil dan Perencanaan
Universitas Bung Hatta
Jl. Sumatera Ulak Karang Padang , Sumatera Barat, 25133 Indonesia
Telphone +62 751 7051678
Fax +62 751 7055475
Email : arsitektur@bunghatta.ac.id

First Printing :
November, 2017

iv
Contents

Acknowledgements ix

Foreword xi

Keynote Speaker 1 xii

Keynote Speaker 2 xiii

PART 1: 2017 RESEARCH PAPER

Theme 1: Architectural and Urban Heritage
The Relocation, Conservation and Preservation of Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque in 1
Ipoh, Perak, Malaysia
Azim A. Aziz, M. Haziq Zulkifli - Malaysia

Revitalization of a Former Pharmacy as a Placemaking Strategy in Glodok Chinatown 8

Anita Halim - Indonesia

Traditional Architecture of Mandailing The Ecologies Context and Its Sustainability 15

Irma Novrianty Nasution, Alvan Syahreza, Hadibroto Bambang - Indonesia

Identification of Wonosobo Heritage Buildings 21

Muafani, Atinia Hidayah - Indonesia

A Study of The History of Lodging in Medan City at The End Of The 19th Century to 34
The Beginning of The 20th Century
Lila Pelita Hati, Sri Pangesti Dewi Murni, Rita M Setianingsih, Fitriaty Harahap
- Indonesia

The Evolution of Shape and Meaning in Vernacular Architecture: A Case Study of 39

Gorga Woodcarving Motifs in Toba Batak Houses
Yulianto - Indonesia

Manifestation of Modernist Architecture in Malaysia: Case Study of Petaling Jaya City 44

Helena Aman Hashim, Zuraini Md Ali, Megat Ariff Shah - Malaysia

v
Design Influence of Mughal Architecture in Kuala Lumpur 49
Loo Yi, Yahaya Ahmad - Malaysia

Interior Element of Kudus Traditional House in Langgar Dalem Village 55

Wiwit Setyowati, Didik NA Nugradi, Husni Dermawan - Indonesia

Reading Cultural Heritage of Southeast Asian Shophouses: Case Study in Takua Pa Old 59
District, Pang-Nga Province, Southern Thai Peninsula
Chansen Nathatai - Thailand

Master Plan and Design of Strategic Area Tourism Regional Nagari Traditional Koto 67
Hilalang Solok District
Elfida Agus – Indonesia

Identify Social Space in the City Landmark 76

Morida Siagian - Indonesia

Theme 2: Archaeological Sites

An Overview of The Maritime History of The 18th Century to The 20th Coastal Ports 79
of Bogak, Tanjung Tiram Districts, Asahan Regency, Sumatera Utara Province
Rita M Setianingsih, Lila Pelita Hati, Fitriaty Harahap, Nur Sukma Suri -
Indonesia

The Archaeological Architecture of Kota Johor Lama 85

Fadhillah Nasir, Helena Aman Hashim - Malaysia

The Historical and Archeological Heritage as an Object for Tourism Development 93

Efforts in Central Tapanuli Regency
Suprayitno, Ratna, Junita Setiana Ginting, Handoko - Indonesia

Theme 3: Intangible Cultural Heritage

Shifting Meaning of Space In Kajang Padati House In Padang 97

Rudi Elfendes - Indonesia

Shifting from Cultural Practitioners to Intangible Cultural Heritage (ICH) Inheritors: 104
Issues, Challenges and Approaches in The Malaysian‟s Living Human Treasure System
Noorfathehah Abdullah Sani, Yahaya Ahmad - Malaysia

vi
Theme 4: Conservation Policy And Management

Site Selection Criteria for British Colonial Hill Stations in Malaya 109
Siti Farrah Zaini, Zuraini Md Ali ,Brit Anak Kayan - Malaysia

Conserving the Heritage Village in Malaysia: Perspective and Challenges 116

Indera Syahrul Mat Radzuan, Mohammed Mohammed Ishaq, Noralfishah
Sulaiman,Yahaya Ahmad - Malaysia

Conceptual Framework of Assessment Methodology in Evaluating Cultural Value for 121

Architecture
Linda Shafarina Hassan, Yahaya Ahmad - Malaysia

The Conundrum of Human Capital in Building Conservation at George Town World 126
Heritage Site
Lim Yoke Mui, Khoo Suet Leng - Malaysia

Conservation Grant Program as a Sustainable Strategy towards Built Heritage: Case 130
Study of George Town World Heritage Site
Khoo Suet Leng, Lim Yoke Mui - Malaysia

Challenges between Authenticity and Building Regulations in Adaptive Reuse of 134

Shophouses in Malaysia
Yap Qiang Mei, Yahaya Ahmad - Malaysia

Management System and Cultural Heritage State of the Art 142

Ketut Wiradyana, Sylviana Mirahayu Ifani - Indonesia

Identification and Documentation of the Immovable Cultural Heritage in Medan City, 146
North Sumatra
Isnen Fitri, Yahaya Ahmad – Indonesia - Malaysia

PART 2: 2016 RESEARCH PAPER

Policy Analysis of Incentive and Disincentive for Heritage Building Preservation in 151
Medan City
Benny Iskandar - Indonesia

Evaluation Studies of the Construction of North Sumatra Tourism Board Office 157
Eddy Suhartono, Wahyu Andri Syahputra - Indonesia

Urban Transport Infrastructure Development Planning monorail on Existence Heritage 161

Building in Medan
Kaspan Eka Putra - Indonesia

vii
Insert The Archaeological Data in Gayo Culture Area, For History Culture 164
Reconstruction, Development of Science and Tourism
Ketut Wiradnyana - Indonesia

Landscape Architectonic Intervention Towards Climate Change Adaptation To 169

Sustainable Cultural Landscape of The Port City Of Belawan
Sri Shindi Indira - Indonesia

viii
Acknowledgments

INCH 2017 organizing committee wishes to express gratitude to the individuals and institutions who have
generously assisted with their advice and support to make the conference a success. We would also like to
thank the participants and keynote speakers for their ideas and thoughts which have broadened the
understanding and assisted in explaining issues which are related to the symposium topic „Safeguarding
Cultural Heritage: Challenges and Approaches‟

Keynote Speaker

Prof. Dr. Yahaya Ahmad

- Dean, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Dr. Ir. Eko Alvares Z, M.S.A
- Lecturer, Department of Architecture, University of Bung Hatta, Padang, Indonesia
Mahyeldi Ansharullah, S.P
- Mayor of Padang, Indonesia
Drs. Nurmatias Zakaria
- Head of BPCB Sumbar, Indonesia

INCH 2017 Organizing Committee

Advisory Board

Datuk Professor Dr. Awang Bulgiba Awg Mahmud

- Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic & International), University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Dr.Hendra Suherman, S.T., M.T.
- Vice Rector (Academic Affairs), University of Bung Hatta, Padang, Indonesia
Drs. Mahyuddin K.M. Nasution, M.T.I, Phd
- Vice Rector (Research, Community Service, and Coorporation) University of Sumatera Utara, Medan,
Indonesia
Ir. Bhakti Alamsyah, MT, PhD
- Vice Rector, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi, Padang, Medan, Indonesia
Prof. Dr. Yahaya Ahmad
- Dean, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Dr. Nengah Tela, ST, M.Sc
- Dean, Faculty of Civil Engineering And Planning, University of Bung Hatta, Padang, Indonesia
Ir. Seri Maulina, MSi, PhD
- Dean, Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara, Medan, Indonesia
Sri Shindi Indira, ST, M.Sc
- Dean, Faculty OF Engineering, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi Medan, Indonesia

INCH 2017 Steering Committee

Ar. Helena Aman Hashim

- Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture, Faculty Built Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia
Linda Shafarina Hassan
- PhD Candidate, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

ix
Isnen Fitri
- Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara, Medan,
Indonesia
- PhD Candidate, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Dr. Ir. Morida Siagian
- Head of Settlement and Urban Planning Laboratory, Department of Architecture, University of Sumatera
Utara, Medan, Indonesia
Ika Mutia
- Head, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Civil Engineering And Planning, University of Bung Hatta,
Padang, Indonesia
Sylviana Mirahayu Ifani
- Head, Architectural Study Program, Faculty of Engineering, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi, Medan,
Indonesia

Organizing Committee

Prof. Dr. Azwar Ananda, M.A. (Rector of University of Bung Hatta)

Dr. Hendra Suherman, S.T., M.T. (Vice Rector I)
Dra. Susi Herawati, M.Pd. (Vice Rector II)
Dr. Diana Kartika (Vice Rector III)
Dr. Nengah Tela, M.Sc (Dean, Faculty of Civil Engineering And Planning, University of Bung Hatta)
Ika Mutia (Head)
Desy Aryanti (Head Assistant)
Ariyati (Secretary)
Rini Afrimayetti (Treasurer)
Sri Shindi Indira (Treasurer)
Al Busyra Fuadi (Venue Coordinator)
Yaddi Sumitra (Venue Coordinator)
Duddy Fajriansyah (Venue Coordinator)
Ipul Afwan (Venue Coordinator)
Marnawati (Venue Coordinator)
Nardi Kurniawan (Venue Coordinator)
Nasril S. (Transportation and Acomodation)
Red Savitra (Transportation and Acomodation)
Dedi Irawadi (Transportation and Acomodation)
Nesti Lisnendri (Registration)
Eko Alvares Z (Registration)
Aulia Rizki Alda (Registration)
Indri Astuti Maulana (Registration)
Nadya Bestnissa (Registration)
Ar. Helena Aman Hashim (Proceeding)
Isnen Fitri (Proceeding)
Ika Mutia (Proceeding)
Linda Shafarina Hassan (Proceeding)
Haris Budiman Mabrur (Proceeding)
Rudi Elfendes (Proceeding)
Hendrino (Hospitality)
Sudirman Is (Hospitality)
Jonny Wongso (Hospitality)
Elfida Agus (Hospitality)
Irfan Hidayat (Hospitality)

x
Foreword

The 2nd International Nusantara Cultural Heritage Symposium (INCH) 2017 held in Padang,
West Sumatera, addresses the theme “Safeguarding Cultural Heritage: Challenges and
Approaches”. This year‟s symposium is the culmination of the joint effort of 4 universities
namely, University of Malaya, University of Sumatera Utara, University of Pembangunan Panca
Budi and University of Bung Hatta. It builds on the experience of the inaugural INCH
Symposium held in Medan, North Sumatera in 2016.

Within the broad symposium theme, the call to safeguard heritage within the Nusantara is
reflected in the following symposium sub-themes:

 Architectural heritage
 Archaeological heritage
 Intangible heritage
 Conservation policy and management
A total of 25 papers are compiled within this proceeding. Paper contributions are laid out
according to the conference themes listed above. In addition, there are also 5 selected paper
contributions included from the inaugural INCH Symposium in 2016. This proceeding owes its
richness to the contributions from authors from within the Nusantara region.

Our special thanks go to the University of Bung Hatta for graciously hosting this year‟s
symposium. The inaugural symposium in 2016 was jointly hosted by University of Sumatera
Utara and University of Pembangunan Panca Budi in Medan, North Sumatera.

In preparing this proceeding, the editors would like to stress that content and opinions expressed
in the papers are the sole responsibility of the authors. The editors‟ role consisted of collating the
paper contributions into a consistent document and structuring it into an informative sequence.

Helena Aman Hashim

Linda Shafarina Hassan
Isnen Fitri

xi
Keynote Speaker 1

Assalamualaikum wmbrt.

During the closing of last year‟s Symposium at the University of Sumatera Utara (USU) in
Medan, we affirmed a commitment to continue the discussion and share findings on the diverse
values of heritage within the Nusantara region. Alhamdulillah, with the commitment of friends
and lecturers from the four universities, this 2nd International Symposium on Nusantara Heritage
continues to provide a platform for researchers from within the region to present their research
findings and experiences.

The International Symposium on Nusantara Culture Heritage gives focus to the broadening scope
of heritage which is no longer limited to the built form. It has broadened from archaeological
sites to buildings, to a group of buildings and towns. For quite some years now, the intangible
heritage of different groups and civilizations has been given special emphasis. Both tangible and
intangible heritage is now our concern, and there is a great need to recognise their heritage
values, threats and protection measures.

I would like to congratulate heritage experts and researchers from the four organising
universities mainly the University of Malaya (UM), University of Sumatera Utara (USU),
University of Pembangunan Panca Budi (UNPAB) and University of Bung Hatta (UBH) for
organising this year symposium. Special thanks to Bung Hatta University for hosting this event.

This year‟s symposium marks another important milestone for the protection of cultural heritage
in the region since the four organising universities will sign Memorandum of Understanding to
collaborate teaching, research, publication and project on all aspect of heritage in the Nusantara
region.

Professor Dr Yahaya Ahmad

Dean
Faculty of Built Environment
University Malaya

xii
Keynote Speaker 2

Assalamualaikum Wr. Wb.

Let‟s give thanks to Allah the Almighty who has blessed us and enabled the realization of the 2nd
International Symposium on Nusantara Cultural Heritage (INCH) on November 15-17, 2017 in
Padang, West Sumatera, Indonesia. The symposium witnessed the presentation and discussion
of an extensive collection of papers from various regions in Indonesia and abroad. These
thoughts and ideas on research which are related to the cultural heritage of the world are
documented in this proceeding, and we anticipate that it would contribute to the knowledge and
ongoing effort towards the preservation of cultural heritage. This document will enable all the
participants to always remain motivated and work together to preserve cultural heritage for the
future.
We realize that this symposium would not have materialized without the assistance from a
number of people, and therefore would like to take this opportunity to thank and show our
massive appreciation to the following:
1. Rector, University of Bung Hatta; Vice Chancellor, University of Malaya; Rector,
University of Sumatera Utara and Rector, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi who
have kindly given us support and facilitated this event
2. The Chairman of INCH, Prof. Dr. Yahaya Ahmad
3. Our esteemed guest, The Mayor of Padang Mr. Mahyeldi Ansharullah and Head of BPCB
West Sumatera Mr. Nurmatias Zakaria,
4. The organizing committees and the students of the University of Bung Hatta, University of
Malaya, University of Sumatera Utara, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi who have
given everything to make this event a success.
5. All lecturers, professionals and officials who have contributed to the research presented
and discussed in this symposium.
We hope that the International Symposium on Nusantara Cultural Heritage (INCH) will be a new
hope for the city of Padang in its effort to preserve cultural heritage.

Dr. Ir. Eko Alvares Z, MSA

Lecturer Department of Architecture
University of Bung Hatta
xiii
 PART 1
Theme 1
Architectural and Urban Heritage
 The Relocation, Conservation and Preservation of Kampung
Teluk Memali Mosque in Ipoh, Perak, Malaysia
Azim A. Aziz1, M. Haziq Zulkifli2
ATSA Architects Sdn. Bhd.

Abstract: Relocation of a heritage building is one of the conservation methods that will effectively restore but also change the building
setting permanently. In this research, relocation programme has been studied based on a real-life project of relocating and restoring a 107-
year-old mosque from Kampung Gajah to Ipoh in Perak, Malaysia as the case study. Aspects of conservation methods, modern design and
users’ expectations and financial factor have been discussed in this study, concerning the case study and related literature review. The study
also explored the possible future solutions of many old and abandoned timber mosques or other notable timber structures in the country
through relocation programme.
Keywords: relocation, dismantling, architecture, heritage, preservation

1. INTRODUCTION may be the only way to salvage these buildings and to give it a new
1
lease of life.
Traditional mosques in Malaysia were built within the loosely
arranged rural residential quarters known as the kampungs
(villages). The traditional Malay mosque is often built on a raised
floor, either on stilts or platforms. It follows the typical Malay
vernacular mosque typology and can be easily identified by its
pyramidal roof on a square layout, where the prayer hall locates.
Due to the unique features of the walls and made of timber
materials, the traditional Malay mosque structure can be
dismantled and shifted to a new site, if necessary, even though this
practice is relatively uncommon nowadays. Most times, the older
mosques were demolished to make way for bigger mosques to
cater for the growing population.
Relocating timber buildings for it to be reused, nevertheless, is
a common practice in the Malay house building culture. It is a
common tradition that can be found in most traditional villages in
the Malay Peninsular of even around the Nusantara region. Figure 1. The former location of the mosque in Kg Teluk
Relocation has also been practised and the most preferred practice Memali in Kg Gajah, Perak (Google Earth, 2017)
in salvaging various traditional Malay houses to be converted into
outdoor museums and villas in upscale resorts.

2. PROBLEM STATEMENTS

As the surrounding semi-urban population grows, many villages in

the rural areas were deserted, mainly due to the exodus of its
residents, especially when today’s youngsters are migrating to
cities in search of a better lifestyle and most importantly good
paying jobs. This has caused the abandonment of many built
structures, including many traditional timber houses and mosques.
In some areas, the kampungs have been displaced and relocated to
other areas due to the government resettlement programme to help
the villagers and at times upon their request.
The existence of many old, dilapidated and vacant century-old
timber buildings in Malaysia, especially in the state of Perak of
good structural with priceless historical treasures which have given Figure 2. New location plan of the mosque in Bandar Seri
rise to the critical necessity for the preservation of these structures. Botani, Ipoh, Perak (Google Earth, 2017)
The relocation approach through dismantling and reinstallation on
the new site may be applied, rather than the conservative approach
of restoring these structures in-situ, at its current site. This method
2. AIM AND OBJECTIVES

—————————————————————————————— This study is aimed to document and record a real-life effort to

1 Chief Executive Officer, ATSA Architects Sdn. Bhd., Kuala successfully relocate and restore the traditional timber Malay
Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: azim@atsa.com.my mosque, the Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque. To further
2 Research & Conservation Executive, ATSA Architects Sdn. Bhd., investigate and achieve the study aim, the study objectives have
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: haziq@atsa.com.my been outlined in the light of the approach of a successful relocation

1
programme, regarding the relocation methods and techniques,
modern design and users' expectations and financial factor.
3. LITERATURE REVIEW
3.1 Vernacular Timber Construction and Materials
Nonetheless, until recently, especially in the urban areas, the use of
timber as the main material has been gradually replaced by more
durable materials such as stone, brick and mortar, and concrete
(Killman, 1994). Until the 1960s, timber was widely used in many
parts of the buildings, including the floors, internal walls, porches
and verandas, ceilings, roofs, staircases, doors and windows.
However, in some areas, if the chengal is unavailable or
scarce, other heavy or medium hardwoods often used, such as the
balau, petaling, and merbau, whereas merbau is rarely used due to
its characteristic of red-blood like sap, thought to be haunted, as
described by Yuan (1987).
Traditional Malay construction relied on the post and beams
structure as the primary load bearing elements, with wooden or
bamboo walls and the thatched roof. Sahabuddin (2012) implied
that using prefabricated construction methods where all the
components are made and assembled on site allows the house to be
dismantled and reassembled elsewhere at a different location.
3.2 Relocation Practice as a Conservation Effort
Relocation is a process of moving the entire building to a new site,
which is another form of reconstruction, due to the unsuitability of
the original site (Rahman, 2015). However, the setback is that it
would lose its original setting. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of
the cultural heritage preservation, original location preservation is
the best way, and relocation to preserve for it to be reused should
only be the last resort (Wang, 2005). It is often interpreted as a less
desirable method but would be the last resort when other options
are not viable.
While according to Feilden (2003), relocation is inferred to
the situation whereby if the valuable cultural property is being
damaged irretrievably or is threatened by its environment, it may
have to be moved to a more suitable environment and a
reproduction substituted to maintain the unity of a site or building.
Killman (1994) also highlighted the same issue coined when
relocation is concerned. Two questions surfaced, whether the house
is restored at its original site or does it needs to be moved to a more
suitable area. As much as other buildings, removing a structure
from its present site will lose its original settings and surroundings.
As for traditional Malay architecture, it would lose its village
setting and context, especially since a mosque, as it is a public
activity centre. This is further emphasised by Rashid (2016) on the
significance of the buildings do not always rely on its architecture
and aesthetic appeal, but also its locations, surroundings and its
original purposes and history.
4. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Research methodology defines on how the data and information
about the research study can be obtained. The methodologies can
be divided into qualitative techniques and explanatory research.
The qualitative method looks into the why and how not just what,
where and when. Data collection is taken from the journals,
articles, books, websites and personal interviews. While the
exploratory research method is a research and study analysis based
on the selected case study of Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque, in
both old and new sites located in Kampung Gajah and Ipoh in the
state of Perak.
On-site observation and participation through the dismantling,
relocation and reinstallation process under the auspices of ATSA
Architects. Besides that, as-built measured drawings and report
from Politeknik Ungku Omar (PUO) have also been referred to
analyse the history and construction method of the mosque.
5. DATA ANALYSIS AND FINDINGS
5.1 Background of the Case Study
This non-profitable CSR effort was initiated by ATSA Architects
after they had a joint publication effort with Politeknik Ungku
Omar (PUO) back in 2014, for the publication of a monograph on
mosque architecture in Malaysia entitled Masjid – Selected
Mosques and Musollas in Malaysia. In researching and collating
the suitable content materials for the book, ATSA Architects came
across with such remarkable work which has been carried out by
PUO in documenting various built heritage buildings, particularly
in the state of Perak, including the Kampung Teluk Memali
Mosque located in Kampung Gajah, Perak. It was also suggested
by PUO for ATSA Architects to lead a team to preserve the
mosque by moving it to an area where it could be used again.
By looking at this neglected state and its heritage value, it was
decided that there must be an immediate conservation intervention.
ATSA Architects and faculty members of PUO began work hand
in hand to obtain the duly permission to relocate and restore the
mosque from the former villagers of Kampung Teluk Memali, as
well as the Land and District Office of Central Perak, Islamic
Religious and Malay Customs Council of Perak State (MAIPk), the
Mufti Department of Perak State to seek the official fatwa (Islamic
cleric) guidance in relocating the mosque and the Ipoh City
Council (MBI) for the planning and building approval of the new
site.
A new site in Bandar Seri Botani, Ipoh, Perak was chosen as
the local populace were in need of a surau (musolla) for the
neighbourhood, located about 10 kilometres in the south of Ipoh
city centre. The site has also been selected to ensure the continuity
of architectural language of the mosque itself, which is the Perak
Malay architectural style of mosque building typology. The current
site in Bandar Seri Botani, Ipoh is located approximately 65
kilometres from the former site in Kampung Gajah, Perak.
5.2 Historical Background of Kampung Teluk
Memali Mosque
According to Yunos (2012), the mosque was constructed in 1908
and completed in 1910 with the cost of construction was donated
by a wealthy man living in Kampung Teluk Memali. However, it
also believed that the mosque was built years earlier, functioned as
a surau and located on the edge of the river bank. Due to soil
erosion, the mosque was relocated to its current site, which is
around 100 metres from the riverbank. Since 20 years ago, the
mosque had been left vacant and abandoned due to the rising flood
waters.
There is another evidence to support the claim of the year the
mosque was built, which is carved on the intricate timber mimbar
platform. At the rear side of the mimbar frame, an old Jawi
inscription can be seen; and can be translated into English and read
as ‘Megat Jaafar on 15-11-1339.' The mentioned date is believed to
be written using the Hijri calendar, which is equivalent to the
2
Gregorian calendar of 21st July 1921. Arif (2014) also implied that
the inscribed date could also be translated as the year when the
mosque was built.

Figure 3. The mosque on the old site in Kg. Teluk Memali, Kg.
Gajah, Perak. It was left abandon for approximately 20 years
(ATSA Architects, 2015)

5.3 Design Concept and Layout of Kampung Teluk

Memali Mosque

The layout of the mosque comprises the main mosque building and
an annexe building known as balai lintang; the Kampung Teluk Figure 4. Site plan (ATSA Architects, 2017)
Memali Mosque was the main place of worship for the local Malay
Muslim community ever since it was built. The main prayer hall is
measuring 8.95 metres by 8.95 metres that can comfortably fit
approximately 150 people. It was used for daily solah jamaah
(congregation prayers), other than the weekly Friday prayers, Eid
prayers and other religious occasions such as the Eid sacrificial
rites, Thanksgiving feasts or even formal or informal lessons in
Islamic studies and the use of musical instruments such as
kompang (wooden tambourine).
The main prayer hall building consists of an anjung (foyer)
area, a welcoming area where a beduk (large drum) was once
located to be used for the call to prayer five times a day by a
rhythmic beating of the timber log, other than the serambi
(veranda), the main prayer hall, mihrab and mimbar. Meanwhile,
the balai lintang is an additional building that is believed to be Figure 5. Front elevation (ATSA Architects, 2017)
built later than the mosque building. This is evident from the
different and simpler architectural style of the building. The colour
of the mosque is quite unusual. Bright yellow and turquoise blue
were painted and used over the timber which emphasised the
mosque building with other surrounding buildings at that time.

Figure 6. Right elevation (ATSA Architects, 2017)

3

Figure 7. Rear elevation (ATSA Architects, 2017)
Figure 8. Left elevation (ATSA Architects, 2017)
Figure 9. Section A-A (ATSA Architects, 2017)
Figure 10. Section B-B (ATSA Architects, 2017)
5.4 Building Materials
Based on the timber structure pre-inspection test done by the
Malaysian Timber Industry Board (MTIB) on the mosque building,
the mosque structure is overwhelmingly made of a chengal
hardwood timber for most of its components. The chengal can be
seen in all of its structural columns, wall panels and other
decorative elements of anjung, serambi and the main prayer hall.
Other than chengal, balau can also be found in certain structural
elements, except tualang of the wall panel skirting. Other than
timber, several non-timber materials can also be found, such as the
one metre (three feet) concrete platform base, corrugated zinc and
asbestos sheet for the roofing materials.
6. DISCUSSION OF FINDINGS
6.1 Preliminary Works and Site Operational
Killman (1994) emphasised on the little aspects that need to be
considered in the preliminary works before any physical removal
works take place. The preliminary works, including the
dilapidation survey and measured drawings, were deemed
necessary in determining the mosque building conditions for the
next steps of building relocation and restoration. However, before
commencing technical works, including the dilapidation survey
and measured drawings, it is important to obtain the prior approval
and permission from the relevant authority bodies, including the
former building owner and the new site management.
The cleaning works on the site were also necessary to ensure a
clutter-free site throughout the dismantling works. Most
importantly, sets of suitable tools and machinery must also be
prepared to perform the dismantling tasks. To propel the
dismantling works, a set of coding and numbering shall be done
earlier on every single component of the structure. This was done
through referencing with the measured drawings that were
prepared earlier.
6.2 Dismantling Methods
The dismantling works are the most crucial stage in any relocation
practice. Based on the methods of dismantling works implemented
in this mosque, the dismantling works can be divided into six
major components that involved structural components of timber
structures, which are the roofing, wall panels, floorings, joists, tie
beams and columns in 24 to 29 detailed steps altogether.
However, an additional step is identified for the Kampung
Teluk Memali Mosque that had relocated the kolah structure first,
followed by the structure building. This is due to the reason of
managing the site properly, as the kolah was located nearby the
mosque building. Thus, it was important to move the smaller and
detached structure first, before proceeding into the dismantling of
the main building.
Figure 11. The dismantling works of the mosque on the old site
(ATSA Architects, 2016)
4
6.3 Loading and Transportation
Another important aspect of relocation is the loading and
transportation process from the old site to the new site. After the
dismantled components have been identified, collated and bundled,
they must be kept and arranged properly inside the lorry or on a
larger sized vehicle. This is important to ensure the materials are
not messed up and can be unloaded properly. The length of the
transportation depending on the distance between the old site and
the new site.
As the new site will permanently change the contextual setting
of the originally built forms, it is nonetheless suggested the
building to be relocated within the same district or state to maintain
the regional architectural identity of that particular building further.
For instance, the Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque that had been
relocated to the same state of Perak, from Kampung Gajah in the
Central Perak district to Ipoh in Kinta District.
6.4 Cleaning, Repair and Treatments
Before the original timber can be used, it is important to have it
sorted out and to identify which parts can be utilised or not. This
can be identified after all components have been dismantled. It can
be done either on the new site or in the designated workshops by
the engaged contractors or carpenters. Should the existing wood is
coated with a layer or paint, it is advisable to remove the existing
paint layers by sanding process. This can be done using handy
sanding devices or machines in nearby workshops.
After sanding, the repair process can be carried out
accordingly. It is done based on the levels and types of defects and
disrepair. This is when the carpentry skills are tested and needed in
refurbishing the wood components. If the defects were severe, it
might need to be replaced with new wood components, but there
must be a supervision by the appointed conservator in ensuring the
project adhering to the conservation principles.
Meanwhile, the treatment process can be done either earlier or
later, which is before the reinstallation of the wood components or
after the structure has been completed. However, it is highly
advisable to do before the reinstallation, as the treatment preserver
would cover up any exposed surfaces, including the joints, which is
imperative as a protective measure for the wood components. It can
be executed either in the workshop or on the new site.
It is equally important to store the dismantled components,
either treated or non-treated in a proper storage area on-site or off-
site. This is to ensure the wood components are protected from the
elements. Thus, they can be stored properly under a shaded canopy
or tent and above the ground level, to avoid direct contact with the
soil. Such measure had been prepared during the restoration of the
Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque on its new site in Ipoh, Perak.
6.5 Reinstallation Methods
Reinstallation is another vital part of relocation as a conservation
practice. It is the stage where the final structure takes place and
will be utilised for final usage.
The reinstallation method began with the fixing up the
concrete base, either the platform base or the normal pad footings
for elevated timber structures. The process then commenced with
the reinstallation of the tiang seri or soko guru columns, followed
by other supporting columns and crossbeams to fully erect the
structural frames. After this temporary structure has been erected, it
is critical to support this structure temporarily by using wooden
bracing supports attached to the columns and crossbeams.
For the roof structures, the reinstallation method begins with
the rafters, tie beams, king posts, ridge end beam, pinnacle (if any),
insulation ceiling (optional), purlins, upper fascia boards, roofing
tile finishes, gable end walls and later the lower fascia boards. If
the building may have a loft area, the loft floor joists and
floorboards can be reinstalled subsequently. It was vital to
complete the roof and its first structure to give shade to the internal
spacing for further finishing work, such as the internal timber
ceiling strips. This is comparable to the use of canopy with the
other conservation works, such as repairing or adaptive reuse that
deploy a large tent over the preserved building. Nevertheless, the
steps can be mismatched depending on the carpenters’ skills and its
suitability in response to the site.
The further step involved wall panels that dominate most of
the building form and façade. The wall panels can be constructed
as soon as the tie beams have been put in place, as it acted as the
pegging frame for the wall panels, other than the wall skirting.
After the wall panels, including decorative such as latticework or
any additional wall panels, the window and door panels can be
fixed to their respective frames on the wall panels and later the
balustrade of each window segment. Though, this was in the case
of the Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque where some wood
components had been reinstalled oddly due to the delayed in the
treatment process, and also because of missing parts, which had
resulted in the carpenter to remake the missing parts to allow for
the rebuilding of the mosque.
Figure 12. The reinstalled columns temporarily supported by
wooden bracings (ATSA Architects, 2016)
The final finishing works were done partially as a when the
whole structure has been completed. Many types of wood finishing
can be used, either the Gori wood preservative, varnish or wood
stain. If desired, the building can be painted using layers of wood
coating from various brands in the market. Other civil works, such
as the apron, drainage, electrical and wiring, landscaping and other
finishing works were done simultaneously.
6.6 Modern Design and Users’ Expectations
As a 107-year old building, the Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque
had to be modified and adapted to meet the current building design
requirements, as well as the end users' expectations. Concerning
building services, the mosque building was previously lit up with
kerosene lightings, without any electrical fittings. Similarly with
the piping and sanitary installations, no water sources and sanitary
available, other than a traditional well and ablution pond (kolah)
sourced from rainwater. Most of the time, the residents had to take
ablution from the nearby Perak River.
Therefore, as part of the current local authority requirements,
toilet and ablution facilities with modern piping and sanitary
services were provided on the new site. The electrical fittings were
also installed with lightings and electric fans, along with the audio
visual system. For the final building design, many new finishes
have been applied, such as the timber flooring in the main prayer
hall and tile flooring for veranda and porch areas, other than
Singgora roof tiles, replacing the old zinc and wooden tiles.
Regarding building structure, due to the strong natural wind of the
new site, the timber structure has been reinforced with steel and
bolt on top of the brick platform.
5
 the elderly, without any formal education and through their innate
passion.
Other than the carpenters' mastery and skills, the building
typologies and sizes would also influence the various relocation
steps, but still, retain the key elements of the traditional Malay
architecture that deploy timber materials. On the transportation and
storage of the dismantled components, the wood components must
always be protected against the elements before proceeding with
the repair and treatment works. The different repair and treatment
preference also prevalent in the case study, depending on the
conservators or consultant involved, but with the same goal of
prolonging the durability and usage of every single timber
component that was used in the building of the mosque.

Figure 13. The main prayer hall is being used for

congregational prayers (ATSA Architects, 2017)

6.7 Financial Factor

As the project was a private initiative, initiated by ATSA

Architects, the financial cost of the relocation of the mosque was
solely done through donations from the public and various
organisations. ATSA Architects spearheaded the donation drive
and collected approximately RM 700,000.00 or USD 160,000.00.
Funding is a crucial aspect of every conservation effort as a
significant sum of money needed to restore and repair the decaying
and damaged components, especially the timber structure and roof
tiles without such support, it would be impossible to restore this
historic mosque. It is also the most difficult task as it took a
tremendous effort to raise the sum.
Extending the spirit of the community involvement, some of Figure 14. The completed restored mosque on the new site
the building materials used in the mosque restoration effort were (ATSA Architects, 2017)
donated by various corporate organisations, particularly the
construction suppliers, such as concrete, lights, tiles, sanitary wares
and wooden carved panels. Individual donations were also made,
which were also crucial in the completion of the mosque. Without ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
these donations, the mosque restoration and relocation works will
not probably be completed. The architectural consultancy services In obtaining the relevant data and information for this
provided by ATSA Architects and conservation advice by PUO
research, the authors would like to extend the heartiest gratefulness
were also provided on the extra-gratis basis.
to the project team members of relocation and restoration of
Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque from ATSA Architects, other
7. CONCLUSIONS consultants including Dr. Jaki Mamat, a conservator from
Politeknik Ungku Omar (PUO), Khairudin Muhammad from the
Often regarded as the least favourable conservation approach, this Malaysian Timber Industry Board (MTIB) and civil engineers from
research is, however, aiming to prove that relocation is indeed a MNH Consultant, other than the project contractor and related
feasible conservation practice that should be considered whenever construction materials suppliers.
possible. This study has also offered insights on the idea of Additionally, the authors would also like to thank officials
relocation of valuable historical buildings located in rural areas as a
from the Land and District Office of Central Perak, Islamic
tool in safeguarding many timber heritage buildings in Malaysia
Religious and Malay Customs Council of Perak State (MAIPk), the
which were often on the verge of being demolished.
Hence, the study has been examining the specific relocation Mufti Department of Perak State and Ipoh City Council (MBI), as
methods based on the case study of this research, a relocation well as residents of Kampung Tersusun Teluk Memali in Kampung
project by ATSA Architects, which is the relocation and restoration Gajah, Perak and committee of Seri Bougainvillea Musolla, Taman
of Kampung Teluk Memali Mosque from Kampung Gajah, Perak Seri Bougainvillea, Bandar Seri Botani in Ipoh, Perak.
to Ipoh, Perak. The exercise demonstrated many challenges that
one might have encountered during the process of restoration
without the full financial support from the authorities. References
Therefore, the methods of relocations have been reviewed
with around 48 to 57 detailed steps ranging from the earlier stages Arif, H. A. (2014). Perbandingan Antara Ragam Hias Gunungan
of preliminary works, dismantling process, loading and
Pada Mihrab dan Mimbar di Acheh dan di Tanah Melayu.
transportation, cleaning, repair and treatment and reinstallation.
Tanjung Malim: Universiti Pendidikan Sultan Idris.
Based on the identified relocation methods step-by-step, the
relocation methods were influenced by the carpenters’ mastery and Feilden, B. M. (2003). Conservation of Historic Buildings. Oxford:
skills. The carpenters’ mastery and skills are largely passed down Architectural Press.
as to carry out the traditions of their ancestors or by learning from

6
Killman, W. (1994). Restoring & Reconstructing The Malay
Timber House. Kepong: Forest Research Institute Malaysia.
Rahman, A. A. (2015). Principles of Building Conservation. Shah
Alam: Universiti Teknologi MARA.
Rashid, S. D. (19 October 2016). Relocation Practice in Malaysia.
(M. H. Zulkifli, Interviewer)
Sahabuddin, M. F. (2012). Traditional Values and Their
Adaptation in Social Housing Design: Towards A New
Typology and. Edinburgh: The University of Edinburgh.
Wang, C.-Y. (2005). After the Removal of the Lin An-Tai Old
Homestead, Cases Study of Historic Buildings Belong to
Relocation Preservation in Taiwan. Taoyuan City: Chung
Yuan Christian University.
Yunos, M. Y. (2012). Masjid Lama Kampung Tersusun Teluk
Memali. Ipoh: Politeknik Ungku Omar.

7
 Revitalization of A Former Pharmacy As Placemaking
Strategy in Glodok Chinatown
Anita Halim1
IAI Jakarta

Abstract: As a part of the city, old buildings are important agents in the placemaking process of their environment. Therefore, due to its
strategic location, a former pharmacy in Glodok Chinatown Area of Jakarta was chosen to be revitalized as a tea house. However, moving
beyond these surface impressions, a closer inspection of this building reveals many historical layers that the former pharmacy have been
going through. This paper explores the revitalization of a former pharmacy as a placemaking strategy in Glodok Chinatown. Primary
attention is also given to Violet Le Duc‟s “scrape” versus John Ruskin‟s “anti-scrape” debate in the 20th century, which discussed the
recommendations to preserve rather than restore historic structures. Despite the discussion, preservation and restoration approaches were
used interchangeably to adapt to the building condition.

Keywords: Placemaking, revitalization, preservation, restoration.

1. INTRODUCTION Preservation means maintaining the fabric of a place in its existing


state and retarding deterioration.
1.1 Background Restoration (from Burra Charter 1999)
Restoration means returning the existing fabric of a place to a
In revitalization of monuments or historic settings, known earlier state by removing accretions or by reassembling
conservation theories that can be found in The Venice Charter and existing components without the introduction of new material.
The Burra Charter were used religiously to keep the project on the
right track. Although to keep it sustained for a more extended 2. THE GLODOK CHINATOWN
period, we need to create a place that engages its community.
Placemaking as an approach to planning and design of public 2.1 Brief History of Glodok
spaces could provide the solution to that problem. Nevertheless, in
the real execution of revitalization projects, urban concepts are
rarely used alongside the more popular conservation concepts,
leaving the finished project vacant once again.
In this paper, revitalization of a former pharmacy, Apotheek
Chung Hwa, serves as a case study to analyze how the
conservation theories were used as a placemaking strategy in
Jakarta‟s Glodok Chinatown.

1.2 Keyword Summary

Figure 1: An early photo of Glodok area, probably taken

Placemaking (from Wikipedia, based on Project for Public
Spaces/PPS)
A multi-faceted approach to the planning, design and
management of public spaces. Placemaking capitalizes on a local
community's assets, inspiration, and potential, with the intention of
creating public spaces that promote people's health, happiness, and
well being. It is political due to the nature of place identity.
Placemaking is both a process and philosophy 2.
Revitalization (from Cambridge Dictionary)
The process of making something grow, develop, or become
successful again3
Conservation (from Burra Charter 1999)
Conservation means all the processes of looking after a place so as
to retain its cultural significance.
Preservation (from Burra Charter 1999)
——————————————————————————————
1 Member of Indonesian Architect Institute, Jakarta;
Email: anitahalimlim@gmail.com
2
Wikipedia contributors. "Placemaking." Wikipedia, The Free
Encyclopedia. Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia, 8 Sep. 2017.
Web. 28 Oct. 2017.
3
“revitalization.”/Cambridge Dictionary Online/
http://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/revitalization.
in the 1930s (source: PDA)
The history of Glodok started when Dutch East India
Company created commercial opportunities in Batavia (now
Jakarta). According to historian Adolf Heuken in his book,
Historical Sites of Jakarta, trading activities in Batavia reached
their peak at that time. It attracted migrants from China to flock to
the city along with trading ships. However, by the 1720s, the
economy and trade activities started to slow down, leaving most of
the migrants unemployed. Due to unemployment, people started to
commit a crime, and the environment became unconducive.
On 9 October 1740, 5.000 Chinese were massacred, and in the
following year, the Dutch East India Company (VOC) designated
Glodok as a residential area for ethnic Chinese. There are three
main areas in Glodok, which are Gang Gloria/Gloria alley, Jalan.
Pancoran (Pancoran Street) and Petak Sembilan. Since the Dutch
colonial era, Glodok and its surrounding areas are also known as
Pecinan or Chinatown and is considered the biggest in Indonesia.
It was said that the word Glodok came from the "grojok
grojok" sound that water makes coming out of a waterspout in the
yard of the Cityhall (Stadhuis), now the Jakarta Museum. While for
daily needs such as the watering hole for the horse, a waterspout
was built on this site in 1743.

Figure 2: PD Pasar Jaya Glodok in 1971 has become a
busy shopping area (source: PDA)
In 1998, Glodok was badly damaged during rioting because
the residential area mainly consists of a large concentration of
Chinese Indonesians who are the target of the riot. Nowadays, the
area seems to recover from the event and is a famous area for the
sale of electrical consumer goods, Chinese food and traditional
medicine.
2.2 Pancoran and Tea Tradition
Figure 3: Jl. Pancoran and its Gate in 1938 (source: PDA)
Pancoran is one of the central areas in Glodok. The busy street
gets its name from "Pancuran", which means water source. During
the reign of Von Imhoff, the water was brought from Ciliwung
river by an underground pipe made of bricks. This drain started
from Pancoran („water sprout‟), a name that is still used for
Glodok.
Until 1648 the water of the Ciliwung was still good.
Nevertheless, in 1740 the water was already considered very
heavily polluted and caused dysentery and cholera. The Chinese,
who drank tea, were much less affected. Observing the Chinese,
many Dutch people began to chew tea leaves, unknowing that the
secret of the real benefit of drinking tea lies in boiling the water.
The tea tradition in this area began when the third Chinese
Kapitan (Kapitein Der Chinezeen) Gan Djie and his wife Nyai Gan
Djie lived in Glodok. Glodok had been a busy trading area for
centuries, so many traders were passing by the couple's house. The
social-hearted Nyai Gan Djie served eight pots of tea on a daily
basis in front of their house so that passersby could take rest and
drink some tea.
Since then, drinking tea became a routine for many residents
of Batavia. To remember the good deeds of Kapitan Gan Djie and
Nyai Gan Djie, people named the area as Patekoan Street (now
Jalan Perniagaan) – "Pat" is the Chinese for "eight", a number of
teapots Nyai Gan Djie served every day, and “teko” means
“teapot”.
3. PLACEMAKING
3.1 Placemaking Strategy
The concept of Placemaking, originated in the 1960s, was
inspired by extensive works from writers like Jane Jacobs and
William “Holly” Whyte. These two prominent urbanists were
among the first to offer new ideas about designing cities that
catered to people, not only cars and shopping centres. Their main
interest is the importance of lively neighbourhoods and inviting
public spaces. Jacob‟s idea of “eyes on the street” had advocated
citizen ownership of streets, while Whyte's research on the street
life and pedestrian behaviour had been used until now as a manual
for creating a more vibrant city.
Figure 4: The Place Diagram: the inner ring represents a
place’s key attributes, the middle ring its intangible qualities,
and the outer ring its measurable data. (source: PPS, 2002)
One of the first associations that work with the term place
making is the "Project for Public Spaces/PPS", an American
nonprofit organization that offers technical assistance for creating
and sustaining public places, and whose vision of a place
understands that “Creating a place depends more on effective
management than it does design and requires the involvement of
many different disciplines because of the extremely complex issues
that need to be addressed” (PPS 2002 p.39).
There are several qualities that placemaking possessed, which
are community-driven, visionary, function before form, adaptable,
inclusive, focused on creating destinations, context-specific,
dynamic, trans-disciplinary, transformative, flexible, collaborative
and sociable.
3.2 Placemaking in Conservation
Conservation elements have always been playing an important
role in placemaking process. In other words, heritage properties are
very crucial for creating the “sense of place” and identity.
According to Pendlebury (2002), the link between heritage as a
consumable experience and urban regeneration as an economic
development activity is potentially attractive and widely exploited.
He also pointed out the naturally symbiotic connection of heritage
conservation and its economic development conceals the different
motivations and aspirations of their multiple stakeholders.
Moreover, there are several critical opinions concerning
conservation agenda, especially when the practices try to combine
preservation with new developments. One of the critics came from
Ada Louise Huxtable. The urban architecture critic saw them as
“the ultimate demonstration of the use of history, real or invented,
9
as a marketing ploy”, worrying with “ the carryover of its „lessons‟
to buildings and areas where the remnants of an indigenous and
legitimate urbanity created by culture and custom are being
replaced by merchandising make-believe” (Huxtable 1997).
In other gentler but also critical lenses, according to Porfyriou
and Sepe (2017), the instrumental use of heritage in regeneration is
a global phenomenon. It is commonly used as a strategy to develop
“culture industries” and to implement the concept of
“placemaking”, a term variously used by urban designers in
establishing successful social space and often become synonymous
with "place-branding". Consequently, these two terms can also be
seen as two sides of a coin in the process of revitalization and
regeneration.
Despite all the doubt and critic, the concept of using “the past”
in urban planning has evolved, as Ashworth (1997) describes the
evolution started with a preservation paradigm (sustaining historic
monuments), through conservation (managing urban change) to a
heritage paradigm (a shift from object to process, outcome and
utility). Nevertheless, he also noted the shifting of these paradigms
was not in the form of replacement, but more of a co-existing of
multiple approaches.
The other concept that emphasized placemaking strategy in
conservation was “Integrated Conservation” by Lineu Castello.
Integrated Conservation was a spatial concept, created to solve the
challenges of inter-disciplinary communication of physical, social
and behavioural disciplines.
Furthermore, he also stated that the planning and management
of integrated conservation would be able to capitalize on the
multifaceted dimensions involved in a place - behavioral, sensorial,
experiential, historical, preservationist, economic, financial - and to
foster a sustained development process for the city as a whole,
while maintaining the integrity and continuity of the elements
perceived as the city‟s most praised cultural assets (Castello 2006).
4. PRESERVATION VS RESTORATION
4.1 Theory Background
In the second half of the nineteenth century, the act of
restoration and preservation is considered a new thing. Therefore,
many theorists attempt to codify conservation strategies to set up a
standard. To sum up all of the theories, “scrape” and “anti-scrape”
could be the end of the various spectrum in-between them. The
first widely consumed writer to argue these approaches are John
Ruskin, William Morris and Eugene Emmanuel Viollet-le-Duc.
Ruskin‟s anti-scrape call was for the natural deterioration of a
structure to run its course with no mitigation whereas Viollet‟s
scrape challenged contemporaries to reestablish a structure to a
state of completeness.
In the century and a half since these arguments began in
Europe, 21st-century preservationist in the United States find
themselves torn between intervention methodologies. Although the
U.S. Department of the Interior codified standard guidelines with
The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of
Historic Properties, it relies heavily on the structure's character in
every case as to how preservationists might respond (Mester 2014).
4.1.1 Violet-le-Duc
In his book "On Restoration", Viollet-le-Duc traced the history
of restoration. He stated that restoration is a new idea that has just
begun in the first quarter of the 19th century. In some Asian
countries, the decay of a building is left to the action of time as the
rightful possessor to consumes it. While in Roman building history,
they only knew the word "to reinstate" or to make anew. Violet's
idea of restoring a building is not to preserve or rebuild it, but "to
reinstate it in a condition of completeness which could never have
existed at any given time".
According to him, no people of bygone ages has conceived the
concept of restoration in the sense in which the people of 19th
century comprehend it. People started “to analyze the past, to
compare and classify its phenomena, and to construct its veritable
history, by following step by step the march, the progress, the
successive phases of humanity.” Violet praised this attitude of
studying the past, whether in the material or the moral sphere as a
precious knowledge to transmit to the future generation.
It is very critical that the architect entrusted with a restoration
to be precisely familiar with the periods, schools, methods of
construction, details and materials of the building. Not only that,
but architects should also have a clear plan before executing the
restoration. These requirements were made to prevent an architect
from making hypothesis that was very dangerous in restoration.
It has frequently occurred that buildings of a specified period,
or of a certain school, have been repaired again and again and that
by artists who do not belong to the province where the edifice is
found. In this case, what should we do for the restoration? For
Violet, it is important to balance the overall unity of the building.
So, it is a relative answer whether to restore the original portion or
to discard the additional changes or to incorporate both. Every
building should be treated differently according to the careful
research and decision of the architect. In other words, each
building is like individuals with temperament peculiar to
themselves, which must be studied and intimately known before
treatment.
One essential condition that Viollet pointed out is that every
portion removed from a monument should be replaced with better
materials and in a stronger and more perfect way. The new material
should be longer-lasting than the previous one because, in a
restoration process, the building was weakened by the scaffolding,
the shaking and all the works done. Every building treated in
restoration will lose some of its strength, so it is important for the
architect to make improvements in the system of construction, by
well-contrived tie-rods, and by providing better appliances for
resistance.
Viollet also emphasized that if an older section and an
addition were being restored, both should retain their distinct
characteristics and not be made uniform so that the addition is
apparent. It was also imperative that the restoration has a use after
its completion. For Violet, as a building still in use, it should be
restored, not preserved, since preservation should apply only to
ruins that would serve no purpose other than their historical
significance.
4.1.2 John Ruskin
John Ruskin (1819-1900), a leading English art critic has
written extensively about art and architecture. In his book, The
Seven Lamps of Architecture, Ruskin writes about the process of
restoration and preservation.
Concerning restoration, he has different views from Viollet.
As a strong proponent of preservation, Ruskin stated that
restoration means "the most destruction which a building can
suffer: a destruction out of which no remnants can be gathered; a
destruction accompanied with false description of the thing
destroyed." To Ruskin, restoration was wrong because it was
impossible to restore anything that has ever been great or beautiful
in architecture since the restorers could never recall the intention of
the original workmen.
It was also impossible to copy the surfaces that have been
worn out. For this point, Ruskin argues that the restorer can only
10
do it conjecturally if they attempt to restore the finish. When we first did a survey visit to the building, its condition
Nevertheless, in this section, he never mentions the possibility of had been very different from the former old pharmacy building.
restoring with supporting drawing and extensive research, which The building, which was built around 1928, had experienced
can make it possible to restore without speculation. Hence it is also facade change due to road widening in the neighbourhood.
crucial for us to read Ruskin's theory with a certain contextual Moreover, the building was used by three tenants, each of them
thinking in our mind, where nowadays digital documentation has divided their area by adding a permanent and temporary partition.
made possible a comprehensive archive of building to be used for There was also an attempt to enlarge the space by adding a
the future. mezzanine floor.
Ruskin's theory was based on his idealism of the spirit in a
building, which could never be recreated whatever it is the
circumstance. That is why he was furious about the process of
restoration he had witnessed in the Baptistery of Pisa and Casa
d'Oro at Venice. The first step to restoration "is to dash the old
work to pieces" and the second is "to put up the cheapest and
basest imitation which can escape detection." In any case, the
imitation is always "a cold model of such parts as can be modelled,
with conjectural supplements."
As Ruskin called restoration as "a lie from beginning to end",
his version of honesty is just to destroy the building, use the
building parts to create some new buildings. But his main message
is to take care of our monuments so that we should not need to
restore them. Building maintenance is the best way to preserve a
building up to the day it has worn out naturally, not due to human Figure 6: Apotheek Chung Hwa in 2015
neglection.
Ruskin‟s recommendations to preserve rather than restore The biggest challenge in the ex Apotheek Chung Hwa
historic structures does not become common practice until the 20th revitalization is to restore the building and at the same time
century. Brand (1994) terms the opposing methods of restoration accommodate its new function as a tea house.
versus preservation as Victorian “scrape” versus Ruskin‟s “anti-
scrape.” The “scrape” theory was used in the 19 th century while the
20th century preferred Ruskin's "anti-scrape".

5. CASE STUDY: REVITALIZATION OF A FORMER

PHARMACY (EX APOTHEEK CHUNG HWA)

5.1 Revitalization Concept

Figure 7: Glodok-Pancoran Area in the 1930s, before road

widening in Jl. Pintu Besar Selatan

Figure 5: Apotheek Chung Hwa in the 1930s

Table 1: Project Data

Architects djuhara+djuhara
Client JOTRC
Location Jl. Pancoran/Jl. Pintu Besar Selatan
Taman Sari, Jakarta Barat
Area 258 m2 Figure 8: Glodok-Pancoran Area in the 1980s, after road
Project Year 2015-2016 widening in Jl. Pintu Besar Selatan, building façade was cut
due to the development (source: Historical Sites of Jakarta)
Located in a strategic area, in the intersection of Jl. Pancoran
and Jl. Pintu Besar Selatan, the ex Apotheek Chung Hwa (Chung The main goals of this revitalization are to restore the former
Hwa Pharmacy) Building acts as the gateway to Jakarta Old Town glory of Apotheek Chung Hwa. Therefore, restoration of façade is
district. Because of the important role, this building was decided to needed to give back the symbolic identity of the Chinatown.
be revitalized and functioned as a tea house, paying tribute to the Several site analysis was being conducted to define the boundaries
history of Patekoan in this area. of the former pharmacy.

11
 5.2 Analysis
Figure 9: Building position comparison (1)
Figure 10: Building position comparison (2)
Comparing existing building position with the old buildings
by several benchmarks as follows:
1) roof forms of the adjacent building
2) windows module and proportion of the existing building.
Figure 11: Apotheek Chung Hwa before façade cut (left)
after façade cut (middle) proposal of new façade (right)
After analysis, it is clear that a restoration is impossible
because it will not only violate the law (building above the street)
but also disharmonize the entire façade of the street. Moreover, it is
crucial to maintaining the continuity of arcade in Glodok, one of
the distinct feature in this area, which is great for placemaking
because it puts the pedestrian as an important element of the city.
5.3 Construction Phase
Figure 12: The original Pancoran Street façade
The building survived severe damage due to inactivity and
building addition without careful consideration. Due to safety
reason, some of the addition was being stripped off to reveal the
original structure of the building. We could not risk preserving
structural addition because of this reason. Nevertheless, some walls
and stair were kept to be used again for economical purpose.
A part of building façade, facing Pancoran street was also in
the original condition and will be kept as it is with minor repair in
the holes. The original roof tiles from this part were taken down
and used again after the roof repairment finished.
Development stages in Pantjoran Tea House:
1) Existing building
2) Getting rid of the building addition such as the partition
which divided the building into three parts and also the
mezzanine
3) Adding new columns, beams and floor plates to create a
new structure and façade
4) New walls and roof structure
5) Finishing and interior construction
6) Revitalization of Pantjoran Tea House was finished
Figure 13: Construction development stages 0-2
12

Figure 14: Construction development stages 3-5
5.4 Finishing Phase
Figure 15: Upper floor plan (above) Ground floor plan
(below)
Finishing phase included interior construction. The ground
floor area was designed to be more open, incorporating the arcade
as public seating area, while the upper floor hosts more private
function, such as VIP room and service/operational area.
5.5 Completion
Figure 16: Pantjoran Tea House in 2016
Figure 17: The Tea House in media (source: Jakarta Post)
Since its completion in 2016, Pantjoran Tea House has hosted
many community events. Its strategic location had succeeded to
catch people's attention and being used as the representative
images of the revitalization and renewal in Glodok Chinatown.
6. CONCLUSIONS
When dealing with real projects, it is more important to understand
the intention of both restoration and preservation theories than to
choose one to apply religiously. Borrowing the words from Viollet
le Duc, “there was no clear-cut answer between restoring just the
original parts and discarding later changes, or incorporating both”.
One of the most important factors that could not be neglected
was of course economic reason. Preservation, of course, is a more
economical and sustainable way to deal with monuments.
However, as the building was intended to be used as commercial
building and to become a new landmark for the specific area,
13
restoration becomes very important since it can evoke particular
memories.
Therefore, based on the case study, to achieve the effect of
placemaking, restoration of façade is critical. It is only due to
several constraints that some adjustment is made, such as recreate
new boundaries because it is impossible to build on the existing
road. When the limitation prevents the building to be restored, it is
the architect's job to find the best possible way to evoke the image
of memories through the new construction.
For the interior, it is more flexible, and if there are no
particularly prominent features, preservation is more likely to
References
Ashworth, G. J. (1997). “Conservation as Preservation or as Heritage: Two
Paradigms and Two Answers.” Built Environment 23 (2): 92–102.
Brand, Stewart. (1994). How Buildings Learn. London: Penguin Books
Castello, Lineu. (2006). City & time and places bridging the concept of
place to urban conservation planning. City & Time 2
Heuken, S.J.Adolf. (2007). Historical Sites of Jakarta, 7th Ed., Jakarta:
Cipta Loka Caraka
Huxtable, Ada Louise (1997). The Unreal America. Architecture and
Illusion. New York: The New Press.
Jackson, Melanie Lynn. (2004). “The Principles of Preservation: The
Influences of Viollet, Ruskin and Morris on Historic Preservation”.
Masters Thesis, Oklahoma State University
happen. In the case of Apotheek Chung Hwa, level difference due
to modification by tenants in the upper floor was used as it is. The
design changes to accommodate cost-saving. However, it turns out
to become an interesting play of platform; the building speaks for
itself as the level difference create natural boundaries for the
seating area.
In conclusion, the interchangeable use of restoration (Violet's
scrape) and preservation (Ruskin's anti-scrape) in the revitalization
of the former pharmacy is the key to placemaking process.
Pendlebury, J. (2002). “Conservation and Regeneration: Complementary or
Conflicting Processes? The Case of Grainger Town, Newcastle upon
Tyne.” Planning Practice & Research 17 (2): 145–158.
10.1080/02697450220145913
Porfyriou, H., and M. Sepe. (2017). “Introduction.” In Waterfronts
Revisited: European Ports in a Historic and Global Perspective, edited
by H. Porfyriou and M. Sepe, 1–16. London: Routledge
Ruskin, John (1989). The Seven Lamps of Architecture. New York: Dover
Publications, Inc.
Shahab, Alwi (2007). Maria van Engels: Menantu Habib Kwitang. Jakarta:
Penerbit Republika
Viollet-le-Duc, The Architectural Theory of Viollet-le-Duc, ed. by M.F.
Hearn. (1990) Boston MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Wikipedia contributors. "Placemaking." Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia.
Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia, 8 Sep. 2017. Web. 28 Oct. 2017.
14
 Traditional Architecture of Mandailing
The Ecologies Context and Its Sustainability
Irma Novrianty Nasution1 Alvan Syahreza2 Bambang Hadibroto3
Department of Civil Engineering, Universitas Negeri Medan

Abstract: The diversity of Indonesian culture is not only in the form of traditional values but can be traced through traditional
architectural works. Traditional architectural works are full of meaning and local values that are wise in interacting with their environment.
Local knowledge of traditional societies is unwritten and well documented, knowledge developed from generation to generation based on
peoples' experience through a long process and harmonized with the natural environment. Mandailing is one of the most diverse ethnicities
found in North Sumatra. And Mandailing has a meaningful, ecologically and locally-valued architecture that can be developed in today's
life.
Traditional architectural research is not only a mere conservation effort but a means of learning local values of knowledge and
physical architectural characteristics, rather than identifying change and formulating appropriate technology to be applied in the
development of architectures that have a wise and adaptable local context ecologically, and utilizing existing natural resources. Previous
studies are research focused on conservation and socio-cultural development. Excavation of local knowledge in ecological aspects to apply
to today's buildings is very rare. Therefore, research needs to be done as an effort to extract the ecological values of traditional architecture
for the development of better future architecture. The research method used a descriptive-interpretative method with a qualitative approach.
Data collection technique is done through primary and secondary data collection in the form of observation, interview, literature study, and
discussion with resource person. The results of the research are the identification of ecological values of Mandailing Traditional
architecture, both physical and environment, and identification of dwelling that developed in Mandailing. Then, the identification result is
summarized into a recommendation of Mandailing ethnic dwelling design.

Keywords: Traditional architecture, ecologies, Mandailing.

1. INTRODUCTION scientific data technically, as well as explain the non-physical

1
The shifting of the traditional values and the ways of thinking
in society cannot be separated from modernisation and
globalisation process. The changes bring a positive and negative
impact on social life, culture and history both materially and
immaterial. This happens in the city and has the possibility occurs
in the local or regional culture. Humans as cultural actors have a
significant role in treating the environment, in this case,
architecture.
Mandailing is one of the most diverse ethnicities found in
North Sumatra. The Mandailing ethnics inhabit the western coastal
area of Sumatra with territorial boundaries based on indigenous
territories in the north and east, South Tapanuli regency (Angkola
and Padang Lawas), the western part of West Sumatra
(Minangkabau) in the west, Samudera Indonesia (coastal). The
Mandailing community is a distinctive and unique ethnic group,
which upholds democratic values and demonstrates the openness to
change and difference.
Traditional architecture research is not only a conservation
effort, but it means learning of local knowledge and physical
architecture, rather than identifying the changes and formulation of
appropriate technologies to be applied in the development of smart
and ecological local architecture and utilising existing natural
resources. Previous studies are research focused on conservation
and socio-cultural development. Excavation of local knowledge in
measurable scientific aspects is very rare. Therefore, it is necessary
to conduct research that aims to make documentation and collect
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Department of Civil Engineering, Universitas Negeri
Medan, Medan, Indonesia; Email: irmanasution@unimed.ac.id
2 Lecturer, Department of Civil Engineering, Universitas Negeri
Medan, Medan, Indonesia; Email: syahrezalvan@gmail.com
3 Lecturer, Department of Civil Engineering, Universitas Negeri
Medan, Medan, Indonesia; Email: hadibroto@gmail.com
factors and changes that occur.
The issue in research is about the sustainability of the
traditional architecture of Mandailing based on the ecological
context that influences the change process. This research is a
further study conducted in 2006 - 2015 in the Mandailing Godang
and Mandailing Julu areas, the focus of traditional Mandailing
architectural activities carried out in 3 (three) selected areas in
Mandailing that can still be traced to the traditional concepts of
Sibangor village, Hutagodang village, and Panyabungan Tonga
villa. Each village has its distinct architectural distinctiveness, so it
is essential to document and find the right solutions to ensure that
the local wisdom of the architecture is not extinct and can be
preserved.
The phenomenon of climate change is an approach taken to
learn the values of local wisdom on the traditional architecture of
Mandailing. Learning the values of local wisdom in architecture
means looking at past conditions, predicting future possibilities for
an ideal design (Nasution, 2006).
2. THEORY, METHOD, CASE STUDY
2.1 Traditional Architecture
Traditional architecture is called a regional architecture based
on tradition, culture, beliefs and has inherited norms from
generation to generation. Traditional architecture is different from
modern architecture that prioritizes function, structure, and
aesthetics (form following function), which sometimes ignores the
harmony with nature and environment. So that design is imposed
without having meaning and form. Traditional architecture is the
cultural identity of a tribe because it contains all the life of the
community (Myrtha Soeroto, 2002: 11). Traditional architecture is
not only the physical environment, but the metaphysical balance of
the macrocosm (universe) and microcosm (building), it means
maintaining harmony between the buildings and the universe.
2.2 Ecologies Architecture
The journey of ecological architecture is long enough to bring
influence to contemporary architecture. The history of ecological
architecture began in the era of the 1920s to the 1960s which are
characterized by the split event of modern architectural movement.
Where there is a contradiction of the meaning of architectural work
between "form follows function" and "form is a function". Its
influence on architecture is characterized by the anthroposophical
architecture developed by Rudolf Steiner and the famous organic
architecture by Frank Lloyd Wright; the form is a function. Around
the 1960s, architectural movements evolved toward an alternative,
experimental architecture, known as the 'New Age' movement or
transitional period. And in the 1970s, the energy crisis
phenomenon occurred and was marked by the events of the Suez
crisis (1956), the Jom-Kippur War (1973), and the Gulf War
(1980/1991). The phenomenon of the energy crisis has had an
effect on architecture with energy-saving contexts and building
minimization. This movement is growing rapidly and penetrated
into various studies linked to human health. Thus, much-emerging
architecture that prioritizes post-habitation health. And finally, it
produces a flow of architecture that combines all movements into
one though with different roots or backgrounds known as
ecological or eco-architecture (Frick, 2006).
Ecological architecture contains dimensions that are
holistically related to the environment, humans, and buildings.
Holistic development is utilising human experience ( a tradition in
development) as a process and cooperation between human and
natural surroundings or the development of residence as a necessity
of human life in mutual relationship with the natural environment.
Eco-architecture (green architecture / sustainable design) is an
environment-based design approach of which there are six crucial
principles: conserving energy, working with climate, minimising
new resources, respect for users, respect for sites, and holism.
In traditional contexts, ecological architecture is judged from
the architectural appearance and develops socially, culturally, and
the natural environment that influences it. Tradition is very
influential in the development and occurrence of traditional
architecture. Therefore, it is essential to understand the existing
traditional architecture to gain insight and wise values that have
existed since the era of civilization.
2.2. Method
The scope of research is on Mandailing area which is part of
Mandailing Natal Regency, North Sumatra. The chosen region still
represents the dominant traditional situation. The selected research
areas are Sibangor village, Hutagodang village, and Panyabungan
Tonga village. In the early identification of these three areas still,
have a picture of customs and architecture that still uphold the
traditional values in life and architectural forms.
The materials needed in this research are: maps, topography
and climate data, existing (architectural and structural) data of
houses and traditional settlements obtained from direct observation
and resource persons. References related to ecological architecture
are definitions, principles and elements, as well as historical and
socio-cultural historical record data in Mandailing. The tools used
in this research are stationery, digital camera, roll meter, scanner,
laser meter, audio video, computer, drawing table, and
questionnaire.
The data collection is done in two stages: primary and
secondary data collection. Primary data is done through
observation to obtain data in the form, measurement, recording, re-
drawing and interviews with local speakers. In addition, primary
data is also obtained on discussion forums with experts and
relevant sources. The data collection tools used include
questionnaires, visual recording devices and audio recorders.
Secondary data were obtained from literature studies, institutional
surveys at universities and local government, as well as discussions
with resource persons.
Primary and secondary data are described using a descriptive
analytic method that describes or gives an overview of a research
object through collected data and generating conclusions that are
generic.
2.3 Case Study
2.3.1. The Panyabungan Tonga Village
The village of Panyabungan Tonga is known as the Nasution
clan village, the main clan after the dominant Lubis clan in the
Mandailing region. Geographically, Panyabungan Tonga is located
in the lower reaches of Batang Gadis river which has a flat nature
characteristic, is called Mandailing Godang area.
Panyabungan Tonga is a traditional village that has been
intercommunicating and spreading to form a new village. Its
location is easily accessible from the main road access which is the
provincial road. The situation is vulnerable to give a dominant and
rapid influence to the social, economic, and cultural life of the
community in this village. However, the cultural heritage or
traditions that form the basis of living in Mandailing can still be
traced through its building and settlement artefacts.
Some artefacts are seen as a residential complex of the king or
called bagas godang equipped with alaman bolak (yard), sopo
godang (hall), sopo eme (barn). In addition, there are also
settlements consisting of a collection of king’s relatives houses
known as mora, kahanggi, and anak boru, as well as ordinary
people's settlements.
Architecturally, artefacts in the form of buildings have
different physical characteristics. Each building is in good
condition, occupied and utilized according to function, and some
have been renovated. The building of barns is no longer found in
the complex but is found in residential areas of the community.
The form of traditional building construction in Mandailing is the
stilt house. In addition to the stilt building, there are also other
buildings that have the form of a landed house. This form has
changed from the culture that developed in previous Mandailing,
such as western culture or colonialism. The shape of change can be
observed from construction technology and materials, as well as
space organizations that have adapted to the needs of today's life.
Another form of artefacts is the settlement. The characteristics
of settlements in Panyabungan Tonga are located on the flat area
and close to the river as the starting point of its spread. Traditional
settlements in Panyabungan Tonga have evolved with the
changing times and practical lifestyles. The house and the pattern
of the village have experienced a shift and loss of traditional values.
Even so, the village of Panyabungan Tonga is a bigger village
located in the southern part of Mandailing Natal Regency and one
of the traditional villages that still maintain the existence of
traditional architecture.
16

Figure 1: The settlement pattern of Panyabungan Tonga village
2.3.2 The Hutagodang Village
The characteristics of Hutagodang village are very different
from Panyabungan Tonga. Hutagodang is the traditional village of
the Lubis clan in the Mandailing Julu (upstream of Batang Gadis
River) has the character of a hillside environment.
Hutagodang still has a king residential complex completed
with Sopo godang, Sopo eme, and alaman bolak. Although the
shape of the artefacts has undergone a physical change, its
traditional values can still be traced. Most of the king's residential
types and accessories are not inhabited and properly used, but are
retained as cultural heritage buildings that can be visited.
The hilly character of the neighbourhood produces a form of
settlements with limited spread of 5 hectares of the yard or building
area. The form of settlements is generally in line or parallel to
follow the pattern of roads that divide the village. Where the
village road only has single access.
In Hutagodang can still be found people's houses with
traditional forms of construction and materials. This unique shape
is a distinctive feature of the Mandailing dwelling.
Figure 2: The settlement pattern of Hutagodang village
2.3.3 The Sibanggor Village
Sibangor is a traditional village whose existence can still be
observed from the forms of construction and building materials, as
well as its settlements. However, there are differences with
traditional settlements in Panyabungan Tonga and Hutagodang. In
Sibanggor Julu settlements are not equipped by the existence of
alaman bolak and bagas godang, because the village was moved
from the previous location due to the eruption of Mount Sorik
Marapi in 1892. In 1894 the village was moved to a location called
the Singa Jambu or Sibanggor Julu today.
Sibangor Julu Village has a uniqueness with the forms of
houses that still use natural materials and built traditionally. There
are 80 % of people’s houses can be found in Sibanggor Julu than
other locations. This indicates that the community in Sibanggor
Julu still maintains a traditional type house rather than a
conventional type house.
Based on the results of interviews with local residents, people
prefer to stay in a traditional type house than conventional. This is
based on the performance of the thermal conditions occurring
within the building and is perceived to affect by residents or the
local community. However, the existence of traditional houses is
slowly faded as people have no strong desire to build houses in
traditional ways. To build a house taking a long period, manpower
skill, and it takes a lot of money to process natural materials and
manifest into a traditional house. Although natural materials are
available and abundant in the surroundings of settlements, people
tend to choose to build houses with existing materials without
natural processing. This is a major factor in the changing of
construction technology in traditional architecture. And this can be
reduced by a persuasive approach in the form of training and
communication on how to manage natural materials into local,
durable and environmentally friendly building materials.
Figure 3: The settlement pattern of Sibanggor village
3. ANALYSIS, DISCUSSION, RESULT
3.1 The Ecological Values in Mandailing Traditional
Architecture
3.1.1 The Landscape and Environment
The landscape of the Mandailing area can be categorized as
flat and hilly landscape. Flat nature characters in Mandailing
Godang, and hilly in Mandailing Julu. Each of the landscapes
brings its character to the climatic and environmental conditions of
both locations. Mandailing Godang is flat, hotter and drier.
Meanwhile, in Mandailing Julu the climate is cool and wet.
The character of the flat landscape and hills are not much
different. Both regions' environment consists of rice fields,
plantations, cultivation, rivers, and settlements. Settlements
17
throughout the Mandailing region have diverse environmental
characteristics. There are settlements near the location of the river,
in the middle of the village, or in the location of rice fields or
plantations. The pattern of distribution follows a livable pattern
oriented to the location of the livelihood, not infrequently the
settlement is located on the edge of the road that connects the
Mandailing area with other areas, such as Minangkabau and Toba.
3.1.2 The Settlement Setting
The settlements are usually located in flat areas, especially
locations close to water sources, and livelihood sources. Gardening,
habitation, and service activities are grouped into three zones based
on the cosmology of banua (Nuraini, 2004), namely parginjang
(top), partonga (centre), and partoru (below). And the settlements
are located in the tonga section.
Ecologically, the location in the middle is very favourable for
settlements mainly related to the movement of the wind and the sun.
The characteristics of hilly Mandailing environments and the
selection of settlements located between hills and rivers (hills 
settlements  rivers) provide maximum wind and sunlight
movement in buildings and environments. This condition is
supported by a pattern of settlements that follow the contour of the
land so that the wind moves freely to the settlement.
The contoured land makes it easy for the environment to
drain rainwater to flow into the river without special drainage
planning. However, by way of life that slowly shifts from
maintaining the values of tradition to modern values,
environmental drainage planning is easy to find in some research
sites The river is an abundant water resource, now replaced by
water obtained from pipes supplied by local water companies. This
condition indirectly replaces the local lifestyle that relies on nature
to be a lifestyle that depends on human-created systems. In other
words, natural resources are no longer empowered on an ongoing
basis as part of life but are exploited to move on to a practical
pattern.
Figure 4: The documentation of settlement setting in
Mandailing village
3.1.3 The Climate Influence
a. Orientation
Ecologically, the orientation of the building is placed in the
path of the sun and the wind as a compromise between the location
of the directed building from east to west, and which is located
perpendicular to the wind. The orientation of the building in the
traditional house is formed by the location of bagas godang in the
settlement setting. The orientation of bagas godang to the east.
Mandailing people believe the eastern direction as a source of life
because of the east as the beginning of the rising sun. This
provision applies to all bagas godang in Mandailing. Thus, the
spread of other houses follows the orientation pattern in a circular
and parallel form.
In addition to the direction of the sun, the determination of the
location of the house is based on the existence of the main road
encountered throughout the settlement. The flat and hilly form of
the Mandailing environment results in the limited land for
settlements. So that the main road of the village that has a single
access, the entrance and exit of the village from the same direction,
is used as a guide for the development of its environment.
b. The distance between the buildings
The houses in Mandailing have a distance between buildings
about 1.5 meters to 2 meters. The development of most houses
does not consider the distance between buildings. This conditions
found in many urban areas that have limited land use. However, in
rural areas have developed houses built following urban settlement
patterns. For example, in Mandailing nowadays it is very easy to
find duplex houses or real estate on a small scale. Though the land
is still wide to be developed into a single house that is more
environmentally friendly.
Traditional houses considering the distance between buildings
can ensure air and light movement over time. The distance between
buildings not only on the side of the house but also on the back
side. So that air and sun motion can enter the building without a
barrier. The yard in the housing is not much planted with large
trees. This condition allows the wind to move freely, but the direct
sunlight angle without a barrier causing the building exposed to the
sun throughout the day. The settlements in hilly areas do not have
significant wind and solar movement problems because the winds
moving in this region are cooler than settlements in a flat
environment even though the intensity of the sun is quite high. In a
flat environment desperately needed a barrier of sunlight to enter
the building of trees because the wind that moves in this region is
hot enough with high density and minimal distance between
buildings.
The minimum distance between buildings can be overcome if
the house is built with traditional construction types. Stilt house
with wooden construction and roof of fibres capable of dampening
the cold night air, and hot air during the day. During the day, the
hot air flowing into the building moves on the stage or under the
building, where heat from the ground is not directly into the
building. Meanwhile, the heat of the sun during the day will be
muted by the roof of the fibres that will flow the cooler air at night.
Thus, traditional Mandailing houses that still use local or natural
construction are very friendly and responsive to the natural
environment on which the building stands.
Figure 5: The distance between the buildings in Mandailing’s
settlements
18
 c. The building mass
The mass of Mandailing traditional house building consists of
two types. The first rectangular is encountered in the bagas godang
building. The second type is rectangular in the building of the
people's house and the king's relatives. Simple floor plans, when
associated with earthquakes, will affect the performance of
structures that can survive in response to seismic movement well
(Idham, 2014: 188). A simple, lightweight roof structure will
minimize failure due to lateral forces in the event of an earthquake.
utara Figure 6: The building mass of bagas godang (king’s house type)
Figure 7: The building mass of people’s house type
The square shape with a high roof is very advantageous for
cross ventilation and optimizes air ventilation naturally. The
rectangular shape with the stilt construction system and the fibres
roof gives way to the cool air flow and heat coming out of the
building. At the bottom, the air flow will move between the surface
of the ground and the body of the building. In the centre, air enters
and exits through the crack of the bamboo wall. While at the top,
air enters and exits through a roof eavesdrop and a fibres cover that
has a cavity as the path of airflow.
The mass and construction of Mandailing traditional houses is
a positive response to nature, environment, and climate. This
condition is essential to maintain and be considered for all parties
in developing the form of the building, especially in the traditional
village area that is natural.
d. The water absorption and drainage system
Tropical climate with rainfall and high intensity of the sun
throughout the year into consideration buildings to rainwater and
sunlight that fell into the building can be responded well. The
consideration of the slope of the roof and the drainage at the
ground is planned not to cause leaks and floods.
In traditional buildings, rainwater that fell into the roof
directly flowed to the ground. This is in contrast to conventional
buildings that use gutters as rainwater containers and piped to the
ground. Rainwater that fell into the roof has immediately flowed to
the ground without pipes and sewers. Because of the hilly natural
environment, water falling from the roof flows into the river
through gravity and does not cause flooding. However, a healthy
lifestyle develops and raises several environmental elements such
as environmental and household disposal systems in the form of
open ducts known in Mandailing as parik (canal). This
environmental element arises because of the efforts of local
governments to improve environmental facilities. The elements are
made of conventional concepts. For example, channels are made
with a pavement system to prevent waste or drainage from flowing
into the soil.
The houses in traditional neighbourhoods do not need a water
catchment system because the land used for buildings does not
consume the green space that should be provided for reforestation.
Water absorption systems need to be considered when traditional
settlements shift into conventional settlements, i.e. the construction
of a stilt house into a landed house construction. The traditional
principles are still relevant to be applied to the houses of traditional
communities who are living in a natural environment such as in
Mandailing. And the development that occurs is not a barrier or a
destructive factor in nature, where nature is responded wisely
through architecture, but as a guideline for a better life today by
upholding the values of local wisdom that has been inherited by the
ancestors.
Figure 8: The environment situation of Mandailing village
3.2. The Sustainability of Mandailing Traditional
Architecture
The influence of globalization is not only felt in urban areas
but has penetrated into rural areas or traditional villages that
geographically have a great distance to receive directly and quickly
information. The change of traditional architecture is very
vulnerable influenced by the community or from outside the
community. The role of various parties is very important to
maintain the continuity of cultural artefacts that exist in the
archipelago. The role is not only limited to reminders of memories,
more than that as a guide to developing architecture that has the
value of wisdom and locality that dominant in a particular
ecological area. Thus, the development of green architecture can
work better for users and the environment in a sustainably.
The changes in the traditional architecture of Mandailing can
be identified from technology and building materials, ecological
conditions, environmental settings, values and culture that flourish
19
in the community. Today, many new buildings are built using a
conventional construction in a location adjacent to the traditional
architecture of Mandailing. The technology and materials chosen to
construct the building are different from the previous building in
the Mandailing area. The stone and concrete constructions begin to
dominate traditional villages and gradually ignore the ecological
concepts in their planning. In fact, conventional building types are
not friendly to the natural environment on which the building
stands, both visually and architecturally. However, it does not
mean this type of building cannot be developed in the Mandailing
natural environment. And ecologically the building is not
necessarily able to respond to existing natural and environmental
conditions.
Nuraini, Cut. (2004). Permukiman Suku Batak Mandailing. Yogyakarta:
Gadjah Mada University Press.
Usop, T. B. (2011). Kearifan Lokal Dalam Arsitektur Kalimantan Tengah
Yang Berkesinambungan. Jurnal Prespektif Arsitektur Vol. 06 No. 01
2011, 25-32.
Sukada, Budi A.. (1989). Memahami Arsitektur Tradisional dengan
Pendekatan Tipologi. Jati Diri Arsitektur Indonesia, Eko Budi Harjo
(ed). Alumni, Bandung.
Sumintardja, Djauhari. (1983). Kompendium Sejarah Arsitektur. LPMB
Bandung.

4. CONCLUSION

The traditional architecture of Mandailing is the formed

architecture through ecologies consideration which is climate,
nature, and environment. The local values considerations grow and
develop the cultural heritage when the architecture built from one
generation to another generation by using the same approach and
method. When the local values are replaced, and shift by new
values than the culture of build with ecologies consideration will
be stopped. And the activity of build that ignore ecologies factors
will damage the environment and turn users behaviour fastly.
Therefore, the ecologies factors can be said as a basic for the
traditional community, especially Mandailing, to develop of its
construction of architecture for sustainability of culture was
inherited from the ancestors. Finally, the purpose is to find and
apply a better solution for a better tomorrow.

5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The author is very grateful to the UNIMED Research Institute

who has funded Applied Product Research in 2017. Infinite
gratitude is also addressed to Kemenristekdikti Institution of the
Republic of Indonesia which has opened up opportunities for
lecturers and faculty in State Universities to follow various
research schemes to expand and develop scientific insights.

6. Reference

Frick, H., & Mulyani, T. H. (1998). Seri Eko-Arsitektur 2 Arsitektur

Ekologis (Vol. 2). Kanisius.
Idham, Noor Cholis. (2014). Prinsip-prinsip Arsitektur Tahan Gempa, Andi
Publisher.
Nasution, Irma Novrianty. (2006). Analisis Penyebab Perbedaan Bentuk
Bagas Godang di Wilayah Mandailing Godang dan Mandailing Julu.
Thesis Institut Teknologi Bandung.

20
 Identification of Wonosobo Heritage Buildings
Muafani1, Atinia Hidayah2
12
Department of Architecture; Department of English Literature
Qur’anic Science University
muafani@fastikom-unsiq.ac.id; atiniajavas@gmail.com

Abstract: Wonosobo is a traditional small town in the eastern country that offers uniqueness which lies in the continuity and
interconnectedness of culture, climate and art-craft. If this uniqueness can continue to be nurtured not only as an intuitive but also
rational urban development trend, there will never be anxiety about an identity crisis. However, this effort is often on the oppositional
side with expansion and massive investments that raided simultaneously in short periods. On the other hand, people were unable to
walk at the same pace with the course of this vast development. Similarly, Indonesian architects experienced this as well. They are
only carried away by the idea that this identity, which is seeking activity with various motivations to accommodate tourism interests,
is not for the welfare and sustainability of people's lives following their unique local culture. Therefore, an architect has a great
responsibility to exchange and donate any works that someday can be considered worth-preserving. In further, what needs to be
emphasised is that the preservation of the architectural heritage is not merely a static effort that must be viewed from the perspective
of socio-cultural and welfare, it must be considered as a dynamic effort by taking into account its economic benefits.
Indonesia is a country with a long history, strong and diverse traditions, and it experienced being colonised by other nations. Thus, we
undoubtedly have a legacy of rich traditional architecture and colonial heritage that spread throughout the country. Fortunately,
Wonosobo regency has a great attraction to be an object of the research that offers abundant of traditional heritage, including
historical establishment. This research is composed by combining field data and data of literature. The data is obtained through
observations and interviews conducted with historical actors. Data obtained from the field observation become the main data, whereas
the literature completes and supports the discussion. The findings of the research include colonial historical buildings and some other
heritage establishments which are still well-preserved in Wonosobo.

Keywords: unique, heritage buildings, identity, Wonosobo

1. Introduction displacement, exposure, and disappearance of the precious

City is a very complex human environment. Therefore, an
environment in a city can be discussed from any disciplinary
perspectives, and at the same time, it becomes the subject that is
always interesting. Currently, the preservation and protection of
historical objects is a major part of urban planning, and this is
more significant than a museum as the historical architectural
object. The preservation and protection of these historical objects
include adaptive reuse, rehabilitation and reconstruction of
ancient areas which are usually located in urban centres. In
implementing these steps, urban planners use several approaches.
These approaches are not only plan-driven (programmatic)
approaches but also the protection of historical objects which are
based on effective cost measures for real estate development. In
addition to economic benefits, there are also important cultural
criteria for ancient and historical buildings incorporated into
urban planning (Attoe, 1992).
Attoe (1992) also stated that the protection of historical
objects is no longer an integral element in urban planning, but it
has changed into a substantive field of theory and practice. It
should serve as a major component of urban planning programs,
even to the present protection of historical objects or buildings
(churches, town hall, important houses, etc.) or buildings related
to important people, but now these limits are more inclusive. Gas
stations, cross-roads, sugar warehouses, sugar-making venues, or
chariots, may now begin to be considered as important elements
as large homes or historic hotels.
As a country with a long history, strong and diverse
traditions and colonised experiences of other countries, Indonesia
undoubtedly have a legacy of traditional architecture and colonial
legacy that is very rich, spread in various corners of the city. It is
appropriate that these treasures are preserved and utilised as a
source of inspiration for the design of contemporary architecture.
The point in the past architecture is connected through a red
thread to present and future architecture (Budihardjo, 1997).
In foreign countries, conservation efforts of ancient
historical buildings involve many parties, including government,
the private sector, community and nonprofit bodies such as the
Society for the Protection of Old Buildings, Civic Trust and
others. Similar efforts need to be made in Indonesia to prevent
architectural heritage. It should always be remembered by an
architect that "a city without an ancient building is a human
without a memory" if a man without memory is a madman, a city
without an ancient building is similar to a "crazy" city
(Budihardjo 1997).
2. Research Methodology
This study is a literary study which combines field and
library data completed with interview study to obtain maximum
results. By the purpose of research, i.e. to identify the existing
cultural heritage buildings in Wonosobo City based on field data
combined with the literature data, this research is in the form of
applied research (Bungin, 2006). Thus, the purpose of applied
research is to answer the problems faced by society in daily life,
in this case, it relates to the built environment, which consists of
residents, dwelling and supporting environment (Haryadi, 1995).
This applicative research is expected to be immediately
utilised to solve practical problems in the field of architectural
design and urban design. Thus, the main motivation of this
research is to solve a problem and the development of theory. It
means this research is not to discover a new theory.
Several stages of research implemented in this research
are as follows:
a. Early Stage of the Research (Observation and Preparation)
1) Initial survey to research object
2) Preparation of research tools and instruments
3) Preparation of observation and identification of research
object
4) Preparation of physical and non-physical data
5) Determination of literature data
6) Preparation of literature data following the object of
research
b. Implementing Stage of the Research
1) Identification of the field data.
2) Analysis of the data obtained from field identification
with relevant literary review and theories.
3) Preparation of the discussion of the existing analysis
c. Final Stage of Research

21
 1) Preparation of conclusions, findings and
recommendations.
2) Preparation of research report.
3. Result and Discussion
3.1. Overview of Wonosobo City
Geographically, Wonosobo is located between 7 ° 4'11 "-
7 ° 11'13" Lat and between 109 ° 43'10 "- 110 ° 04'40" Lon. This
city is 120 km from the capital of Central Java province and at a
land height of 744 meters above sea level.
Wonosobo is the Sub-District Development Center I
Wonosobo District which consists of District Wonosobo, Kertek,
Garung, Selomerto, and Mojotengah. The position of Wonosobo
which is located in the middle of Wonosobo District is very
strategic, and it becomes the major route for transportation from
other sub-districts and vice versa.
Thus, Wonosobo has a very strategic socio-economic-cultural
position as a trading and economic activities centre, transit
centres from other sub-districts in Wonosobo, and centres of
social and cultural activities (centres of government, education,
worship, health, culture) the surrounding area of the city.
Figure 1: District Map of Wonosobo
The total area of Wonosobo City administration is
1,518,574 ha with the details of the built area around 532,814 ha
or about 41.65% covering residential areas, offices, trade,
education and others. While the rest is 985.76 ha or
approximately 58.35% is an empty land consisting of agricultural
areas, plantations and hills. Based on reports of monograph data
of Wonosobo sub-district in February 2005, the population in
Wonosobo city was 54,449 people.
Figure 2: City Map of Wonosobo
People of Wonosobo sub-district are mostly traders and
civil servants/army/police officers, no residents who work as
farmers and farm labourers. Others are industrial workers,
construction workers, transporters and employers. On the
education level, Wonosobo residents mostly did not finish
primary school. Most of them graduated from Junior High School
levels. The education level of the population in Wonosobo Sub-
district is almost evenly ranging from Non-Graduated from
Elementary School to Graduated from Academy/Higher
Education.
Religious followers in Wonosobo Sub-district are also
varied. The religions in majority include Islam, Christian,
Catholic, Buddha, Confucian, and Hindu. In addition, means of
transportation mostly found are motorcycles and public
transportation.
The central government in Wonosobo Regency has a city
square that is currently developing into a recreation area. Located
in the centre of the district government, the town square becomes
a manifestation of the ancient city of Javanese spatial layout that
is well-preserved. District government highly put important
places like Regency Hall, Prison, Market and Great Mosque
under serious care.
3.2. Review of History of Wonosobo City
Development
Wonosobo City as the capital of Wonosobo Regency still
needs various efforts to perform urban planning to make the area
more secure, comfortable, productive, and sustainable. Efforts
that had been made included the reconstruction of Wonosobo
town square (2007) and transformed it into the best square in
Central Java province. This square has also become a favourite
place for family recreation in green open spaces. Furthermore,
since 2013, more recreational public places have been
constructing such as Kartini, Selomanik, and Fatmawati Park
through a green city development program (P2KH). This
program is considered as initial stimulant towards the realisation
of the green city. P2KH 2013-2015 is based on 4 (four) of 8
(eight) green city attributes of green planning and design, green
community, and green waste. Furthermore, the structuring of the
city is greatly needed to improve the quality of life. Apart from
the green city issue, it is necessary to conserve heritage in
Wonosobo as it is related to spatial planning and the mandate of
the Law, (Bappeda Wonosobo Regency, 2016).
Source: BappedaWonosobo District
Figure 3: The History of Wonosobo City
The history of Wonosobo development is classified into
three periods. Those are the Hindu-Buddhism period, the
Spreading of Islam period, and the Period of Colonialism. In the
Hindu-Buddhism period, the city history cannot be separated
from Dieng history.
The word Wonosobo in Wonosobo society tradition is
derived from two words; Wana and Saba. Wana comes from the
ancient Java language which means paddy field, pads or forest.
While Saba means worth visiting. This area is known as part of
Tumenggungan or Regency since Diponegoro post-war in 1825
M. At the time of Ngayogyakarta Sultanate, part of this region
was included in Ledok and Gowong regions which were
administratively united to Jabarangkah.
In the development of Indonesian history, Wonosobo has
always become a significant area viewed through both
geostrategic and geopolitical perspective today. The city was an
important spot for first cultural activities and the emergence of
22
Hindu political power during Wangsa Silendra Dynasty in 7th to
13th century (the evidence shown is a majestic cabdi in Dieng
plateau). This proves that geographical position of Wonosobo
contributes precious value to the city since the 7th century.
Wonosobo cannot be separated from the process of Islam
spreading in the inland of Java Island. In the past, Wonosobo was
a Hindu and Buddhist society which then became part of the
Islamization. Recently, the majority of this district is Muslims.
On the other word, this area is inhabited by the majority of
people who embrace animism and dynamism, the tenets which
many people in Java inland believed during the pre-Islamic
period.
The Islamization process in the northern part of Java
Island was carried out through trading routes by selling spices
and crops. Spices and crops were products harvested in the inland
of Java Island grown by natives of Java Island. So, the interaction
between inland people and newcomers had taken place since long
time ago. This fact leads to the assumption that Mubalighs
(Muslim preachers) had possibly started to arrive and found the
way to the inland of Java Island, specifically in Wonosobo.
Another considered fact as a way that opens another route to the
journey of Mubaligh to Wonosobo is Dieng plateau. Dieng as the
centre of Hindu’s power and governance in Wangsa Sanjaya
period since 7th century AD gives the impression that this old
territory plays an important role in the social process and life.
Based on the geographic-administrative position, Dieng
plateau is located in Wonosobo, Banjarnegara, Batang and
Kendal districts. Astronomically, Dieng plateau lies between 103,
300 Lon and 111.300 Lat. It is a cosmic position that allows the
growth of human civilisation and its essence. This area is
described as the beautiful landscape with mountainous scenery,
lake, temples and ancient sites that represent the million years of
the existence of social activities. In the discussion of Dieng
Plateau, it is mentioned that this area is a fertile area. Its natural
prosperity is incomparable. In the past, Dieng was a destination
for those who wanted to enjoy sightseeing on beautiful nature.
The beauty of this area includes temples that are estimated to be
built in 7th century to 13th century AD. By the end of the dynasty,
discussion on Dieng disappeared and it reappeared in the 1820s
after the discovery of the temples. The talk about Dieng restarted
during Mataram Islam period under the governance of Sultan
Agung (1613 – 1645AD) and Amangkurat I (1645 – 1677M). As
mentioned in Serat Centhini, there was a journey conducted by
Sheikh Amongrogo and his family, who were the sons and
daughters of Sunan Giri (giri). This journey led to Dieng, and
they did it to escape Mataram.
Furthermore, the development of Wonosobo City became
more visible during the colonial era. Based on Memorial Book of
DPRDS in 1950, it is mentioned that Wonosobo City was unable
to be categorised as a big city. Wonosobo was a small town for
its area is approximately just 1 km, and it extends from North to
South as far as 2, 5 km. Moreover, it is located in 800 meters
above the sea level. Thus, based on its geographical position,
Wonosobo provides cool air, and it becomes a recommended
place to relax (herstellingsoord).
Wonosobo is characteristically known as a mountainous
city. From all directions, people can see mountains that surround
the city. Pedicabs are unavailable for most of the roads are not
flat. On the subject of development and progress of the city, its
proportion as a small town and the capital of a district is
sufficient for current "investment". The expansion of the city is
difficult to do because there are valleys, Semagung river and
Serayu river in the west of the city. Expansion can only be done
in the North and South. As a small town with no more than
25,000 inhabitants, the city provides adequate schools as a
symbol of progress for future generations. The schools are SMP
SGB I-II, ST, SMEP, SMA, C Kenaka, SMP Bhakti Mulia, SKP-
PGRI, SMIP and one particular school for deaf and mute students
organised by Missie. Based on author's knowledge, there are only
two similar institutions in Indonesia, and they are located in
Bandung and Wonosobo. The Deaf-Mute Institution in
Wonosobo is divided into two, one area is for girls, and another
one is for boys with each occupying their building. The institute
is organised by the Missie and managed in a particular way that it
can accommodate children with special needs. In addition, the
education provided is also specifically arranged so that students
with special education can be independent and useful for the
community after they graduate. In addition, they also learn
common education for practical lessons and technical education
such as manufacturing crafts, embroidering techniques,
carpentry, printing, creating goods for everyday purposes and so
forth.
Furthermore, the location of Great Mosque in this city is
not located close to the square because it has its history. In the
1980s, there were many facilities and buildings established
during the reign of the Dutch East Indies. These old buildings
include private homes of residents, former railway station, former
hospitals, government buildings, churches and monasteries. At
that time people were not aware of the fact that those buildings
were colonial building. The existence of those buildings is
undoubtedly related to the significance of trading of agricultural
products from Wonosobo.
The certain period of both arrival and settlement of the
Dutch in Wonosobo is unknown. However, their arrival was
likely related to forced cultivation system imposed by Governor-
General Johannes van Den Bosch in Dutch East Indies in 1832.
The cultivation activities were forcedly implemented in Central
Java and southern West Java. From these activities, various crops
like coffee, tilapia, tea, sugar, and others, were transported to a
range of markets in Europe through harbours in Cilacap. Various
crops were also supplied from Purworejo, Kebumen, and the
inlands in Wonosobo.
In 1885, a tea plantation belonged to Tambi Company
operated for the first time. In the beginning, the company was
named Bagelen Thee & Kina Maatschappij managed by NV Jhon
Peet based in Batavia (Jakarta). The company operated and grew
rapidly as early transportation with carts of cattle and boats
changed into railroad transportation. Moreover, the construction
of Yogyakarta-Cilacap railway network in 1879 with a length of
187,283 kilometres opened a new opportunity for sugar trading,
and it facilitated the transportation from factories located in
Yogyakarta.
Crops trading steadily continued until the construction of
the railroad. The following construction was done focusing in the
area of the middle lane near Serayu River. On 5 March 1884 AD,
Serayu dal Stoomrammaatschappij (SDS) or Lembah Serayu
Tram was built. This SDS construction was gradually started in
Maos-Purwokerto and continued in Purwokerto - Sokaraja. From
Sokaraja, it was then developed to northward to Wonosobo. The
last segment of Selokromo - Wonosobo has completed on 7 June
1917 AD.
Since then, the crops trade from Wonosobo which was
originally sent to the north coast of Java moved to the south.
Trafficking of existing products was also brought north through
Dieng to Pekalongan. The delivering of crops like coffee,
tobacco, and tea was done by train through the south. The role of
Wonosobo in agricultural products trading was significant, and it
contributed to the making of Cilacap Harbor as the centre of
trading in Java between the years 1909 until 1930 AD.
Meanwhile, the activities of the Dutch who settled in Wonosobo
can be seen from some residences that are over 90 years old
today. One of them is a house on Jalan Mangli with a label
attached at the front of it written Mon Desir. Presently, the house
is part of the monastery for the sisters who joined in Putri Maria
and Yosef order (BMY).
Evidence of the Dutch East Indies stories in Wonosobo is
difficult to gain today. Many buildings are damaged. In fact, a
Catholic Church built during the Dutch East Indies was
demolished in the mid-1980s. If the church were preserved as it
was, it would be 80 years old by now. Furthermore, the railway
23
station that served as the medium for crops trading and supplying
was no longer operated since 1975. This station would be 87
years old right now if its operation were continued. At this time,
the railway station is utilised as shops, garages, and warehouse.
The equipment at the station is missing. However, houses for
employees remain intact. In 2013, Indonesian Railroad Company
initiated the reconstruction of the railroads to reactivate
Purwokerto – Wonosobo route.
Additionally, more old buildings found in Wonosobo are
located on Jalan Sindoro. These are bigger buildings which are
currently used as DPRD (Regency Regional Houses of People’s
Representatives) buildings, Krishna Hotel and resident houses.
The DPRD building is still well-maintained as well as a house in
front of it. Some other existing buildings include the post office,
some resident houses, Indonesian Christian Church, the Christian
Church of Java, and the nunnery. Those buildings are still
preserved even though some buildings were once under
reconstruction. In the last five years, the Government of
Wonosobo Regency is trying to secure heritage assets as old
buildings belonging to the government by conducting the
restoration. These buildings include Pendopo (Regency Hall) and
Selomanik House. Selomanik House is currently functioned as
the official house of Wonosobo Regent.

Figure 5: Map of Old Wonosobo

(estimated 1900-1905), source: kitlv, Leiden

Source: Archive of BappedaWonosobo District

Figure 4: The Old Picture of Wonosobo Square

Moreover, villagers’ tobacco plantation and the tea

plantation owned by PT Tambi are “living” proofs of Dutch East
Indies heritage. The plantation is still on the slopes of Sindoro
and Sumbing mountain today. Considering the disappearances of
historical heritages of Dutch East Indies period, preserving and
protecting the surviving establishments are essential steps to do,
particularly by learning that Wonosobo has become a famous
tourism city. Preservation of these buildings can enhance the
tourism attraction.

Figure 6: City Map of Wonosobo in 1950

source: Remembrance of DPRDS 1956

24
 cultural heritage, museums, tangible cultural heritage,
handicrafts, digital heirloom documentation, cinematographic
heritage, oral traditions, language, festivals, religion and
beliefs, music and songs, art performance, traditional
medicine, literature, traditional culinary, and traditional
sports. The majority of these cultural heritages is intangible
cultural heritage such as the oral tradition of language, the
process of creation of ability and knowledge, art
performance, festivals, religion and beliefs, cosmology, and
learning systems and beliefs, and practices of beliefs related
to nature.

5.4. Identification of Heritage Buildings in

Wonosobo (Tangible Cultural Heritage)
Tangible cultural heritage is all cultural heritage in the
form of physical. Tangible cultural heritage can be
distinguished from two; moving and static objects,
specifically described as follow:
- The moving tangible cultural heritage is a physical cultural
heritage that can easily be moved. For example ceramic of
household furniture, textiles, trains, photos, etc.
- The static tangible cultural heritage is a physical heritage
that cannot be moved unless by changing or destroying it.
This heirloom has an inseparable unity so it cannot be
moved from its the location. If separated from the location,
the value and meaning of this tangible cultural heritage
could be altered or even disappear altogether. Included in
the category of tangible cultural heritage is the heirloom of
Source: Archives BappedaWonosobo District buildings and monuments.
Figure 7: Wonosobo City Map from time to time - The intangible cultural heritage (in the form of buildings)
existing in Wonosobo Heritage City, can be classified into
two, namely:
3.3. Review of the Heritage Attribute
a. Relics of Hindu-Buddhist period
Based on Indonesian Heritage Conservation 2003,
Pusaka Indonesia (Indonesian Heritage) is a natural heritage, b. Relics of Colonial period
cultural heritage, and heirlooms. Natural heirloom is a special
natural formation. Cultural heritage is the result of the creation,
taste, intention, and special work of more than 500 tribes in the
country. This heritage is produced by the individual, the unity of
Indonesian nation, or through in its interaction with other cultures
during the history of its existence. The heirlooms are heritage
mixture of natural and cultural heritage in the unity of space and
time. As stated in the Indonesian Heritage Preservation Act 2003,
Pusaka Indonesia is an heirloom of nature, culture and a
combination of the two called Saujana heirlooms.
a. Tangible Cultural Heritage
Tangible cultural heritage is all cultural heritage in the
form of physical. Tangible cultural heritage can be
distinguished from two; moving and static objects,
specifically described as follow:
- The moving tangible cultural heritage is a physical cultural
heritage that can easily be moved. For example ceramic of
household furniture, textiles, trains, photos, etc.
- The static tangible cultural heritage is a physical heritage
that cannot be moved unless by changing or destroying it.
This heirloom has an inseparable unity so it cannot be
moved from its the location. If separated from the location,
the value and meaning of this tangible cultural heritage
could be altered or even disappear altogether. Included in
the category of tangible cultural heritage is the heirloom of
buildings and monuments. Source: Archive of BappedaWonosobo District
b. Intangible Cultural Heritage Figure 8: Distribution of Heritage Buildings in Wonosobo
Intangible cultural heritage is a valuable treasure of the
A. Relics of Hindu – Buddhist Period
past times that is abstract, physically intangible, but it
1. Candirejo Site
contains value, benefits, meanings, and expertise that is
- Candirejo site is located in the village of Candirejo,
highly precious in life. The United Nations Educational,
Bangsri, District Mojotengah, Wonosobo
Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) affirmed
- Relics of the pedestal, mustaka, relief, phallus, yoni
that cultural heritage is a site of cultural heritage, town
and many basement ruins with various typical
heritage, cultural saujana, sacred natural sites, underwater
reliefs that characterise the archipelago.
25
 - The ruins show that establishments with northern
Central Javas characteristics are similar to temples
in Dieng, Liyangan, or the ones in Bandungan
which also parts of ancient Hindu cultural heritage.
- The site was possibly constructed in the 8th - 10th
century AD, it was recognised through the similar
pattern to those in Dieng temples.
- The physical condition is damaged since many
parts of the site were taken by residents to be used
as fortress and rainwater container.
2. Yoni Binangun Site
- Yoni Binangun site is located behind Binangun
market, Wonosobo
- The physical form is well-maintained, but the Source: Archives BappedaWonosobo District
environment is not supportive to preserve this Figure 9: TukBimolukar
heritage because the location where it is located has 8. Watukelir Site
turned into landfill. - It is stone around Tuk Bimolukar
- Feature [Langgam]: Yoni of Central Java - It is estimated as a fortress of the past with
3. Sribit Arca Site – Wonolelo uniqueness of a whole stone ladder made of one stone
- Statues and Mustaka were found on this site
- It is estimated the site was built in the 9th century AD
- Featured [Berlanggam] Central Java/Hindu Shiva
4. Bongkotan Temple Site
- It is located in the village of Jambu, Kertek District,
Wonosobo
- The site has been destroyed and disorganised. In
addition, the destruction is caused by the human Source: Archives BappedaWonosobo District
factor that is due to the factor of the material used to Figure 9: WatuKelir Website
build the temple. These materials are andesite and
sediment rocks. 9. Ondho Budho Site
- Langgam temple is northern Central Java - It is estimated to have been built in the 6th - 7th
- It is a relic of Shiva Hindu religion as there are century AD.
Lingga and Yoni found in the area. - It is used as the main traffic lane of the period (Early
- The building is estimated to be constructed in the 8th- Mataram Kingdom).
10th century AD, the period under Rakai Garung and - It is said to be connected to the pilgrimage path of the
Rakai Watumalang governance. ancient harbour in Pekalongan.
5. Watumalang Site
- It is located in the village of Kuripan, Watumalang
District. It is found in the complex of SMA 1
Watumalang (now the site is stored in SMA 1
Watumalang).
- The building is a small temple ruin made of pure
andesite rock that is mixed with rocks.
- It is estimated to be constructed in the 8th - 10th
centuries AD, with the Northern Central Java style
and its temple roof, is similar to Parikesit and Dieng
Plateau. Source: Archive of BappedaWonosobo District
6. Arca Bogang Figure 10. Ondo Budho
- It is positioned in Selomerto district. B. Colonial Heritage
- It is in the shape of sleeping and sitting Buddha
a. Public
statue.
a.1. Pringgitan of Pendopo Complex (Code 28)
- The statues’ condition was poor, and all of them are
Restoration of Pendopo Complex was conducted in
without heads attached.
2015. It was planned to become a museum.
- It is estimated to be built in the 9th-10th century AD,
PringgitanPendopo is a historical establishment that
by assuming that there is an existence of Budha
witnessed a meeting between President Suharto and
Syailendra Dynasty’s authority in North.
Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam on September 06,
- The composition of the statue is rock.
1974. The meeting discussed the future of East Timor, Cocos
7. Tuk Bimolukar Site (Bimolukar Spring)
Island, Christmas Island, Sabah, Vietnam, and Khmer
- It is in the peak area of Dieng pass
(source: President Suharto’s Pace from 27 March 1973 – 23
- Environmental conditions are not supported due to
March 1978, page 155 – 156 by President RI Documentation
forest abandonment for the local population’s
Team).
economic needs.
- This spring is upstream of Serayu river.
- Historically, this spring is considered sacred as it is
told that this spring is equal to Gangga river in India.
The same perception is also described to Tukmas
Muntilan Central Java.

Figure 11: Pendopo Complex of Wonosobo Regency

26
 Pendopo Complex of Wonosobo to other Dutch building, hallway found inside this scout
Building Name
Regency centre connects many rooms. There are seven rooms,
Pringgitan (Regent’s Official including garage and bathrooms. The trinkets in the house,
Past Condition
Residence even the window hinges, are originally the same ones and
Recent Condition Restored have never been replaced since the house was established.
General Affair of Wonosobo
Recent Manager/Owner
Regional Secretariat a.3. Pesanggrahan Selomanik (code 2)
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable to earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
Management Local Governance
To be developed as a museum.

a.2. Scout Centre (code 1)

Figure 13: Selomanik House

Building Name Selomanik House

Past Condition Government Office, Sanitary
Agency
Figure 12: Scout Centre Recent Condition Regent’s Official Residence
Recent General Affair of Wonosobo
Building Name Scout Center Manager/Owner Regional Secretariat
Past Condition Head of Agricultural Residence Maintenance Maintained
Recent Condition Center of Scout Movement Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Recent Manager/Owner Scout District Headquarter Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Local
Maintenance Maintained Management Governance
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to a.4. Development Planning Agency at Sub-National Level
Management Local Governance (Bappeda) (Code 32)Bappeda (code 32)

In 1931, Dutch built headquarter in Argopeni Village.

It is located close to the centre of the town and only several
meters from Dieng street. This place is also positioned on
the same street directing to UNSIQ. With a large front yard,
the front house shows the characteristic of an old building
in Dutch colonial period.
In the beginning, this house functioned as Dutch
headquarter and it was transformed into Official Residence
of Wonosobo Agricultural Department right after national
independence. The Head of Department alternately Figure 14: Bappedaof Wonosobo
inhabited the house, and the last occupation was two years
ago. Today, the house has become a District Headquarter of Building Name Bappeda
Wonosobo Scout. Past Condition Court Office (Landraad)
Since occupied by District Headquarter, the building Office of Development Planning
Recent Condition
had been massively reconstructed. It included repainting, Agency at Sub-National Level
lawn cleansing, and planting plants in the surrounding Development Planning Agency at
building. The process of reconstruction was also the Recent Manager/Owner Sub-National Level of
building of the fence, gate, and small hall at the front yard Wonosobo Regency
area. According to Gito, a scoutmaster, the reconstruction Maintenance Maintained
and the rearrangement are done an effort to preserve this Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
cultural heritage. He stated, "It was so neglected, grass and Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
weeds were growing around the building. Even when we Management Local Governance
closed the window late, mosquitoes came attacking us very
quickly. But now the condition is better because this area is a.5. Official Residence of Health Office(code 23)
regularly cleaned. Moreover, it gets even better after the
rice field behind this building had been transformed into
Selomanik Park. The yard is beautiful, no more
mosquitoes.”
As Scout Center, the place is frequently visited. The
comfort is supported by sufficient lighting and proper
ventilation to let more oxygen in. The large yard provides
more excitement as well.
In detail, white painting coats the wooden pillars. These
pillars still look sturdy since the day they were built. Similar Figure 15: Official Residence of Head of Health Office
27
 Head of Health Office Official a.8. Department of Agriculture and Fisheries
Building Name
Residence Office(code 8)
Past Condition Official Residence for Doctors
Head of Health Office Official
Recent Condition
Residence
Recent Manager/Owner Public Health Office
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Local
Management Governance
Figure 18: Department of Agricultural Office
a.6. Official Residence of Regional Secretary (Code 24) Building Name Department of Agricultural Office
Past Condition Agricultural Office
Recent Condition Department of Agricultural Office
Recent Manager/Owner General Affair
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Building Physical Condition
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
Management Local Governance

a.9. Vice-Regent Pendopo (Verandah of Ancient Palace)

(Code13)

Figure 16: Official Residence of Regional Secretary

Official Residence of Regional

Building Name
Secretary
Past Condition Official Residence
Official Residence of Regional
Recent Condition
Secretary
Recent Manager/Owner General Affair
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Local
Management Governance Figure 19: Vice-Regent Pendopo

a.7. DPRD Office (code 9) Building Name Vice-Regent Pendopo

Past Condition Vice-Regent Pendopo
Recent Condition Vice-Regent Pendopo
Recent General Affair
Manager/Owner
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Local
Management Governance

a.10. Office of One Roof System UP3AD (Code12)

Figure 17: DPRD Office

Office of Regency Regional

Building Name Houses of People’s
Representative
Past Condition Official Residence
Official Residence of Regional
Recent Condition
Secretary
Recent Manager/Owner General Affair
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake Figure 20: Office of One Roof System UP3AD
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Building Name Office of One Roof System UP3AD
Management Local Governance Past Condition Office
Recent Condition Office of One Roof System UP3AD
Recent Provincial Government of Center
Manager/Owner Java
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
Management Provincial Government

28
 a.11. Post Office (Code20) The complex of Paseban is positioned in the town square of
Wonosobo. As Javanese war occurred in 1925, this town was part
of afdeeling(administrative division under assistant resident lead)
in Kedu Residency. It is estimated that this colonial-designed
town square with 150 x 200 meters wide was built in this period.

a.14. Complex of SMP 1 Wonosobo (Junior High School 1)

(Code 14)

Figure 21:Postoffice
Building Name Post Office
Post Office and
Past Condition
Telecommunication
Figure 24: Complex of SMP 1 Wonosobo
Office of One Roof System
Recent Condition Building Name SMP 1 Wonosobo
UP3AD
Provincial Government of Center Past Condition SMP 1 Wonosobo
Recent Manager/Owner Recent Condition SMP 1 Wonosobo
Java
Maintenance Maintained Recent Department of Cultural, Education,
Vulnerability Façade Reconstruction Manager/Owner Youth, and Sports
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Maintenance Maintained
Management Provincial Government Vulnerability Façade transformation within the area
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
a.12. Military District Commander 0707 (Cod 21) Management Government

a.15. Complex of SD 1 Wonosobo (Elementary School 1

Wonosobo) (Code 27)

Figure 22: Office ofMilitary District Commander 0707

Military District Commander

Building Name
0707 Figure 25:Complex of SD 1 Wonosobo
Past Condition Military Office
Military District Commander Building Name SD 1 Wonosobo
Recent Condition
0707 HIS (Holland Inlander
Recent Manager/Owner TNI AD Past Condition
School), SR6 No 1
Maintenance Maintained Recent Condition SD 1 Wonosobo
Vulnerability Vulnerable towards earthquake Department of Cultural,
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to Recent Manager/Owner
Education, Youth, and Sports
Management Government Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Façade transformation
a.13. Town Square Paseban (Audience Hall) (Code 29) Manageable for it belongs to
Ease of Future Management
Government

a.16. Dieng Restaurant (code 11)

Figure 23: Town Square Paseban

Building Name Town Square Paseban

Past Condition Town Square Paseban
Recent Condition Town Square Paseban
Human Settlement, Spatial, Figure 26: Dieng Restaurant
Recent Manager/Owner
and Hygiene Department
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable to earthquake
Manageable for it belongs to
Ease of Future Management
Government
29
Building Name Dieng Restaurant b.2. Indonesian Christian Church (Code26)
An Office (1960-1970) previously
Past Condition
belonged to Mr Meiyer.
Recent Condition Dieng Restaurant
Regional Revenue and Asset
Recent
Management Office, Center Java
Manager/Owner
Province
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Vulnerable to damage
Ease of Future Manageable for it belongs to
Management Government
Figure 29: Indonesian Cristian Church
a.17. Railroad Company Guesthouse (Code6)
Building Name Indonesian Christian Church
Dutch Worshiping Place
Past Condition
(StaadProtestanctchekerk)
Recent Condition Indonesian Christian Church
Recent Manager/Owner Institution
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability
Ease of Future Requires community’s
Management contribution
Figure 27: Railroad Company Guesthouse
Building Name Railroad Company Guesthouse
b.3. Kresna Hotel (previously known as Dieng Hotel)
Past Condition Railroad Company Guesthouse
(Code 7)
Recent Condition Railroad Company Guesthouse One of the renowned hotels in Wonosobo is Dieng
PT. KAI (Indonesian Railroad Hotel. It was a comfortable place for foreign tourists to stay.
Recent Manager/Owner
Company)
Other hotels offered in this tows include Sumbing, Asri,
Maintenance Maintenance required Djawa Tengah, and much more. Although Wonosobo is
Vulnerability Vulnerable to damage considered a small town, it provides various options of inns
Ease of Future Manageable or hotels. It helps tourists to select a perfect place to stay
Management during their visit. In Dieng Plateau, Local Governance has
opened a public inn that can give more option for visitors.
b. Private Moreover, K.D.N has also built a rest area in town.
b.1. Sinar Dunia Elektrik Store and Agung store (code 16)

Figure 28: SinarDuniaElektrik Store

Building Name SinarDuniaElektrik Store

Past Condition Ramee Store
Figure 30: Dieng Hotel (Kresna Hotel),
Recent Condition SinarDuniaElektrik Store
post-earthquake renovation in 1925
Recent Manager/Owner Private
Maintenance Maintained Building Name Kresna Hotel
Façade replaced, covered by Past Condition Dieng/Merdeka Hotel
Vulnerability
billboard Recent Condition Kresna Hotel
Ease of Future Requires community’s Recent Manager/Owner Private
Management contribution Maintenance Maintain
Until today. Ahmad Yani Street has become the centre Vulnerability Vulnerable toearthquake
of many stores in Wonosobo. This street is long and wide, Ease of Future Membutuhkanpartisipasisektors
and it also cuts the road from the town square in the north to Management wasta
Pecinan in the south. In Dutch period, this road was called
Hoofdwegwhich means Main Road. Initially, Ramee Store
was built by Kwik Hwat Sing as clothes confection. He was
from China and migrated to Java in 1899 (Tan, 1935:174). In
the north side of Ramee Store is Kwik Twa Gong Store
which is now known as Jaya Digital Store.

Figure 31: Dieng Hotel (Kresna Hotel), pre-earthquake

renovation in 1925
30
 Figure 32: Dieng tel (Kresna Hotel)Today

b.4. Javanese Christian Church (Code 25)

Figure 35: Tandjoengsari house

b.7. Kedai De Koffee (code 31)

Figure 33: Javanese Christian Church

today
Building Name Javanese Christian Church
Past Condition Church
Recent Condition Javanese Christian Church
Recent Manager/Owner Institution
Maintenance Maintained
Vulnerability Figure 36: Kafe De Koffe
Ease of Future Requires community’s Building Name Kafe de Koffee
Management contribution Past Condition House
Recent Condition Kafe de Koffee
b.5. Mondesir House (code 4) Recent Manager/Owner Haryanto
Maintenance Maintained, reconstructed
Vulnerability
Ease of Future Requires community’s
Management contribution

b.8. House in Jalan Tengah (code 34)

Figure 34: Mondesir house

Mondesir House and Dena

Building Name
Upakara Special School
House manager of Dena Upakara
Past Condition
Special School Figure 37: House in Jalan Tengah
Dena Upakara
Recent Condition Foundation/Congregation of Putri b.9. Al Manshur Mosque in Kauman (code 5)
Maria and Yosef
Recent Manager/Owner Building Name Al ManshurMosque
Maintenance Maintained Past Condition Al ManshurMosque
Vulnerability Recent Condition Al ManshurMosque
Ease of Future Requires community’s Recent Manager/Owner Yayasan Masjid Al Manshur
Management contribution Maintenance Maintained, reconstructed
Vulnerability Perubahan material, de
Requires community’s
Ease of Future Management
contribution

b.6. Tandjoengsari House (code 22)

31

Figure 38: Al Mansur Mosque
Al Mansur mosque has a strong association with the history
of Wonosobo as its governance was initially established. It also
has important documentation or manuscripts about Islam
spreading in the past. There are notes related to historical
background describing the establishment of the mosque which
specifically include the information about the building of a
mosque and Islamic boarding school in Military Office complex
(today is known as Kodim) during the Dutch period. By Dutch
government, the Islamic boarding school was destroyed since it
was irrelevant to the town planning in that colonial age. As a
result, Kyai Mansur donated his land in Kauman as a replacement
for the destroyed mosque.
Another note underlines that the mosque was built during
the years of WaliSanga (Islamic Guardian). WaliSanga held a
strong power during Islamic development in Java, and it
influenced the architecture of the mosque. The special design can
be observed through the roof of the mosque with its three-
tajugtumpang(level) style. This architecture is also similar to
many mosques in Demak.
Furthermore, Al Mansur mosque embraces a strong and
special Javanese architecture. The roof represents Majapahit
design. The lowest tajug becomes a shade for worshipping room.
Second tajugis smaller, whereas the on-top one comes in pyramid
design. What differentiates the architecture of mosque in Demak
and Wonosobo is there are four pillars that support the main
building of Demak mosques. On the contrary, Al Mansur's roof is
supported by several strong pillars. On top of the roof of Al
Mansur mosque was placed mustaka. Moreover, the mosque's
door is decorated with waru leaves motifs as characteristics of
Persian design.
b.10. Hok Ho Bio Pagoda (code 14)
Figure 39: Hok Ha Bio Pagoda
b.11. Moslem Traditional House in Sudagaran Kota
Wonosobo (Code35)
Figure 40: Moslem Traditional house
b.12. Sawo House (Colonial + Chinatown) (Code15)
Figure 41: Sawo house
b.13. Wanganaji Irrigation Channels
Wanganaji irrigation channels and drainage were built
a long time ago, and it represents the characteristics of
Wonosobo with its massive water supply.
4. Conclusion and Suggestion
4.1. Conclusion
The discussion on heritage building identification includes
the description of historical buildings and their roles in town's
development. These buildings as local heritage show the
significant development in Wonosobo during Hindu-Budha period
and in the colonial period. These findings are either major or
minor supporting source for the development of the city, and they
are expected to be sufficient reference on town planning. This
research aims to provide a relevant reference in planning the town,
especially the one concentrating on the history of town's
development.
4.2. Suggestion
The limited resource in managing the heritage buildings
resulted in need of prioritising area. The determination of
prioritised area is an approach in allocating the limited resource
in town. Also, this approach is helpful to manage a variety of
natural and cultural heritage to control the town development.
The determination of prioritised area in Wonosobo as Heritage
City requires consideration to improve its condition. In further,
this can give a contribution to strengthen the city's character or to
provide enhancement on surrounding area.
5. Bibliography
Attoe, Wayne, 1992, Perencanaan Kota, Editor Anthony J.
Catanesedan James C Snyder, Erlangga, Jakarta.
Budihardjo, Eko, 1997, Arsitektur sebagai Warisan Budaya,
Djambatan, Jakarta
Bungin, Burhan, 2006, Metodologi Penelitian Kuantitatif,
Kencana Jakarta, Jakarta.
Carr, Stephen, 1992, Public Space, Cambridge Univercity Press,
New York.
Feldt, Allan G, 1992, Perencanaan Kota (terjemahan), Editor
Anthony J. Catanesedan James C Snyder, Erlangga,
Jakarta.
Haryadi, B. Setiawan, 1995, Pesikologi Lingkungan dan
Perilaku, Dirjen Dikti Depdikbud, Jakarta.
Jacobs, Allan B, 2003, Making Greet Streets (Time-Saver
Standards for Urban Design), Editor Donald Watson and
Friends, McGraw-Hill, New York.
Macdonald, Elizabeth, 2003, TheMultiway Boulevard (Time-
Saver Standards for Urban Design), Editor Donald Watson
and Friends, McGraw-Hill, New York.
Muhadjir, Noeng, 2000, Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif Edisi
VI, Rake Sarasin, Yogyakarta.
Rapoport, Amos, 1977, Human Aspects of Urban Form,
Pergamon Press, New York.
32
Rapoport, Amos, 1990, History and Precedent in Environmental
Design, Plenum Press, New York.
Shirvani, Hamid, 1985, The Urban Design Process, Van
Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York.
Spreiregen, Paul. D, 1965, Urban Design: The Architecture of
Town and Cities, McGraw Hill Book Company, New
York.
Tjiptartoro, Eko, 1988, Laporan Draf Final Konservasi
Bangunan dan Lingkungan Kota Madya Dati II Semarang,
Bappeda Semarang,
Wijanarka, 2001, Teori Desain Kawasan Bersejarah, Program
Studi Teknik Arsitektur Universitas Palangkaraya,
Palangkaraya.

33
 A Study of the History of Lodging in Medan City
at the end of the 19th Century to the Beginning
of the 20 th Century

Lila Pelita Hati1, Sri Pangesti Dewi Murni2, Rita M Setianingsih 3 & Fitriaty Harahap4
1 2. 4
University of Sumatera Utara
3
Medan Tourism Academy

Abstract: The arrival of other nations to Indonesia was because of the trade in the colonial period (VOC) in Indonesia. The presence of
the arrival, of course, causes everyone to need lodging, and lodging or accommodation is the meaning of someone while travelling or
vacation. Also, a type of residence was on the way where people have to stay away from home more than one day. Lodging can be hotels,
resorts, hostels, guest houses, private homes or homestay (guests which get breakfast and hospitality). Below are outlined some lodging,
for example, Hotel de Boer, Hotel Astoria, Hotel Grand Medan, but unfortunately for Hotel Astoria and Hotel Grand Medan has been
replaced with the new building. Also the villas in Medan City such as Twin Villas on the road Diponegoro, Villas in Sena Street and
Angsana Street. Villas at Lampu/Bundar Street, Losmen Wai Yat (Wai Yat Hotel & Restaurant – the new name) in Asia Street, Wilhelmina
Pension. Losmen Wai Yat used to serve the rubber traders from Sibolga and another place. This research uses survey or direct observation
to the location and also conducted literature study especially 19 th century until 20th - century historical ancient script.
Keywords: Lodging, Role, Function, Medan City

1. INTRODUCTION
The lodging or accommodation is it to understand about someone going to
somewhere or having a holiday and is it about kind for staying during
travelling, and must stay long away from their house more than one day. It
is for sleeping, and to take a rest, for safety, for saving from cold or raining,
to spent things. The kind of lodgings such as hotel, resort, hostel, hostel,
pension, villa, commercial house, a house with a bed for sleeping, having
breakfast, or no commercial house for hospitality.
For Medan city, there is a form of lodging like hotel, villa and also
losmen (inns). For the hotel there are several, i.e. but unfortunately for the
Hotel Astoria and Hotel Grand Medan have been replaced with the new
building. Also the twin villa in Diponegoro Street, currently left dormant.
In the past, there were three villas now living one. Formerly there is also a
guesthouse that is Wai Yat guesthouse, now named Wai Yat Hotel &
Restaurant located on the Asia street. Rubber traders from Sibolga and
other area stopped at the inn. The Wyat inn is not far from central Sambu
market in Medan City, and pension Wilhelmina that exists in Bali Street.
Basically, the existence of hotel functions is the means of rest.
According to Yoeti, the history of hospitality has begun since Merriam and
Yusuf need a place to stay and born the prophet, Isa. These are in line with
the human civilisation that always needs a place to temporary shelter
against hot and cold weather on the way.
Similarly, in the Roman Empire has been built house lodging called
mansions/ ―MANSIONES‖, which is, located along the main highway with
the distance of about 40 km each. Later during the middle ages, religious
rules in Europe ordered that lodging should be built along the road that
people pass (roadside inn). Also, when the crusades raged, many
businessmen built lodging for the soldiers, as well as pilgrims, went to the
holy land. Also, the churches give the hospitality for the pilgrims to take
rest. Usually, the churches have two kitchens, one for the monk who lives
there, the other for the travellers who spend the night. There is no charge,
but it is hoped that voluntary donations will be available to those who are
able. Meanwhile, according to Jusupadi Salmun, by looking at the movie
film western or cowboy around the year 1800 to 1900, there are already
hotels adjacent to the salon and bar restaurant, which means since the life
of the year the provision of hotel, motel, lodging, guesthouse has been
known as a means of a supporter of travellers.
——————————————————————————————
1
Lecturer, University of Sumatera Utara
Email: lilapelita@yahoo.com
2
Lecturer,University of Sumatera Utara
3
Lecturer, Medan Tourism Academy
4
Lecuter, University of Sumatera Utara
Since the development of hospitality in Indonesia has not been much
revealed, also not many books that reveal this problem. Indonesia has been
known in the world of tourism since the First War. But the number of
tourist visiting is still counted thousands. Long with the development of
foreign tourist arrivals to Indonesia which requires more tourism
accommodation facilities are adequate, during colonial Dutch, recorded that
already exist among them are:
1. Jakarta was built Hotel Des Indes, Hotel Der Nederlanden, Hotel
Royal dan Hotel Rijswijk.
2. Surabaya was built Hotel Sarkies dan Hotel Oranje.
3. Semarang was built Hotel Du Pavillion.
4. Malang was built Palace Hotel.
5. Solo, Slier Hotel
6. Yogyakarta, Grand Hotel (Hotel Garuda)
7. Bandung, Hotel Savoy Homann, Hotel Preanger dan Pension Van
Hangel (Hotel Panghegar)
8. Bogor, Hotel Salak
9. Medan, Hotel de Boer dan Hotel Astoria
10. Makasar, Grand Hotel dan Staat Hotel
Most the hotel mentioned above still exist, there are better built again,
there are being heritage, some have changed completely. After the New
Era, the development and presence of hotels were very rapidly developed.
Especially after the entry of some international hotel chains ‘management’,
especially after the entry of several chains that penetrated large cities in
Indonesia. In line with the development of hotels in Indonesia, the face of
hotel architecture is also evolving and innovative.
The existence of the historic lodging in the city of Medan shows the past
life on the island of Sumatra. These will show the existence of national
identity. Also, the results of research can be a lesson in the history of
students in elementary school, even in Junior High School. History Lesson
shows how the lodging ever the establishment in Medan City. Another
virtue is to provide benefits for the development of science related to
history science, archaeology, environmental science, and knowledge related
to tourism, especially tourism development. Another urgency is the
practical benefit of being able to use the experience described in the study,
and then to explore local historical sources in the region. From the research
results can be seen that the object of the findings that have high historical,
archaeologically and cultural value and should be preserved and recorded
as the history of the Indonesian nation in general and the city of Medan in
general.
2. THE LODGING IN MEDAN CITY

Medan City is the capital of North Sumatera province and its

astronomical region is between 2 ° 29 '- 2 ° 47' North Latitude and
98 ° 35 '- 99 ° 44' East Longitude with Area of Medan City not less
than 265 km2, which in the year 2017 is divided into 21 districts.
In 1885 the city of Medan began with the period of Dutch rule
which is marked by the issuance of the constitutional rule of the
Dutch East Indies government, namely regalement op het Beleid
der Regering van Nederlands Indie. It is contained in Staatblad Figure 1: De Boer Hotel in 1926
1885 number 2. According to the data that the Dutch East Indies
government process has adopted the principle of centralisation. The 2.2. Grand Medan Hotel
island of Sumatra is divided into the Gewest Administrative
Region, later called Karisidenan, and subdivided into Afdeling
(District), District (Kawedanan), and Under District (Kecamatan).
Then the city of Medan became an attraction for immigrants,
then came various ethnic groups from outside such as China, Java,
Banjar, India, Minang, Aceh and they live together with indigenous
ethnic such as Malay, Batak, and Nias. Their arrival to the city of
Medan would require lodging or a shelter for them to spend the
night.
Then built several inns with various types of lodging in the
city of Medan and built in the 19th century to 20, which is a hotel;
villa; mess, pension, and inn. For the hotel there is Hotel de Boer;
Hotel Astoria; Hotel Grand Medan, while for the villa there are
twin villas; villa on Sena Street; villa on Angsana street, villa on
Figure 2: Grand Medan Hotel
Round road. This type of inn also has the Inn Wai Yat (now called
Wai Yat Hotel & Restaurant) located on Asia road, also PJKA The hotel was built in 1887 and is the oldest hotel in Medan.
mess, also in Labuhan Deli, as well as pension Wilhelmina. The In the colonial period, there was a big day (off day) arrival of the
description of various lodging in Medan City is described below. garden gardens who came to the city and party. The hotel is also a
favourite place for the garden gentlemen to stay overnight. The
hotel is known for its multilevel dining facilities and has 62 rooms,
2.1. Hotel de Boer and the owner is a plantation entrepreneur in Medan. The hotel is
Hotel Mijn de Boer (popular Hotel de Boer, now Hotel Inna visited by many guests on the 1st or the beginning of the month
Dharma Deli) is a colonial-style hotel located in Jalan Balai Kota, and in the middle of the month (on the 16th) that's when many
Medan Petisah, Medan City, Indonesia. The hotel was built in 1898 employees have just received a salary. And hotel Grand Medan is
by a Dutch businessman named Aeint Herman de Boer. In the known as a hotel supplier of beer to the plantation. The hotel
colonial era, in one of the guest rooms at the Hotel de Boer was changed its name to Hotel Granada. For guests' comfort, each guest
once inhabited by honourable guests of the Dutch government and bed is installed mosquito net to avoid the ferocity of tropical
famous Western artists, among them King Leopold II of Belgium mosquitoes. From the available data, it can be seen that a few days
and the Sun (Margaretha Zelle) a famous spy in the world and also before British troops occupied Medan City, there were soldiers
work as Europe. The hotel is located opposite Medan Post Office who got lodgings at Grand Hotel (Anonim, 2012: 107). Formerly
and Merdeka Square and precisely located next to Bank Indonesia the name of the street is Juliana Straat, and now the road Pinang
building and Medan City Hall which is also colonial style. Island, and the building is no longer replaced with Bank Bapindo.
On September 14th, 1945, there was also a small unit of allied
command troops deployed to Polonia and led by Westerling, so 2.3. Lodge at Sena Street
also in August 1945 there was also a unit of commandos sent to the
forests upstream of the Aras Napal River about 20 km from
Besitang (Langkat), and led by Lieutenant I (Sea) Brondgeest and
four members. Lieutenant I Brondgeest and Lieutenant Westerling
were both based at Hotel de Boer to work to prepare for the arrival
of the first contingent of the next contingent on October 9, 1945.
They also recruited former KNIL soldiers (Koninkelijke
Nederlands Indische Leger) to become allies of NICA, the civilian
government of the Dutch East Indies formed by Lt. Governor
General Dr. H. J. Van Mook with Ch.O Van der Plas main aide
based in Australia. They are all housed in Wilhelmina's pension,
and these are about 1500 soldiers.

Figure 3: Lodge at Sena Street

35
2.4. The Twins Villas (Villa Kembar) 2.8. Railway Lodge (Mess Kereta Api) at Jalan H.M.
Yamin (Mess Kereta Api)
In the city of Medan in 1911 was built some of the buildings are
villas can support tobacco plantations Deli which is a place to stay
the Dutch Control building ex Deli Maatschappij
(Anonymous,2012:134). This twin villa was on Diponegoro Street
number 6, 8 and 10 In the past; there were four buildings, now
living and a very disheartening condition. Now next to this twin
villa building has been built the hotel, which is Hotel Adi Mulia.
Villa was demolished in October 2009 and 1999; the twin villa was
once proposed by the Warisan Sumatera (BWS) Entitled Entity in
Cultural Heritage.

2.5. Astoria Hotel

On November 9, 1945, the allied forces under the command of

Brigadier General T.E.D. Kelly landed in North Sumatra followed
by NICA troops. The Government of the Republic of Indonesia in
North Sumatra permits them to occupy several hotels located in
Medan City, such as hotel de Boer, Grand Hotel, Hotel Astoria and
other hotels. Next, they are placed in Binjai, Tanjung Lapangan.
The day after landing, the RAPWI Team visited prison camps in
Medan with the approval of Governor M. Hasan. The group was
immediately formed into Medan Battalion KNIL. Now it's been
demolished.
2.6. Villas at Angsana Street
Figure 6: Railway Lodge
2.9. Wai Yat Lodge at Asia Street
The lodge is on the Asian street, formerly a guesthouse for traders
from several regions, especially from Sibolga, from rubber
plantations and marine products (Information obtained from 79-
year-old Mr M Hutabarat domiciled in Mayor Street No. 1 Medan.
2.10. Father's House
Located on Slamet Riyadi Street 10, the building was built in 1922
as a Catholic priest's dormitory, a location not far from St. Catholic
Hospital Elizabeth.

2.10. Deli Labuan Hotel

According to historical data and images that Hotel Deli was in

Labuhan in 1880, but now no longer exists. In the picture looks the
hotel is built with the model of the house on stilts, has a terrace.

Figure 4: A villa at Angsana Street

2.7. The Villas on Bundar Street

The villa was built for the benefit of Deli Spoorweg Maatschappij
(DSM) entrepreneur who is a private Dutch company with a
concession license for railway network construction. Construction
of the original railway is intended as a means of transportation of
plantation products such as tobacco, rubber, cocoa and palm oil.
Based on the decree of the Governor-General of the Netherlands
dated January 23, 1883, the application of the Dutch concession
for the construction of the railway network connecting Belawan -
Medan - Delitua - Timbang Langkat (Binjai) was realised. In June
1883 the concession permit was transferred to DSM and also to the
commissioner, Peter Wilhelm Janssen realising the first fire rail in Figure 7: Deli Labuhan Hotel in 1883
East Sumatra connecting Medan - Labuan. The line began to be
used on July 25, 1886.
2.11. Pension/Hotel Wilhelmina on Bali Street

The article was from de Sumatra newspaper in 1900. The

articles were written about opera performance in the Hotel de Boer
restaurant. Most people must reserve it (reserve even) if they want
to see it. If there are reserve it, they would be disappointed,
because there are enough place anymore (de weinige disposable
ruimte).

Figure 5. Villa at Bundar Street

36

Figure 8: Article from de Sumatra newspaper in 1900
This article in the newspaper de Sumatra 28 December 1900
writes about Mr H.A. de Boer as chef patisserie and cuisine,
prepare a table for every Sunday from 12 o'clock until 2 pm. They
prepare a buffet with Indis taste (echt Indische Rijsttafel) for
breakfast, lunch and dinner.
Figure 9: Belinun Jaya Lodge
From de Sumatra Post on 25th February 1909 wrote about
hotel de Boer prepare catering. For examples taart cold and warm
pudding (pudding koude en warme puddingen), some ice (diverse
soorten ys), snack (vrie soorten gebak), cold and warm main
course (koude en warme schotels).
Also prepare breakfast (dejeuners), lunch (diners), and dinner
(soupers). Special for hotel guest only pay 5 Fl (fl = florijn=
florin/guilder = Dutch florin = 5 Guilder.
Historically that on the 10th October 1945 under the leadership
of Brigadier General T.E.D Kelly, the allied army landed in Medan
built on power as many as 800 people. As for its purpose is
gathering Japan soldiers that still exists in the City Field. General
Kelly also brought soldiers Netherlands and placed at Hotel
Wilhelmina Medan. At this time there is also a soldier Ambon,
then on October 13th, 1945, there was a general invasion of Hotel
Wilhelmina. The Indonesian army does not use weapons but uses
only firewood (Meuraxa, 1973: 26).
Previously, Wilhelmina's pension was the headquarters of
NICA which was attacked by the fighters of Medan City, and
Veteran street number 4 East Medan (formerly Bali road) and there
is an inscription about NICA Headquarters at this Bali Road
Pension Wilhelmina Building, 13 October 1945, because a Nica
soldier took off the Red and White badge from the clothes of a
teenager's headquarters and trampled. There were 7 (seven) youths
killed, 7 (seven) NICA killed and 96 people NICA wounded.
We can say that archaeological research aims to produce
knowledge about the past. The urge to understand the past is a
unique characteristic of human beings since it is realised that the
past is an important component of contemporary life (Cleere 1989:
5-6). Thus it must be understood that the quest for the past is the
basic right of every human being (Mc Gimsey 1972: 5).
Making the above principles a foundation the management of
cultural heritage should be oriented to the wishes of society.
Interest in the interest of the community should receive the primary
attention in the management of cultural resources. It can also be
mentioned that there is a clear correlation between the intensity of
cultural heritage benefits and the policy of providing the budget for
conservation and research on archaeological objects. And in
connection with it, then on this occasion, the conversation will be
more directed to the cultural heritage in the form of the old city
area. For the city of Medan in the area of North Sumatra Province,
talks about the old city means about the Area Kesawan, Maimoon
Palace and the surrounding environment, or also Labuhan Deli
Area.
Thus Cleere (1985: 5-10) formulates that the management of
cultural heritage is essentially determined by the three interests,
encompassing ideological interests to utilise cultural identity,
closely related to educational functions. Here are the academic
interests, especially regarding rescue data sources for the
development of archaeological research. Next is the economic
interest, among them about tourism. It can be assumed that all three
are interrelated, so the insights of archaeological researchers should
not be released from the aspect of ideological and economic
interests.
Villa because the price is high usually only businessmen or
established executives who buy the villa for family recreation with
the brothers and many used as a second home in when want to rest
from the hustle and bustle. Many villas are also rented out for those
who want to rest but do not have a private villa. Villa of interest is
that has a security system with guard gate or cluster system so that
security and privacy of the owner are guaranteed and can enjoy the
scenery and the air are cool and comfortable. Villa provides many
entertainment facilities such as a children's playground, fishing
lakes, beautiful gardens, sports facilities and recreational facilities,
as well as having in-house equipment complete as private homes.
37
3. CONCLUSIONS
Various efforts to rescue through the revitalisation program as
if it only runs in place and have not produced results. Of the dozens
of ancient buildings, only a few are declared as a building that
deserves special treatment by the government (central and local).
There should be a synergy between the community and the
government to preserve the old city of Medan. All parties must
contribute in a clear direction to make progress for the preservation
of the old city of Medan. Should the program of arrangement and
preservation of the old city was rolled out in the city of Medan. But
this is not easy, even to be able to provide stimulation of awareness
to the owners and managers of ancient objects that slowly look
damaged because of his age. As has become commonplace, an
excuse is a need for substantial expenses for maintenance and
repairs.
So it seems that it is necessary for the active role of Medan
City Government to be able to immediately buy one of the
buildings contained in the old city of Medan, at least as a pilot
project. Of course, it can or should be transferred to the function of
the purchased building for the more public service or public space,
or make it as the centre/art gallery, gallery, and even the museum.
Also, more than a century the old city of Medan became a
magnet for entrepreneurs to be able to occupy it. But now it turns
out that only a small portion of entrepreneurs who dare to invest in
areas that are very crowded traffic flow. There appears to be an
abandonment of the old buildings in the old part of the city
compared to the maintenance and utilisation. Even if there is
utilisation through the displacement of the old building is always
not accompanied by care and preservation efforts.
It is undeniable that lately, the old city of Medan is getting
new energy from the younger generation. Some creative
communities grew up and did things as if they were vitamins
injections through some agenda that revived an old city that began
to lose its light. Such communities play a major role in attracting
citizens to come to the old city. Several parts/corners of the old city
used as a gathering place and the centre of their activities. Their
presence at least keeps the environment of the area in check and is
also expected to contribute to conservation efforts and make it a
place of historical value.
Like many other cities in Indonesia, the old city in Medan that
seems to have been abandoned and abandoned has recently re-
enlivened by the spirit of some people, some communities, who
want to revive it. We can say that the area which in ancient times
was part of the Medan metropolis was again a space for meeting
new ideas, ranging to the idea of preservation and utilisation.
The movement of some people of Medan City, and members
of the community who care about culture and cultural heritage and
the environment culminated with the holding of several events that
take advantage of the old city, such as Kesawan area. This at once
makes it as an effort to respect the old city environment owned by
citizens of Medan. That is the twist to cleanse, preserve, and
preserve the old city, regarding making it - as part of a city - as a
place of historical value.
The existing evidence shows that for over a century, the old
city of Medan was designed and built as a trade centre. Colonial
modern life is still felt in the remaining buildings that still survive
intact, half intact, and some others are on the verge of collapse.
Evidence of the history of Medan city life is now a proof of how
society and government to address its existence. Of course, not
only the archaeology alone should make it the object of attention
because the value contained in the existence of the old city is also
concerned with many aspects of life.
The existence of the old city is the result of intercultural
relationships of various nations that at one time accommodated by
the values between the bridging of differences. At that time there
was a gap that allowed the old town's supporters to interact and
respect each other by referring to the diversity of values that would
ensure daily social interaction. The people then realised that the
inter-nation cultural contacts that had lasted hundreds of years
enriched their culture. Thus cultural contact resulting from the
system of commerce and shipping, the expansion of the
kingdom/power, etc. has enriched not only material culture but also
technology and knowledge, religion, ideology, and lifestyle. The
idea of conservation must arise, although the product of the idea is
important for the society.
Reference
Anonim, (2012). Sejarah Kota Medan. Medan : Pemerintah Kota Medan,
Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah Kota Medan.
Cleere, H.M. (ed), (1989). Archaeological Heritage Management in
Modern World. London: Unwin Hyman
Ford, Richard I, (1973). Archaeology Serving Humanity, on CL Redman
(ed.), Research and Theory in Current Archaeology. John Wiley &
Sons
Koestoro, Lucas Partanda dkk, 2006. Medan, Kota Di Pesisir Sumatera
Utara Dan Peninggalan Tuanya. Medan : Balai Arkeologi Medan
----------- Pelestarian dan Pemanfaatan Kawasan Kota Lama Sebagai
Identitas Modern. Medan : IAAI Komda SUMUT-Aceh
Kusumohartono, Bugie, (1993). Penelitian Arkeologi Dalam Konteks
Pengembangan Sumberdaya Arkeologi, dalam Berkala Arkeologi
Tahun XIII No.2. Yogyakarta: Balai Arkeologi Yogyakarta, hal. 46—
57
Magetsari, Nurhadi, (2001). Nilai Lama Menatap Masa Depan, dalam
Mencermati Nilai Budaya Masa Lalu Dalam Menatap Masa Depan.
Jakarta: Pusat penelitian Arkeologi, hal.1—32
McGimsey III, Charles R, (1972). Public Archaeology. New York: Seminar
Press
Meuraxa, Dada. (1973). Sejarah Kebudayaan Suku-Suku Di Sumatera
Utara. Medan: Sasterawan
Renfrew, Colin & Paul Bahn, (1991). Archaeology Theories, Methods, and
Practise. London: Thames and Hudson
Setyadi, Bambang, (2004). Penyusunan Kebijakan Penelitian Arkeologi di
Era Otonomi Daerah. Jakarta : Ditjen Otonomi Daerah, Depdagri
Sedyawati, Edi, (2007). Keindonesiaan dalam Budaya. Jakarta: Wedatama
Widya Sastra
Simajuntak, Antonius Bungaran; Flores Tanjung dan Rosramadana
Nasution. (2017). Sejarah Pariwisata. Menuju Perkembangan
Pariwisata Indonesia. Jakarta : Yayasan Pustaka Obor Indonesia.
Undang-undang Nomor 4 Tahun 1982 Tentang Ketentuan-ketentuan Pokok
Pengelolaan Lingkungan Hidup
Undang-undang Nomor 4 Tahun 1992 Tentang Perumahan
Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 1999 Tentang
Pemerintahan Daerah
Undang-undang RI Nomor 11 Tahun 2010 Tentang Cagar Budaya.
Wardiyanta. (2006). Metode Penelitian Pariwisata. Yogyakarta : Andi
Yoeti, A.Oka. (2008). Ekonomi Pariwisata. Introduksi, Informasi dan
Aplikasi. Jakarta : Kompas
38
 The Evolution of Shape and Meaning in Vernacular
Architecture: A Case Study of Gorga Woodcarving Motifs in
Toba Batak Houses
Yulianto1
Department of Architecture, Santo Thomas Catholic University of North Sumatera

Abstract: Gorga is ornamental woodcarvings in the traditional Batak Toba house. It is used as a symbol to show the status of the
homeowners as well as the protection of the inhabitants of the house. Each motif of the Gorga has a symbolic meaning based on the belief
system of the Batak Toba. The making of Gorga before the house construction must follow the rules that have been mutually agreed upon
in traditional customs of Batak Toba society and should not be violated. In the development, the Gorga undergo physical transformation
and meaning with the addition of values from outside the traditional Batak Toba community system. This paper aims to examine the
transformation. The data was collected by field survey focused on Batak Toba houses in Samosir Island, interview with the house owner
and visual data compilation. The analysis was done using visual analysis method with the interpretive-historical research. Four motifs of
gorgas have been analyzed, and the evolution from Hindu influences was found in some motifs which led to an elaboration of the shape
motifs before they decreased into more simplified ornamental shape.

Keywords: Gorga, woodcarving, Batak Toba, evolution of shape, motifs

1. INTRODUCTION
Gorga is an ornamental carving on the outer walls and
sometimes also on the inner walls of the traditional Batak Toba
houses. Traditionally the skill of engraving the ornamental gorga is
passed down orally from one of the experts to their descendants or
apprentices. Geometrically the ornamental gorga supposedly take
inspiration from the various geometric shapes of plants, humans,
natural objects, celestial objects and animals.
According to Panggabean (1997), gorga is a marker of a
house considered as a sacred dwelling. It contains symbolic
meaning based on the belief system in Batak Toba society.
Waterson (1998: 120) and Niessen (1985: 210) notes that the
ornaments of gorga engraved in Batak Toba houses have a
symbolic meaning of divine power to protect the inhabitants. In the
absence of gorga, the house construction process is considered
imperfect. The engraving of gorga must follow the strict rules such
as the lines should not be broken. If the gorga engraving flow line
is cut off, it is believed that it will bring bad luck and havoc to the
inhabitants of the house.
Gorga has an essential role in the architectural practice in
Batak Toba society. As noted by Anggeler (2016: 311) in the
legend of world creation based on Batak Toba belief, Nang Gorga
di Portibi. In the myth, the goddess Nang Gorga di Portibi was the
daughter of Batara Guru and creator of the earth, who was known
as Boru Deak or Dayang Parujar. The word gorga in her name
denoted wood-carving, but it also meant ‘Woman who is a skilled
speaker in the world'. This means the house with gorga carving is
the house protected with goddess words.
According to another legend recorded by Simanjuntak (2012:
147), after Si Boru Dayang Parujar forged the earth with words
and conquered the devil, Naga Padoha, She asked his father to
send her fiancée down from heaven to earth. The name of her
fiancée was called Si Tuan Ruma Uhir Si Tuan Ruma Gorga which
means the owner of the carved house.
In the development, the gorga underwent physical
transformation and symbolic meaning with the addition of values
from outside the traditional Batak Toba community system.
According to Azmi (2004) and Sitinjak (2011), there were some
modifications and deformation of appearance and symbolic values
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, Santo Thomas Catholic University
of North Sumatera, Medan, Indonesia; Email: yulibean97@gmail.com
in gorga carving on some of the new vernacular houses and other
buildings on Samosir island.
2. RESEARCH METHODS
The methodology of this research is based on an analytical
review of visual comparability and interpretive-historical research.
The visual comparability will be analyzed data from the visual
documentation that is collected from several field visits by
recording a variety of gorga found in several vernacular houses
and buildings. The visual documentation then converted into the
visual matrix using Computer Aided Design software. The
interpretive-historical research was based on investigation system
of interpretation, using data or empirical evidence from archives,
documents, data from the field visits and interviews with the house
owners.
3. THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVE
The visual, linguistic properties of architecture have long been
noted in a generalized metaphorical way. It can also be applied to
the decoration of a house. Each shape in decoration or any insignia
on the wall or structure of a house can be seen as an occasion for
the development or evolution of some new vocabulary of forms.
Tipple (1992) described transformation as a form of change, which
was commonly termed incremental, development, subtraction, or
attrition (reduction in size) and total alteration or rebuilding. It is
synonyms with the term of evolution.
Each development of the shape of house decoration
sometimes also applied a new meaning to the symbol. The
definition of symbolism according to Merriam-Webster is “The art
or practice of using symbol especially by investing things with a
symbolic meaning or by expressing the invisible or intangible by
means of visible or sensuous representations: as artistic imitation or
invention that is a method of revealing or suggesting immaterial,
ideal or otherwise intangible truth or states.
According to Waterson (1998: 17), the architecture was not
only about the existence of shelter against the weather but also the
involvement of social and symbolic space which reflected the
values of its creator and occupants. It is also applied to the
decoration or insignia of the house.

39
 Leeuwen (2014: 94) described the key idea of house
decoration as a visual symbol is the layering of meaning. The first
layer is denotation which describes of ‘what or who is depicted of
the symbol?' (literal or the obvious meaning of a symbol) and the
second layer is a connotation of ‘what ideas and values are
expressed through what is represented and through the way in
which it is represented?' (Socio-cultural and personal associations
of a symbol). The denotation and connotation of a visual symbol
change from time to time with the addition of new elements in the
society, like religion, technology, etc.
by red. The white colour is used on both gorga. Based on the shape,
initially, the gorga is divided into five types.
5.1 Animals Pattern
Gorga that take the form of various types of animals, both
familiar animals encountered in daily life like horses, buffalo,
lizard as well as the mythical creatures like naga (snake).

4. JABU: THE HOUSE

According to Panggabean (1997: 14), Toba Batak vernacular

building based its form has two types, Jabu and Sopo. Jabu (house)
are divided into three types; Jabu Batara Guru or Ruma Gorga
(house with gorga), Jabu Batara Siang ( a house without gorga)
and Jabu Sibaba Ni Amporik (small house or peasant house). Sopo
(granary) are divided into two types; Sopo Godang (large rice
granaries which also serves as a meeting place) and Sopo Eme
(small rice granaries).

Figure 2: Gorga with animal patterns; Hoda-hoda (above),

Boraspati (below)

5.2 Anthropomorphic Pattern

Gorga that take the form of human or parts of the human

bodies including supernatural human beings such as giants.

Figure 1: The Anatomy of Jabu Batara Guru or Ruma Gorga

The anatomy of Jabu Batara guru or Ruma Gorga is divided

into three parts; Banua Toru (substructure), Banua Tonga (the
body of the house where people lives) and Banua Ginjang
(superstructure). The gorga only applied into Banua Tonga and
Banua Ginjang because Banua Toru is considered unholy where Figure 3: Gorga with anthropomorphic patterns; Singa-singa
the spirit and the animals live. (left), Adep-adep (right)

5. THE GORGA 5.3 Astronomical Pattern

Gorga wood carving which applied in the Jabu can be divided
into several types based on the shape of the motif and the colours.
Based on the colour, gorga are separated into two types. Gorga
silingggom is dominated by black and gorga sipalang is dominated
Gorga that take the form of various types of astronomical
objects that can be observed by human eyes. These motifs may
consist of single or combined of various objects.
40

Figure 4: Gorga with astronomical patterns; Mataniari – the
sun (left), Desa Na Ualu – eight cardinal points (right)
5.4 Geometric Patterns
Gorga with repeatable patterns obtained by using simple
mathematical measurement. The basic shapes are parallel lines,
circles, triangles, rectangles and others.
Figure 5: Gorga with geometric patterns; Sitompi (above),
Iran-iran (below)
5.5 Vegetative Patterns
Gorga that take the shape of various vegetative types objects
like plants and trees or parts of it. Usually, it is geometrically
shaped and to accompaniment other patterns that are arranged in a
continuous method.
Figure 6: Gorga with vegetative patterns; Simeol-eol Masioloan
(above), Silintong (below)
6. VISUAL ANALYTICAL FINDINGS
Visual analysis is used for comparisons of the development
of the gorga’s engraving forms. Some finding is compared with
archives documents to determine the origin of the pattern.
6.1 Gorga Desa Na Ualu and Gorga Bindu Matoga
Gorga Desa Na Ualu pattern is a gorga that depict eight
cardinals. This gorga is made as a symbol of seasonal astrology.
This pattern is a simplification from bindu matoga which shows
the concentric conception of space consisting of two squares turned
over forty-five degrees.
According to Watterson (1998: 95) the Toba Batak, whose
language includes a significant proportion of Sanskrit derived
words including desa for ‘cardinal points’ and bindu for ‘centre
point’. Thus desa na ualu means ‘eight cardinal points’ and bindu
matoga mean ‘powerful power-point’. These eight-pointed design
very likely are derived from Indian mandalas
Desa na ualu and bindu matoga sometimes circled by the
naga or snake which correlate to pre-Hindu ideas where the naga
controlled the four compass points (Nagamandala depicted at
Padmanabhaswarny temple in India from 300 AD).
Figure 7: The evolution of gorga desa na ualu and gorga bindu
matoga compared with Hindu’s nagamandala
Desa na ualu and bindu matoga patterns are mainly found at
the top of the house entrance area called dorpi jolo. In its
development, these two gorgas undergoes a shape change from the
rectangle to rounder shape and from a serpent-like form into a
floral shape. This was discovered by the author at the time of data
collecting survey in Simanindo village on Samosir Island.
Figure 8: The transformation of desa na ualu patterns from
rectangular to rounder shape
41
 6.2 Gorga Jorngom Gorga ulu horbo is also commonly depicted holding up a
bowl on its head. In Toba Batak culture there is a house cleansing
Gorga Jorngom is an anthropomorphic pattern shaped like a ceremonial dance called Sawan dance (sawan can be translated as a
giant creature. It is placed in haling godang which is located above bowl) where a female shaman was dancing in front of the house
the entrance. It is symbolized the protector of the house with the with a bowl containing the offerings to the ancestors.
power of rejecting all kinds of crimes and sicknesses. According to
Panggabean (1998: 28), Jorngom is the evolved form of the
Hindu’s kalamakara .
The kalamakara which located at the apex of the lintel arch of
entrance door in Hindu architecture consists of a combination of
Makara and Kala-Mukha. According to Snodgrass (1992), the
kalamakara symbolized destruction and creation, death and life,
darkness and solar light. In Buddhist and Hindu teaching, Kala
opening its mouth as an entrance is represent of devouring the time.
Waterson (1998: 131) mentions that in Toba Batak house, the
doorways are called baba or ‘animal mouth’.

Figure 10: A female shaman with offering bowl on her head

Figure 9: The evolution of gorga jorngom from kalamakara; during house cleansing ceremonial dance (Toba Batak’s Sawan
kalamakara (left) – gorga jorngom (above-middle) – new dance)
interpretation of gorga jorngom (right).

The kalamakara and original gorga jorngom pattern can be

recognized its feature with the anthropomorphic of a giant face.
Some of the new interpretation of gorga jorngom carved on the
wall of new Toba Batak houses in Simanindo village has erased the
face feature and changed into more curvative plant ornaments.

6.3 Gorga Ulu Horbo (Ulu Paung)

Gorga ulu horbo is a decorative gorga that is placed at the

gable of the roof in the form of a giant horned face. According to
Waterson (1998: 131), ulu horbo was evolutes from buffalo head
because Toba Batak's house was a representation of a buffalo's
body. Domenig (2014: 395) noted that gable horns based on the
buffalo head and ornamented with vegetal motifs could be seen in
many regions of Indonesia including Toba Batak houses. Korn
(1953: 101) documented one of the ritual poems of Toba Batak
asking good fortune with the expression of a buffalo horn as a
decoration on the ridge beam of the house.
Tanduk ni horbo paung
Sangkot di bungkulan ni ruma
Mamora anak bao Figure 11: The evolution of ulu horbo from buffalo horn;
Gabe nampuna huta Buffalo head with real horns on Toba Batak house circa 1935,
Translated as Courtesy of KITLV (above-left) – gorga ulu horbo (above-
The horns of the festive buffalo right) – new interpretation of ulu horbo (middle).
Hang on the ridge beam of the house
Rich be the boru clan From the figure above we can see the changing form of ulu
Blessed be the owner of the village horbo from actual buffalo head with real horns into
anthropomorphic of giant’s face with horns. The wooden gorga
According to Winkler (1925: 22), The buffalo horns on Toba
face horns further are adorned with carving that represented plant
Batak house roof were actually taken from an animal that was
motif. However, in the further development, the plant motif
sacrificed at the inauguration of the house and their function was
became more dominating as found on several new houses in
‘to continuously remind the ancestors that they are obliged by the Simanindo village, Samosir Island.
sacrifice to protect and bless their descendants living in the
house'.
42
 6.4 Gorga Mataniari
Gorga mataniari takes the shape of the sun and is manifested
geometrically in the form of a closed curve that forms four spheres
on the left, right, top and bottom of a square. It symbolizes the life
strength and source of life where the course of human life itself
parallels with the passage of the sun from east to the west
(Waterson 1998: 94). It is a possibility that gorga mataniari also
have an Indian cultural background. One of the hypothesis is it is
the depiction of Sudarshana Chakra. Sudarshana Chakra is a
spinning, disk-like weapon which belongs to Hindu god Vishnu.
There is another shape of gorga mataniari that took a circular
shape with four cardinals and sometimes paired with gorga dalihan
no tolu depicted as three-pronged motifs which under Hindu
influence represent another weapon belongs to Shiva, the trident
(Waterson 1998: 95). Shiva according to Hindu ideas controls the
compass points where the sun rises from the east and sets in the
west. Gorga mataniari can be found on the left and right side of
the front wall supporting beam named dorpi jolo which is
positioned above the entrance.
Figure 12: Different types of gorga mataniari; (a) rectangular
mataniari; (b) circular mataniari; (c) dalihan no tolu
The merging of the mataniari and dalihan no tolu evolves
into a new shape which usually depicted on the gable supporting
beam of the house. There is one odd motif which took the shape of
sunflower’s mataniari that was found in a newly built house at
Simanindo village.
Figure 13: the merging types of gorga mataniari and dalihan no
tolu; (d) with four cardinals; (b) with three cardinals; (c)
sunflower shape, found in one of the newly built houses at
Simanindo village.
7. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the visual analysis that has been done on four
motifs found in several Samosir island's vernacular Toba Batak
houses we found gorga woodcarving has undergone several
changes in shape and meaning. More complex motifs in older
houses are usually simplified when building a new home. Based on
the interpretive historical approach we also found at least four
gorga motifs were influenced by Hindu-Indo culture at first before
they undergo the evolution of form and meaning.
In the past gorga regarded as inherently powerful and may
serve as the protective function for the occupants. Without the
addition of the gorga, the construction process may not be able to
complete. However, in some new construction, this custom is
usually neglected. The gorga is still in use on some of the houses,
but it is merely served only for decoration purpose. Therefore
some of the new houses are adorned with the odd and simplified
shape of gorga motifs but without actual meaning.
References
Angerler, Johann. (2016). Images of God in Toba Batak Storytelling, Jurnal
Wacana 17 (2), 303-335.
Azmi. Drs. (2004). Keunikan Rumah Batak Toba: Seni Gorga Tradisi
Folklor dan Arsitektur, Jurnal Seni Rupa FBS Unimed 1 (Juni), 37-51.
Bartlett, Harley H. (1934). The Sacred Edifices of the Batak of Sumatra.,
University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Domenig, Gaudenz. (2014). Religion and Architecture in Premodern
Indonesia: Studies in Spatial Anthropology., Bijdragen tot de Tall,
Land-en Volkenkunde 294, Brill, Leiden.
Korn, V. E., (1953). Batakse Offeranden., Bijdragen tot de Tall, Land-en
Volkenkunde 109, Brill, Leiden.
Leeuwen, Theo van; Jewitt, Carey (ed). (2004). Handbook of Visual
Analysis., SAGE Publications Ltd, London.
Niessen, Sandra. (1985), Motifs of Life in Toba Batak Text and Textiles.,
Foris Press, Dordrecht.
Panggabean, Drs. Herlan (ed). (1997). Ornamen Ragam Hias Rumah Adat
Batak Toba., Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Sumatera
Utara, Medan.
Sianipar, K; Gunardi, G; Widyonugrahanto; Rustiyanti, S. (2015). Makna
Seni Ukiran Gorga Pada Rumah Adat Batak., Jurnal Panggung, 25, 3,
227-235.
Snodgrass, Adrian. (1992). The Symbolism of the Stupa., Motilal
Banarsidass Publishers, Delhi, India.
Waterson, Roxana. (1998). The Living House: An Anthropology of
Architecture in South East Asia., Whitney Library of Design Press,
New York.
Winkler, Johannes. (1925). Die Toba-Batak auf Sumatra in Gesunden und
Kranken Tangen: Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Animistischen
Heindentums., Belser, Stuttgart.
43
 Manifestation of Modernist Architecture in Malaysia:
Case Study of Petaling Jaya City
Helena Aman Hashim 1 Zuraini Md Ali2 & Megat Ariff Shah3
1, 2
University of Malaya, Malaysia
3
City University, Malaysia

Abstract: Modernism was a global architectural movement of the twentieth century which arrived in Malaysia during the British colonial
period. The modernist style and philosophy influenced a wide range of local building types such as commercial, residential, educational,
governmental, industrial, and religious buildings. A variety of modernist-inspired building types can be found in Petaling Jaya (PJ),
Selangor, which is now a thriving city initially established in the 1950s as a satellite township for Kuala Lumpur. However, the steady
development of PJ has affected these unique built forms in varying degrees, with a number of buildings already demolished or its
architectural features irreversibly altered. Therefore, this paper aims to highlight the significance of PJ as an important site of Malaysian
modernist architecture. This was achieved by identifying the historical and architectural importance of selected buildings through literature
and archival reviews. Findings have shown that the development and evolution of PJ is a manifestation of a tropical modernist movement
as well as the earliest application of modern urban planning principles in the first planned township of Malaysia. This assemblage of
buildings reflects invaluable experiments with modernist design principles that left a lasting impact on Petaling Jaya city and its inhabitants.

Key words: Urban heritage, modernist architectural heritage, Petaling Jaya

1. INTRODUCTION 1 twentieth centuries by providing a vision of a ‘new urban society in

Petaling Jaya or PJ is considered as the first planned township in
Peninsular Malaysia and was established to address the economic
and population growth of Kuala Lumpur in the post-war years.
Plans for the new town of Petaling Jaya began from the early 1950s
with the acquisition of approximately 1,200 acres of land by the
State Government of Selangor. The name Petaling Jaya was
derived from the Petaling tree (Ochanostachys amentacea) as well
as the Malay word Jaya which means success or prosperity
(McWilliams, 2002).
Comprising agricultural as well as ex-mining land, the new
town of Petaling Jaya was projected to cater to an initial population
of about 70,000 (Lee, 2006). It is strategically located adjacent to
the southwestern portion of Kuala Lumpur at an area that is
relatively level with ‘undulating terrain’, with neither economically
viable tin deposits nor of ‘great agricultural or forestry value’, as
well as reachable by good road and rail connections between Kuala
Lumpur and Port Swettenham (now known as Port Klang)
(Concannon, 1957, p. 3). Currently, the city of PJ covers an area
of 97.2 square kilometres with a population that exceeds 600,000
residents.
Generally, PJ is divided into sections which are fundamentally
‘residential precincts’ (Ju, Zaki, & Choi, 2011) or ‘localities’ (Lee,
2006) and developed in different phases or periods. The pioneering
area of development is fondly known as PJ Old Town (comprising
Sections 1, 1A, 2, 3, 4 and 51) and dates to before 1953. This zone
was planned with identifiable neighbourhood units alongside
commercial, industrial and administrative areas with pockets of
green spaces. To the north of PJ Old Town is an area known as PJ
New Town (Sections 6,7,8,9,10 and 52) that is more of an
administrative heart of PJ with publicly-accessible green space.
In general, the early planning of PJ reflected the global
modernist planning principles that respond to the ‘changes brought
by industrialisation and industrial capitalism’ of the nineteenth and
——————————————————————————————
1 Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture, University of Malaya,
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: helena@um.edu.my
2 Senior Lecturer, Department of Building Surveying, University of
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: zuraini_mdali@um.edu.my
3 Senior Lecturer, Department of Architecture, City University,
Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia; Email: megat.ariff@city.edu.my
an ideal physical urban structure’ (Hobson, 1999, p. 2). Effectively
a satellite town to serve the overcrowded living conditions and
booming economic growth of Kuala Lumpur, PJ was literally a
blank canvas upon which Western-trained planners could apply
their modernist, utopian ideals. Thus, PJ was envisioned to be a
new development that included areas for industrial, commercial,
administrative, recreational, educational, and residential functions
(Concannon, 1957) and developed from the idea of British New
Towns (Lee, 2006).
In Malaysia, this post-war British planning approach
overlapped with increasing interests in modernist architectural
styles, bold experimentations with building technology as well as
the presence of expatriate and local architects and planners
(Vlatseas, 1990; Yeang, 1992). All these creative energy found
their outlet in the development of PJ in the 1950s up until the
1970s, by which time modernist-inspired built forms fell out of
favour locally and globally. Currently, the assemblage of modernist
architecture in PJ are scattered throughout the city, and with rising
land price and prime location, it is inevitable that a number of
buildings from that era were demolished or subject to insensitive
alterations which irreversibly altered their characteristics.
Therefore, this paper aims to highlight the architectural
significance of selected building types in PJ so that a case can be
made for their historical and architectural significance to the
Malaysian built environment.
2. METHODOLOGY
This research employed several methods to ascertain the
significant architectural values of the Petaling Jaya area. The work
began with a comprehensive archival research on the historical
development, planning and architecture of PJ. This was followed
by site observation and a windscreen survey to assess and
determine the body of original buildings that remain in existence
and the state of their authenticity and integrity to see if they can
convey the modernist principles behind them. The study area is
focused on buildings dating back to the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s.
Selection criteria is based on historical and architectural
significance of buildings in PJ.

44
3. DISCUSSION The planning of the overall enclave provided for the front of
these houses to open onto a shared garden path that led to a
3.1 Tropical Modernist Architecture of PJ children’s playground which was centrally located, while the back
faced the street allowing direct access for cars. This segregation
Modernism was the dominant movement of the twentieth century. minimised conflict between the pedestrian route and vehicular
The movement’s approach is associated with functionalism of traffic and provided a safe environment for children to walk to the
buildings, elimination of decorations, rational use of materials and playground.
acceptance of structural innovation. Modernist buildings had open
plans, steel or concrete construction, rectangular or cubist shaped
plans, large windows with metal and glass frames, minimal or no
decorations (Waters).
Tropical modernist architecture is the adaptation of modern
architecture principles to the local tropical environment. Hence
tropical modernism in Malaysia is associated with buildings that
have respect for the site, oriented to minimise heat gain and glare
from the sun as well as strategic use of architectural elements (e.g.
hoods, screens, and overhangs), enhance natural ventilation,
openness in interior spaces and minimal or judicious use of
ornamentation (Mohamad Tajuddin, 1998; Vlatseas, 1990).

3.2 Housing

The earliest houses in PJ can be found in the PJ Old Town and

were primarily constructed out of timber. Allocated modest lots
measuring 50’ X 90’, approximately 1,000 timber houses were
constructed by the year 1952 (Entry & Majlis Bandaraya Petaling
Jaya, 2008). At the same time, the provision of quality affordable
housing for the public was recognised as a concern in the
Federation of Malaya (Newcombe, 1955). This led to the Figure 1: Layout of the Housing Trusts’ Scheme in Section 1A,
emergence of a Housing Trust set up through the Housing Trust Petaling Jaya with the playground highlighted (Edited from
Ordinance, 1950. The role of the Trust was to construct houses and Newcombe, 1955)
to encourage purchase by organising an affordable loan scheme for
their buyers. Invariably buyers who purchased houses through the
Trust paid a lesser amount for their monthly loans compared to
what they paid for their rental accommodations.
Nevertheless, the multi-racial community and income groups
in Malaysia led to the need to innovate designs schemes to suit the
varied cultural tastes as there were no design manuals on this
matter which architects could follow. This experimental period in
the country invariably led to freedom in design and resulted in
inspiring new ideas and schemes. The first housing scheme built by
the Housing Trust in Petaling Jaya was in Section 1A and consisted
of 110 houses (refer to Figure 1). The original design of these
houses which were completed in March 1955 remains
distinguishable even today despite having been renovated and
extended over the years (refer to Figure 2).
Two principles guided the designs of these buildings. These
principles are as follows:

1. Houses are oriented to the north-south direction to

minimise direct exposure to the morning and afternoon
Figure 2: Current images of the housing scheme showing
sun as well as to catch the prevailing breezes.
shared garden path leading to the central playground
2. Provide safety for the children walking to the centrally
(bottom) (Source: Authors)
located playground from vehicular traffic.

The houses were modern and utilitarian in design with

ventilation blocks, louvres and permanent openings to provide
passive means of comfort through natural ventilation and
permanent air-movement. The thick loadbearing walls of these
houses also kept their interior cool by minimising heat transfer.
The houses had pitched roofs and were devoid of ornamentation
with the use of pattern arising from the design of the ventilation
blocks.

45
 The experimentation in tropical housing design led to the technology at the time (refer to Figure 5). This building has now
Ideal Home competition organised by the 27 commercial firms been completely demolished and a new structure erected in its
related to the building industry in conjunction with Federation of place.
Malaya Society of Architects and the Malay Mail in 1960
(Geeraerts, 1962). The top three winning entries were subsequently
constructed along Jalan Utara in Petaling Jaya to demonstrate to
the public design ideas and lifestyles that could be achieved
through these houses (refer to Figures 3 & 4). These houses which
were completed in September 1961 showcased a suburban lifestyle
which evolved among a less formal existence. Houses had open
concepts which merged the dining and living areas and bedrooms
which opened onto outdoor terraces. The north-south orientation
was emphasised to control glare .and permanent openings, as well
as louvres, were provided to encourage cross ventilation and
promote stack effect for cooling.

Figure 5: An early image of the Century Battery Factory

(Source: Booty, Edwards & Partners, 1962)

3.4 Government and Institutional Buildings

The use of sun-shading devices was also common in government

Figure 3: Perspective drawing of the winning Ideal Home
design by Kington Loo (Source: Geeraerts, 1962)
and institutional buildings. The office of the Employees Provident
Fund Board (E.P.F.) which was completed in 1962 along the
Federal Highway, had a glass facade which was shaded by an
external skin of aluminium grilles (Yeang, 1992). According to
Honey (1961), Bailey who’s practice designed the offices
commented that the building was intended to be suitable in
whichever country it was located (refer to Figure 6). Currently the
façade of this original buildings has been replaced with a more
contemporary design with no trace of the original deisgn.
At the Government of Offices of Petaling Jaya, concrete
louvres and grilles were placed 3 feet away from the windows to
prevent glare, and heat transfer into the building. This sun-shading
element became the main design feature for the facade. The
building was the largest building in Petaling Jaya at the time of
completion and was the seat of the local administration (refer to
Figure 7). It is currently still used as a government office, whereby
the National Registration Department is located in the main
building.

Figure 4: Current images of the Ideal Home design by

Kington Loo (Source: Authors)

3.3 Industrial Buildings

The progressive design of factories in this period mirrored the

country’s economic growth. The designated industrial area in
Section 13 which comprised of 101 hectares had some of the most
inspiring factory designs. Several of the factories featured concrete
parabolic and shell structures in their design. Among the most
striking factories built in PJ during this period are the Colgate-
Palmolive Factory and the Century Battery Factory both of which
has a concrete shell roofs, one in the form of barrel shell while the
other had four continuous hyperbolic paraboloids supported on
four pairs of buttresses. The roof of the Century Battery factory
was possibly one of the first factory buildings in the country to
have a hyperbolic-parabolic structure. These roof forms were
influenced by western designs that were products of cutting-edge
46
 Figure 6: Early image of the Employees Provident Fund
Board office (Source: Yeang, 1992)
Figure 7: An early image of the Government Offices of
Petaling Jaya (Source: Ashley & Merer, 1959)
3.5 Religious Buildings
A significant number of mosques and churches were constructed to
cater to the population boom of PJ. Some of the earliest PJ
mosques, for example, experimented with large-span concrete
roofs and unusually shaped floor plans. The Masjid Kolej Islam
Malaya (also known as the Masjid Al Malek Faisal back then) at
Section 16 was completed in 1974 and has a distinctive vaulted
shell roof over the hexagonal main prayer hall and barrel shell over
the secondary hall and annexe structures. Designed by Baharuddin
Kassim of Jurubena Bertiga International Partnership, who was
part of the team at the Public Works Department (JKR) responsible
for the National Mosque (completed 1965), the roof has six arched
clerestory windows that let diffused light into the main hall.
Another notable mosque is the Masjid Tun Abdul Aziz at
Section 14. Designed by John Ho of the Public Works Department
(Azim, 2016) and fondly known as the Masjid Bulat, i.e. Round
Mosque, it was officially opened in 1977. The circular plan and
off-centre onion dome over the flat roof echoes modernist
experimental designs of that time, whilst the deep-set windows
surrounding the main prayer hall allows plenty of light while
filtering the harsh sunlight.
One of the earliest mosques in PJ was the Masjid Jamek
Sultan Abdul Aziz at Section 3, also by Baharuddin Kassim.
Completed in 1964 but demolished and replaced by a new, larger
mosque in 2008, the original simple yet iconic folded plate
concrete roof is a variation of the National Mosque roof which
proliferated for a short period in Peninsular Malaysia (Abdul
Halim, 2004). However, most mosques with these types of folded
plate roof, like this one, has since been replaced with typical
domed construction (refer to Figure 8).
As for churches, the prominently located Trinity Methodist
Church at Section 5 was built in the 1960s (refer to Figure 9). Its
A-frame reinforced concrete structure can be seen from the Federal
Highway and seemed to be part of a larger trend of using similar
structures as an early ‘modern attempt at a modern interpretation of
vernacular timber architecture’ in Malaysia (Lim & Tay, 2000).
Figure 8: The Masjid Jamek Sultan Abdul Aziz, since
demolished (Source: Azim, 2016)
Figure 9: The Trinity Methodist Church (Source: Lim & Tay,
2000)
4.0 Conclusion
Mid-twentieth century buildings dominate the urban landscape of
Petaling Jaya. An analysis of selected buildings during its early
period indicates that these buildings had specific common
characteristics. They typically had interior plans that were open
with fewer walls, encouraged natural ventilation and lighting,
placed an importance on building orientation in order minimise
heat gain and solar glare, were sensitive to the topography of the
site, and used simple, clean lines and geometric forms.
This design style is referred as tropical modernist architecture
and utilises design strategies that are in line with today’s green and
sustainable building philosophies. This assemblage of tropical
modernist architecture emerged from an initial idea to the first
planned new township and became a testbed for innovative
modernist architecture. There are very few areas in Malaysia with
such significant concentration of buildings in this style other than
in the Petaling Jaya area.
Although the result of this research indicates that numerous
original modernist style buildings in Petaling Jaya have today been
demolished or renovated, there is still a sufficient body of works in
the city that will be able to impart the ideas and ideals of the
modernist planning principles and architecture across. These
buildings remain today as a reminder of the approach and mindset
of the architects in this era who returned to work in Malaysia after
receiving their tertiary education abroad.
47
 Since the enactment of the NHA 2005, there are today 51
properties listed as National Heritage, and a substantial number
included on the Heritage Register. Although there isn’t an age limit
for buildings to qualify for gazettal, buildings constructed in the
twentieth century are often under-appreciation due to the limited
passage of time from when they were built. As a result, these
buildings are usually unprotected and threatened by new
development. There is, however, since the 1990s, a growing
movement internationally to raise awareness of the significance of
these buildings. Therefore, efforts should be made to protect the
urban architecture in Petaling Jaya before they disappear entirely.
These individual building types may not be particularly
significant but taken collectively; they represent the ideals or spirit
of the times. The sentiment of the country at this time leading up to
independence and the period after was to create harmony in a
References
Abdul Halim, N. (2004). Mosque Architecture in the Malay World (Omar
Salahuddin Abdullah, Trans.). Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia:
Penerbit Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia.
Ashley, H. I., & Merer, S. P. (1959). Petaling Jaya Government Offices.
PETA, 2(4), 1-7.
Azim, A. A. (2016). Masjid: Selected Mosques and Musollas in Malaysia.
Kuala Lumpur: ATSA Architects Sdn. Bhd.
Booty Edwards & Partners. (1962). Factory for Century Batteries Petaling
Jaya. PETA, 4(1), 4 - 5.
Concannon, T. A. L. (1957). Petaling Jaya: Malaya’s Second New Town
Merdeka Souvenir: Reprinted from The Malay Mail.
Entry, J., & Majlis Bandaraya Petaling Jaya. (2008). PETALING JAYA
Truly SHE. Petaling Jaya: Majlis Bandaraya Petaling Jaya.
Geeraerts, A. A. (1962). Ideal Homes Competition & Exhibition. PETA,
4(1), 16-23.
Hobson, J. (1999). New Towns, The Modernist Planning Project and Social
Justice. Retrieved from London:
https://www.ucl.ac.uk/bartlett/development/case-
studies/1999/sep/108-new-towns-modernist-planning-project-
and-social-justice
Honey, R. (1961). Discussion on "What is Malayan Architecture". PETA,
3(4).
multi-racial country consciously and to push economic
development to promote growth in the post-war period. The design
of the township represented an ideal lifestyle for modern Malaysia.
The policies and design outcomes were products of the first wave
of western-trained local architects who were returning from the UK
to practise locally and expatriates who had come to Malaysia after
the second world war. The post-war building boom and the
infusion of new ideas from the west lead to a period of
experimentation which was expressed in the architecture.
This phase of development in Malaysian history if left
unrecognised and unappreciated will eventually be forgotten with
the demolition of the buildings which remains as evidence of this
past. At the very least efforts should be made to comprehensively
record the history and the memory of the place before they vanish.
Ju, S. R., Zaki, S. A., & Choi, Y. K. (2011). Contextual Modernization;
New Town Planning in Petaling Jaya, of Malaysia. Journal of
Asian Architecture and Building Engineering, 10(1), 93-100.
doi:10.3130/jaabe.10.93
Lee, B. T. (2006). Petaling Jaya: The Early Development and Growth of
Malaysia's First New Town. Journal of the Malaysian Branch of
the Royal Asiatic Society, 79(2 (291)), 1-22.
Lim, T. N., & Tay, L. (Eds.). (2000). 80 Years of Architecture in Malaysia.
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia: PAM Publication.
McWilliams, F. (2002). Pray Silence for 'Jock Whittington': From Building
Sewers to Suing Builders. London: Malu Publications.
Mohamad Tajuddin, M. R. (1998). Developing a Modern Malaysian
Architecture. In V. F. Chen (Ed.), The Encyclopedia of
Malaysia: Architecture (Vol. 5, pp. 106-107). Singapore:
Archipelago Press.
Newcombe, V. Z. (1955). The Work of The Housing Trust in the
Federation of Malaya. PETA, 1(2), 17-27.
Vlatseas, S. (1990). A History of Malaysian Architecture. Singapore:
Longman.
Waters, S. Modernism. Retrieved from
https://www.architecture.com/knowledge-and-
resources/knowledge-landing-page/modernism
Yeang, K. (1992). The Architecture of Malaysia. Kuala Lumpur: The Pepin
Press.
48
 Design Influence of Mughal Architecture in Kuala Lumpur
Loo Yi1, Yahaya Ahmad2
Department of Architecture, University of Malaya

Abstract: Kuala Lumpur which is well-known for its cultural diversity since the colonial era, comes with a myriad of culture and
customs. Its streetscape is coloured with distinct characteristics and hosts a wide array of preserved historical buildings with different
architectural styles. The Mughal architecture which originated from the Indian subcontinent was of high significance colonial monuments
found in British Malaya. This paper studies the influence of the Mughal architectural style in Kuala Lumpur during the British rule where
historical interpretative is the main research methodology accompanied by case studies. Specific existing Mughal-like colonial buildings
are identified and their iconic features and design elements are examined and analysed. The aim is to provide more understanding of this
architectural style, hence, the historical colonial monuments standing sentinel in the old quarter of Kuala Lumpur will continued to be well-
conserved, as a priceless tangible asset to the nation. “Respect the past that makes us today.”

Key words: Mughal architecture, Kuala Lumpur, British colonial, historical interpretative, heritage values.

1. INTRODUCTION
1
 the Mughals were oriented towards Persian’s.
This research is about a study of the design influence of
Mughal architecture in Kuala Lumpur during the British colonial
era. Originated from the Indian subcontinent, this architecture style
looks foreign and yet it became a popular trend in the government
and public buildings especially at the late 19th and early 20th
century. Being conserved till present days, those historical Mughal-
inspired buildings found in the city possessing great heritage
values. They have adopted with Western and local tradition styles,
which these unique combination of architecture styles apparently
becomes part of the identity of Kuala Lumpur city image. This
paper discusses about the architectural heritage of Mughal
architecture in Kuala Lumpur, the feature design elements and
historical background how is its influence in shaping the cityscape
during the colonial era. Using case study approaches, design
analysis on several old colonial buildings in the capital city is
conducted, historical interpretative will mainly is used as the
research methodology in this study.
2. BACKGROUND AND LITERATURE REVIEW
Kuala Lumpur is well-known for its culture, diversity and
heritage. The city remains a wide array of old buildings with
different architectural styles and period (Kuala Lumpur Structure
Plan, 2020, p.8). Notably, those colonial buildings possessing
significant history background play an important role in shaping
the cityscape and form part of an identity of Malaysia’s
architecture. They have adopted Western colonial architectural
style and are modified to suit the local context and significantly,
Islamic elements are added as well to the design style, forming a
distinct language and characteristic in Kuala Lumpur city image.
As the chief influence of Islamic architecture on those
colonial, Mughal architecture is referred to the style which has
been a dominant trend in Indian building design, highly developed
during the Mughal Dynasty from 1526 to 1757. The Mughals are
technically not aboriginal to India too, instead their rulers were
Persianised Muslims originated from Timur in Central Asia.
Etymologically, the term “Mughal” was derived from Persian and
Arabic corruption of Mongol, as the Mongol bloodline of the
Timurid Dynasty was much emphasized (Dodgson, Marshall G. S.
islamologists, 2009). However, Babur ancestors were clearly
different from the Mongols, rather than the Turco-Mongol culture,
Borrowing from both Islamic and Hindu elements, they had
built some of the magnificent and inspiring architecture of all time
– the Mughal architecture. The empire, together with its distinct
architectural style, reached its peak during reign of Shah Jahan
(Catherine B. Asher, 1992), exemplified by Taj Mahal, commonly
recognized as the finest masterpiece of the Mughal architecture,
was built that time (Berndl, Klaus, 2005). Overall, the design style
is a hybrid combination of Islamic, Turkic, Persian and Indian
architecture with its iconic features such as its pinnacles, slender
minarets, bulbous dome, keyhole arches and so on.
After the fall of the empire, British tried to consolidate and
legitimatize their imperial position as the new Indian ruler by
relating themselves to their previous Mughal predecessor. The
Mughal architecture style, which shows the glamor past image of
that era, was highly taken into consideration by the British in the
design of the new government buildings (Thomas R. Metcalf,
1989). Pioneered by the British architects from India, it combines
with Western style, consequently, it was then developed into a new
language, namely neo-Mughal architecture.
Considering the native and majority population of the Malay
States were mainly Muslims, British exported this architectural
style, which they believed it was the most representative of Islamic
style that time, to their new colonies. Significantly, the decision
was made during the construction of the Secretarial Building (later
known as Sultan Abdul Samad Building, which was the first
Mughal-like monumental building in Kuala Lumpur). C. E.
Spooner, which was the British Selangor State Engineer, played a
major role in this movement. His influence changed the early
designs of the office complex from that of the Classic Renaissance
to adapt this Islamic style and his argument was backed up by
public structures built in British India that he witnessed during his
services in Sri Lanka (J.M. Gullick, 1992).
Later on, mostly designed by the British architects like A.C
Norman and A.B. Hubback, public buildings during the colonial
era were also adapting the Mughal architectural style, especially in
Kuala Lumpur which was the capital of the British colonial
government in Peninsular Malaysia. It was known as the
“Monumental Buildings Programme” which was around 1895 to
1917, begun with the construction of Sultan Abdul Samad Building
and ended with Malayan Railway Administrative Office (Omar,
2011).

3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
1 Exploring the qualitative approach and the multiple case
1 Postgraduate student, Department of Architecture, University of
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: looyi@siswa.um.edu.my studies to be interpreted as the research strategies, it investigates
2 Professor, Department of Architecture, University of Malaya, Kuala the characteristics of the Mughal architectural style being
Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: yahaya@um.edu.my transferred, influencing design of the colonial buildings, in the

49
form of historical studies. Thus, interpretative paradigm is best
suited for this case. Literature reviews are crucial in this research
to study the Mughal architecture origins, the historical background
of Kuala Lumpur during colonial era and architectural heritage of
the Mughal-inspired colonial buildings. Numerous Mughal-like
colonial buildings were chosen as multiple case studies as it is hard
to find a particular colonial building which can be the
representative of all feature of the hypothesis. After identifying the
case studies, the research continues with data collection, evaluation
and analysis. The data collected in the form of documentation,
direct observation and audio-visual materials. The explanation
buildings method, composed in a narrative form, is applied is this
paper, disclosing the influence and relationship between the two
aspects of a phenomenon (Mughal architecture from Indian
subcontinent to colonial buildings in British Malaya). While works
on literature review are continued and updated concurrently, the
findings on the architectural studies through the data analysis
eventually contribute to the conclusions.

4. FINDINGS FROM CASE STUDIES

The heritage buildings are commonly found in Kuala Lumpur

colonial district based on the secondary data and direct observation
from the field visit. That region was known as the old city centre,
that was developed around the confluence of the Klang and
Gombak rivers in the 19th century. After narrowing down the study
scope area, the Mughal-inspired colonial buildings are identified
based on the Mughal elements found in their designs, namely
Jamek Mosque, City Theatre Hall, former FMS Survey Office
Building, former High Court Building, Sultan Abdul Samad
Building, Former General Post Office, National Textile Museum,
National History Museum, Kuala Lumpur City Gallery, Kuala
Lumpur Railway Station and Malayan Railway Administrative
Office.

Figure 2: Map indicating the location of the Mughal-inspired

colonial buildings
Figure 3: Street view of Sultan Abdul Samad Building

Figure 1: The flow chart of the research process

Owing to the vastness of those colonial buildings found and

limited time, few samples are chosen for detailed studies and the 4.1 First Case Study: Sultan Abdul Samad Building
primary criteria for selecting are typology, location, similarities
and importance. Generally, they are three main building typologies Building Typology : Government offices
among the Mughal-inspired buildings: religious building, Location : Jalan Raja, City Centre, Kuala Lumpur.
government office and transportation hub. Sultan Abdul Samad Year completed : 1897
Building, Jamek Mosque and Kuala Lumpur Railway are chosen as
the representatives for each category respectively for further
explanation and comparative discussion.

50
4.1.1 Historical Background Other than the influence from the Mughal, four-centred arches
(also known as Tudor arch) is common in English architecture too,
Witnessing to much major historical events, Sultan Abdul where Gothic style was favourable at that time. They are notably
Samad Building is the most iconic heritage in Kuala Lumpur, seen as well, featured in this heritage monument. Significantly, the
located directly opposite to the Padang (known as Independence
Square) along Jalan Raja. Initially, it was commissioned for the
colonial Selangor State Government but changed to house the FMS
administration after the construction completion. It was designed
by the Government Architect, Arthur Charles Alfred Norman, and
also contribution from R. A. J. Bidwell and A. B. Hubback (J.M.
Gullick, 1992). In 1974, the offices of Federal and State
Government moved out and it was renamed as Sultan Abdul
Samad Building. Then, it once housed the superior courts till early
2000s before becoming the offices of the Ministry of Information,
Communications and Culture of Malaysia currently.

4.1.2 Architecture Figure 6: Front elevation in a bilateral symmetrical design

(A. Ghafar, 1993)
With a front elevation spanning 137.2 metres along Jalan Raja, it
was the largest building of its day (Omar, 2014). The monument is
extremely symmetrical which the 41.2 metre height clock tower as
the axis. Separated by the clock tower which is square in plan, two
circular towers with the same height of 17.2 metre were designed
on each side of the porch, with outer staircases climbing the towers
in a spiral fashion. All the three towers, metaphor of the minarets
in Islamic architecture, are with bulbous domes. The dome of the
central tower is even topped by a copper chhatri.
Figure 7: The porch and clocktower at the centre of the
front façade.

Figure 4: Front elevation in a bilateral symmetrical design
(A. Ghafar, 1993)
building has a grand porch with a height of 5.5 metre at the middle
of front façade with these massive Gothic arches and thick
columns. The four-centred arches, which have low elliptical shape,
were mostly applied on the doorways and to frame larger sheltered
areas. Besides, the colossal clock tower is unequivocally the most
prominent feature of the office complex. It was designed with the
purpose of replicating the famous Big Ben in London, sending
subtle political message of the British dominance in Malaya.
The office complex used up four million bricks, five thousand
lbs of copper, fifty tons of steel and iron, eighteen thousand pikuls
of lime, twenty-five hundred barrels of cement, and about thirty
thousand cubic feet of timber (J.M Gullick, 1992). Anyway, clay
bricks remained the main material used throughout the structure
which its exposed vibrant red stand out against the paleness of the
grey lime. Due to that resulting contrast, it has a nickname by the
locals as the Blood and Bandages building.

4.2 Second Case Study: Jamek Mosque

Figure 5: F-shaped floor plan Building Typology : Religious building

Location : Jalan Tun Razak, City Centre, Kuala Lumpur.
Year completed : 1909

Nevertheless, the symmetry only applies on the elevation, the

floor plan of this two-storey-building is in a F-shaped as a result of
the front façade being the “backbone” of the building and a
courtyard to separate the zoning, viewed from the plan. Taking
consideration of the tropical climate, the designers used the
circumference of the office complex as circulation where two-
metre-wide veranda wrapping around the perimeter of the
structure, creating a linear movement.
The veranda is arcaded by various forms of arches comprising
pointed, ogee, horse-shoe and four-centred arches, contributing in a
better cross ventilation. The overall appearance illustrates a strong Figure 8: Street view of Sultan Abdul Samad Building
sense of repetition, emphasised by the arches that are repeated
constantly echo the Indo-Saracenic architectural style.

51
4.2.1 Historical Background
Being one of the oldest mosque in Malaysia, Jamek Mosque
was built on the first Malay burial ground in Kuala Lumpur,
situated at the confluence of Gombak and Klang River. Sharing
similar architectural style, it was designed by Arthur Benison
Hubback, the same architect of Ubudiah Mosque, Kuala Kangsar
which was the first mosque with bulbous dome in Malaysia
(Maryam, 2015). It had been the main religious spot and the centre
of Islamic activities for Muslims in Kuala Lumpur until the
National Mosque was constructed in 1967 near the railway station.
The term “Jamek” in Arabic means a place where people gather to
worship and the mosque was renamed to Sultan Abdul Samad
Jamek Mosque on 23 June 2017 (Qishin Tariq, 2017)..
domes on the roof of the Jamek Mosque, with an octagonal base
beneath them. The domes are structurally supported with steel
structure, a modern material. Chhatris, a domed kiosk commonly
found on the roof of religious buildings in India, are also feature in
the Mosque, but only used on the top of minarets in a smaller scale
of size.
There are two types of arches in this heritage building, namely
cinquefoil and round horseshoe arches. Nonetheless, the former
dominates the entire arches of Jamek Mosque. The arches were
built with bricks while white plaster forms the arch frame. The
repetition of cinquefoil arches is arranged along the perimeter of
outdoor prayer hall, forming a strong façade appearance. Functions
as opening, the arches highly encourage natural ventilation.

4.2.2 Architecture

Comparatively, Jamek Mosque was not constructed in a grand

fancy way to impress or to create landmark, but purely as a
worshipping place to cater the needs of the local Muslims. Modesty
characteristic is highly emphasized as it can be seen by the choice
of building material and shape, it is a humble single storey
religious building just to meet its primitive function. Reflecting on
to the first case study discussed previously which stands across the
Klang River, Jamek Mosque also has a unique bare brick facade.
The whole form, viewed from its elevations and plan, illustrates a Figure 10: Repetitive arrangement of cinquefoil arches
perfect symmetry, following the principle of Iqtisad in Islamic
teaching which brings out the meaning of balance.

Figure 11: Cross section showing its climate response

based on local tropical context.

The Mosque itself is well adapted to the climatic response.

The form and orientation of the building allow cross ventilation,
where air flow from all sides into the open and semi open halls,
bringing comfort to the prayers at any time throughout the year.
Natural lighting is highly introduced too with the adaptation of
open and semi open form as well as openings beneath the dome in
order to create a conducive atmosphere for people to pray and read.

4.3 Third Case Study:KualaLumpur Railway Station

Building Typology : Religious building

Location : Jalan Tun Razak, City Centre, Kuala Lumpur.
Year completed : 1909

Figure 9: Original drawings of plan and elevations displaying

simple yet elegance and a balance bilateral symmetrical design
with Mughal key features (Fauzi, 1977)

Minarets are the key decorative elements in a mosque

architecture. Taking inspiration from the design of Delhi’s Jama
Mosque (built during the reign of Shah Jahan), the number and
position of minarets in Jamek Mosque were fully influenced by the
Mughal style. However, the minarets of the latter are octagonal in
shape made up of modern materials like concrete with brick and Figure 12: Street view of Malayan Railway buildings
white banding as embellishment, contrasting to the mosques in
India during the Mughal dynasty. Besides, there are three bulbous

52
4.3.1 Historical Background In addition, cross ventilation is also introduced with the slatted
and gilled openings at both faces. At the northern section, the
Before KL Sentral was opened on 16 April 2001, Kuala Lumpur ostensible volume of the building is renounced and it steps down
Railway Station had served for almost a century as the central hub towards the platforms. This allows the principal halls to be top-lift
of railway transportation, once linked Singapore to Kuala Lumpur from large ventilating sky-light.
to British field stations throughout Peninsular Malaysia to
Bangkok. Currently, it is just a stop for commuter trains. It was
situated along Jalan Sultan Hishammuddin, opposite to its
headquarter office, Malayan Railway Administrative Office, both
designed by the same British architect, A.B. Hubback. The latter is
the final public project under the “Monumental Buildings
Programme” which was around 1895 to 1917, begun with the
construction of Sultan Abdul Samad Building and ended with
Malayan Railway buildings (Omar, 2011). The station and its
headquarter office are fully owned by the Malayan Railway
Corporation (KTMB), some part is rented to Hotel Heritage for
accommodation services.

4.3.2 Architecture

Similar to other British public buildings in Malaysia, both of the

Malayan Railways buildings, the station and headquarter office Figure 16: Interior perspective of the platform with natural
were designed in great scale at that time to display a masculine ventilation and lighting
figure to look dominant. Bilateral symmetry is applied in the
design, achieving balance at both side which represents stability
and power through a massive image. 5. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

The discussion analyses, reviews and summarises the findings

on the design influence of the Mughal architecture throughout the
research studies based on the literature review from secondary data
and data collected from the field visit. Firstly, as an amalgam of
Figure 13: Front elevation of Kuala Lumpur Railway Persian, Turkish and (pre-Islamic) Indian style, Mughal
Station (Hassan, 1994) architecture was a dominance trend in the Indian subcontinent from
16th to 18th century. British empire overruled the Mughal dynasty
and later on started their colonisation in South East Asia as well.
Considering Muslims are the majority in the Malay States, British
exported the Mughal architecture, which they believed it was the
most representative of Islamic style that time, to their new
colonies. It was known as the “Monumental Buildings Programme”
which was around 1895 to 1917, begun with the construction of
Sultan Abdul Samad Building and ended with Malayan Railway
Administrative Office. Much of the prominent features and
elements, inspired from the Mughal architecture, were largely
Figure 14: Repetitive elements as the whitewashed façade applied to the design. Those heritage buildings are commonly
found in Kuala Lumpur colonial district, that was developed
around the confluence of the Klang and Gombak rivers in the late
The façade elements on the lower body are exaggerated and 19th century. After narrowing down the study scope area, the
enlarged in order to create visual illusion which it will look taller. Mughal-inspired colonial buildings are identified based on the
Repetition and rhythm on the whitewashed facade is highly shown Mughal elements found in their designs, namely Jamek Mosque,
in the arrangement of columns and arches. Key-hole, horseshoe City Theatre Hall, former FMS Survey Office Building, former
and ogee arches are the main eye-catching Mughal architectural High Court Building, Sultan Abdul Samad Building, Former
elements forming a repetitive pattern on a straight row on each General Post Office, National Textile Museum, National History
floor. Museum, Kuala Lumpur City Gallery, Kuala Lumpur Railway
Kuala Lumpur Railway Station Station and Malayan Railway Administrative Office. Generally,
strongly reflects characteristic of a they can be categorised into three main building typologies:
Mughal mosque as studied government office, religious building and transportation hub.
previously, from layout with Sultan Abdul Samad Building, Jamek Mosque and Kuala Lumpur
courtyard, surrounded by slim Railway are chosen as the representatives for each category
columns and edges marked with respectively for further studies and comparative discussion.
towers imitating the minarets. The Inspired from the Mughal architecture, the three case studies
minaret-like towers are projected shared the similarities and common characteristics. They are all
up at the corner edges, higher than designed in a bilateral symmetric with two identical halves and
the main building creating an equivalent elements on opposite sides of the median axis,
impressive skyline. Originally, achieving balance at both sides. They have a dominant feature at
there are six chhatris which hold the middle of the main building as a break front, usually a
the domes, with two added later on Figure 15: Chhatri welcoming entrance and also with domes, either be in bulbous or
at the corner accompanying smaller topped at the minaret- onion-shaped. Minaret is also one of the Mughal’s prominent
variations at the front. like tower element, some of the buildings were constructed with tall huge
towers to represent that architectural feature. They are usually

53
topped by chhatris, a dome kiosk which commonly found in the
architecture of Hindu temples and mosques in India. Notably, the
repetitive pattern of various form of arches such as horseshoe,
keyhole and cinquefoil, ogee and pointed arches creates a unique
façade of the buildings.
In addition, the buildings were found designed in a way to adapt
the local context, particularly responding to the tropical climate
which is hot and humid. Veranda with arches openings and open or
semi open forms welcome the natural ventilation and lighting
which bring comfort to the users during the era when electric was
still not widely used. Instead of an impression of massive marble or
stonework like the Mughal monuments in India, these heritage
buildings in Kuala Lumpur were made up local materials such as
clay bricks, lime and timber. Exceptional for religious buildings,
other public buildings are notably as well influenced by another
foreign architectural style from the Westerns. English elements
References
"Saracen," Encyclopædia Britannica. 27 April 2012.
"Taj Mahal". Treasures of the World. Public Broadcasting Service.
Retrieved 7 February 2015.
A. Ghafar Bin Ahmad (1993) Conservation Of British Colonial Buildings
Built Between 1800 And 1930 In Malaysia. pp.265 -272
A. Welch (1993). "Architectural Patronage and the Past: The Tughluq
Sultans of India," Muqarnas 10, Brill Publishers. pp 311-322
Ahmed Raad Al-Shams & Nurwati Badarulzaman (26 January 2016).
Evaluating the City Image: A Focus on Landmarks of Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia. Universiti Sains Malaysia. pp. 2-4
Berndl, Klaus (2005). National Geographic visual history of the world.
University of Michigan. pp. 318–320.
Bose, Sugata Bose; Ayesha Jalal (2004). Modern South Asia: History,
Culture, Political Economy. Routledge. pp. 41.
Catherine B. Asher. (1992). Architecture of Mughal India, Part 1, Volume
4, Cambridge University Press. pp. 169.
Dodgson, Marshall G. S. islamologists (2009). The Venture of Islam,
Volume 3: The Gunpowder Empires and Modern Times, Volume 3.
University of Chicago Press. pp. 62.
Dr Ahmad Sayeed (October 2014). Know Your India: "Turn a New Page to
Write Nationalism". pp. 53-54.
Dr Manohar Sajnani (2001). Encyclopaedia of Tourism Resources in India -
Volume 1. pp. 67
Fauzi Awang Keecik (1977). Masjid Jamek
Glanville, Luke (2013), Sovereignty and the Responsibility to Protect: A
New History, University of Chicago Press. pp. 120.
Jonathan Glancey (2000). Story of Architecture, pp. 112-115.
were added into the design to show the British dominance onto the
Malay States, such as colossal clock tower, Gothic arches on the
windows and so on. Modern materials like steel and concrete were
also used to support the massive building structure.
All in all, the colonial buildings during the late 19th and early
20th century are highly influenced by the Mughal architecture with
their prominent features found in their design. Integrating with the
Western influences and local elements as well, this leads to a
unique architectural language, Neo-Mughal style which had shaped
the streetscape of Kuala Lumpur in the colonial era. In spite of the
drastic growing development in this metropolitan, the glorious
significance of these heritage buildings as the national priceless
assets gives their location a special importance in the capital city of
Malaysia.
J. M. Gullick (1992). The Bangunan Sultan Abdul Samad, pp. 26-35.
Kemal Ataman (2008). Understanding Other Religions: Al-Biruni's and
Gadamer's 'Fusion of Horizons. pp. 61.
Hassan, Z. (1994). Stesen Keretapi Ipoh. Kuala Lumpur: UTM.
Lawrence James (1997) Raj: The Making and Unmaking of British
India. pp 30–44.
Maryam Khazaee, Naziaty Yaacob, Zakaria Alcheikh Mahmoud Awad and
Zuraini Md Ali (11 november 2015). Mughal or Moorish
Architecture: The Origins of Malaysian Mosques During Colonial
Periods. pp. 1-4
Mat Zain Abdullah (2014). The influence of Islamic architecture on the
colonial buildings in Malaysia. pp. 17-21
R. Nath (2009). Mysteries and Marvels of Mughal Architecture. pp. 1-3
Robbins Schug, G; Gray, K.M.; Mushrif, V.; Sankhyan, A.R. (November
2012). "A Peaceful Realm? Trauma and Social Differentiation at
Harappa.". International Journal of Paleopathology. 2 (2–3) pp. 136–
147.
Romila Thapar (1990). A History of India: Part 1. pp. 29–30.
Sarah Moser (April 2016). Circulating Visions of ‘High Islam’: The
Adoption of Fantasy Middle Eastern Architecture in Constructing
Malaysian National Identity. pp 1.
Thomas R. Metcalf (16 February 1989). An Imperial Vision: Indian
Architecture and Britain's Raj. pp. 77
Yong Il Yan, Nangkula Utaberta, Mohd Yazid Mohd Yunus, Nor Atiah
Ismail, Sumarni Ismail, Noor Fazamimah Mohd Ariffin (24
November 2015). An Analysis of Traditional Mosques in Relation to
the Contemporary Practices of Malaysia. Universiti Putra Malaysia
pp 1.
54
 Interior Element of Kudus Traditional House in Langgar Dalem
Village
Wiwit Setyowati1 Didik NA Nugradi 2 Husni Dermawan 3
Universitas Negeri Semarang

Abstract: The existence of Kudus traditional house at this time began to decrease. Kudus traditional house that still exists, there are
many changes, reductions and additions on each side of the building. This precious cultural heritage should be appreciated by getting to
know more deeply to keep it sustainable. One of the highlights of the Kudus traditional house is the interior element which has a distinctive
local genius. The purpose of this research is to identify the interior elements of Kudus traditional house. The research method using the
Descriptive Analytical method. This is based on data and empirical evidence from field studies which found in the case of the study. The
study runs in the series are repeated with data mining, analysis, and conclusion until the reached case in 3 observation unit. The result of the
discussion is the conclusions that can be developed into a local/substantive theory. From the research note that there is a floor level
difference that indicates rooms hierarchy of the Kudus traditional house. There is some ornamentation with most applied to gebyok facing
Jogo Satru. The ceiling uses wood panel by usuk exposing and gives the pattern of parallel lines on the top of Jogo Satru. Soko Geder
which is located to the left indicates the owner of the house is a man and if located on the right indicates the owner of the house is a
woman. Another meaning is to signify the Divine Essence, only one God to be worshipped. Otherwise, it exists four main pillars supporting
Tumpang Sari.

Keywords: Interior element, Kudus traditional house, Langgar Dalem village, local wisdom, cultural architecture.

1. INTRODUCTION
1 understood as a human effort by using the mind (cognition) to act
The architecture of Kudus traditional house is one of
traditional Javanese house variations that ever developed rapidly
during the heyday of the old holy community economy. Currently,
the condition of this traditional house is very apprehensive. The
last news of the custom house is still complete only one in Kudus
(Kompas, 30 December 2006). Hundreds of other traditional
houses have been sold to various cities and countries due to
inheritance.
maintained its authenticity and its local genius. Local genius can be
and behave towards something, objects or events that occur in a
particular space (Norberg, 1980). Local genius which is obtained
later applied to create conservation effort of Kudus Traditional
house with conservation so that according to local wisdom owned
by Kudus society.
2. METHOD
Following the purpose of research is to identify the interior element
of Kudus traditional house, then selected method is the Descriptive
Analytical discussion. This is based on data and empirical evidence
of field studies found in the observation unit. Research also takes
into account the cultural, historical and social impacts of local
communities.

Figure 1: Map of Langgar Dalem Village

Over time, Kudus Traditional House is now much that is not

like before, many changes, reductions and additions on each side of
the building. Kudus traditional house has a characteristic that
contains elements of local wisdom in the interior element, which is
different from other traditional houses. So the purpose of this
research is to identify the interior element of Kudus Traditional
House.
The study took an object in Langgar Dalem Villages in Kota
District, Kudus Regency, where Kudus Traditional House still Figure 2: Observation Unit and map of Kudus traditional
house in Langgar Dalem Village
1
Theory, History and Culture Architecture Research Group, Research data collection is done through observations,
Architecture Study Program, Engineering Faculty, Universitas Negeri measurements, and interviews or information from sources, both
Semarang; Email: wsetyowatiarch@gmail.com Langgar Dalem Village community or village elders who
2 Lecturer, Architecture Study Program, Engineering Faculty, understand about Kudus traditional house. Data and information
Universitas Negeri Semarang; Email: didiknop@gmail.com collected are directed to the problems of interior element and
3 Theory, History and Culture Architecture Research Group,
relation with socio-cultural aspects.
Architecture Study Program, Engineering Faculty, Universitas Negeri
Semarang; Email: mhusni.d@gmail.com Data and information analysis made since the start in each
case. The finding produced then studied further to finding the

55
interior aspect of Kudus Traditional House. The study runs in the
series are repeated with data mining, analysis, and conclusion until
the reached case in 3 observation unit.
Research discussion using explanation technique, which
explains the findings and associated with literature reference of the
interior element relation with socio-cultural aspects. The result of
the discussion is the conclusions that can be developed into a
local/substantive theory.

3. INTERIOR ELEMENT

Interior elements of Kudus traditional house studied there are

5 cases, consist of floor, walls, ceiling, columns, and
doors/windows/ ventilation. This interior element research was
done in three observation units that the authenticity of the building
is still awake.

Figure 5: Plan of observation unit B

Figure 3: Observation units in Langgar Dalem Village

(a)Observation Unit A, (b) Observation Unit B, (c) Observation
Unit C

Floor

Figure 6: Plan of observation unit C

Jogo Satru has floor elevation 60 cm higher than Plataran,

Figure 4: Plan of observation unit A
using ceramic size 20x20 cm. Dalem area has floor elevation 45
cm higher than Jogo Satru using the brown wooden floor.
Senthong Tengah has floor elevation 15 cm higher than Dalem.
Kudus traditional house has a different hierarchy of spaces.
Differences hierarchy based on the sanctity of space. This can be
seen from the floor elevation. Jogo Satru's floor as the living room
is 60 cm higher than Plataran, so there is a staircase to the inside.
This staircase extends along Jogosatru and Pawon. Jogo Satru and
Pawon have same floor elevation so room relationship is very close
and there is one door connecting Jogo Satru and Pawon. Dalem
area is more private which the floor elevation 45cm higher than
Jogo Satru, so there are steps from Jogo Satru to Dalem area. The
room that has the highest hierarchy is Senthong Tengah because it
is the most sacred space inside the Kudus traditional house. To
enter this room from the Dalem area, there are stairs.

Walls
Ornamentation on the wall is most applicable on the part
facing Jogo Satru, either on structural elements, wall frames or on
the filling panel. In the area of Jogo Satru, all walls called Gebyok
are filled with ornamentation carving of plants and animals with
the pure teak wood material.

56
 In the Kudus traditional house, there is Gebyok Samping that
separates Jogo Satru with Pawon. This Gebyok ornamentation is
still applied although not as sophisticated as Gebyok Dalem. The
other side is usually a common wall, this wall is found in a house
with a fenced side. Gebyok Ngarep that separates with the yard has
a more significant perforation with three covers. Ornamentation is
applied on the outer side facing the plataran, while the one facing
the Jogo Satru is left plain.
The three observation units have Pawon walls that use the
brick material, plaster with cement and white paint finishing, and
Walls on pawons are made simple.
Figure 7: Gebyok ornamentation
Ceiling
Ceiling under the roof using wood panelling by exposing
usuk. This construction provides a parallel lines pattern on the top
of Jogo Satru. The existence of a large belandar, twin consoles and
soko geder gives a picture that Jogo Satru seem high. The three
observation units have the same ceiling height in the Jogo Satru,
also have similarities in the use of ceiling material that is wooden
boards with dominant colour light to old brown and also showing
usuk roof.
Figure 8: A ceiling showing exposed usuk in Dalem area
In the Dalem area, there is tumpang sari with height at
observation unit A and C that is 8 meter, while observation unit C
has height 7 meters. Exposed usuk in the Dalem area stop at
tumpang sari located in the centre of the room that visually works
also as a visual binder of the Dalem area.
Columns
In Jogo Satru there is a buffer pole called Soko Geder whose
function as a second support twin beams. Soko Geder has a
meaning for the Kudus traditional house owner that is located on
the left, indicating the owner of the house is a man and if located
on the right indicating the owner of the house is a woman. Another
meaning of the pole is to signify the Divine Essence, and only one
God is worthy of worship. Meanwhile, in Dalem Soko Guru are
totaling four poles that support Tumpang Sari.
Figure 9: Soko Gender
Doors/windows/ ventilation
There are three kinds of cover on the Jogo satru area. The
central door is shaped double door (kupu tarung), its appearance is
similar to the dalem main door but smaller and more simple
ornamentation. Next to be found a pair of flank doors which
flanking the central door in the form of two sliding lattice doors.
The door from Jogo Satru to the Dalem area there is two door
thrusts. From Jogo Satru to Pawon's room there is a door, and from
Dalem to Pawon there are two doors.
The Kudus traditional house does not have a window in Jogo
Satru's room. They rely on the number of large doors and
ornamentation in the form of carving on gebyok also made
perforated. The Kudus traditional house window is located in
Dalem and Pawon area which is made as air vents so that the air
inside the house is maintained.
4. CONCLUSIONS
There is a floor level difference that indicates rooms
hierarchy of the Kudus traditional house. There is some
ornamentation with most applied to gebyok facing Jogosatru. The
ceiling uses wood panel by usuk exposing and gives the pattern of
parallel lines on the top of Jogosatru. Soko Geder which is located
to the left indicates the owner of the house is a man and if located
on the right indicates the owner of the house is a woman. Another
meaning is to signify the Divine Essence, only one God to be
worshipped. Otherwise, it exists four main pillars supporting
Tumpang Sari. There are three kinds of cover on the Jogo satru
area, namely the central door (kupu tarung) and a pair of flank
doors. The Kudus traditional house does not have a window in
Jogo Satru's room.
57
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Dalam village.
This research supported by Reseach Development of
Engineering Faculty, Universitas Negeri Semarang. We thank my
surveyors (Mr Idham Kholid Muchibi, Mr Syaiful Imam, and Mr
References
Adrisijanti. I. (2000). Arkeologi Perkotaan Mataram Islam,
Jendela, Yogyakarta.
Antariksa. (2010). Menuju Pendidikan Arsitektur Indonesia
Berbasis Riset, Seminar Nasional Metode Riset dalam Arsitektur,
Udayana University Press, Bali.
Arikunto. Suharsini. (1997). Prosedur Penelitian Suatu
Pendekatan Praktek, PT. Rineka Cipta, Jakarta.
Budihardjo. Eko. 1997. Arsitektur, Pembangunan dan
Konservasi, Djambatan, Jakarta.
Bungin, Burhan. (2011). Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif,
Kencana, Jakarta.
Dakung. (1987). Kerajaan-kerajaan Islam di Jawa, Pustaka
Utama Grafiti, Jakarta.
Gobyah, I Ketut. (2003). Berpijak Pada Kearifan Lokal,
www.balipos.co.id.
Koentjaraningrat. (1984). Kebudayaan Jawa, Erlangga, Jakarta.
Miles, B.B.,dan A.M. Huberman. (1992). Analisa Data
Kualitatif, UI Press, Jakarta.
Moleong, Lexy J. (1992). Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif,
edisi revisi, PT. Remaja Rosda Karya, Bandung.
Riyono, Ahdi. (1993). Tradisi Pendidikan Karakter dalam
Keluarga: Tafsir Sosial Rumah Adat Kudus, pengamat budaya lokal
Universitas Muria, Kudus.
Haris Fadhila), for the willingness to help obtain data in Langgar
Solikin. (1977). Arsitektur Tradisional Rumah Adat Kudus,
Menara Kudus, Kudus.
Sardjono, Agung B. (1996). Rumah-rumah di Kota Lama
Kudus, Tesis Program Pascasardjana UGM, Yogyakarta.
Said. (2004). Uniknya Rumah Adat Kudus, Menara Kudus,
Kudus.
Sugiyono. (2012). Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif Kualitatif dan
RD, Alfabeta, Bandung.
Norberg-Schulz, C. (1980). Genius loci: Towards a
phenomenology of architecture. Rizzoli.
Nugroho, Sulistya T. (2001). Kajian Arsitektur Rumah Adat
Kudus.
Tiezzi E, N. Marchettini, & M. Rossini. Extending the
Environmental Wisdom beyond the Local Scenario:Ecodynamic
Analysis and the Learning Community (http://library.
witpress.com/pages/ paperinfo. Asp.
Tjahjono, Gunawan. (1989). Cosmos Centre and Duality In
Javanese Architectural tradition: The Simbolik Dimension of House
Shapes in Kota Gede and Surroundings, Disertasi. University of
California, Berkeley.
Wikantari, Ria R. (1995). Safe Guarding A Living Heritage A
Model for The Architectural Conservation of a Historic Islamic
District of Kudus Indonesia, Thesis University of Tasmania,
Tasmania.
58
 Reading Cultural Heritage of Southeast Asian Shophouses:
Case study in Takua Pa Old District, Phang-nga Province,
Southern Thai Peninsula
Chansen Nathatai
Faculty of Industrial Education and Technology
King Mongkut’s Institute Technology Ladkrabang, Bangkok, THAILAND

Abstract: Shophouses embody an expression of both Southeast Asian traditions, and Western colonial influences. Established by
trading activities that amalgamated Chinese, Malaysian and Western cultural heritage, these hybridized structures are found throughout the
old districts in the Malaya peninsula and Southern Thai peninsula. The typological classifications of the shophouses can be divided into
three categories, according to the cultural influence: 1) the Chinese; 2) the Peranakan, and 3) the Western powers. The framework is the
main cultural activities, or colonial events in the history inevitably encouraged architectural changes. The methodological approach has two
processes. In preliminary, the literature review is based on two documentaries. First is the history of the Chinese mainland immigrants,
their settlement and the intermarriage to native women who gave birth to mix-blooded children called “Peranakan”, meaning “being born
here”. Second is the history of the British colonies, including Singapore, Malacca and Penang, naming "Straits Settlements." The
secondary process is the survey of architectures characteristics in the southern Thai peninsula. In the southern Thai peninsula, this study
found an influencing of the mainstream coherence in the region. The first is “Chinese influence” which was found in east‟s southern
peninsula at Songkla province. The second is “Peranakan and Western-influenced" which was usually found in west‟s southern peninsula
at Phuket province. Therefore, The study more in-depth and comprehensive reviews of shophouses in the historical area of Ta Kua Pa
district at Phang-nga province. There are found three categories cultural influenced include outstanding tangible and intangible can be
integrated and discussed, in order to understand complex cross-cultural influences on the architectural style of shophouses. Finally, the
study can describe the uniqueness of architecture, urban and landscape related with the cultural heritage. The result going to propose the
developing plan, the conservation plan for support the sustains tourism by local community connects with AEC.

Keywords: Southeast Asian shophouse, Ta Kua pa district, Identity

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 Statement of Problem
1

In the past, many areas in the resource area in Southeast Asian

were colonized by the west because of spice, forests and minerals.
Portugal was the first nation to get involved in Asia in Goa, India
and travelled to the peninsula of Malacca, Malaysia since the early
16th century, followed by Dutch (Netherland) in the 17th century
where the centre for trade was Batavia (Indonesia). Followed then
by British in the 18th century to included the Malacca port, Penang
and Singapore under the name " Straits Settlements" or “Colonial
Straits”.
The old town of southern Thai peninsula and Malaya
peninsular there arrivals of the western were preached Christianity
religious and spice. Colonization also civilization brought into
areas such as dressing, languages, cultures, architectures and urban
planning which exist in the present. The exchanges have blended
local art styles and architecture in these areas which had derived
from unique geographical location appropriate as trading ports with
the foreigner and also transmigration of the Chinese population.
The study found that most Chinese immigrants came from southern
Guangdong province, Fu Jian - coastal region came to Southeast
Asia, found in Brunei, dated to 1264 AD and points clearly to its
owner, Hokkien. (Hermanto Lim and David Mead,2011) This is
the record of 15th-century Chinese settlement in Malacca, a port
city on the Malay Peninsula which, by then, had become the capital
of a renewed Malay kingdom. They had navigational skills,
agriculture and mining. They adapted house patterns for living and
traded which then brought community-based cities such as Penang
and Singapore. They married with locals (Malaya) to settle down in
that period.
——————————————————————————————
1 Faculty of Industial Education and Technology, King Mongkut’s
Institute Technology Ladkrabang,Bangkok,THAILAND,
Email:nathatai.ch@kmitl.ac.th
Shophouses in the Southern Thailand peninsula have been
widely studied. Meanwhile, façades of shophouses are taken as an
outward expression of a community's ideas and identity; thus the
façade of the Ta Kua Pa shophouse is seen as a crystallization of
the tripartite influences of ethnic Chinese, Peranakan and Western
power. Answering the question of how classification began forms
about the subject of study for this paper.
To answer the question of this study investigates the discourse
in characterizing shophouses in the Southern Thailand peninsula,
concerning a set of contributing factors, including tourism,
historical associations, and identity formation. The forthcoming
inquiries aim to trace and categorize noticeable attributes of those
shophouses that contribute to the creation of identity in multiple
dimensions, ranging from that of the buildings themselves, to the
people and their communities through literature reviews, surveys,
and documentation of cases studies located primarily in Ta Kua
PA district of Phang Nga provinces.
1.2 Definition of shophouses
According to the Oxford English dictionary (1989), the term „shop-
house' is defined as „a shop opening onto the pavement and also
used as the residence of the proprietor.' The term was never used
even in the local building by-laws since 19th century such as the
Municipal Ordinance (1887). Alternative terms were used instead.
For instance, the nineteenth-century writers used „long rows of
queer little Malay and Chinese cottages', or „compartments single
pigeon holes alongside the streets'. Francis Light used the term
„shop and house as belonging to Chee Ean Chinaman‟ in Penang in
1793. The term „shophouse' has become common usage since the
1950s.( Wan Hashimah Wan Ismail,2005)
59
2. SCOPE OF STUDY
2.1 A Case Study
The relationship between China and the Southern Thailand
peninsula has been well established over many centuries. The
location of the Southern peninsula as a port for cultural and trade
exchange between India and China enhanced the town
development. (Suthiwong Pongphaibun, Dilok Wuttipanit, and
Prasit Chinakarn, 2001) Also, because the Southern Thailand
peninsula is located near the doldrums line, all ships must sail close
to the shore. Thus, ships often had to stop for services at the port
while waiting for the monsoon. This resulted in the development of
trade stations along the Southern peninsula. These port towns
became bigger and played an important role in international trade
from the sixth to eleventh centuries. (Paramaporn Sirikulchayanont,
2009)
The flow of Chinese migration can be divided into two groups
of both sides along Southern Thailand peninsula as follows:
The first group of Chinese Hokkien immigrants dwelled
mainly around the east of Southern peninsula and came with the
junk trade. In the Kingdom of Ayutthaya period, they who mostly
attracted to Pattani province, while in early Rattanakosin period,
Songkhla became a new home area settlement for Hokkiens. These
settlers were hard working, lived simply, and could adapt
themselves to the local culture.
The second group of Chinese immigrants moved from the
Straits settlement along the Malaysia peninsula, which was a
British colony. These people travelled north to settle in the west of
the Southern peninsula in the Phuket province and the west coast,
mainly to engage the mining industry and business. These Chinese
were also close to the Chinese in Penang and Singapore than the
Chinese in the central part of Thailand. Most of them were familiar
with western lifestyles, similarly to life in their colonized land.
They were ambitious and commercially minded. This study will
focus on the shophouses in the old district of ”Ta kua Pa” in Phang
Nga province.
Fujian
Guangdong
1 2.3.Methodology study
2 A) Literature Review This study is mainly based on the
Singapore
Figure 1: Chinese immigration to Malay and
Thai peninsula
2.2The Building elements
To reading the distinctive identity of “Takua Pa" shophouse.
The scope of the building is divided into two main elements
according to the number of buildings were located in the study area
as follow:
A) The Pattern Plan is the typical layout of the building, it
containing spatial spaces, and others feature at one level called
"floor plan". The shophouses in Southern Thailand peninsula were
typically built right on the ground and are located along both sides
of the road facing each other. The business section is a front part of
the building, and behind the shop, the front is family space or
family room, which reflects the kinship values of the Chinese.
(Fig2.)
B) The Façade is one exterior side of a building normally in
the front, which meaning is "frontage" or "front". The studies area
shophouses are built contiguously in blocks separated by party
walls. The widths of shophouse façades vary from 4m to 6m
(Mostly 4m). The façade of shophouses reflect the styles of
different periods within the same street block. This rhythm is also
attributed by the visual and tactile texture created by wall openings,
columns, pilasters, window shutters, balconies and ornamentation.
Figure 2: Typical shophouse plan
Source: Nithikorn Ngamratanakul, RSU: SONGKHLA VERNADOC
Figure 3: Façade of shophouses
Source: Watanyu Mongkonthanarak, 2012
theory emphasis is the identity factor. A Semiological approach is
employed to “read” the spatial design language, includes façade,
decorations and ornaments of the existing architecture.
B) Site Investigation Extensive site investigation was first
carried out to establish the visual streetscape of the study area. The
data collection was undertaken through fieldwork in individual
shophouse lots, and architecture components of each shophouse
were noted. Photographs façade of were taken individually from
shophouses in the area of study.
60
 C) Content Analysis was done through analysing
architectural characteristics of shophouses from sort of literature,
comparing the arguments of deference scholars, and identifying of
shophouses' façade by "identity outlining". A content analysis was
done on individual interviews, which were gathered according to a
sampling of local stakeholders and shophouse owners each studies
area. The contents were synthesised to trace the multidimensional
identity of those shophouses.
2.4 Conceptual Framework
This study which aims to trace and categorise noticeable attributes
of those shophouses that contribute to the creations of identity in
multi-dimensions, ranging from that of the buildings themselves to
the people and their communities. The conceptual framework is
identities theoretically are employed to “read” as language,
psychoanalytic, social and historical. Through content analyzing
from building elements with façade and pattern plan, together with
in-depth interviews.
3. LITERATURE REVIEW
3.1 A case study of shophouses in the old district
of Straits Settlement
Penang, Malacca and Singapore Straits are the capital of British
colonial rule. Mainly Malacca is a city in western colonialism. The
study found the Chinese settlers in the colonial area of Dutch
before 1800. They had taken the style of a trading house to the
Chinese tradition. There was single storey house separated into the
living area and trading area along Malacca River. The two-story
house was built up and extended out into the community. The
Dutch Planning was a street perpendicular to the river of Malacca.
But even in colonial time had not found the art of the west in the
early stages. The area comprises a mixture of shophouses built
during the Portuguese, the Dutch and the British era. Shophouses
that had been built during the Portuguese era are located along the
riverfront and the depth of the dwellings is shorter compared to the
ones developed during the Dutch period. A majority of the
shophouses within the former Dutch Villages are deep and narrow.
The standard width of the shophouse plots ranges from 4 to 5
meters. The evolution of the shophouses of Melaka was a direct
response to the introduction of the window tax by the Dutch
colonials. The tax was levied on the number of windows in houses
adjoining street-frontages. To avoid paying more taxes, shophouses
reduced in width and extended in depth to the maximum of up to
100 meters punctuated by multiple inner forecourts, air wells and a
rear court (Syed Sobri Zubir and Wan Azhar Sulaiman, 2004)
Figure 4. The period of shophouses was classified by Penang
Heritage Trust.
(http://penangshophouse.blogspot.com /2010/03/introduction-to-
shophouse.html)
Penang Heritage Trust classified building over six periods
from the beginning of the Chinese tradition (since 1800) until the
modern Western influence (1950). The attractiveness of the
shophouses of Penang in the 1840 – 1940, was "eclectic" They
were the combination of art and architecture appeared in front of
the building (Façade) such as the arched windows along the ones
influenced by the West. Art patterns were similar to the Malay or
Indian and were also built with five-foot way similar to some parts
of Malacca and Singapore.(Fig4)
The British resident was responsible for the earliest urban
development of Malacca, and Penang. The buildings were rebuilt
from bricks with tiled roofs and buildings followed Five-Foot way
away from the road allowing for the passageway. This was copied
from Jackson Town plan of Singapore initiated by Sir Stamford
Raffles in 1822. Being an agent for the East India Company, Sir
Stamford Raffle obtained a lot of experiences in India as well in
Malacca. Those experiences had influenced of his planning
decisions (Fig.5)
Figure 5. Sir Stamford Raffles created Jackson plan town and
Five-foot way rules in Singapore
http://www.captainsvoyage-forum.com/forum/club-international-things-
from-around-the-world/the-world-pilot-guides/828-this-is-
singapore/page69
3.2 A case study shophouses in old district of
Southern Thai peninsula
According to historical archives, Pattani and Songkhla were
ports for trade with Western nations in the Ayutthaya period. This
means the settlement of Chinese people in this area was found due
to migration. The survey found traditional Chinese shophouses
were about 200 years old in Pattani. Shophouses in the old district
of eastern peninsulae like Pattani and Songkhla were mostly
traditional Chinese with one or two stories. There was long low
and open space (courtyard) in middle of the building. Chinese tiles
called “KA BU” were used. There was not a Five-Foot way in front
of the building because they were built before “Jackson plan 1822"
was created, and this was also similar to the community of China
mainland.
For the old district of the western peninsula as Phuket
province and the district of Ta Kau pa of Pung Nga province, there
was prosperous tin mining industry. Both Western nation and
straits Chinese moved from Singapore and Penang. The strait
Chinese set up a new settlement in this area and shophouses from
Straits Settlements which "Peranakan style” after appeared until the
building has been influenced by Western art and architecture such
as arch windows and the Five-foot way in front of the building.
61
This was called “Sino – Portuguese” long time ago, but the source
did not know exactly.
Thai academic institutes have tried to explain "Sino -
Portuguese" that the Portuguese first came to the area, so local
people called all foreigners Portuguese. Indeed, the buildings were
influenced by Western art and architecture from the British such as
Neoclassic, Colonial, not only Portuguese but in there had been
misunderstanding about the style of shophouses in Thailand from
the past until the present day.
4.2 The area of Ta Kua Pa old town
30 September 2015, Thai office of Natural Resources and
Environmental Policy and Planning have announcement into 23 old
towns as cultural heritage of Thailand including Ta Kua Pa district
in the area 0.33 Sq.km. (Fig.7). The old town of Ta Kua Pa can be
divided according to historical part of town by the road as follow;

West coast East coast

Ranon
g Songkhla

Ta Kua
Pa
Phuke
t

Trang Pattani

Figure 6: The area study of Southern Thailand peninsula, Figure 7: Ta Kua Pa old town area
focused on Ta kua pa district http://www.onep.go.th/nced/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/ประกาศเขต-
เมืองเก่าตะกัว่ ป่ า.pdf

4 SITE INVESTIGATION 4.2.1 Udom Tara road

4.1 History of Ta Kua Pa The first street of town, local people call “ Jub Sae” is Hokkien
Chinese language it means the big port connect to the river through
by the sea. There was located off the city hall of the first guardian
Originally named Takola, the town was one of the historic city name Praya Sena Nuch (Nuch Na Ranong), he built Chinese
states dating back to Srivijaya times in the 13th century. It was also shophouse rental for mining worker in that time. (Fig.8)
known as Takkolam which is the Tamil word for "piper cuveba"
and "calyptranthes jambalana". There is also a place in the Tamil
country which up to now carries the same name Takkolam. Takua
Pa could have either abound in the spices "calyptranthese
jambalana" and "piper cubeba" or it could have been occupied by
settlers from the Takkolam of the Tamil country, or both. Takua Pa Go to the
sea
is said to have been the finest harbour on the west coast of the
peninsula for trade between the Malay kingdom of Sri Vijaya and
the early South Indian Tamil kingdoms of the Cholas dan Pallavas
during different times in history. It was later renamed to Takua Pa
due to the rich ores found near the town: "takua" is the Thai word
for lead, even though tin was the most important ore found there. Existing
The district was an essential tin-dredging area in the first half port
of the twentieth century, with the English company, Siamese Tin
Syndicate Ltd., and the Australian company, Satupulo No Liability
Co., both operating dredges in the rivers, with narrow-gauge
tramways following them upstream. The Asiatic Company also had
a dredge and further tramway inland at Amphoe Kapong. Siamese
Tin operated here at least as late as 1967, but Thai firms assumed
operations by the early-1980s. By 2008 there were no remaining
signs of mining, as plantations, particularly rubber, covered the
former dredged areas. The public library at Takua Pa town has
photographs on display of the dredging and sluicing operations in
their heyday in the 1920s and 1930s. Figure 8: Location of Udom Tara road
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Takua_Pa_District)

62
4.2.2 Sri Takua Pa road (Nai and Nok)
When the town grew up from the mining industry, Chinese worker
becomes to the rich man and the city centre extended to the second
main street with many shops and tin companies the people call
"Talad Yai" is mean a big market with new shophouses along both
sides around 2 km. long. Sri Takua Pa has divided by two parts are
Sri Takua Pa Nai is old street extended to Sri Takua Pa Nok is new
street go out next to the new town. (Fig.9)
Go out from town
Sri Takua Pa Nok
Sri Takua Pa Nai
Go to tin mining
Figure 9: Location of Si Takua Pa Nai and Nok
4.2.3 Klan Kaw road
Klan Kaw is the family name who owns the land of the new
community with shophouses and market. On Sri takua Pa road had
the flooding problem in rain season; therefore, some people move
to Klun Kaw road for new shop and house. (Fig.10)
Figure 10: Location of Klan kaw road
4.3 ”Ta Kua Pa” shophouse typology
4.3.1 Traditional Chinese Shophouse (1827-1897)
Traditional Chinese shophouses are the most prominent period of
creation of buildings in Ta Kua Pa were built by Hokkiens Chinese
immigrants dwelled mainly around this area. Their shophouses
built in traditional Chinese style, 5 meters wide and 15-20 meters
long which materials used earthen or plaster bearing walls, gable
roof style, and terracotta tiles. Those shophouses found on Udom
Tara road which the first part of town.
A) Pattern plan
The traditional Chinese shophouse has a spatial layout that was
divided into four distinguished parts. The first part is a front terrace
with roof eaves used as a stall for displaying goods and walkway.
The second part is living hall with an ancestor‟s altar and living
area, some house this area for storing and sell goods. The third part
is the backyard area, which was the area for washing, cleaning,
cooking, and bathing was connected to the house via a rear
walkway, and normally sited water well. At one side of the
building is an open space left as walkway linking to the backyard
or for ventilation purpose. Four-part is second-storey for the bed
room, typically is one big hall but some house divided to the small
bedroom. (Fig.11)
Bed hall
Yard Hall
Terrace
Figure 11: Traditional Chinese shophouse floor plan
Source: Parinya murksirisuk, 2012
B) Façade The Chinese shophouses were built in the early
period of the settlement. The style of construction is authentic
Chinese, the material used were locally made such as roof tiles
called Ka-bu, the main structure is bearing walls. The special
characters are one small window on centre of the upper wall with
less decoration, height roof and roof eaves along the front terrace
of the shophouse.
Figure 12: Traditional Chinese shophouse facade
Source: Parinya murksirisuk, 2012
63
4.3.2 Strait Settlement Shophouse (1877-1932)

After the British influenced Malay Peninsula, they imported the

European popular architectural style of Neo-Classical and
Renaissance, which is the mixture of Asian and European style that
later took place in Ta Kua Pa due to intensive trades with Penang.
Those shophouses mostly built in the mining time on Sri Takua Pa
road, firstly they were built the tradition Chinese shophouses then
changed to Strait settlement shophouse which simple construction
in the early and developed to entirely European influenced facade
in later time.

A) Pattern plan.
The typical shophouse in Ta Kua Pa also imitate the style of Strait's
shophouses can be divided into five parts: 1) shop front, 2) guest
reception, 3) living hall, 4) dining room, and 5) kitchen, which is
longer than the original form of Strait's shophouse. The spatial Figure 14: Early strait settlement shophouse facade
layout is not different from the old style earthen building. The open Source: Tawesak Dokjan, 2012
court in the form of skywell water located in between. It is two to
three storeys high. Those shophouses in Ta Kua Pa were distinct
detail is the construction of arcade walkway along the front of the
building. (Fig 13)

Figure 15 : Strait settlement shophouse facade

Figure 13: Strait settlement floor plan
Source: Sutsan Suttipisan (2008)
B) Façade
Early buildings of this style are built with earthen or plaster
bearing walls, timber wall and windows, roof structure topped
with baked-clay tiles. The shophouses have simple decoration
following the tradition of the early migrants who majorly were
Chinese. The shophouses of this early stage already have the
front collonaded walkways or ”Koh Kaki” which means "five-
foot way" in the local dialect. The remaining shophouses of
this type are very rare and unfortunately already been
transformed or dilapidated.
The transformation of the building, the owner, keep the
ground floor facade with the door and windows in original, but
they changed the upper wall façade from timber to the bricks
and plaster with the Neo-Classical and Renaissance decorations
as seen by tripartite French windows with adjustable louvres,
arches, keystones, and pilasters. The front façade's walls are
usually decoration with European Classical motifs or natural
patterns having good front collonaded walkways is also a part
of the buildings. (Fig 14,15)
Source: Pimpaka Siriporh, 2012
4.3.3 Eclectic style Shophouse (1932-1967)
The extension town from Sri Takua Pa Nai (old road) to Sri Takua
Pa Nok (new road) and Klan Kaw road for new community area.
They built new shophouse begins with the introduction of Modern
architecture and reinforced concrete in the order of Strait
settlement shophouse. These shophouse styles have been
developed to distinctive character building. Thus the local people
claim that "Ta Kua Pa style."
A) Pattern plan
There keeps typical plan from Strait settlement; some element were
changed such as; extended building wide from 4 meters to 5-6
meters, walkway depth from 1.5 meters to 2.5-3 meters.
B) Façade
Modern and Art Deco influence had gradually replaced Neo-
Classical motifs. The use of a rectangular form of windows with
simplified classical decoration is found at the early age of this
period. In many cases, balconies were built on the upper floor with
modern-movement motifs. (Fig.16)

64

Figure 16: Ta Kua Pa Stule shophouse facade
Source: Satit Khunchan, 2012
5. READING IDENTITY
5.1 Pattern plan
Those distinct shophouses have same pattern layout city.
Chinese settlement in Ta Kua Pa was located near the river towards
land and also linked to the sea. They built row houses that were
separated by thick party wall along the road or riverfront, the shape
narrow at the width and very long towards to the rear of building
unit. This was influenced by the Dutch colonial country that
collected tax according to by the width of house front. Meanwhile,
these shophouses shared common arcade along the front building.
This arcade five-footway was the result of the British building
regulation in colonial country of Singapore; there all shophouses
must leave five-foot way in front of building. This was also
influenced from Straits Settlement.
Although, the cities layout were built typically followed by
colonial regulation. The identity is reflected in spatial layout plan,
their pattern seriously followed by Feng-Shui principles. Feng-Shui
is the role of traditional belief in building structure and landscape,
which means wind and water. When the Chinese migrated to new
lands, they also adopted Feng-Shui wisdom in their dwellings,
local climate and social surroundings. Including, they also
developed into a long shophouse. The elements of plan followed
Feng-Shui such as an open court in between long buildings, is
essential for the flow of ventilation and to allow light towards
through the house. The courtyard, where the water well was
located, represented water that meant getting rich and good
business. The open space of the courtyard and the water well is
both the fundamental of Chinese dwelling.
Thus, tradition Chinese shophouses typical floor plan
followed traditional Chinese mainland, while later shophouses
were taken typically for plan from Straits Settlement. Both reflect
the spirit of “Chinese” identity. Can be noted that the different
perception identities in Ta Kua Pa shophouses include arcade Five-
foot way in front of shophouse, it also became the distinctive
character of this area as well.
5.2 Reading the Distinctive Identity of Façade
This is a major aim to read noticeable attributes façade of those
shophouses. Firstly, traditional Chinese shophouses can be traced
Chinese identity, which architecture characteristic forms and
functions, are expressed that distinct with whole building
architecture more than the façade ornaments. One interesting point
referred from “shophouse architectural is resulted from Chinese
influences” (Wisan Shewasan: 1986), and “Ta Kua Pa old district
is community of mixed culture” (Sakan Chanrat and Sangob
Songmeang: 1989). This study found that local settlements could
adapt their shophouses according to from those Chinese
shophouses, which few difference characteristic elements such as,
more straight and high roof, and used local materials. Local people
claimed that this is a distinctive identity of the “Ta Kua Pa style”
shophouse.
In addition, Shophouse was specified location in the Ta Kua Pa old
district; the façade elements have not precisely the same in term of
building character in the others district. The Settlers who changed
old house on own lands, some of them dismantled the old house
and replaced by new house styles, or renovated a part of old house
such as re-functions, adaptive reuse, or re-façade. They imitate the
shophouse styles from Phuket, which the Strait influences term in
during that time. This study found two significantly different
architecture characteristics along both areas as follows
A) The arcade five-foot way of shophouses in Ta Kua Pa was
more depth (2.5-3 m.) along the front building could be described
in 3 reasons as follows: 1) The arcade of traditional Chinese
shophouse was expansion terrace and roof eaves in front of
building difference from the others district there was no arcade in
tradition Chinese shophouse: 2)Ta Kua Pa climate is long and
heavy raining season, The local people have been extended to more
depth walkway for protecting rain and sun especially in new
shophouse style, and they can be used more activities such as;
trading tin, goods and product from farm in the common area:
3)most new shophouse buildings are imitated the upper floor
façade from the Penang shophouse with the European ornaments;
French windows, arch, and classical motifs, while trading ground
floor space also faced through toward the main road.
B) The patterned wall façade of the shophouse is thus an
important channel for the expression of an ethnic community's
identity, aspirations and ideals. As evidenced in the evolution of
shophouse typologies, these identities changed over time out of
changing social, political, cultural and economic conditions. The
community's identity is thus ever changing and evolving. This
study can be traced the distinctive identity of shophouse in Ta Kua
Pa into three majority's reflections as follows: 1) The traditional
Chinese facade which very thick bearing wall, small window and
hand painting; 2) The timber wall and windows facade of early
Straits settlement shophouse; 3) The late wall facade are the result
of an eclectic Ta Kua Pa style which European order, balconies and
canopy were built on the upper floor with modern motifs. The
study found those distinctive identity difference from shophouse in
the others district.
6. CONCLUSIONS
This study investigates the identity of the shophouse discourse in
characterizing building in Ta kua Pa district. Reading the
distinctive identity as follows can conclude:
The traditional Chinese shophouse style as reflected by the unique
identity through vernacular authentic Chinese house and ethnic
community in the region. It can be seen the spatial layout strongly
represents ancient Chinese beliefs related with mainland dwelling.
Nowadays, the local association attempts to preserve those
vernacular shophouses in the theme of authentic “Chinese
identity”, and also conserves by the traditional practice including
material and architectural character. This distinctive vernacular
shophouse style was very few in this region.
65
Meanwhile, the Straits Settlement and electric shophouse, those are
hybridized vernacular shophouse relates through the region, which
an important channel for the expression of a hybrid community's
identity, aspirations and ideals. As evidenced in the evolution of
shophouse typologies, these identities changed over time out of
changing social, political, cultural and economic conditions.
As a result, the study reflected the identity of the vernacular
architecture individually, and also there are the resulted of the
“Otherness” identity, At least, well known in our vernacular
architecture. Furthermore, the answer of research can be reference
to the national heritage conservation, in comparison and coherence
with this region in the same and difference the distinctive of
architectural identity.
References
Apinya Fueangfusakul,(2003), Identity: Theories and Concepts, National
Committee of Research, Thailand.
Cheng Lim-keak, (1985), Social change and the Chinese in Singapore: A
socio-economic geography with special reference to bang structure,
Singapore: Singapore University Press and National University of
Singapore.
Dhanaruj Thavaroj, (2004), The study of shop-house of the old commercial
district of eastern seaports on Thailand„s Southern peninsula,
Department of Architecture, Silapakorn University, Bangkok.
Hermanto Lim and David Mead, (2011), Chinese in Indonesia: A
Background Study, SIL Electronic Survey Report 2011-028, March
2011
Heritage of Malaysia Trust, (1990), A handbook Malaysian architectural
heritage survey, Kuala Lumpur: Badan Warisan Malaysia.
Ho Kah Chun, (2005), An influence of colonial architecture to building
style and motifs in colonial cities in Malaysia, 8th International
Conference of the Asian Planning Schools Association, Malaysia.
Lim, H. C., Arbi, E., Chan, K. K., Cardosa, E., Jorge, F., Chua, J., Lee, E.
C., Tan, H. K., and Tiong, K. B., (8th June 2005), A joint cultural
preservation project under [Ambassador's Fund for Cultural
Preservation] between U.S. Embassy Malaysia and Badan Warisan
(Heritage Trust) Malaysia
Tze Ling Li, (2006), A Study of Ethnic Influence on the Facades of
Colonial Shophouses in Singapore: A Case Study of Telok Ayer in
Chinatown, University of Tokyo, Japan
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This paper is a part of Planning for conservation and development
of Ta Kua Pa old town under Ta Kua Pa municipality, Phang Nga
province. The author would like to express gratitude for local Ta
Kua Pa people given me many helpful, Faculty of Industrial
Education and Technology, King Mongkut‟sInstitute Technology
Ladkrabang, supported by the research and INCH 2017 given a big
opportunity for the author.
Nathathai Chansen, (2012), Understanding Shophouses in Southeast Asian:
Case study the old district in Malayan peninsula and Southern of
Thailand, the 7th Asian Graduate Forum on Southeast Asian Studies,
Singapore.
Paramaporn Sirikulchayanont , (2009), Chinese Settlement in Thailand:
Form, Character, and Cultural influence, International Program,
Graduate school, Silapakorn University, Bangkok, Thailand.
Piyanard Limsakul, (1999), A study of foreign influence on architecture in
Phuket 1868-1925 A.D., Master of Arts degree in History,
Srinakharinvirot University, Thailand.
Ronald G. Knapp, (2010, Chinese Houses of Southeast Asia: The Eclectic
Architecture of Sojourners and Settlers.
Supawadee Chuaparm, (2003), ShopHouse: Evolution of vernacular
architecture from physical and culture in old community of Songkhla
province, Department of Architecture, Silapakorn University,
Bangkok, Thailand.
Sutsan Suttipisan, (2008), Grassroots efforts to protect Thai Identity
through design, International Program, Graduate school, Silapakorn
University, Bangkok, Thailand.
Wan Hashimah Wan Ismail, (2005), The old shophouses as part of
Malaysia urban heritage: The current dilemma, 8th International
Conference of the Asian Planning Schools Association, Malaysia.
Wisan Shewasan, (1986), Chinese architecture in Pattani, Prince of
Songkla University, Pattani Campus, Thailand.
Yongtanit Pimonsathean, (2010), The preservation of shophouse
communities in Singapore, Malaysia & southern Thailand, Faculty of
Architecture and Planning Thammasat University, Bangkok,
Thailand.
Yongtanit Pimonsathean, (2010), Community-based Revitalisation : The
Tha Tian Case, Faculty of Architecture and Planning Thammasat
University, Bangkok, Thailand.
66
 Master Plan and Design of Strategic Area Tourism
Regional Nagari Traditional Koto Hilalang Solok District
Elfida Agus1
1
Architectural Studies Program Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning Bung Hatta

Abstract: Nagari Koto Hilalang as a strategic tourism area Solok regency of West Sumatra province has an important influence on
economic development. The potential of this very requires the development and management of explicitly directed as a regional tourism
Strategic Area Traditional Nagari. As an effort to develop tourism area in this place (Nagari) has been done Preparation of Master Plan and
Design. The methods applied in this work are quantitative and qualitative analysis. The analysis used in supporting the application of such
methods includes analysis of; the physical potential of the area, the potential of tourism, the needs of the development of facilities and
infrastructure. Some ideas and concepts also include the part in the preparation of this master plan.From the results of master and design
preparation found some components are planned in the development of Nagari Koto Hilalang site plan that is the gate (gaba-gaba), Green
Open Space (RTH), Rumah Gadang and gazebo environment. The four components are supporters of tourism activities in Nagari Koto
Hilalang.

Key words: Masterplan, Strategic Area, Tourism, Koto Hilalang, Solok

1. INTRODUCTION which provides a framework for collective and individual decision


The great potential of Solok regency tourism is in need of
focused development and management, especially the preservation
of cultural values. Based on the Local Regulation of Solok
Regency Number 4 of 2013 on the Master Plan of Regional
Development of the Year 2013-2025 that Nagari Koto Hilalang is
one of the tourism destinations that will be developed as a Strategic
Area of Tourism Traditional Nagari Region that still run and
maintain the original life customs Nagari Koto Hilalang. The
pattern of settlements clustered in Nagari Koto Hilalang formed by
the hilly nature conditions and based on a strong kinship system in
the life of the community. All that requires a mature planning,
integrated and comprehensive so that the implementation can be
effective to improve economic value and sustainable. Also,
planning through the preparation of Master Plan and Design of
Strategic Area Tourism Traditional Nagari Koto Hilalang region
must be done to recognise the local area that will be the location of
tourism development cultural arts that are still aimed at improving
the participation and welfare of society as possible.
Preservation of art and culture is still stored wealth that can
not be found in other areas such as endek, squirrel nude, rice mill
and others. Rumah Gadang which is mostly a residential area in
Nagari Koto Hilalang that arranges the formation of housing
pattern as part of settlement pattern in Nagari Koto Hilalang.
Besides, this pattern is also formed based on the hereditary noble
values that are still inherited by the community of Nagari Koto
Hilalang.
The proposed tourism development plan at Nagari Koto
Hilalang takes the form of developing natural and cultural
attractions offered in the form of tour packages. This tourism
development plan is based on tourism potential in the Nagari by the
planned zones.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1.Tourism Policy
According to Goeldner il. Ali es., tourism policy is a group of
rules, provisions, goals and strategies for development/promotion,
——————————————————————————————
1 Postgraduate Student, Architectural Studies Program Faculty of
Civil Engineering and Planning Bung Hatta;
Email: syntac.pratama@gmail.com
making that affects the development of tourism directly, as well as
daily activities within a destination.
It can be said that tourism policy seeks to provide a quality
visitor experience and provide "profit" to destination stakeholders
while ensuring that destinations are not compromised in
environmental, social and cultural integrity.
There are several functions of tourism policy, which are as
follows:
1. Defines "rules of the game, " i.e. the framework on which
tourism operators "base".
2. Determine expected activities and behaviour.
3. Provide a direction and guidance to all tourism stakeholders in
a destination
4. Facilitate consensus based on specific strategies and objectives
for a particular destination area.
5. Providing a framework for public/private discussion on the role
and contribution of the tourism sector in the economy and
society in general.
6. Provide a framework for public/private discussion on the role
and contribution of the tourism sector in the economy and
society in general.
7. Enable tourism to be harmonised along with other sectors of
the economy.
2.2. Tourism Planning
The tourism policy provides a basic philosophy for development
and determines the direction of tourism development in the
destination for the future. A destination can be said to be doing
tourism development if previously there has been tourism activity.
In the implementation of development, planning is a factor that
needs to be done and considered.
According to Inskeep (1991: 29), there are several approaches
to consider in planning tourism, including:
1. Continous Incremental, and Flexible Approach, where
planning is seen as an ongoing process based on needs by
monitoring existing feedbacks.
2. System Approach, where tourism is viewed as a system
relationship and needs to be planned as with system analysis
techniques.
3. Comprehensive Approach, related to the above system
approach, where all aspects of tourism development including
67
 elemental and environmental elements and socio-economic
implications, as a holistic approach.
4. Integrated Approach, related to the system and overall
approach where tourism is planned and developed as a system
and overall where tourism is planned and developed an
integrated system in all plans and entire form of development
in the area.
5. Environmental and sustainable development approaches,
tourism is planned, developed and managed in ways in which
natural and cultural resources are not degraded and are
expected to be sustainable so that an environmental carrying
capacity analysis should be applied to this approach.
6. Community Approach, a supported approach also raised by
Peter Murphy (1991) emphasises the importance of
maximising the involvement of local communities in planning
and tourism decision-making processes, to enhance desired
and likely, maximise community participation in development
and management of tourism and its benefits to socio-
economic.
7. Implementable Approach, tourism development policies,
plans and recommendations are formulated to be realistic and
applicable, with the techniques used include implementation
techniques, including development, action programs or
strategies, especially in identifying and adopting.
8. Application of systematic planning approach, this approach is
applied in tourism planning based on the logic of the activity.
Goals typically include aspects such as increasing visitor
satisfaction, diversifying the tourism market, increasing the
contribution of tourism to the local economy, and developing the
tourism potential of a region. Meanwhile, objectives are more
specific and associated with actual actions. Objectives aim to direct
actions that will help achieve development goals. So objectives
must be more realistic, measurable and capable of being achieved
within the specified period.
Identifying Opportunities and Constraints (Based on an
evacuation of supply and demand).
Setting development Goals and Objectives (Addressing issues
needing attention in the short, medium and longer term).
Define a series of action steps (Designed to achieve the goals
and objectives within some specified time frames).
2.2.1. Concept of Strategic Planning
Planning is the process of collection of policies and how to
implement them. The same opinion is also expressed by Claire A.
Gunn (1993: 141) which confirms some important things in the
function of regional and local policy as a critical tool in tourism
activities, among others: First, planning should be able to increase
growth which requires a change of building, in addition to the
development of potential locations to develop the quality of
attractions that can be sold. Second, tourism policy should have an
important role to play in promotional activities; the policy should
be supported by research. Third, the planning of tourism requires
public and private cooperation so that all expectations of
stakeholders can be met. Fourth, regional and local policy planning
should strengthen all planning, support the development of good
tourism to the destination level. Fifth, regional and local policy
planning should be able to stimulate business (business) to
contribute to regional development. Sixth, the policy should be
able to connect business with the government, and non-profit
attraction, such as attraction business (nature and culture) policies
must be supported by travel and other accommodation business

Fig. 1:Tourism Strategy

According to the realistic Godfrey & Clarke "Goals and

Objectives" is the core for successful tourism development.
Tourism Action Steps concerning who, what, where and how to
explain how the goals and objectives will be implemented.
Tourism actions state what to do when it is done and by whom.
Tourism Action Steps should be clear and have a defined time
frame and expected goals.
Implementation of the action can be delegated individually or
in groups.
According to Godfrey and Clarke the process of forming a Figure 2: Tourism Strategy Planning Process
tourism strategy consists of three steps, namely:
68
2.2.2. Concepts and Principles of 'Sustainable
Tourism'
Sustainable Tourism and Sustainable development is a term that
results in various responses from managers, tourism planners, and
environmental advocates, both sceptical and attention-grabbing.
According to the WTO on the agenda 21 for the travel and
tourism industry states:
Sustainable tourism development meets the needs of tourists
and people in tourist destinations while protecting and developing
opportunities in the future. Seen as something that leads to
management, all resources in ways in which economic, social and
aesthetic needs can be met with cultural integrity, essential
ecological processes, biological diversity and life-sustaining
systems are maintained.
The strategic issues in Sustainable Tourism are as follows:
a) Improve the responsibility of the Corporate Stakeholders
b) Produce a suitable form of tourism
c) "Sustaining" Social and Cultural Resources
d) "Sustaining" Natural Environment
e) The need for an effective plan for the Regional Planning
of a Tourist Destination
f) The role of "Carrying Capacities" and indicators in
Sustainable Tourism.
g) Avoiding conflict
h) Increased Public Involvement
i) Direction for the future.
2.2.3. Concept and Strategy of Regional
Development of Tourism Destination
A destination can be said to be doing the development of tourism if
before there was already a tourist activity. To improve its tourism
potential, what needs to be done is to plan the development of
tourism to be better than before. Three key principles in
sustainability development (McIntyre, 1993: 10):
a) Ecological Sustainability, which ensures that
development is done by the ecological, biological, and
diversity of existing ecological resources.
b) Social and Cultural Sustainability, which ensures that
the development is undertaken positively impacts the
lives of surrounding communities and by the culture and
values prevailing in the society.
c) Economic Sustainability, which ensures that
development is economically efficient and that the
resources used can be sustained for future needs.
Meanwhile, on the other hand, the tourism sector consists of
several different components that must be fully understood and
planned and developed in an integrated manner in society.
Everything for the convenience of tourism planning within the
community itself, the components of the approach to tourism
development according to Edward Inskeep (1998) are as follows:
Figure 3: Component of Tourism Planning / Development
3. METHOD
Methods used include Quantitative Analysis Method and
Qualitative Analysis:
a) Quantitative Analysis Method is a method of analysis and
assessment of the characteristics and description of the study
area by reviewing the level of number and magnitude such as
the number of visitors, the number of infrastructures,
transportation mode, and so forth.
b) Qualitative Analysis Method is an analytical method based on
the assessment of the quality or quality of the study area
covered such as the level of achievement (assessing-litas),
visitor interest, assessment of the completeness of
infrastructure facilities and so on.
The analysis used in supporting the application of the
methods mentioned above includes:
Analysis of Regional Physical Potential
This analysis is used to determine the primary physical
characteristics of tourist areas and accessibility within the
tourist area.
Tourism Potential Analysis
The analyses used are:
Phase Analysis of Development Areas
The grouping of a region in a typical micro scope is
given a zone name, but in this study, the zone is renamed
by the phase which means stages. The reason for taking
this phase term is because the study area is a historical
area, which, in its reasoning, the words of history itself
cannot be separated from the process, development or
stage of an event. Also, with the phases are expected to
provide historical information to visitors.
This analysis is based on the function, history
and administrative boundaries, where the indicator is
some of the Nagari requirements in Minangkabau, the
Nagari requirement in Minangkabau is seven but in the
preparation of this phase only in use three namely
bakampung, basawah/baladang, and babalai/bamusajik.
While other requirements such as bajurami basosok
(border) indirectly already listed in the administrative
boundaries, barumah (house of residence) and burial
(funeral place) is the potential/attraction supporters in
the grouped phase while the balabuh and batapian (road
69
 and bath) is a means and attraction in the phase to be Table 2: Variables and Indicators of Tourism Potential
grouped. For more details see table 1 below: No Variable Indicator Criteria
Potential/attraction analysis 1 Regional Physical Bakorong/bakampuang Historical value
This analysis is done by looking at the potential of other Potential Kampung residential
tourist attraction found in the study area. From this (requirement area, which consists
analysis is expected to be able to know the tourism nagari in of: area of origin,
potential of the area either existing or that can be Pariangan, dispersal area,
developed and spread. As a historic and cultured area, the Minangkabau) immigrant area
assessment variables consist of three, among others, the Basawah / Baladang Cultural value
physical potential of the area (requirement Nagari The existence of land
Minangkabau), potential activities and potential objects. used for agricultural
activities such as rice
The purpose of selecting this variable in addition to
fields and fields
attraction/tourist attraction, the selection of this variable
Babalai / Bamusajik Religious value
also aims to maintain the authenticity of the region in The existence of
terms of history and culture. The variables are then mosques or surau-
subdivided into several indicators and then evaluated surau as a means of
again based on the criteria. From these indicators and religion
criteria, it will be evaluated for the potential either Barumah / Batanggo Showing
potential availability, the utilisation of existing potential the existence of Specific of
function, and the potential that can be developed to residential house, Local Culture
obtain the attraction which can be developed For more wherein Minangkabau
details in the assessment of the attractiveness of its house residence in the
form of Rumah
support can be seen in table 2 below;
Gadang,
Bapandan Bakuburan Showing specific
Table 1: Phase Development of Development Area The existence of a traditional
Variable Indicator Criteria burial place of knowledge
Regional Baking / kampung History of Minangkabau ethnic
function and Village residents dissemination and (usually per tribe)
history For Jorong grouping of Batapian Rarity value
(Terms Nagari in Pariangan this settlements the presence of a
Minang-kabau) Korong or bathing place, or a
kampong is now community bathhouse
named with the 2 Potential Activity Party Activity Or
hamlet (Pattern of Life / Traditional Ceremony
Community Birth Ceremony
Babalai / - The existence of a
Activities) Funerals
Bamusajik mosque
Wedding ceremony
Center of - The presence of
Datuk Removal
worship surau-surau as a Ceremony
(religion of purifier of religious Agricultural ceremony
Islam) activities (paddy fields)
- The existence of Traditional Attractions
land used as rice Art Attractions
Basawah /
fields Traditional attractions
Baladang
- The land used as a (pacu jawi)
where people do
field Culinary
agricultural
- Close to the 3 The potential of The tourist objects that
activities,
settlement or in the object have been set by the
neighbourhood Government as an
attraction or a tourist
attraction:
 Old Minangkabau
Mosque
 Grave Long Dt.
Tantejo Gurano
 Pariangan
Inscription

Sumber : Tambo dan silsilah adat Minangkabau, 1966

4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The plan of the Koto Hilalang, Traditional Nagari site plan is

planned based on the zone division in Nagara Koto Hilalang
consisting of 4 (four) zones, i.e. buffer zone, art stage, core zone
and nature attraction zone. In this case, the site plan is performed
70
on several sections within the zone that are more focused on the Figure 5: Circulation and Achievement Site Location Nagari
supporting components of the site.
The plan of Nagari Koto Hilalang site located in Kubung
Entrance (pintu masuk) dari
District is more focused in Jorong Dalam Nagari. This is because arah Selayo menuju lokasi
in Jorong In Nagari there are many rumah gadang which become wisata Nagari Tradisional
the Kari Hilalang Traditional Tourism destination. Koto Hilalang.

Site selection is based on the results of the analysis and zone

division. The site location consists of 4 (four) zones. For more
details can be seen in Figure 4.
Circulation and achievement on the Nagari Koto Hilalang
site plan serve as a support for the activities on the site, such as
vehicle circulation and parking circulation. Traditional Nagari
Koto Hilalang as a tourist destination can be achieved both from
the direction of the city of Padang and from the city of Solok. For
the entrance to Nagari Koto Hilalang, there are three alternative
paths from Selayo, Gantung Ciri and Batu Palano. From 3 (three)
alternatives, then the entrance gate to Nagari Koto Hilalang
planned from Selayo direction. This is because from Selayo
direction directly to Nagari Koto Hilalang. Meanwhile, the Lokasi parkir mobil di Nagari
Tradisional Koto Hilalang.
direction of Hanging Character and Stone Palano must through
another Nagari before reaching Nagari Koto Hilalang. Mode of
Koto Hilalang
transportation used to reach the location of Koto Hilalang
Traditional Nagari tourism in the form of two-wheeled vehicles,
family vehicles ( a type of MPV car) and minibus. For more details
can be seen in Figure 5.

Figure 4: Perspective Site Location Nagari Koto Hilalang

B. Green Open Space (RTH)

The plan for developing Nagari Koto Hilalang site plan is
based on the analysis of the supporting components of the Nagari
Koto Hilalang tourism site. There are several components planned
in developing Nagari Koto Hilalang site plan that is a gate (gaba-
gaba), Green Open Room (RTH), gadang home environment, and
gazebo. The component is a supporter of tourism activities in
Nagari Koto Hilalang. For the distribution can be seen in Figure 3.
A. Gaba-Gaba
Nagari Koto Hilalang as a tourist area must have a gate or entrance
called gaba-gaba as a marker tourist location. The laying of the
gaba is based on the administrative boundary of Nagari Koto
Hilalang with Nagari Kapondong and as the entrance to Nagari
Koto Hilalang. The basic concept of this gaba-gaba form of
gonjong as a typical form of traditional house Minang Kabau.
Green open space is planned as a multifunction open space. It is
said to be multi-functional because this open space is not only an
open space as a shelter but also as a sports field, a tourist parking
location and as an arena of shows or tourist attractions such as
randai and squirrel naked. RTH is planned following the conditions
but renovated by adding a seat and car parking location so it can
support the activities of Nagari Koto Hilalang tour.
Gadang Home Environment
Gadang home environment needs to be planned because it is
included in the supporting components of tourism activities Nagari
Koto Hilalang. In this case, the focus of development is a gadang
home environment instead of a gadang home building. This is
because the existing gadang house building is only done renovation
and environmental arrangement to order neatly without changing
the physical form of the gadang home building.

71
 Figure 6:
Perspective of Development Plan

Figure 7: Perspective Gaba-Gaba

72
 Figure 8: Green Open Space Perspective

Figure 9: Perspective of Rumah Gadang Environment

C. Looms (Pondok Sawah)
Based on the tour package plans offered to visitors in the form
of nature tourism where visitors can enjoy the natural scenery in
Nagari Koto Hilalang, for it needs a lagoon or 'pondok'
surrounding the paddy field as a relaxed place overlooking the
scenery Nagari Koto Hilalang.
environment but separated from the main house, and public toilets
are in open green spaces. For the toilet in the gadang house, the
condition is available only still semi-permanent, so it needs to be
lightly renovated. As for the toilet that is in green open space, the
condition is not available, so it needs to build public toilets.

D. Toilets
As a tourist area, Nagari Koto Hilalang must have the most
important supporting component is the availability of toilets.
Toilets are planned in the form of toilets that are in a gadang home

73
 Figure 10: Perspective of Mussels
Figure 11:Toilet Perspective
5. CONCLUSION
The concept of Green Open Space (RTH) according to the existing
condition, then this location can be used as an open space that
serves as an active garden and greening (passive). There are
parking zones for cars and motorcycles located in the west, active
zones as sports fields and art performances in the eastern and
passive zones (greening) on the north and south of the site.
The concept of looms:
The concept of levers selected is the traditional concept of
meaning done by making natural elements as the dominance
of the room, such as wood and fiber.
The structure of the building looms using semi-permanent
material, light and open.
Size of loom can accommodate ± 4 people.
The loom is placed near the circulation path towards the
scene.
Concepts of the gate
The concept of meaningful gaba-gaba as the gate (entrance),
as the icon of the area of Traditional Nagari Tourism Koto
Hilalang.
With a typical form Minangkabau gonjong equipped with
marawa along the road to the gate.
The structure of building gaba-gaba using permanent
materials.
Concept of Gadang Home Environment:
The concept of a gadang home environment is more
emphasized in the open garden, with the formation of
softscape such as elephant grass and shade trees of medium
environment. Circulation inside the site using block pavs.
The concept of development of gadang home building is done
with 3 (three) ways, namely: rehabilitation of heavy, medium
and light. Heavy rehabilitation is emphasized on non
permanent and non-engraved gadang home buildings.
Rehabilitation is being emphasized on non-carved permanent
gadang home building. While light rehabilitation is
emphasized in semi-permanent gadang home building that
already has carvings.
The toilet concept:
The concept of a toilet is as a private toilet located in a gadang
home site, separate from the main house.
The shape of the toilet shape is permanent with the design to
adjust to the existing condition.
The concept of toilet rehabilitation is done on the toilet which
in existing condition has existed but still in the form of semi-
permanent toilet.
74
Reference
Agenda 21, United Nations Conference on Environment & Development
Rio de Janerio, Brazil, 3 to 14 June 1992
B. Datuk Nagari Basa, (1982), Tambo dan silsilah adat Minangkabau,
Clare A. Gunn, (1994), Tourism Planning: Basics, Concepts, Cases.
George McIntyre, et.al (1993) Sustainable tourism development: guide for
local planners, Publisher, World Tourism Organization
Inskeep, Edward (1991), Tourism Planning: An Integrated and Sustainable
Development Approach 1st Edition, New York, NY 10003
Local Regulation of Solok Regency Number 4 of 2013 on the Master Plan
of Regional Development of the Year 2013-2025
Murphy, P.E., (1988), Community Driven Tourism Planning, Tourism
Management.
Kerry Godfrey, Jackie Clarke (2000), Tourism Development Handbook: A
Practical Approach to Planning and Marketing, Publisher, Cassell.

75
 Identify Social Space in the City Landmark
Morida Siagian1
Department of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara

Abstract: Urban spaces always transforming. Formal spaces cannot foreverable to stand on its own without melting in the appeal of a
phenomenon existing in the space surrounding it. The triagle area of Maimun Palace, Mosque Raya Al-Mashun and Sri Deli Park in the
depedendence of the Republic Indonesia era is expiriencing a change of fungtion from the private space in to public space, then the
develoment and modernization of which occurred in the vicinity makes image the area of this Kingdom declined, then the presence of the
phenomenon in the form of informal street vendors selling iron-ware scrap place along the Jl. Mahkamah exist in the center of the
triangle area more damaging image of this surroundings. So finally melting spaces of formal and informal spaces occured in this place. The
formal spaces currently remains one of the landmarks of Medan and remained crowded the destinator tour to three of
these sacral building in the meantime the informal spaces are also increasingly grown and developed sporadically meets in Jl Mahkamah,
Medan. The activities of the street vendors in this area reinforces the function spaces area of the Sultanate of Deli. The State
of mutual attraction, interlocking and mutually reinforcing influenced so that both are capable of being magnetized to the city.

Key words: Phenomenon of Spaces, Formal Spaces, Informal Spaces

1. INTRODUCTION


Throughout the history, human-being took place in

the space. Space is the place of human beings to do activities as
well as maintaining his survival. The history of human
civilization through space phenomenon generally appears on the
development of the city. That's why human civilization followed
by civilization of the city because the urban space is one of the
places of human life with a variety of interests in a large room,
where various human activities grow and develop as the center the
government, the economy, education and more.
The discussion context about spaces very detailed reviewed by
Henry Lefebvre (1991) about the third space that the perceived
space review about everyday life experience and community
conceived space review about space resulting from the thinkers
(town planner or arhitect) as a symbol of strength and short-
lived space as a result of fusion of the two spaces. Third space is
a concept that was donated by Henry Lefebvre, because according
to him the same thing his space maintaining with maintaining
identity.
Social spaces is the right conditions to explain a common
phenomenon in various cities in Indonesia. Social spaces not
only examines about image description the physically, but
also examines about aspects the daily life of citizens.
Social spaces originally dichotomy but always having a meeting
place. Identification of the modern space with a local -
dichotomy, with formal and informal spaces, everyday life spaces
with exchange value, and heterogenous spaces with homogenous
The emergence of the phenomenon of social spaces in cities
in Indonesia also caused by the existence of difference aspects of
life. On the social-economic aspects community of the city created
a space to both, formal and informal spaces. Formal spaces often
associated as the activities performed by the government or the
deemed legal by the results of thought on urban planner (architects)
whereas informal spaces are often associated by activity the weak
economy (marginally) or small scale groups. The phenomenon of
social space. often are formed due to the intermingling of legal
space and the growth of illegal area, where private space (legally)
grow side by side with a simple building even slums.
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, University of Sumatera
Utara, Medan, Indonesia; Email: pohontepiair@gmail.com
a b
Figure 1: a) Map Of Medan, b) Map of Maimun Palace area
The phenomenon of the growth formal and informal spaces in
the landmark Medan occurred in the area of formal spaces on
triagle Maimun Palace, Mosque Al-Mashun and Sri deli Park (Fig.
1). On this formal room area has grown and developed street
vendors in the center of this area. This informal spaces present in
public spaces ex railway line on the road sections of Jl. Mahkamah,
Medan. The presence of street vendors in the area have been
occured very long time and has managed to build its image as a
market place, former iron sales center in Medan.
Formal and informal spaces have contradictive in this area has
grown and developed in the same spaces. Abstract space as the
area of the Sultanate of Deli that high value has coloured by
economic spaces characterized by low value. This paper tried to
examine the estabilishment of social spaces from intermingling
these spaces.
2. DISCUSSION
The area of Maimun Palace, as power of the Sultanate of Deli,
is one of the core and popular locations in Medan. This area
is known as the triangle area, which is Maimun Palace, Mosque Al-
Mashun and Sri Deli Park that form the vertices of a triangle. This
region has also become a symbol/icon of Medan city. When the
visitors comes this city it feels incomplete when has not yet
come to this area. That is why this historic buildings until
nowdays was able to become landmark of Medan.
76

1. Maimun Palace 2. Mosque Raya Al-Mashun 3. Sri Deli Park
Jl. Mahkamah. Eks Rail Way Axis of Triagle Palace
Figure 2: The triagle area of Maimun Palace
Maimun Palace which was built in 1903, Mosque
AlMashun in 1906 and Sri Deli Park in 1924 is an imposing
building from beginning of its construction and become city
landmark until nowdays. Maimun Palace areas during the heyday
of the Sultanate of Deli was used as the private space, sacred
and high value. Maimun Palace as the center of the government
of the Sultanate of Deli, mosques become worship space kingdom
and Sri Deli Park as the space activities of the Queen Consort of
king clarify this exclusive area cannot be accessed by the public.
Maimun Palace Mosque Raya Al-Mashun Sri Deli Park
Figure 3: Triagle Sacred Building by Sultanate of Deli
With the passing of the government of the Sultanate of
Deli during the colonial era in 1930-an Dutch Colonial companies
through Deli Spoorweig Maatchappij (DSM) build the railway
from the the main station, Medan to Deli Tua station until 20 Km
former Line. The railway cutting path of the triangle area, the axis
of Maimun Palace. A line has parallel with the Jl. Mahkamah. That
railway functioned to transport workers and
plantation estates results from Deli Tua to the main station
Medan. The impact of the building of the railway line on the axis
of the palace area made private space gradually turned into a public
space.
Furthermore, the development the area of Medan since
the independence Republic Indonesia era has changed orientation
use of the Maimun Palace area. Private building (private space)
belongs to the Sultanate of Deli have switched functions into the
public spaces and public facilities. Maimun Palace, Mosque Raya
Al-Mashun and Sri Deli Park has changed as a function of
the initial function as private spaces have been being the location
of attractions, historical tourism either or religious tourism. Where
every citizen may freely visit in three buildings. Although
the oriantation area of this palace has been changed, but the
region remains one of the landmarks of the city of Medan un to the
present.
Since the Dutch Colonial abandoned this place, the growth
of the spaces around areas affected by the presence of settlers from
heterogenous society. They settled along the Jl. Mahkamah take
advantage by activity collecting iron rail. At the time in
independence of Indonesia era enabled again so that it become a
lans of sleep in quite a long time. Inch by inch this land had
inhabited by the general public, the days growing up to turn into a
populous area.
The identity of the communities that inhabit the land of sleep
more formed when this area was exploited
become informal space. By utilizing the image of the kingdom
areas they owned and managed commersial space in this area, the
public space along the path Jl. Mahkamah as small scale organized
as street vendors places. This activity has exited and regenerate
from 1980 until now. This informal spaces makes the previous
center grew and greu until the former iron-ware scap market share
has been widely recognized in various province in Indonesia.
According to Shirvani (1996). The existence
of street vendors in the city space is real and can be an activity
support for neighboring space. The existence of a activity
support in public spaces thus corroborate the existence of public
space as a place for community interaction (Shirvani, 1986). This
activities by street vendors actors as well as with other activities
strengthen existing spaces around it. The state of mutual attraction
influence each other and mutually reinforcing. Street vendors grow
and develop on Jl. Mahkamah, Medan has exist because social and
economic conditions of heterogeneous societies that occupy the
region, therefore they need space to accommodate the needs of the
economy. Because the accomodation activities of street
of street vendors may require a location as a place of activity.
Figure 4: Street Vendors Selling Iron-Ware Scrap at The Area
The current image of Jl. Mahkamah has been popular named
known as area selling iron-ware scrap. The development of the
area's street vendors lined the curb along Jl. Mahkamah. The
existence of the Maimun Palace in East area and Mosqure Raya Al-
Mashun beside Sri Deli Park in West area that are
the lanmark Medan city made the flow of visitors to the region is
very high. It makes the appeal of iron-ware scrap in the Jl.
Mahkamah is increasingly growing and growing. The development
of this area grows exponentially and giving a high attraction
following the modernization around this area. The presence
of solid areas in the path of this Court because it is growing
and growing trading activities in the streets. Therefore also the
possibility of the formation of social spaces in town in this
region is very high. That is in addition to the sekktor space of the
77
Kingdom (formal) grows also the informal sector (street vendors,
stalls, scattering iron)
According to Mc. Gee and Yeung (1977) the pattern of the
spread of street vendors affected by the agglomeration. The
agglomeration is the way perpetrators street vendors to attract –
consumers by selling group, they do a collaboration with similar
items. The focus of agglomeration often occur in public spaces
because of accumulated visitor spcaes utilizing the height and
accessibility. The general public as newcomers use a public space
in Jl. Mahkamah to be a commercial space organized as iron-ware
scrap affect by the agglomeration. They audociously populating
this public space that is not theirs, but rather belongings of the
Sultanate of Deli.
In the phenomenon of the growth of the city spaces
defined into two meanings, that are, social space and abstract
space . According to Colquhoun, social space is seen as a unity that
comes together with the phenomena that occur in the community,
while the abstract space focus to physical space with regard
to morphology, function, perception and meaning of space. That is
why the social space is produced by the public without the
intervention by city's plannerners (architects) but instead was the
result of abstract space though think of the designer(architect).
The phenomenon of space in the area of Maimun Palace
has indicated to the phenomenon of postmodern. The planners
of the capitalist city, and the Government cannot deny that in this
landmark city there are grwew a community groups doing
commersial activity in the form of street vendors along the
JL. Mahkamah. This commercial spaces has growing and annoying
the image of this area as the center of the Government of the
Sultanate Deli. At the beginning of its growth space place the iron-
ware scrap sales are still not very visible, but at the moment,
the commercial spaces have been filled along the Jl. Mahkamah
has even been spread sporadically to the main passage for access
from and headed for the Palace.
The current area of the Maimun Palace has been experiencing a
down turn due to the phenomenon of space imagery coloring of
this area. The spaces are increasingly grow and evolve which
significantly affect the identity and popularity of this sacred area.
However at this time the phenomenon of growth space on this
area in the end generatediversity (heterogenity) where spaces
are present in the region to grow together without going conflict
despite the growing spaces seem contradictive. Space of street
vendors on the Jl. Mahkamah is increasingly growing and
expanding, space Deli area has always been an attracton and
magnet of tourists, both from within the city and outside the city of
Medan. Both the room being able to present this region coloring
together. The space to the two definitely have their respective
interests to maintain the space they have. The striggle to be there
well as social relations are relations of cooporation among both
groups, or may have formed one space is a very important will
formet or produced a social spaces?
3. Conclusion
The phenomenon of space in urban architecture can be
reviewed from a postmodern thought challenging the hierarchy
between high culture and low cunture then the spaces undergoing
melting place (hybrid) between the two. The transformation of city
space in the triangular Maimun Palace area has appeared because
the growth of informal spaces that have nothing image to the
Sultanate of Deli as the kingdom areas. That informal spaces
grow in the form of street vendorsand succes become a selling a
used iron center in the city of Medan.
The paradigm of growth of city space based on the aspects
of formal and informal spaces melting is occurring as a result
of the process of modernization of the city. The consequences
of the extraordinary changes that make the space not being able to
stand on its own but rather a fight to preserve the identity and
image of each. In the area of Medan Maimun is the formal and
informal space able to be activity support for both these spaces so
that through mutual attraction occurring between the two that
ultimately was able to a magnet of a city in both spaces.
Reference
Bhowmik S.K. 2008. Street Vendors In Asia : A Review. (Paper).
Kadir, Ishak. (2010). Study of Characteristic Spatial Using of
Street Vendors in the Eks Lawata Market Area, Case Study
Jl. Taman Surapati, Kendari City. Metropilar Vol. 8, No.1,
108-116.
Lefebvre, H. (1991). The Production of Space. Malden: Blackwell
Publishing.
Madanipour, A. (1996). Design of Urban Space. New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
McGee, T.G and Y.M. Yeung, 1977. Hawkers in Southeast Asian
Cities, Planning for the Bazaar Economy, Ottawa; IDRC.
Miles, S. and Paddison, R. (1998). Urban Consumption: A
Historiographical Note. CARFAX. Urban Studies, Vol. 35,
No 5-6.
Oswald, L. R. Pd.D. (1996). The Place and Space of Consumption
in a Material World. MIT. Design Issues, Vol. 12, Marketing
Semiotics Inc.
Schulz, C. N. (1988). Architecture: Meaning and Place. New
York: Electa/Rizzoli.
Shirvani, Hamid. 1986. The Urban Design Process. New York:
Van Nostrad Reinhold Company, Inc.
Siagian, Morida. (2012). Regionalisme-Postmodern: Perjuangan
Atas Hak yang Berdeda. Proceeding Seminar Nasional.
Departemen Arsitektur, Universitas Sumatera Utara, Medan.
Siagian, Morida. (2015). The Emergence of Social Space: Case
Study From Kampung Keling, Medan, Indonesia. Conference
of Urban Culture at the Cross Road, Dubrovnic, Austria.
Siagian, Morida. (2015). Legacy in Social Space. AENSI Journals.
Malang, Indonesia.
Siagian, Morida (2015). Social Space as People-Gathering Tool.
Procedia. ASEAN-Turkey ASLI 2016.
Soja, Edward W 2004. Postmodern Geographies : The Reassertion
of Space in Critical Social Theory. Prentice-Hall.
Soja, E. W. (1996). Thirdspace. Malden: Blackwell Publishers Inc.
Yusuf Lubis, Akhyar. (2016). Postmodern: Teori dan Metode.
RajaGrafindo Persada, Jakarta.
Widjajanti, R. (2013). Location Problem of Street Vendors in
Urban Space. Planologi Undip. TATALOKA. Vol 16. No.1,
18-28.
Widjajanti, R (2015). Activity Characteristics of Street Vendors in
Kartini Street Semarang. Ruang. Undip, Semarang. Vol.1
No.3, 150-160.
78
 Theme 2
Archaeological Sites
 An Overview of the Maritime History
of the 18th Century to the 20th Coastal Ports of Bogak,
Tanjung Tiram Districts, Asahan Regency,
North Sumatera Province

Rita M Setianingsih1, Lila Pelita Hati2, Fitriaty Harahap3 & Nur Sukma Suri4
1
Medan Tourism Academy
2. 3 4
University of Sumatera Utara

Abstract: The existence of the historical and archaeological remains as well as the news in the eastern coastal areas of northern Sumatera
in general and the coast of Bogak provide a picture of the existence of human activity. In January 2008, at the base of the Bogak beach,
Bogak Village, Tanjung Tiram Districts, Batubara Regency, North Sumatera Province had found a canoe. After examined it, and showed
that the canoe was a cultural heritage object, closely related to the life of the local community in the 18 th century. Very many sailors and
merchants of various nations enliven the life of the economy. Together with canoe, it was also found some ceramics of China and dated
1734, 1752, 1760, 1780, 1788, 1790 coins. These are all the identity of the area (Eastern Coastal). The method used the survey and direct
observation to the field by collecting data. Also make secondary observations obtained through reports, inventory lists, and study results
various universities and from various institutions. From the results of research on the remains in the Bogak Beach apparently, plays
important role for maritime in the 18th century until 20th century.
Keywords: Cultural Heritage, canoe, ancient ports.

1. INTRODUCTION
1
During the Dutch colonial period in Indonesia, the regions in
Sumatra experienced a change of government form. The region of
East Sumatra, including Asahan, became a residency of Bengkalis,
Riau, and Afdeling (district) in Karesidenan East Sumatra where
afdeling Asahan with controleur in Tanjung Balai (Jufrida, 2001:
34). The system of government is a kingdom, where afdeling
Asahan by the Dutch is still entrusted to the ruler of the Kingdom
of Batubara, and at that time the famous king is the 12th king of the
kingdom of Datu Muhammad Yuda who holds Al Sridiraja. Datu
Muhammad Yuda who trades in Malacca, Singapore and the
surrounding area get funds to build the palace of the Niat Lima
Palace (1907-1912) located in Lima Laras Village, Tanjung Tiram
District, Asahan Regency. In the nineteenth century, the name of
the Lima Laras came from the name of Nibung Angus. Datu
Muhammad Yuda died in 1919, and after that, the palace was
inhabited by his grandchildren until 1938. In 1950 the palace was
inhabited until 1970, and then the palace was abandoned by his
heirs.
Based on hereditary stories, the name of Batubara begins with
a stoning stone, and it is narrated when a noble son sailing at night
sees a reddish glow from a distance. When viewed closely, it is a
complex of Keramat Kuala Mountain tomb that is currently
included in the village of Simpang Dolok, District of Lima Puluh.
This tomb is believed to be the tomb of the forerunner of the
Batubara.
From Emergency Law Number 8/1956 on the Establishment
of Autonomous Regions and Great Regions and Emergency Law
No. 19/1956 on the Establishment of the Autonomous Regions of
Small Cities, from such a rule the power of the king or sultan came
to an end. The Kingdom of Batubara became the District of
Asahan, and the District of Tanjung Tiram included in it.
——————————————————————————————
1Lecturer, Medan Tourism Academy
Email: rita_ms2004@yahoo.com
2 Lecturer, University of Sumatera Utara
3 Lecturer, University of Sumatera Utara
4 Lectuer, University of Sumatera Utara
The end of the power of the Batubara Empire and the territory
of Asahan District with the District of Tanjung Tiram and Bogak
Beach in the area, then this change makes the port at Bogak Beach
began to be abandoned. Especially for District Bogak ruled by a
District Head named Muhammas Nashir Yuhanan, with an area of
173.79 KM2. The total population is about 59,713 people, with a
population density of 344 people per km2. District Bogak has a
tourist attraction called Bogak Beach has a characteristic beach
with white sand and soft. But the water is not blue as in other
beaches; this is caused by the characteristics of the seafloor in the
East Coast of Sumatra, which faces the Malacca Strait mostly in
the form of mud instead of coral reefs so that the water is also
cloudy.
In addition, there are some wood and nibung marks on the lips
of the beach so that this beach is not suitable to be won. Near
Bogak Beach can be found two pieces of cannon and are in Hamlet
12, Bogak Village, Tanjung Tiram Subdistrict. This cannon,
according to the story is the relics of the stranded Chinese traders.
The cannons are near the Flower Beach which is frequented by
tourists, and cannon of 2 pieces with the same shape and size.
These cannon made of steel metal with a length of 180 cm, the rear
diameter of 25 cm and the snout 15 cm, and without writing. The
presence of a cannon shows that in the Bogak area there have been
activities related to the findings. What exactly is the role of Bogak
region in the 18th to the 20th centuries, as well as the relatedness of
the coal kingdom associated with Bogak.
In the research that will be done is to describe and recall the
history of port Bogak Beach in the 18th century to the 20th century
during the Dutch Government and the reign of the Kingdom of
Batubara. At that time Afdeling Batubara was ruled by an Assistant
Resident, Labuhan Ruku was the capital.
The existence of Bogak Beach with the findings of the canoe,
the ceramic fractions, the VOC currency, the cannon and also the
palace of the Lima Laras which is data representing the past life on
the east coast of the island of Sumatra, in particular, the potential
of the port at Bogak Beach. Similarly, this is an excavation of
regional identity, in this case, is the District of Asahan, District of
Tanjung Tiram, North Sumatra Province and which the national
identity of Indonesia is also. From the research results can be seen
that the object of the existing has high historical and archaeological
79
value that should be preserved and recorded as the history of Indonesia is in principle not much difference, but physically, the
Indonesia in general and Asahan regency in general. Another virtue boat can be interpreted to have the wide belly. Perhaps it can be
of this research is to provide benefits for the development of assumed temporarily; the shape of the boat is the same as a boat in
science related to history science, archaeology, environmental Cirebon island of Java and is adequate when facing large waves.
science, and knowledge related to tourism, especially tourism Indeed for the passenger, it is horrible, because the boat will.
development and it is expected that local governments can produce
policies in developing tourism in the region. Urgency is the
practical benefit of being able to use past experiences that are told
and then as an effort to explore local history sources in the region.

2. CULTURAL HERITAGE

The existence of cultural heritage/archaeological objects, there is a

form of assessment that must be agreed and done as an effort to
provide direction for the next handling of the object concerned.
Each object is assessed its weight which includes the assessment of
aspects of Scientific, Historical, Beauty, Scarcity, and Society.
1. Scientific Aspects: Scientific weights conceived for the a
benefit of science;
2. Historical Aspects: Historical weights conceived for historical
studies, both locally and nationally;
3. Aspect of beauty: The relative objective-weighted beauty;
4. Aspects of Scarcity: The scarcity weighs conceived compared
to the treasures of similar objects, at the local and national
levels;
5. Society Aspects: Community Weight that is conceived for the
interests of the wider community, such as the nation's cultural
identity, educational facilities, design inspiration, tourism, and
so forth.

It should be agreed that the weight of each aspect is expressed

by weight: low, medium, and high. The recommendation as a
proposed form of handling protection of the object concerned
including, for example, protected and preserved by the original
form, or preserved and addressed, and so forth. Further assessment
the historical area (historical landscape) or archaeological
landscape is also done as the assessment of objects in the form of
buildings. Aspects assessed in the area of history include Aspects
of Scientific, Historical, Scarcity, and Society. The agreement also
concerns weighting where the weight of each aspect mentioned
above is expressed with low, medium, and high weight. Not to be
forgotten is a recommendation as a proposed form of protection of
the area concerned, for example, it must be returned to its original
form and protected completely without change, or may be partially
altered, or can be functionalized according to present needs without
changing the original spatial.
2.1. Boat / boat
In Desa Bogak Tanjung Tiram Batu Bara was found a boat
300 years ago. Regarding technology, boats are included in board
boat technology, although the base is still using keel is something
related because it is still using the boat mortar. Two boats are
belonging to Tebing Tinggi and Serdang Bedagai, Datuk Bogak
boat is certainly much more modern and old.
From the collection of various museums, the technology of
making wooden boats is very high and very extraordinary, even
based on the findings of boats in the coastal areas of South
Sumatra, Jambi and Lampung, and Riau has not been able to match
the technology of making boat Datuk Bogak Bandar Rahmadsyah.
Regarding the size of the boat is not a measure, but the size of the
technology was seen how the manufacture and construction of the
boat construction. When compared, from previous boat findings
still use the same boat making principle, and Datuk Bogak boat
Bandar Rahmad this is a great discovery. That is, Bogak people
formerly have advantages in technology and when viewed from the
motive of the boat is still common, but the motive boat in
b
Figure 1: a. Boat Carcasses b. Boat shape
But the possibility of sinking is small, and the boat is
estimated to be 10 to 12 meters long while the boat's hull is 3 to 4
meters high, and a height of one and a half meters. The ability of
boat technology is very flexible to face waves or waves, supported
by different types of wood in each. Part of the vessel and dimple
wooden boat bottom is used by itself ivory timber ship. It is
integration technology of ivory timber with dimples using
technology. Then, on the other side found metal pagination to
connect the hull with a mortar, as well as ivory timber (Lucas,
2008).
Boat functions are estimated to be the type of boats or
commercial boats. Concerning the load capacity, the boat can
withstand 15 tons of load and its activities are estimated for inter-
island and state trade purposes. When viewed from the structure of
the boat using the screen as much as two mast screen, namely the
main screen (large screen) and auxiliary screen (small screen) and
supported by paddle.
On the steering system there is a tendency to be installed on
the side of the boat, then under the keel is installed like a condom
for security because no matter how much each boat is expected
against the waves or rocks, but how to successfully resist the
barrier conditions and the capabilities of this boat owned Datuk.
Therefore, why in this boat use the wood in different keel and the
wood type is not hard, but the soft wood used as a tire to facilitate
the boat through the mud or sand and this technology is not owned
on the findings of boats in Indonesia and compared with the boat
dimension capability the technology is not how. The Batubara
80
society can feel arrogant because the people of Batubara have high
technology capability than other society.
Along with the discovery of Datuk Bogak boat is also found
the wreck of the Dutch ship about 2 kilometres from the beach. It
was about when Kampung Bogak was burnt by the Dutch during
the day, and in the afternoon Datuk Bogak and five people set out
to bring a canoe to sink two Dutch soldiers. This effort was made
when the Dutch soldiers attacked the village, and carelessly. In
addition, the Dutch ship keepers were not there, on that occasion
two large and medium vessels belonging to the Netherlands
successfully drowned in a way to break the hull with a spear. The
position of the ship sank not far from Kampung Bogak, or right in
front of the shipbuilding house approximately two kilometres from
Datuk Bogak settlement. The size of the two drowned Dutch ships
estimated larger than the Serumpu Ships. Then, a few meters closer Figure 3: EIC coin = East India Company
to the Dutch Ship they swam and dived until the hull of the ship (English trade) -1887
successfully leaked. After drowning the ship, Datuk Bogak
attempted to escape from the pursuit of Dutch soldiers but was later
captured by soldiers.

2.2. Metal Currency

In 1923, Anderson went to the Bogak area and mentioned
that.......till I arrived, no coins but dollars were current there, and
these only of the large bust; but I paid him now. At his desire, in
small dollars, sicca rupees, sukus, and talis, the Pinang currency;
being proof of their good intentions….. So in the area do not
encounter coin currency but the dollar, also currency from Pinang
like rupee, tribe and rope. Apparently, there are some coins from
Europe found in Bogak area, as described.
Figure 4: VICTORIA QUEEN – EROPA 1887
First-year prints
There is also a currency that uses the alphabet and Arabic
language dates in 1219 H = 1804 AD, and next to it there is a
bronze currency derived from the Kingdom of the Netherlands with
neder indie writing in the centre and dated 1886 AD.

Figure 2. Netherlands East Indies currency (front and

back)
1887 - Silver - 1/20 guilder
1887 - Silver - 1/20 guilder
Koninklijke Leidong Munt, Utrecht, the Netherlands
Javanese writing: sapnyaba rayutus rupiyah Figure 5: Coin with Arabic Language Date
Arabic writing : sakdu ratus rupiyah

Also found some coins of the British currency EIC = East 2.1.3 Cannons
India Company (1880), also from Queen Victoria and also in 1887.
The circulation of British currency in Bogak, Asahan and Batubara
areas can be known on 2 August 1862 with the ship Reinier
Claassen departed Resident Riau A. Netscher, and Assistant
Resident Siak Arnold accompanied by the rulers of Siak kingdom
sailed to East Sumatra. In Asahan, the Dutch were unable to enter
because they refused to submit to the Netherlands, even on the
beach flew several British flags. At that time the British Resident
based in Penang who also sailed by Scout boat was following and
spying on Netscher's movements in East Sumatra.

Figure 6: Bogak Cannon

81
 The cannons are now in Chinese or Buddhist worship places
and have been given roofs and gates. This is done to reduce
damage from the cannons. The cannon is placed on a yellow
cement holder and the cannon tied with some yellow cloth. These
cannons are 2 (two) pieces with the same shape and size. At
present, the cannon is in a cupola measuring 3.8 meters x 3.4
meters, the area of land measuring 40 x 40 meters. Cannon made of
steel metal with a length of 180 cm, rear diameter 25 cm and the
snout 15 cm.
It turned out that the findings cannon not only exist in Bogak
but also found in District of Lima Puluh exactly in Simpang Dolok,
Dusun I, Simpang Dolok Village. Currently, the cannon Simpang
Dolok is in front of the office hall of Simpang Dolok. The number
of cannons was two pieces with the condition one has been
damaged due to the sawing of the cannon body.
military men. There are also data showing that there were as many
as 49 guns taken for war at that time prepared Dutch navy with a
marine force of 1000 people, they came with boats Djambi,
Sindoro, Amsterdam, Montrado, Delfzil, and Das. The Army
Commander is W.E.F. Heemskerck, and Commander of Mandala
Task Force is Lieutenant Sea P.A. van Rees. The expedition sailed
from Batavia on 20 August 1865 and landed on Batubara on 12
September 1865 and in Bagan Asahan on 18 September 1865
(Sinar, 1991: 29).

Figure 9: Simuangsa 2 Cannon, Hamlet I,

Mesjid Lamo Village,Talawi District

Figure 7: Simpang Dolok cannons, Lima Puluh District

The canons also found in Dusun V area, Nanasiam Village,

District of Padang Deras, Batubara District. In the centre, there is a
retaining iron, and the condition of the cannon is rusty enough.
These two guns are of the same shape and size, with the back of the
hook for the rope. Small cannon is measuring 125 cm in length
with a diameter of the back 8 cm and the front 5 cm.

Figure 8: Cannons in Nanasiam Village

Cannons Datuk Simuangsa 2 are located in Hamlet I, Lamo

Mosque Village Talawi District, and Batubara Regency. The
cannons are four. Of these four cannons are large cannons, two
medium-sized and one small-sized cannon. These gun cannons are
facing east.
The cannon was from the Dutch government were brought to Figure 10: Maps of Bogak and surrounding
Batubara when there was a Dutch military expedition in 1865, due
to Asahan, Serdang, Temiang and Batubara rebellious areas. From
the army loaded ½ infantry battalions with staff, an artillery
detachment comprised of 1 officer and 25 soldiers, reinforced with
two large guns, two mortars, two health officers and a hospital, all
of which amounted to 379 Dutch military and 227 indigenous
82

Figure 11: Boga (k) fruit Doc. Anderson 1923
The name Kampung Boga (now Bogak) is taken one of the
species of the palm tree, is the Bogak tree or cycas clivicola, like a
small palm tree growing around the riverbank, where the upper part
can be used as a vegetable. The fruit is like a pineapple but small,
and currently this culinary fruit is still made sweets. Boga name is
also taken from the names of five tribes in the area of Batubara,
namely (1) Tribe Lima Laras with the head of his tribe holding
Datu Maharaja Seri Indera; (2) Tanah Datar tribe with the head of
the tribe with the title of the Sri Biji Diraja; (3) The Lima Puluh
Tribe with its tribal heads with the Sri Maharaja; (4) The Batubara
tribe with the head of his tribe is Datu Semu Wangsa; and (5) The
tribe of Boga with the head of his tribe is titled Datuk Indra Muda.
When the kingdom of Batubara formed a council, as the treasurer
is from the Boga tribe (Sinar, 1991: 134).
According to Anderson's records that arrived on February
21th, 1923 arrived at Kampung Boga and met a Syahbandar from
Deli (Ahmud) in a neat bungalow built in European style Anderson
when entering the field was given a salute with five gunshots while
waiting for Sri Maharaja Lela, brother of King Bindahara. From
there to a small village called Pematang with a village head called
Datu Samoangsa. Anderson feels that Pematang is a big place, lots
of residents, big houses, there are a bunch of wild pigs next to the
river, and there are 4 (four) feet long iguana. There are pigeons and
other birds on the tree, lots of fish and cheap cost of them.
It also encountered silk and cotton fabrics, with a tartan
pattern with gold thread, and lots of raw silk needed. A new semi-
finished tartan sheets were done. In the afternoon meet with the
heads and accompanied by music and dance. It also encountered
silk companies and cotton garments, with tartan patterns and gold
threads, and a lot of raw silk was needed. A new semi-finished
tartan sheets were done. In the afternoon meet with the heads and
accompanied by music and dance. Also according to him, coal
people are: …… The Batubara people appear to be a happy,
contented, inoffensive race, every countenance smiling, and every
house open to the reception of strangers. The women have not that
odious custom of making large holes in their ears, as at Delli and
Langkat. They are a fair race, and some are really handsome. They
are not disfiguring their mouths by chewing betel. Many of the
young men abstain from the use of seree altogether. …………..
Batubara people are happy, contented, non-disruptive, smiling
face, and all homes are open to foreigners. Women have a habit of
making big holes in their ears, like in Deli and Langkat. They are
very happy, and some of them look handsome. They do not stain
their mouths with betel. Young men together abstain to use
betel.....
From the results of research in Bogak have found three
important things for the source of history and archaeology are (1)
boat; (2) European currency; and (3) cannons. Especially for boats
or sampans from the remaining materials there is found an absolute
calendar with carbon radio analysis by calculating the remaining
C14 on organic objects. The results show that between 240 ± 120
BP (1950), i.e. 240 ± 178 years ago, or in other words that the
carcass originated from 200s years ago (Koestoro, 2008: 26).
The discovery of the shipwreck site in good condition is an
advantage and based on observations, it can be seen that in the area
around where the boat discovery was not found the rest of the boat
work, wood chips (tatal) example, and this can be interpreted as an
indication that the boat is not in place of manufacture. About the
existence of these boats at the discovery site, it can be stated. The
existence of the boat is at the bottom of the shoreline is the result
of the occurrence of deposition that has lasted for a long time.
It is alleged that the boat was deliberately stranded, laid there,
and gradually the sedimentary material that water brought over the
boat. Later the sediment layers that cover it become thick. Then by
the activity of scouring by the sea water is strong enough and lasts
long, the layer of land that previously covered the boat finally
disappeared and poked out the body of the boat was to the surface.
This needs to be addressed well, that the invention of Bogak Beach
boat is a cultural heritage object that is closely related to people's
lives in the area at least at the beginning of the 18th. Many sailors
and merchants of different countries/nations sprang up the life of
the economy and foster the multiethnic life that will give a new
horizon to the people of North Sumatra (Koestoro, 2008: 31).
While the findings of the European currency which, if
associated with Anderson records that time was also located in
Kampong Bogak mention that .......till I arrived, no coins but
dollars were current there, and these only of the large bust; but I
paid him now. At his desire, in small dollars, sicca rupees, sukus,
and talis, the Pinang currency; being proof of their good
intentions….. So in the area do not encounter coin currency but the
dollar, also currency from Pinang like rupee, tribe and rope. When
the discovery of the canoe found some currencies, among others,
Netherlands East Indies currency dates 1887, made of silver, and
worth 1/20 guilders.
This is the currency of Koninklijke Leidong Munt, Utrecht,
and The Netherlands. While in the back there is a Javanese script
“sapnyaba rayutus rupiyah” and Arabic script “sakdu ratus
rupiyah”. That means the currency is worth a hundred dollars.
There are also currencies originating from the British merchant or
EIC = East India Company, and listed in 1887. The 1219 Hijriah it
means 1804 AD.
This reinforces that the canoe was used around the end of the
18th century and early 18th century AD. Was it then that no longer
used the currency when Anderson to Bogak or not still need further
research. It was visible trade between nations.
The findings of cannons in several places in Bogak and
particularly in the Batubara district relate to data showing that as
many as 49 cannons were brought for the war by the Dutch at the
time of the naval deployment with a marine army of 1000 men,
they arrived by ship Djambi, Sindoro, Amsterdam, Montrado,
Delfzil, and Dasson.
The Army Commander is W.E.F. Heemskerck, and
Commander of the Task Force Mandala is Sea Lieutenant P.A. van
Rees. The expedition sailed from Batavia on 20 August 1865 and
landed on Batubara on 12 September 1865 and in Bagan Asahan on
18 September 1865.
83
3. CONCLUSION Breman, Jan, (1997) Menjinakkan Sang Kuli. Politik Kolonial Pada Awal
Abad Ke-20. Jakarta: KITLV dan Pustaka Utama Grafiti.
From the research results can be seen that the object of current Husny, Tengku H.M. Lah, (1978) Lintasan Sejarah Peradaban dan Budaya
findings has high historical and archaeological value that should be Penduduk Melayu Pesisir Deli Sumatra Timur, 1612 – 1950. Jakarta :
Departmen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan
preserved and recorded as the history of the Indonesian nation in
Jufrida, (2001) Batubara, Perjalanan Sejarahnya di Pesisir Timur
general and Batubara Regency in general. When the discovery of Sumatera. Dalam Berkala Sangkhakala, Nomor : 09/2001, Juni 2001.
the canoe also found some currencies, among others, Netherlands Medan : Balai Arkeologi Medan
East Indies currency dates in 1887, made of silver, and worth 1/20 Lucas Partanda Koestoro, dkk. (2008) Subfosil dan Bangkai Perahu Di
guilders. Pesisir Timur Sumatera Utara. Dalam Berita Penelitian Arkeologi
This is the currency of Koninklijke Leidong Munt, Utrecht, Nomor 20. Medan : Balai Arkeologi Medan
and The Netherlands. While in the back there is a script of Java Nastiti, Titi Surti, (2003) Pasar Di jawa Masa Mataram Kuna abad VIII –
"sapnyaba rayutus rupiyah" and Arabic script "sakdu ratus XI Masehi. Jakarta : Pustaka Jaya
rupiyah". That means the currency is worth a hundred dollars. Nasution, Farizal dan Asli Br. Sembiring. (2007) Budaya Melayu. Medan :
There is also a currency that comes from the British trading Badan Perpustakaan dan Arsip Nasional Propinsi Sumatera Utara
Sinar, Tengku Luckman, (1991). Sejarah Medan Tempo Doeloe. Medan :
partnership or EIC = East India Company, and listed numbers in
Perwira
1887. Also, the currency is using the Arabic script that mentions ---------, (1975), Sumatera Utara Di Bawah Kekuasaan Hindia Belanda
the year 1219 Hijriah or 1804 AD. Jilid I. Medan :Tp
The existence of the findings provides benefits for the ---------, (1991) Sejarah Medan Tempoe Doeloe. Medan : Perwira
development of science related to history science, archeology, Thaib, Rustam, (1959) 50 Tahun Kotapraja. Medan Jawatan Kotapraja I
environmental science, and knowledge relating to the existence of
trade in the area, especially the development of history and it is
expected the local government can produce a policy in knowing the
history of maritime history development in the area.
Bogak in the past has a big role, especially in the 18th century
to 20, it is seen from the foundations found, and be it a boat or
European currency that supports the statement that there has been
trading between the kingdoms on the coast of East Sumatra with
Europe. In addition, the invention of cannon that further reinforces
the notion that there has been European involvement in the land of
East Sumatra.
The boat is a cultural heritage object that is closely related to
people's lives in the area at least in the early 18th. As many sailors
and merchants of different lands and nations sprang up the life of
the economy. Another urgency is the practical benefit of being able
to use past experiences written on the paper, and then as an attempt
to explore local sources of history in the region. Especially about
the existence of natural and cultural potential and history at Bogak
Beach, Tanjung Tiram, Batubara Regency, North Sumatra
Province.

3.1.Suggestion

The historical and archaeological remains of Bogak beach in

the form of boats/canoes, currency and also cannons can be used
for tourism, where the area can be used as a tourist attraction or
tourist destination. Tourism is a means to accelerate the unity of
the nation and the nations of the world, because they know each
other's culture. Cultural diversity is the wealth that belongs to
everyone. It is not to be a means of differentiation but instead
becomes the medium of self-knowledge respectively.
It should also be realised that introducing cultural richness
through the findings of history and archaeology as well as activities
to increase tourist visits. Therefore, it is necessary to cooperate
with various parties so that archaeological and historical findings in
Bogak Beach are sustainable all the time. It will also prosper the
surrounding community if used as a tourist attraction, and able to
increase the level of tourist visits.

Reference

Anderson, John Esquire. (1926). Mission to East Coast Sumatra in

M.DCCC.XXIII. London: William Blackwood, Edinburgh and T.
Cadell, Strand.
Asiyanto, (2008) Metode Konstruksi Bangunan Pelabuhan. Jakarta : UI
Press.

84
 The Archaeological Architecture of Kota Johor Lama
Fadhillah Mohd Nasir1 Helena Aman Hashim 2
Department of Architecture, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur

Abstract: Built heritage is one of the important cultural assets which inclusive historic buildings; archaeological sites; township; city-
states; and structures. It signifies physical evidence and represents layers of historical civilization in the built environment. Archaeological
sites could be deemed as partaking both historic and architectural significance in the built heritage based on its remarkable occurrences.
Kota Johor Lama has been gazetted by Jabatan Warisan Negara Malaysia under the category of the national archaeological site. The history
of Kota Johor Lama had begun in 1540. The fortress was rebuilt and strengthened as part of the tactical measures taken by the Sultan of
Johor. Kota Johor Lama had witnessed battlefront against the Portuguese, Aru, Acheh, and Siak. Constant assault enforced the fortress to be
competent in offend and defend. Excavation works were established in the 1930s, 1950s and 1960s to investigate the remaining artefacts
and structures at the ruined fortress. The military architecture of Kota Johor Lama is reputably signifying the vernacular approach on its
tactical measures. It represents an example of a Malayan fortress built in response to the condition state of that particular time. Fortified
with mounds at its perimeter; located at rock-strewn and steep riverbank; visible view to oversee weak point of the area, and armed with
Malayan firearms established this fortress to endure any assaults from the enemies. Based on the archaeological reports, this paper is
focusing on the architecture specifically on the military architecture of the Kota Johor Lama. Perhaps this study will deliberate the
correlation of both disciplines in archaeology and military architecture which have been overlooked in the field of built environment.

Keywords: Archaeological site, Malay city-state, military architecture, fortress

1. INTRODUCTION to Abu Abd. Al-Halim (2014) is variable based on the war

1 situation. The need of fortifying has become crucial to foresee any
Heritage significance diverges from its history; culture; social;
archaeology; architecture; nature and aesthetic values. Historic
buildings; archaeological sites; township; city-states; and structures
are specifically important cultural assets of built heritage. The
historic archaeological sites were significant physical evidence of
the past and prospectively could broaden the knowledge of earlier
activities or events.
Building up what is known as the built environment as
according to Drennan (2010) was the human approach by
manipulating its environments. Creating structures in response to
the availability of technology, material, man skills, and
surrounding shaped better structures and edifices. The architecture
and construction techniques of heritage buildings; archaeological
sites; or even structures could not stand alone without the
interference of other related fields such as the history and
archaeology. These disciplines could be working together on how
to obtain the evidence, to validate the chronology, to cross-check
the occurrences, and to substantiate the building materials.
Mohd Nazri and Abdul Aziz (2011) implied that it is
necessary to look back at the history which it could contribute to
the profound sense of appreciating what had happened before.
Besides, perhaps it could boost one’s gratitude to the greatness of
the nation. Kota Johor Lama was one of the earliest Malay
fortifications that were built after the fall of Melaka to the
Portuguese. Even though it was not the first fortification that was
built after the last Sultan of Melaka retreated to Johor, but it
signifies great aspiration towards the construction of Malay city-
state. Based on the archaeological reports, the military architecture
of the Malays could be discovered.
The Malay nation was remarkable in its history and heritage.
The Malays had demonstrated their richness in its culture, arts,
tradition, architecture and even the ability to make weapons. Malay
architecture had shown the technology and sustainability in the
construction of the royal palaces and dwellings. It can be perceived
that the Malays expertise in construction was not limited to build
houses but arguably in building fortresses as well (Mohd
Koharuddin, 2007).
Defense structure was erected to play a significant role in the
battle procedure. The difficulty to survive in a battlefield according
1
1 Postgraduate student in, Department of Architecture, University of
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: hallihdaf@gmail.com
2 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, University of Malaya, Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: helena@uni.edu.my
threat from the enemies. In the Malay world itself, the remaining
fortress or Malay city-state has indicated military history. The
varied approach on its tactical aspects and military architecture
feature giving the impression that each of Malay fortresses was
built according to the needs; functions and circumstances
demanded at that specific time.
2. METHODOLOGY
This paper focuses on historical context and archaeological data of
Kota Johor Lama and employs historical research method to the
deliberate military architecture of Kota Johor Lama. Historical
context denotes to past conditions that may influence the present.
According to Schensul (2008), psychological characteristics in
specific place and time could be shaped the society’s social,
economic, political, and physical factors. In this paper, to better
understands the military architecture of Kota Johor Lama it is
important to know how it was evolved and what shaped the
establishment of this city-state. A critical perspective on historical
context and archaeological data would appraise factors contributed
to previous situations (Lundy, 2008; Schensul, 2008).
For historical research, references and sources must be
crosschecked and cross-validated (Schensul, 2008). Thus, site
observation and site visit were done to gather the primary data.
Secondary evidence was collected through literature review which
includes references from archival records, information gathered
from the Kota Johor Lama Museum, books, journals, photographs,
and maps.
3. THE CITY-STATE OF KOTA JOHOR LAMA
3.1 City-State along the Riverside of Sungai Johor
(1528 – 1719)
The term Malay city-state encompasses of the palace for the
Sultan, public buildings and simultaneously embody as a fortress.
Early settlements or villages in the Peninsular Malaysia begin
along the riverside or coastal area. It can be said that before any
particular area expands into a city-state for a successor's
administration centre, there was an inclusion of the existing
settlements or villages.

85
 Ezrin and Roslan (2009) in their discussion describes that
every settlements or village is a complete stand unit at which point
because of the development of trade, those areas that occupy with
strategic location had developed into entrepot which eventually
became the city and established as the fortification. This is
supported by Meor Ahmad Noor (2001) who mentioned that the
newly selected area opened by the Sultans are commonly had its
population in presence which typically established at the river
estuaries or coastline. This strategic placement allows the
establishment of sustainable economic and politic activities.
The early establishment of Johor Sultanate was started after the
fall of Melaka Empire to the Portuguese in 1511. Sultan Mahmud
Syah I, who was the last Sultan of Melaka fled to Johor and
established himself as the first Sultan of Johor. Sultan Mahmud
Syah I had enthroned few places including Bintan and Muar.
Figure 1 Location of Johor city-states along Sungai Johor.
(Improvised map based on gathered information from Muzium
Kota Johor Lama) –the above pictorial by Author
Sungai Johor had become the most critical location of Malay
city-states for the Johor Sultanate as it witnessed numbers of
fortifications were opened along this riverside (Ab Razak, 1998;
Abdullah Zakaria & Zainal Abidin, 1994; Muzium Kota Johor
Lama, 2014). The geographical location of Sungai Johor can be
described as relatively insulated. Thus it is sheltered from
monsoons. The wide and deep river allows the merchant to transit
and trade which established Johor as an entrepot to compete with
Malacca and Aceh.
Referring to Figure 3.1, it indicates the location of Johor city-
states along Sungai Johor. There were seven (7) Johor’s city-states
that could be retrieved which are Kota Kara; Kota Sayong; Kota
Touhid; Kota Batu Sawar; Kota Seluyut; Kota Panchor and Kota
Johor Lama. The strategic position makes Johor as a gateway to the
south of the Straits of Melaka and able to control the sea trade from
the west and east region. Johor could strengthen its position as the
entrepot in the Selat Melaka with the assistance of Orang Laut who
helps to patrol the Johor maritime.
Figure 2 Genealogy of the Johor Sultanate and correlation with
their fortification.
(Improvised from Wilkinson, R. J. (1955) –the above pictorial by
Author
To discuss concisely on the historical background of Kota Johor
Lama, it is crucial to visualize the interrelationship between each
city-state and the Sultan of Johor who commanded it to be built.
Frequently, data sources on the history of the Sultans or his
fortifications were written descriptively, and somehow it is quite
challenging to grasp or understand the whole story as it might be
overlapping. Thus, to assist in a better understanding, a pictorial on
the genealogy of the Johor Sultanate and correlation with their
fortification was developed (refer Figure 3.2).
As shown in Figure 3.2, it is apparently identifiable which
fortifications were built at the riverine of Sungai Johor in the
district of Kota Tinggi. There are also fortifications which were not
built in the riverine area. From the 13 fortifications, only 7 of them
are located in Sungai Johor and Kota Johor Lama was chosen twice
as the administration centre for Johor government. This is one of
the arguments why this paper is concentrating on the Kota Johor
Lama to be deliberated further besides its remaining physical
evidence and historically is clear.
The fortifications built along Sungai Johor are concurrently
functioned as the administration centre for the Johor government
and arguably became the city-state of Johor. From the Figure 3.2
also it can be screened, there are a few of the Sultan Johor who
opened more than one fortification. This probably occurred as an
86
action to replace the former fortification that may have been
destroyed or no longer suitable to defend as the administrative and
defensive center for the Johor government.
3.2 Historical Background
The construction of Kota Johor Lama was founded by Sultan
Alauddin Riayat Syah II, the second Sultan of Johor who was
descendant from the Melaka Sultanate. Sultan Alauddin Riayat
Syah II first built his ruling centre at Kota Kara (1529-1535) and
Kota Sayong (1535-1540) before moved to Kota Batu or Kota
Johor Lama in 1540 (R. O. Winstedt, 1979).
Kampung Johor Lama or also known as Johor Kampung has
existed before the construction of Kota Johor Lama by Sultan
Alauddin Riayat Syah II (Muzium Kota Johor Lama, 2014). Upon
the arrival, Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II had ordered his
Bendahara to assemble KotatheJohor
aborigines
Lama to build him a settlement. R.
O. Winstedt (1992) indicated that the fortification was fortified
with ditches and there was palace built within the area besides
other facilities includes mosques, audience hall, drum-stand, ponds,
and wells.
Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II successfully revived the
glorious era of the Melaka Sultanate in the administration of more
than 20 years in Kota Johor Lama (Buyong, 1980; Muzium Kota
Johor Lama, 2014). During the administration in Kota Johor Lama,
Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II encountered with several attacks
and threats from the Portuguese and Acheh. Portuguese was not
content with the achievement of trading activities in Kota Johor
Lama which affected the Portuguese profit held in Kota Melaka
(Fortaleza de Malacca). During assault of the Portuguese, Johor
army managed to defeat the attack and Johor Sultanate remain its
sovereignty.
Acheh on the other hand, strike attacks to the Sultan Alauddin
Riayat Syah II’s administration in Kota Johor Lama because they
wanted to expand their colony and simultaneously had an authority
of conquering the trading activities around the Malay Archipelago.
Besides, Buyong (1980) recorded that the patronage given to Ratu
Aru by Johor when Aru was attacked by Acheh made Johor as a
target for Acheh. The glory administration of Sultan Alauddin
Riayat Syah II declined after Kota Johor Lama was defeated by
Acheh attack in 1564. Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II, the royal
family, and his officers were captured and taken to Acheh
(Buyong, 1980; Wilkinson, 1955). During the reign of Sultan
Muzaffar Syah the third Sultan of Johor, His Highness opened a
new fortification in Bukit Seluyut known as Kota Seluyut and the
administration remained during the fourth Sultan of Johor, Sultan
Abdul Jalil Syah I. Kota Johor Lama at that time was left
abandoned for nine years.
It was under the ruling of the fifth Sultan of Johor, Sultan Ali
Jalla Abdul Jalil Riayat Syah II; His Highness reopened Kota Johor
Lama and succeeded as the Johor administration centre in 1573.
The fortification was enlarged and fortified with structured
mounds. Consistent with a purpose of fortification, Kota Johor
Lama was surrounded by the palace, chieftain houses, settlement
and community facilities (Abdul Halim, 1990; Raiha, 1981). Ab
Razak (1998), Abdullah Zakaria and Zainal Abidin (1994) stated
that Kota Johor Lama had become one of the most important
entrepots in the Malay Archipelago that attained the glory of trade
activities as achieved during the Melaka Sultanate period. This
remarked another chapter of the glorious era in Kota Johor Lama.
The attacks and counter-attacks were prolonged until the
administration years of Sultan Ali Jalla Abdul Jalil Shah II. Sultan
Ali Jalla Abdul Jalil Shah II with the coalition with Sultans under
Johor's patronage and the Dutch did plan a large-scale attack
towards Portuguese. The Portuguese in Melaka was almost
defeated, but with the military aid of Portuguese in Goa, they
succeeded to contain the attack (Buyong, 1980; Muzium Kota
Johor Lama, 2014).
In 1587, the Portuguese troops launched a large scale
invasion and besieged Kota Johor Lama for counter-attack but
were defeated in that year later. Kota Johor Lama suffered total
demolished in a massive conflagration. This situation forced Sultan
Ali Jalla Abdul Jalil Shah II retreated and opened a new
fortification in Batu Sawar (Buyong, 1980; Muzium Kota Johor
Lama, 2014). Therefore, it was the end of glory days of Kota Johor
Lama as one of the great power to be reckoned around the Malay
Archipelago.
3.3 Archaeological Report on Kota Johor Lama
Figure 3 Satellite image: Current location of Kota Johor Lama,
Kota Tinggi, Johor.
(Source: Google Earth, 2015)
Kota Johor Lama was located within Kampung Johor Lama in the
district of Kota Tinggi, Johor. Referring to the current location of
Kota Johor Lama as per Figure 3.3, it is situated on the riverside of
Sungai Johor. It was built quite secluded and not located at the
immediate of Sungai Johor downstream Perceiving at the
positioning of this fortification.
Kota Johor Lama is also known as Kota Batu. It was one the
earliest Malay fortifications built dated in 1540. This fortification
has a long history as an administration and trade centre of the Johor
Sultanate government. The fortification or administration centres
for Johor government are consistently shifted from one location to
another due to enemy threats, and Kota Johor Lama was one of the
remaining fortifications along the Sungai Johor (Ab Razak, 1998).
Referring to Lee Ai Ywee (1994), stated there were three (3)
phases on excavation report of Kota Johor Lama starting from the
1930s, 1950s to 1960s.
Excavation Summary of archaeological findings on
Report / Year architecture
Excavation ● The earliest research was done indirectly or
Report on the directly on the 1930s. From the observation,
1930s a fortress with mound was found. These
initial findings lead to further research to
establish and strengthen previous historical
reports.
Excavation ● Gibson-Hill J.R.Logan recorded the
Report on the discovery of that mound. But somehow, no
1950s further excavation was done by him. His
findings were more beads, gemstones, Ming
blue and white porcelains, tombs, and
Siamese Buddha heads.
● Johore Survey Department had done
topographical investigation upon nearby
kampung and the fortress. These findings
contribute to the ‘Encampments and Moats of
the Fort at Johor Lama’ which published by
R.O.Winstedt (refer Figure 3.2).
87
 ● Paul Weatley investigated the fortress
structure and discovered 3 meters depth
trenches surrounded the mound which
fronting Sungai Johor.
● Excavations done by G.de.G.Sieveking was
focused on the character of the mound. There
is an embrasure pointing down to the port.
The ruined stones and logs were found and
estimated to be gun-platforms.
● There were trenches on the slopes
overlooking the port.
● There were old alluvium and reef coral
substance found outside the mound.
Excavation ● Excavation works done by W.G.Solheim II
Report on the and John Matthews. Through the research,
1960s there were two occupational times and two
times of ruined occurred in this fortress. It
wasclear evident based on archaeological
findings.

Figure 5 The fortified wall of Kota Johor Lama drawn by

Buyong Adil in 1971.
(Source: Abdullah Zakaria, G., & Zainal Abidin, B. (1994). reprint
from Buyong, A. (1971).

Figure 4 The map of ‘Encampments and Moats of the Fort at

Johor Lama’ in 1932.
(Source: Winstedt, 1979)

Figure 6 The fortified wall of Kota Johor Lama drawn by

Abdul Halim Nasir in 1990.
(Source: Abdul Halim, 1990)

88
 Figure 7 The fortified wall of Kota Johor Lama based on Figure 8 Plan sketch during the site visit at Kota Johor Lama
Kamaruuddin Ab. Razak in 1998. in December 2014.
(Source: Ab Razak, K. (1998). Peninggalan sejarah di persisiran
sungai Johor. Selangor: Percetakan Asni Sdn Bhd.)

Abdul Halim (1990), he did mention that the Sultan and aborigines
were lived harmoniously within the area of Kota Johor Lama. This
Kampung is asserted with the previous description by Shepard (1961) which
Johor Lama it can be presumed that there was a palace built for the Sultan and
maybe houses for chieftains even though presently the exact
location of the palace and other buildings are still left unidentified.
Kota Johor These built-up undeniably built during the Sultan Ali Jalla Abdul
Lama Jalil Shah II supremacy since these major facilities were once built
Museum to facilitate during the reign of Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II.
Mound [B] This intention in some reason indicates the continuation of
Open access [D] facilitating the aborigines besides providing amenities for the
Sungai Johor
traders as well.
Mound [C] Kota Johor Lama is one of the fortifications built by the
Mound [A] Fortification of Malays. At present, this fortification physically remains, and its
Kota Johor military architecture is observable. This fortification is also known
Lama as Kota Batu because it was built on a foreland called Tanjung
Figure 9 Satellite image: Fortification of Kota Johor Lama. Batu. Based on the site visit and observation, Kota Johor Lama was
(Source: Google Earth, 2015) enclosed with fortified human-made mounds. It covers a
rectangular plan outline and facing the Sungai Johor.
It can be presumed that these mounds were the frontier
structure of this fortification. The mound is approximately at 4 to 5
3.4. Discussion on Military Architecture of Kota feet (1.5 to 1.7 meters) in height and measures at 4 feet (1.5
Johor Lama in Relation with Archaeological meters) width. The height of these mounds is sufficiently suitable
Reports to protect the Johor's army by defending behind it. There are two
different lengths for these mounds. There are few small mounds
Based on the information gathered from Muzium Kota Johor Lama with approximately at 6 to 9 feet (2.0 to 3.0 meters) long which
(2014), Kampung Johor Lama was part of the fortification’s facing the Sungai Johor (labelled as Mound [A] in Figure 4.5).
planning. Even though the fortification had suffered massive ruined There are another two elongated mounds at side's measures roughly
during the reign of Sultan Alauddin Riayat Syah II, yet there were at 100 feet (30 meters) in length (labelled as Mound [B] and
remaining settlements or kampung in that area (Abdullah Zakaria Mound [C] in Figure 4.5). The distance observed between both
& Zainal Abidin, 1994; Buyong, 1980). In 1540, Sultan Ali Jalla Mound [B] and Mound [C] is around 66 feet (20 meters) apart.
Abdul Jalil Shah II came to reopen the fortification. Upon the Within that rectangular plan, the outline is an open flat area.
arrival of Sultan Ali Jalla Abdul Jalil Shah II, the existed The fortified mounds only secured at the 3-sided portion of
settlement or kampung became part of the reconstruction of Kota the rectangular plan outline. The other side was left open, and it
Johor Lama. can be assumed that this part leads to the settlement or kampung
The fortification which left abandoned about nine years had area (labelled as Open Access [D] in Figure 4.5). At the same time,
been refurbished and enlarged which covered the area of a hilltop it might be one of the execution plans if there is an event of
includes a tributary (Abdul Halim, 1990). From the description of overthrow where the open area will facilitate for the people to

89
retreat. Thus, the non-enclosed rectangular plan outline might work
for Kota Johor Lama as the people might filtrate and not besieged
within the fortification.
Physically, the fortified mounds were built with heaps of soil.
But according to Abdul Halim (1990), the mound was layered with
blocks of solid stone and gravel fragments which added the
strength of these mounds. According to Lee Ai Ywee (1994) based
on the archaeological reports in the 1950s, there were old alluvium
and reef coral substance found outside the mound. Abdul Halim
(1990) described that the fortified mounds were layered with solid
stone blocks and Shepard (1961) specifically mentioned the solid
stone blocks are known as alluvium. During the observation, it can
be retraced that the solid stone blocks are positioning beneath the
fortified mounds (Figure 4.10). The layers beneath the mounds can
be identified by applying stratigraphy study done by the Museum
Department during the excavation works in 1960 (Abdullah
Zakaria & Zainal Abidin, 1994; Muzium Kota Johor Lama, 2014).
In addition, the pictorial reference from Abdul Halim (1990) as per
Figure 4.9, shows that these fortified mounds were assembled with
earth.
Figure 10 Layers of material at the fortified mounds.
(Source: Abdul Halim, 1990)
Figure 11 Solid stone blocks beneath the fortified mounds.
There is two interval time in 1564 and 1787 where the earth
layers were reform (Abdul Halim, 1990; Abdullah Zakaria &
Zainal Abidin, 1994). The earth layers strengthen with blocks of
solid stone and gravel fragments placed inside it. Abdullah Zakaria
and Zainal Abidin (1994) added there is cockles' residue which
might be one of the materials used to strengthen the mounds. On
top of these, there is another earth layer that covers the materials
beneath it. The intention was to conceal the blocks of solid stone,
and gravel fragments thus make it invisible and were the
foundation or key strength of these fortified mounds. This is
parallel with the findings of archaeological reports in the 1960s
where the excavation works done by W.G.Solheim II, and John
Matthews found there were two occupational times and two times
of ruined occurred in this fortress.
The construction of Kota Johor Lama was certainly
manipulating the site’s topography. Referring to Figure 3.4, the
map of ‘Encampments and Moats of the Fort at Johor Lama’ in
1932 shows the topographical details (Lee Ai Ywee,
1994).Referring to the sectional outline as per Figure 3.12, Kota
Johor Lama located at the riverbank of Sungai Johor. The foreland
of Tanjung Batu is naturally possessed with huge rocks and stones
at its steep terrain. The steep terrain indirectly could assist in
delaying the mobility of the enemies. The enemies need to climb
up the rock-strewn surfaces to reach the top which might be
challenging to further any attacks as the Johor's army may persist
the counter-attack.
Figure 12 Sectional sketch on observation at Kota Johor
Lama.
Over the observation, physically the fortified structure at
Kota Johor Lama was straightforward. As mentioned in the
previous sub-topic, these mounds were the frontier of this
fortification and visually were the only fortified structure built
elongated at the headland. The construction method for the
fortified mounds was irrefutable as one of the defensive strength of
Kota Johor Lama. Assembling solid stone blocks as the hidden
construction method beneath the heaps of solid which structuring
the mound affirms it can withstand the artillery attacks of the
enemy.
Even though Winstedt (1992) mentioned, there were no walls
or towers at Kota Johor Lama but to refute on his statement
regarding the walls, the arrangement of these mounds, in fact,
creating and defining the fortified wall of the Kota Johor Lama.
Correspondingly, this fortification does not have any tower as
mentioned by Winstedt (1992) which might be related to its
location.
90

Figure 13 The mounds arrangement which creates and defines
the fortified wall of the Kota Johor Lama.
This location offers a clear view towards Sungai Johor
situated at the hilly riverside. As described by Shepard (1961),
Kota Johor Lama has a commanding position which gives
advantages in its battle procedure as the troops were able to
observe any assault. The terrain of Tanjung Batu is rock-strewn,
and its slippery surfaces made it difficult for the enemies to climb
up onto Kota Johor Lama. Abdul Halim (1990) also notes the
surrounding area of Kota Johor Lama was surrounded by swamps
and bushes which restraint movement of the enemies. These
natural features did gives advantages to the Johor's defence
strategy.
Ab Razak (1998); Abdullah Zakaria and Zainal Abidin (1994)
did mention; there were trenches outside the fortified wall.
However, the remaining trenches were unable to be seen clearly
which might imply there was corrosion that disturbs its form. Apart
from that, it is possible that the sloping terrain outside the fortified
wall may make it difficult to dig the trenches at its adequate depth.
There was a shallow, narrow ditch on the inside at the
foot of the rampart.
(Abdul Mubin, 1961,
pp. 36).
In addition, according to Shepard (1961), there is the
existence of ditch and rampart which apparently built as an element
of tactical use. However, both of these military architectural
elements mentioned are no longer visible.
Figure 14 View from the sloping terrain overlooking the
fortified wall of Kota Johor Lama. There is no apparent sight
or indication of the remaining trenches.
Figure 15 The cut-out at the intervals of mounds which
possibly are openings for gun or cannons embrasures
(the fortified wall of Kota Johor Lama).
Additionally, the cut-out at the intervals of mounds suggesting
it were probably for cannon embrasures as mentioned in
archaeological reports in the 1960s (Lee Ai Ywee, 1994).
Excavations done by G.de.G.Sieveking found an embrasure
pointing down to the port where the ruined stones and logs were
estimated to be gun-platforms. The cut-out intervals are
strategically placed facing the Sungai Johor. There were also
possibly gun-platforms made up from wood to hold the position for
the cannons (Abdullah Zakaria & Zainal Abidin, 1994; Shepard,
1961). This is being supported by few scholars who described that
Kota Johor Lama was armed with cannons; Buyong (1980), Abdul
Halim (1990), Winstedt (1992) and Mohamed Roselan (1998).
Further descriptions from the scholars are as following:
Dalam peperangan itu, pasukan askar-askar Portugis
yang diketuai oleh Matheus Pereira Sampaio telah
dapat menawan Kota Batu setelah beberapa ramai
askar-askarnya terkorban dan askar-askar Portugis yang
telah menawan Kota Batu itu telah menggunakan
meriam di kota itu menembak askar-askar Johor.
(Buyong, 1980, pp. 51).
..di Kota Batu mereka telah merampas kira-kira 800
pucuk meriam gangsayang besar-besar serta juga
beberapa banyak emas dan perak.
(Abdul Halim, 1990, pp. 96).
Johor Lama had no walls or towers, but the hill
whereon it lay was (as today) a peninsula round which
a river took a sharp bend. The fortifications were of
wood but strong with many cannons.
(Winstedt, 1992, pp. 27-
28).
Kota ini dilengkapi dengan senjata-senjata dan meriam
yang ditempatkan di tembok kota yang terletak di
hujung tanjung.
(Mohamed Roselan,1998
, pp. 26).
Both Mohamed Roselan (1998) and Winstedt (1992)
mentioned the fortification were fortified with cannons. The
supporting statement by Abdul Halim (1990) and Buyong (1980)
further described that the Portuguese had seized cannons from
Johor’s armies which affirms that Kota Johor Lama approached
with impartially sophisticated war equipment at that time.
Implicitly, it can be said there are no specific military formations
practised by the Malays. The military formation that might involve
was simply the front liner.
91
4. CONCLUSIONS
The interrelated between history, archaeology and military
architecture of Kota Johor Lama were undeniably associated. The
standpoint of these disciplines was crucial to obtain the evidence,
to validate the chronology, to cross-check the occurrences, and to
substantiate the building materials.
Malay city-state or fortress shows the credibility and
adaptability of tactical aspects in the Malay war. It was supported
by the formation of Malay fortification. It can be said that the idea
and expertise of the Malay community during that time can be seen
through the construction of this fortification which is not
influenced by any other architectural style.

References
Ab Razak, K. (1998). Peninggalan sejarah di persisiran sungai Johor.
Selangor: Percetakan Asni Sdn Bhd.
Abdul Halim, N. (1990). Kota-kota Melayu. Selangor: Percetakan Dewan
Bahasa dan Pustaka.
Abdullah Zakaria, G., & Zainal Abidin, B. (1994). Johor dahulu dan
sekarang. Kuala Lumpur: United Selangor Press Sdn Bhd.
Abu Abd. Al-Halim. (2014). Ketenteraan dan peperangan: senjata, taktikal
dan teknologi. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
Buyong, A. (1980). Sejarah Johor. Kuala Lumpur: Percetakan Dewan
Bahasa dan Pustaka.
Drennan, M. E. (2010). Architecture in archaeology: An examination of
domestic space in Bronze Age Mesopotamia". Spring 5-9-2010.
Ezrin, A., & Roslan , T. (2009). Sejarah ringkas perkembangan bandar-
bandar Melayu. eprints.usm.my.
Lee Ai Ywee. (1994). Kajian arkeologi di Johor Lama, 1510-1560. In G.
Abdullah Zakaria & B. Zainal Abidin (Eds.), Johor dahulu dan
sekarang. Kuala Lumpur: Persatuan Muzium Malaysia.
Lundy, K. S. (2008). Historical research In L. M. Given (Ed.), The SAGE
encyclopedia of qualitative research methods (Vol. 1 & 2, pp.
395-399). United States of America: SAGE Publications Inc.
Meor Ahmad Noor, M. H. (2001). Konsep sempadan negeri dalam
masyarakat. JATI Journal of Southeast Asian Studies(Bil 6), 69-
97.
Mohamed Roselan, A. M. (1998). Negeri Johor Darul Takzim. Selangor:
Oscar Book International.
Mohd Koharuddin, M. B. (2007). Peradaban Melayu. Johor, Malaysia:
UTM Press.
Mohd Nazri, A., & Abdul Aziz, H. (2011). Pemuliharaan dan
pemeliharaan warisan di Malaysia: Program pemuliharaan
Taiping bandar warisan oleh Majlis Perbandaran Taiping (A.
A. Hussin Ed.). Pulau Pinang: Penerbit Universiti Sains
Malaysia.
Muzium Kota Johor Lama. (2014). In Jabatan Muzium Malaysia (Ed.).
Schensul, J. J. (2008). Historical context. In L. M. Given (Ed.), The SAGE
encyclopedia of qualitative research methods (Vol. 1 & 2, pp.
392-393). United States of America: SAGE Publications Inc.
Shepard, A. M. (1961). Malayan Forts. Kuala Lumpur: Jabatan Muzium
Malaysia.
Winstedt, R. O. (1992). A history of Johore. In A. M. Shepard (Ed.), (pp.
14-29). Kuala Lumpur: The Malaysian Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society. (Reprinted from: Volume X Part III of the
Journal of the Malayan Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society in
December 1932 and September 1979).

92
 The Historical and Archeological Heritage as an Object for
Tourism Development Efforts in Central Tapanuli Regenc y
Suprayitno1, Ratna2, Junita Setiana Ginting3, Handoko4
Department of History, faculty of Cultural Science

Abstract: The historical and archaeological heritages scattered in the Central Tapanuli Regency, North Sumatra, have not been
functioned as much as possible as tourism destinations, either for economic, politic or tourism interests. In this era of globalisation, all
potential must be explored, researched, and exposed to the fullest. The result is clearly for the common good to create a civil society. The
Excavation of Historical and Archaeological Potential Program in Central Tapanuli Regency, North Sumatra should be implemented in line
with prospects of Central Tapanuli Regency as a potential area of cultural heritage, and a tourist destination city. The purpose of this
research is to provide benefits for the development of science related to history, archaeology and also knowledge related to tourism,
especially tourism development. It is expected that local government will later make policy to develop tourism in its region, especially in
Central Tapanuli Regency. The primary and secondary data collecting procedures are conducted through observation or direct survey to
research object, carrying out focus group discussion and searching supporting data to libraries and institutions that are considered the
source of data in this research. The research materials are gathered from the source of data obtained directly from the results of
observation/survey in the form of cultural data results which are historical and archaeological objects found in Central Tapanuli Regency
and also from the secondary data. There are some primary data that need to be researched, which become a collection of individuals that
contain predetermined traits. Data analysis method applied in this research is historical and archaeological analysis method that aims to
study and explore facts or experiences and developments of the past by trying to draw conclusions and try to make interpretations of data
from these events. The final result of this research is to increase tourism visits that impact on increasing public welfare in Central Tapanuli
Regency and to maintain existing historical and archaeological sites.

Keywords: Tourism Potential, Historical and Archeological Heritage.

1. INTRODUCTION discussion and supporting data searching to libraries and

In general, tourism potential in Central Tapanuli Regency is huge.
In addition to natural attractions, there are also historical attractions
and cultural heritage around the area of Barus and its surroundings.
The area is rich in archaeological relics and tombs as the evidence
of ancient grandeur so that Barus becomes one of the major ports
on the West Coast of Sumatera Island. Historical and
archaeological remains scattered in the Regency of Central
Tapanuli, North Sumatra, have not been fully functioned as tourist
destinations, either for economic, politics, or tourism interests. In
this globalisation era, all potential must be explored, researched,
and exposed to the fullest. The result is clearly for the common
good of creating a civil society. The purpose of this research is to
provide benefits for the development of science related to history,
archaeology and also knowledge related to tourism, especially
tourism development. It is expected that local government will
later make policy to develop tourism in its region, especially in
Central Tapanuli Regency. People living in tourist areas apparently
have the opportunity to add value to their economy through
tourism. It starts with careful planning, appropriate steps, and
development strategies that are in line with local traditions.
Therefore, spatial planning at all levels should include the
preservation of buildings and objects containing a historical value.
It is in the region of Barus which has many archaeological and
historical heritage that can be developed.
institutions that are considered to be source of data in this research,
such as National Archives of the Republic of Indonesia in Jakarta,
National Library of Indonesia, Tourism Office of Central Tapanuli
Regency, Medan Archaeological Centre, North Sumatera
Provincial Museum, and from researchers conducted as well as
from publications or magazines related to cultural relics and
studies. The research materials are gathered from the source of data
obtained directly from the results of observation or survey in the
form of cultural data results which are historical and archaeological
objects found in Central Tapanuli Regency and also from the
secondary data.
Data analysis method applied in this research is historical and
archaeological analysis method that aims to study and explore facts
or experiences and developments of the past by drawing
conclusions and making interpretations of data from these events.
The primary data include (1) data relating to responses, wishes and
opinions of local people with the presence of attractions in the area;
(2) socioeconomic and cultural conditions of the community.
While supporting data are obtained from various government
agencies with authority and related to tourism development in
Central Tapanuli Regency. This data collection is conducted to
obtain documents, archives, maps, reports, and so forth as
reference material for institutions related to tourism development
in Central Tapanuli Tengah Regency, Culture and Tourism Office
of North Sumatra Province, and Medan Archaeological Center.

2. RESEARCH METHOD 3.1. DISCUSSION

Research Methods in this study used qualitative methods 3.1 Barus and Potential Tourism of History and
emphasising in search of primary and secondary data. The primary Archaeology
and secondary data collecting procedures are conducted through
observation or direct survey to research object, focus group Barus is a district in Central Tapanuli Regency, North Sumatra,
—————————————————————————————— Indonesia, and the capital is located in Padang Masiang Village. It
1
Head of Post Graduate Dept, Faculty of Cultural Science USU.
2
Lecturer at Dept. of History, Faculty of Cultural Science USU
3
Lecturer at Dept. of History, Faculty of Cultural Science USU
4
Post Graduate Student, Dept. of History, Faculty of Cultural Science USU

93
is the city of Emporium and as the centre of civilisation in the 1-17
century as well as called by another name, Fansur. Barus is located
on the West Coast of Sumatera with an altitude between 0-3 meters
above sea level. It is located at Coordinate 02° 02'05"-02° 09'29"
North Latitude, 98° 17'18"-98° 23'28" East Longitude. Barus is
adjacent to Andam Dewi District on the north, Sosorgadong
District on the south, North Barus District on the east, and the
Indian Ocean on the west. In the past, Camphor and spices were a
precious trading commodity from this area and traded all the way
to Arab and Persia. Camphor was very fragrant and became the
main ingredient in the medical treatment in Arab and Persian
regions. The greatness of this camphor was well known to the
whole world so that it was much hunted, and the price was getting
higher. The excessive exploration of camphor results in no more
regeneration of these old trees. Currently, it is challenging to find
camphor trees, if any the age of the tree has not reached the age to
produce the powder existing in the middle of the tree trunk. Barus
is an old city and as one of the tourist destinations for
archaeological researchers of Islam both from within the country
and from abroad, especially in Lobu Tua where French and
Indonesian researchers conduct archaeological exploration. We can
see the relics of Islamic history in Barus nowadays that is Papan
Tinggi and Mahligai tombs.
Barus and its surrounding areas if viewed from all aspects
have enormous potential, especially in tourism, marine tourism and
other natural beauty. This is supported by the natural conditions
and the people of Barus who are friendly as well as many tourist
attractions scattered in the area. Coastal attraction is a primary
attraction in Barus. Also, it also has a historical tourist attraction of
ancient tombs that are the tombs of the spreaders of Islam in earlier
times. In this study, the tourism potential intended is the historical
and archaeological relics in the form of Islamic tombs and historic
buildings in Kota Tua Barus.
The evidence of the remains of Barus in the past to date still
exists. Monumental remains to this day in Barus are the tombstones
of saints (aulia) and kings together with their families. The tombs
are grouped in several tomb complexes, including the Tomb
Complex of Mahligai, Papan Tinggi, Tuan Ambar, Tuan Ibrahim
Syah and Tuan Maqdum. There is uniqueness in the complex, such
as large tombstones equipped with quite a large calligraphy and
decorations. Here are some places or complexes that could
potentially be a tourist destination:
3.1.1. The Tomb Complex of Mahligai
This tomb complex is located in the Aek Dakka village Barus,
which is in the hills covering an area of about 2 hectares. To reach
the tomb complex, we can use four-wheeled vehicles with paved
road conditions. The road to the tomb complex is rising. Around
the complex, there is a church resting house and a car park located
on the east of the complex. The total area of the tomb complex is
1960 square meters, and it is surrounded by a barbed wire made by
Department of Culture and Education of North Sumatera (P3SK) in
1990/1991 and simultaneously conducted with its restoration. The
entrance to the complex is on the east side. The complex is
bordered by highways from land that has not been utilised on the
west, while on the north is the area of paddy fields.5 The complex
of this tomb is in the coordinates of N.20 02'.795" and E. 980
24'.196". In this tomb complex, there are 234 tombs, which are
represented by the tombstones. The tombstones are varied from the
simple to ornamental ones and from the smallest to largest ones. 6
——————————————————————————————
5 8
(Silitonga, et al., 2016, p. 9-10).
6 9
(Saidin, et al., 2014, p. 1.)
Some of the specific tombstones with unique shapes and decoration
or writing patterns that can be observed are described later.
3.1.2. The Tomb Complex of Papan Tinggi
This tomb complex is located in Penanggahan Village, Barus
District, Central Tapanuli Regency. This tomb complex is called
Papan Tinggi because it is located on a hill about 3000 meters
above sea level. The complex large is 40 meters x 15 meters and
surrounded by a 160 cm high fence made of wall and iron with an
entrance from the south with a width of 120 cm. 7 To reach this
area, there are 876 stairs. This tomb complex has been restored by
the Department of Education and Culture of North Sumatra in
cooperation with the Regional Government of North Sumatra in
1994-1995. In this complex, there are seven tombs, and six of them
are clustered with tombstones made of stone. A tomb has a
distinctive tombstone between the headstone and the footstone. 8
This Papan Tinggi tomb is the longest tomb and has a large and tall
headstone. It is regarded as a sacred tomb and is always visited by
people. Many inhabitants around Barus and pilgrims coming from
outside the region believe in the mystical story developed that if
the pilgrims whisper his request on the tombstone, then any wish of
the pilgrim might be granted. And if the request has been
submitted, the pilgrim should form a leaf to knot and put on the
tree stem around the tomb. If one day the request is granted, the
pilgrim should come back to release the leaf and bring it home.
3.1.3. The Tomb Complex of Tuan Ambar
It is located 200 meters from the Pananggahan Village highway,
not far from the entrance to the tomb complex of Papan Tinggi.
The complex is located at the coordinates of N. 20 01'.926 " and E.
980 24'.913". This tomb complex occupies a tomb area of 20 X 11
meters.
3.1.4. The Tomb Complex of Tuanku Ibrahim Syah
This tomb complex is located 15 meters from the intersection of
Bukit Hasang highway to Central Tapanuli Regency.
Geographically, it is located at the coordinates of N. 00 55'674"
E.1040 29'.543". It is also called Tuanku Batu Badan occupying
the area of 15.30 m X 10 m. There are 13 graves in this area.
3.1.5. The Tomb Complex of Tuan Syech Mahdum
The Tomb Complex of Tuan Syech Mahdum is not far from the
edge of the highway in the Village of Bukit Patu Pangan about 500
meters towards the coast and the centre of Barus. Geographically,
it is located at the coordinates of N. 20 01'460" and E. 980
25'.053". To reach this tomb, the pilgrims have to climb around 80
stairs. There are also other tombs of his followers in the area.
The area of the complex is around 421.18 square meters with
a height of about 5 meters from sea level. Like other ancient tombs,
the Tomb of Tuan Syech Machdum also has its own story but the
notes to reinforce its existence are incomplete as the other tombs
such as the tomb of Tuan Kayu Bungo, the Tomb of Tuan Kayu
Anang, the Tomb of Tuan Kayu Api-Api, the Tomb of Tuan Kayu
Arang in Kedai Gedang, the Tomb of Tuan Pulau Pane in Sosor
Gadong, and the Tomb of Tuan Kampung Solok in Kampung
Solok.9
——————————————————————————————
7
(Silitonga, et al., p. 10.)
(Saidin, et al., op. cit., p. 5.)
(Silitonga, et al., op. cit., p. 10-11.)
94
3.1.6. The Barus Fortress
This old Portuguese heritage building is located on the shore
of Barus. The castle, which is about half size of the football field,
looks unkempt. Buildings made of cast cement and pebbles are
partially eroded and received less attention from the government
and society. There should be an awareness of keeping the
inheritance is important to attract tourists to visit the Barus Fortress
in Central Tapanuli Regency.
3.1.7. Zero Point Monument (Tugu Titik Nol) of
Nusantara Islamic Civilization Barus
Zero Point Monument of Nusantara Islamic Civilization is a new
tourist attraction in Barus. This place has just been inaugurated by
the President of the Republic of Indonesia Joko Widodo. The zero
point marker is the construction of a monument with a ball as the
marker. This monument is located right on the shore of Barus at the
coordinate point of N 020 00'29.9'' E 0980 24'11.0''. Determination
of Barus as the zero point of Nusantara Islamic civilisation
indicates that Barus is a city of historical relics and of course many
archaeological remains, especially traces of Islamic archaeology.
3.2. Development of Archaeological and Historical
Sites in Barus for Sustainable Tourism
Barus as one of tourist destinations in North Sumatra and Central
Tapanuli Regency must be supported by adequate infrastructure.
Adequate infrastructure will undoubtedly provide a sense of
security to tourists who will visit Barus. The most important
facility to support tourist visit is accessibility. According to
Sunaryo, tourism accessibility is intended as "all facilities that
provide convenience to tourists to reach a destination or any related
to the tourist destination". Meanwhile, important factors related to
tourism accessibility include directions, airport, terminal, required
time, travel expenses, transportation frequency to tourist sites and
other equipment.10
From the primary infrastructure, some facilities have been met
such as highways with good and feasible conditions despite the
narrow road. There are also some directions at the crossroads, but
the directions only indicate the location not places of interest.
Access to Barus itself can be passed by Medan-Kabanjahe-
Sidikalang-Pakkat-Barus route and Medan-Pematang Siantar-
Tarutung-Sibolga-Barus route. In addition to the land route, access
to Barus can also be done through the airport Pinang Sori. From
Airport Pinang Sori, it takes at least 40 minutes away. Currently,
Barus continues to be developed for its transportation access
considering Barus is designated as one of the entrance gates to
Lake Toba and developed as Geopark Toba Caldera. On occasion,
Barus actually can sell tourism related to archaeological and
historical tourism, especially the History of Islamic Civilization in
the archipelago.
The availability of a place to stay is sufficient as there are
seven inns or hotels in the area of Islamic Archipelago site in Barus
with the price ranges from Rp.250.000, - to Rp.400.000, -.
Currently, there are being built star hotels in Barus which is located
not far from the Zero Point Monument directly facing the beach. In
addition to hotels and inns used as a temporary place to stay, a
restaurant or restaurant selling typical food of the area will be a
unique attraction for tourists. Based on the observations that the
research team has done, no restaurant sells typical culinary of
Barus. It is an excellent potential considering Barus is an area
consisting of several ethnics and cultures.
——————————————————————————————
10
(Sunaryo, 2013, p. 173)
Other supporting facilities in the area need to be developed
more, such as the availability of tourism information centre, money
changer, and others. A tourist information centre is only a tool of
promotion managed by the Department of Tourism of Central
Tapanuli Regency to promote all tourist attractions in Central
Tapanuli Regency. However, the availability of tourist information
centre (TIC) in the area does not exist yet so that tourists visiting
the site without using travel agency services will be confused in
getting the information. Besides, Money Changer is not available
in the area. The availability of other public facilities supporting
tourist activities is still less, such as hospitals located at
considerable distance from tourist locations or historical sites and
archaeology. Bank and ATM facilities are only located in certain
locations and sometimes difficult to reach by tourists. There has
been no particular officer for security, such as tourist police and
others. The parking area at tourist sites is also critical as a
supporting facility. Some locations of tourist destinations do not
have adequate parking facilities. Parking is only provided by the
surrounding community whose management and retribution have
not regularly been managed. Besides, there should be a kind of
amphitheatre serving tour guides to provide explanations to tourists
about the existence of the site, history and other important values.
The Department of Tourism of Central Tapanuli Regency needs to
build information boards on every site or tourist attraction that until
now has not been found in all sites.
In addition to facilities and infrastructure, the development of
cultural tourism stakeholder engagement is a very important role.
One of them is the stakeholders who bring tourists to cultural
attractions. These stakeholders usually come from the tourism
industry sector. One of the stakeholders who play a role is the
community, especially the community engaged in tourism such as
creative communities, community travel agencies and community
lovers of culture and history. All these communities are needed to
develop tourism in Barus.
However, there is not enough community in Barus until now.
There is a community that is engaged in tourism in Barus like
Pokdarwis (Group Sadar Wisata) but has not efficiently run yet.
This group is a group formed by the Department of Tourism of
Central Tapanuli Regency. In the future to promote tourism in
Barus needs to set up a group of Barus history lovers or cultural
activists groups. This group can indirectly promote tourism in
Barus because this group of historical sites and archaeology got
attention and promoted to the public.
Development of human resources in the field of tourism is
both managers and society in general. This human resource
development is carried out by conducting regular socialisation or
counselling on cultural preservation and tourism awareness,
conducting training related to tourism development such as
hospitality training, leadership training, information technology
training, homestay management training, entrepreneurship training
and others.11
The government that plays an active role is the government of
Central Tapanuli Regency, North Sumatra Government, the
Ministry of Tourism, the Ministry of Education and Culture, and
other parties who work together in the development of Barus. The
Government of Central Tapanuli Regency as the host and
controlling the territory has a broader role in the development of
Barus. Department of Tourism Central Tapanuli Regency has
become one of the most influential parties in product development,
event procurement, promotion, development of tourism facilities,
and others in Barus. Also, the Department of Central Tapanuli
Regency is also assigned to provide inputs or ideas related to
——————————————————————————————
11
(Khotimah, et al., 2017, p. 61).
95
tourism development in cooperation with the Department of
Transportation, the Department of Public Works, Highways,
Department of Industry and Trade, and other parties in the
implementation of its activities. In addition to the cooperation
between the Regional Government Work Units (SKPD), the
Government of Central Tapanuli Regency also needs to make MoU
(Memorandum of Understanding) with several private institutions
such as travel agency, Indonesian Tour Guide (HPI), Indonesian
Hotel and Restaurant Association (PHRI) of Indonesia Travel
Agencies (ASITA), and others who play an active role in tourism
development in general in Indonesia. 12
In addition to the Department of Tourism of Central Tapanuli
Regency, there are also other elements of the central government
playing an active role in the development of the area, namely the
Cultural Heritage Conservation Center (BPCB) Banda Aceh under
the Directorate of Education and Culture, a site for existing culture
in North Sumatra and Aceh Provinces. The primary role of BPCB
Banda Aceh is to lead to the preservation of the site. Among the
government parties, local government and central government,
most parties have a large portion the Department Tourism Office of
Central Tapanuli Regency and BPCB Banda Aceh. Both parties
establish cooperation regarding the development of the site by
making a MoU.
The potential in the area that can be developed into the object
of tourism attraction is not only regarding culture but also of nature
or environment (ecotourism). Tourist attraction (DTW) based on
nature or environment referred to here is a tour of mountain, river
and beach scenery. In addition to the natural beauty, the activities
existing in the community and presented as a vehicle for tourists is
to watch the tombstone making which is still done until now. The
tombstone is a hallmark of inheritance in Barus so that tourists can
see the continuity of activities carried out in the past but even done
until now. Also, the activity of working in the fields and breeding
of camphor tree becoming a primary commodity from 12th to 15th
century was also witnessed as tourism. However, these activities
are still not well managed as a tourist attraction. Another attraction
is an event or festival, but until now there has been no event
organised by the government of Central Tapanuli Regency. By
looking at the environmental and cultural conditions in Barus, there
are at least some events or festivals held in Barus such as the
Pilgrimage Festival of the Tomb, the Sikambang Festival, and
others. To that end, the local government, both the district and the
province, should be able to develop the potential that exists in the
region.
4. CONCLUSION
Potential owned by Barus, Central Tapanuli Regency is a
historical tourism in the form of ancient Islamic tombs, the tomb of
the saints of Islam spreader in Central Tapanuli. The tombs are
scattered in several locations in Barus such as the Tomb of
Mahligai, Papan Tinggi, Tuanku Syech Madum and Barus Fortress.
All the potential of existing tourism and supported by a strategic
location for travel tours make Barus very suitable to serve as a
tourist destination (DTW). Also, from Barus community we will
also get religious values, education, knowledge and others. Local
government or related agencies such as the Department of Culture
and Tourism of Central Tapanuli Regency should pay more
attention to the potentials in Barus so that the existence of ancient
tombs remains sustainable and historical values are maintained.
Fixing the facilities and infrastructure is needed in tourism to
increase the number of tourist visits, especially religious tourism in
Barus, Central Tapanuli Regency.
——————————————————————————————
12
(Khotimah, et al., 2017, p. 62-63).
References
Bellwood, Peter. (2000). Prasejarah Kepulauan Indo-Malaysia. Jakarta:
PT. Gramedia P Utama
Boedhisampurno, S. dan SJ de Filippis. (1991). “Pertanggalan Radiokarbon
dari 4 Situs Arkeologi”, dalam Seminar Analisis Hasil Penelitian
Arkeologi di Kuningan, 10—16 Sept 1991 .
Brahmana, Pertampilan S. (2002). "Kebudayaan di Indonesia dari sisi ide
dan material", dalam Studia Cultura, Jurnal Ilmiah Imu Budaya.
Tahun I no. 1. Medan: Fakultas Sastra USU.
Drakard, Jane (Ed.). (2003), Sejarah Raja-Raja Barus: Dua Naskah dari
Barus, Jakarta: EFEO.
Damanik Janianton dkk (ed). (2005). Penanggulangan Kemiskinan Melalui
Pariwisata..Yogyakarta : Pusat Studi Pariwisata Universitas Gadjah
Mada dan Kementrian Koordinator Bidang Kesejahteraan Rakyat
Republik Indonesia.
Guillot, Claude, dkk.,. (2008). Barus Seribu Tahun Yang Lalu. Jakarta:
KPG bekerjasama dengan EFEO, Association Archipel dan Pusat
Penelitian dan Pengembangan Arkeologi Nasional.
Khotimah, Khusnul, et. al. (Januari 2017.) "Strategi Pengembangan
Destinasi Pariwisata Budaya (Studi Kasus pada Kawasan Situs
Trowulan sebagai Pariwisata Budaya Unggulan di Kabupaten
Mojoketo). dalam Jurnal Administrasi Bisnis. Vol. 4, No. 1.
Koentjaraningrat (ed.). (2004). Manusia dan Kebudayaan di Indonesia.
Jakarta: Djambatan.
Nasikun. (1997). "Globalisasi Dan Pembangunan Pariwisata Berbasis
Komunitas" dalam Pengusahaan Ekowisata. Mukhlison dan Frederich
C. (ed). Yogyakarta : Fakultas Kehutanan UGM, Pustaka Pelajar dan
Unit Konservasi Sumberdaya Alam DIY.
Nuryanti, Wiendu. (1993). Desa Wisata dalam Concept, Perspective and
Challenge. Yogyakarta : Gadjah Mada University Press.
Pardosi, Jhonson. (2004). "Potensi Tinggalan Arkeologis Sebagai Daya
Tarik Pariwisata Budaya", dalam Sangkhakala. No. 14 . Medan : Balai
Arkeologi Medan.
Perret, Daniel dan Heddy Surachman (Ed.). (2009). Histoire De Barus.
Paris: Cahier d’Arhipel 38.
Pitana, I Gede. (1999). "Community Manajement Dalam Pembangunan
Pariwisata", dalam Majalah llmu Pariwisata; Analisis Pariwisata. Vol.
2 . no. 2. Denpasar : Program Studi Pariwisata Universitas Udayana.
Schouten, F. (1992). "Cultural Tourism And Sustainable Culture
Development" Dalam Universal Tourism Enriching or Degrading
Cultural, Nuryati Windu (ed), Yogyakarta: Gadjah Mada University
Press.
Soejono, RP (ed.). (1993). Sejarah Nasional Indonesia I. Jakarta: Balai
Pustaka.
Sunaryo, Bambang. (2013). Kebijakan Pembangunan Destinasi Pariwisata
Konsep dan Aplikasinya di Indonesia. Yogyakarta : Gava Media
96
 Theme 3
Intangible Cultural Heritage
Shifting Meaning of Space in Kajang Padati House in Padang
Rudi Elfendes1
Department of Architecture, Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning, Bung Hatta University

Abstract: Kajang Padati House is an identity of vernacular architecture and development of Minangkabau Traditional House specifically
located in West Sumatra coastal area. Intangible and tangible aspects of Kajang Padati House are the result of cultural assimilation process
from the past which now its existence has reduced. The coastal communities in Padang are known as open-minded people and receptive to
new cultures. These, directly and indirectly, occur various architectural changes in Kajang Padati House. This is a descriptive research
using a qualitative method. The locus of the research is Kajang Padati House in Padang, West Sumatra Province. The result of this study
shows Kajang Padati‟s typology in Padang coastal areas. This study also finds that meanings of space in Kajang Padati have changed
related to activity increase within the house, which then led to the establishment of a new space.

Keywords: Kajang padati house, typology, meaning, space

1. INTRODUCTION house. The initial hypothesis is this Kajang Padati house


Kajang Padati house is an identity of vernacular architecture that
exists in coastal areas in Padang and surrounding areas. The
existence of Padang traditional house that still stands can be
counted on fingers. This is because of the age of the buildings, and
also there is no citizen's awareness to keep and preserve Kajang
Padati house. Kajang Padati house is one of the tangible heritage
that has own meaning in Minangkabau culture, especially in
Padang. A tangible and intangible wealth of Kajang Padati house
are the results of the assimilation process of the original culture.
Kajang Padati house is public property, mostly not bound by
the custom rules, culture or symbolism so that it can be modified
by the needs of the owner. The fact that Padang society is coastal
society makes it easy to be affected by new culture and changes.
The influence of globalization on the architectural sustainability of
Kajang Padati house causes the change and shift. Padang as the
coastal area is an area that is visited by many other communities
because of that its culture and custom are assimilated in this area.
The role of the government and the stakeholders which is
responsible for the architectural sustainability of Kajang Padati
house is very needed, so this local cultural treasures last long and
can be felt and seen by the next generation as the related
knowledge of Padang local culture.
experiencing the shifting meaning of space related to activity
increase that leads to the formation of new space.
The methods of collecting data are interview and observation.
The interview techniques used are an in-depth interview and guide
the interview. Meanwhile, the observation does getting the realistic
Figure of behaviour or event, to answer the question, to help to
understand behavior and evaluation of certain aspects as well as
doing feedback.Some information collected from the observation
result are space, person, activity, object, action, event, time and
feeling.
The research variables are the aspect of space, form and
function. They will be analyzed from the applicable values/norm in
Kajang Padati house architecture, problems and potential
development about the shift in meaning or changes that occur at
Kajang Padati house due to changes in mindset and lifestyle along
with changing times.The next step is to analyze the data that will
result in Typology of Padang traditional house based on space,
form and function aspects. So, the shifting meaning of rooms in
Kajang Padati house can be seen clearly.
3. LITERATURE REVIEW
3.1. Padang City

2. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3.1.1. Society Structure of Padang City

Padang city is one of the oldest city on the west coast of Sumatra in
This research is descriptive research using a qualitative method.
the Indian Ocean. Padang city is the capital city of the West
This research will review the vernacular architecture of Kajang
Sumatera Province which located between 0˚44'00" and 1˚08'35"
Padati house and the meaning behind the formation of vernacular
South latitude and between 100˚05'05" and 100˚34'09" East
architecture by looking at the reality condition and phenomena in
longitude. Padang Society is a popular term for the minangnese
the field, and refers to the architectural theory and values/norm of
ethnic community who lived in Padang city. Minangnese society
vernacular architecture. A qualitative approach is selected because
(urang awak) is a community group in Indonesia speaking and
of this method offers research process and human problem and
practising the approved custom in Minangkabau cultural region.
social phenomena understanding. In this approach, vernacular
Minangkabau cultural area is West Sumatera, half or Riau land,
architecture as a sustainable process will be seen from several
Northern part of Bengkulu, Western part of Jambi, Western coast
points of view, one of them as the portrait condition that is dug
of North Sumatera, Southwestern of Aceh and Negeri Sembilan in
based on the detailed report from a respondent.
Malaysia.
Kajang Padati house in Kanagarian Limau Manih, Pauh
Minangkabau area consists of many nagari which are
district in Padang is selected as the sample of the research. This
autonomous regions with supreme power because there will be no
Kajang Padati house building is one of the formations of form
other social and political power can interfere with custom in a
morphology from the development of Minangkabau traditional
nagari. The formation of a nagari was formerly known from the
—————————————————————————————— proverb that exists in Minang indigenous society itself that is from
1 Undergraduate Student, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Taratak to be Dusun, from Dusun to be Koto, from Koto to be
Civil Engineering and Planning, Bung Hatta University, Padang Nagari, Nagari ba Panghulu. So, the government administration
25133, Telp. 0751 7051678; Email: rudielfendes@gmail.com system in Minang area start from the lowest structure called
Taratak, and then it develops into Dusun, and then Koto and the
97
last to Nagari. Minangkabau custom principle is contained briefly
in the statement of Adat basandi syarak, syarak basandi Kitabullah
(Custom founded upon Islamic law, Islamic law founded upon the
Qur‟an) which means custom based on Islamic teachings.
3.1.2. Pauh District
Pauh is one of the districts in Padang city, West Sumatera,
Indonesia. Previously this district is included into Padang Pariaman
regency, but based on Government Legislation number 17 the year
1980, began from March 21st, 1980 this district becomes to the
administrative area of Padang, which is the capital of the district
located in Pasar Baru2.
Figure 1: Padang City Map and Pauh District
(Source: https://www.google.com/petakotapadang)
In its age, the place which called Pauah consist of 3
kenagarian, namely:3
1. Kenagarian Limau Manis
2. Kenagarian Pauah V
3. Kenagarian Pauah Sambilan.
After Nagari Limau Manih, Nagari Pauah V and Kenagarian
Pauah Sambilan is formed, Nagari Lubuak Kilangan, Nagari Nan
XX Lubuak Bagaluang, and Nagari Padang also formed.
Ninik Mamak who come from Muaro Paneh Kubung Tigo
Baleh explains that: “ The inhabitants who came from the Kubuang
Tigo Baleh area, Solok arrived in the Padang area gradually built
the settlement with a frame of rules brought from their home
region. Custom or procedure of Pauh society as the same as custom
and culture of Minangkabau, for example in kinship, it uses
maternal lineage system (matrilineal). The customs are summed up
in "adat nan ampek", as well as tribal life, bermamak
bakamanakan, bakorong bakampuang, bakoto banagari, ba-andan
ba-pasumandan,ba-bako, ba-baki and so on.
In the next development of custom is formed Pauah Si Ampek
Baleh which is the unity of Pauah Limo and Pauah Sambilan.
Pauah Limo settle Kuranji areas and surrounding areas. Pauah Si
Ampek Baleh consists of 14 clans, in Pauah Limo there are 5 clans
that is Jambak, Koto, Tanjuang, Caniago, and Melayu, meanwhile
in Pauah Sambilan there are 9 clans that is Jambak Nan Duo,
Jambak Nan Batujuah, Koto Nan Batujuah, Piliang, Tanjuang,
Sikumbang, Melayu, Guci, and Caniago.
——————————————————————————————
2 Legislasi.mahkamahagung.go.id Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 17 Tahun
1980
3 Emral Djamal, “Pauh dan Koto Tangah : Bagian keenam Dari Tulisan
Kota Padang Dalam Tinjauan Tradisi” Dunia Hukum dan Budaya,
(http://www.boyyendratamin.com/2013/04/pauh-dan-koto-tangah-bagian-
keenam-dari.html, accessed on September 22, 2017)
3.1.3. Research Area
The sample of the research is located in Kenagarian Limau Manih,
Pauh district, Padang city. One of the segments in the Limau
Manih Road corridor is the case study in this study.
4
5
3
1
2
Figure 2: Sample Distribution Map
(Source: Author, 2017)
The selection of the sample of the research is based on the
physical aspect found after doing the observation. Corridor of
Limau Manih road has the typology of coastal area building form
with less pole rather than darek building that is between 12-20
pole.(Couto, 2013)
3.2. Typology
Typology is a study about type. Type comes from word typos
(Greek language), which has the meaning of impression, image or
figure from something. Typology is a concept to describe the group
of objects based on the common basic character by way of sorting
and classifying the variation of the shape and the similarity type.
Word of typology is usually used to describe overall shape,
structure or character from a form or certain object. Typology is
divided into three main things if we review based on the building
object, that is :
1. Site of building
2. Form of building
3. Organization of part of building
Thus, typology is a study that seeks the origin or the
beginning of the formation of architectural objects. So there are
three steps that should be taken :
1. Decide the basic form (formal structure) in every architectural
object.
2. Determine the basic characteristic (properties) in every object,
based on the basic form of the object.
3. Learn the development process of the basic form until its recent
form. The basic form is major geometry elements such as
triangle, rectangular, circle, ellipse, and other related variation.
While the other definition describes that typology is a study
that related with type from several objects in the common kind.
The introduction of typology will lead to attempts to clarify, group
or classify based on certain aspects or rules. These aspects include:
1. Function (including spatial, structural, symbolic use, etc.)
2. Geometric (including form, principle of order, etc.)
3. Style (including period, location or politic geography or power,
ethnic and culture, etc.) 4
——————————————————————————————
4 Antariksa, Hany Perwitasari, Fadly Usman, and Ika Puspitasari,
“Pendekatan Deskriptif-Eksploratif dalam Pelestarian Arsitektur
98
3.3. Kajang Padati House should not mimic a Rumah Gadang in Darek, but a blend of Aceh
with Minangkabau6.
3.3.1. Definition of Kajang Padati House

Kajang Padati house is one of Padang traditional house types

which is spread over the coastal area of Minangkabau. This house
is one of the vernacular architecture whose existence is not realized
by many people. Its non-tapered roof shape that is not like Rumah
Gadang in the Darek area makes it different from Minangkabau
Traditional House. This house is wooden stage house. The roof is
shield-shaped and made from zinc. A commonly open porch is
functioned as the living room. The average age of this house is
more than fifty years. This type of house is commonly found in
Sumatra and elsewhere which are still influenced by Malay culture.
This type of house had been a model during approximately 1950s
and 1960s that is functional and comfortable to living. The floor
that raised about 1.5 meters from the ground will reduce the
Figure 3: Cultural Assimilation Process of Kajang Padati
humidity due to airflow underneath. The slit of the board on the
floor and walls seemed to make this house breathe, so the exchange (Source: https://www.nasbahrygallery1.blogspot.co.id)
of air will refresh the space and its inhabitants.The open porch as a
sign that the owner is openly and graciously welcome the guests
who come to visit. Elements of Aceh and Minangkabau cultural combination can
This house can be categorized as vernacular architecture. A be seen from the Floor Plan of Kajang Padati House which is
house that born from the architectural morphology of Minangkabau similar to Gayo Aceh house and the form of its ladder similar with
Traditional House as the effect of the assimilation of culture and Gayo Aceh House ladders, and also the carving.
agreement. This house is the symbol of the greatness of the society
in the coastal area. Kajang Padati house is Rumah Gadang for the 3.3.3. Structure of Kajang Padati House
overseas community in West Sumatra who still runs a matrilineal The existence of rooms in Rumah Kajang Padati adapted to the
system like in Darek area in Minangkabau.5The inheritance system needs of residential, usually consists of under/lower house,
still follows the requirements of matrilineal custom that the terrace/balustrade/veranda, family room, bedroom and kitchen.
inheritance has to be passed on to the daughters of a community. In Kajang Padati house has a different division of room with Rumah
front of the house, there is not much carving like Rumah Gadang in Gadang in Darek. Rumah Gadang in Darek has labuah, balai,
Darek area. The lack of ornament is due to the consideration of bandua, and biliak, while in Kajang Padati house the division of
efficiency. The addition of ornament with various accessories will room zone is usually called as langkan, tapi, and tangah.
increase the cost of construction and house care. The using of Differences in the terms and arrangement of room in Kajang Padati
ornament sometimes must follow the rules of custom and religion. house are due to the convention or agreement of the society.
Not every people can use the ornament and apply it to a certain
position and place. It is related to the Proverb of Minang „alua jo
patuik‟ (groove and deserves).

3.3.2. Culture Assimilation Process of Kajang

Padati House

Kajang Padati house that found in the research location has a

different form with Rumah Gadang in Darek area. The shape of the
roof is not Gonjong-Shaped, the layout has been reserved for boys
living in the house. This is different with Darek building which
boys were not allowed to live in Rumah Gadang. The process of
cultural assimilation at Kajang Padati house occurs due to:
1. The monopoly of the Aceh Empire in the 1500-1607 AD
2. since the marriage between Minangkabau prince and Aceh
princess.
In 1607 AD when the power of the empire of Aceh peaked on
the west coast, Sultan Iskandar Muda in maintaining his power not Figure 4: Indoor Room Nomenclature
only monopolized trade but also governed the culture in his (Source: Author, 2017)
territory. Including one of the rules, that a coastal Rumah Gadang

The hierarchy of Kajang Padati house is the public area (front

Bangunan Kolonial di Kawasan Pecinan Kota Pasuruan” Architecture
Articles, (www.antariksaarticle.blogspot.com/2010, accessed on October 24,
2017)
5 Masdar Alif, “Sebuah Rumah Adat Renta, Ringkih, dan Tersisih di
Pinggiran Kota Padang” Unek-Unek, (http://masdar-unek-
unek.blogspot.co.id/2011/09/sebuah-rumah-adat-renta-ringkih-dan.html,
accessed on October 24, 2017)
veranda), semi-public area (Tapi room), private area (bedroom and
living room), and service area (kitchen).
——————————————————————————————
6 Nasbahry Couto dan Harmaini Darwis "Morfologi Bentuk Bangunan
Tradisi Minangkabau sebagai Refleksi Budaya" (Padang: Universitas
Negeri Padang, 2013)

99
 The function of each part of the room in Kajang Padati house
can be described as follows:
1. Under / Lower House
The function of Lower House in the house is the corral, so
around the lower house is covered by wall fence made of
woven bamboo that arranged vertically. Corral found at the
bottom side of this traditional house provides economic value
for the residential. Staging house with the lower house at the
bottom also has a function to maintain the house from damp,
stay dry and healthy.

Figure 7: Hole in Tapi room

(Source: Author, 2017)

4. Tangah
After Tapi room, there is Tangah before going into the
bedroom. Tangah room is some transition room to connect
between Tapi room, Bedroom, and Kitchen. Thee bedroom is
located in Tangah room and private area. The bedroom is only
accessible from Tangah room which seems a bit complicated
and indirect. The door to the room is hidden and can not be
Figure 5: Lower House in Kajang Padati House seen directly from Tapi room and also from an entrance in the
(Source: Author, 2017) middle of Langkan.

2. Langkan/veranda
Langkan also has functioned as the living room with an open
wall (only fence/railingubutan bar with height ± 60cm) to show
the hospitality and ready to welcome the guest. The veranda
also has functioned as the transition area between outdoor and
indoor. Veranda as the transition area is the stops for the
visitors; it makes the rooms inside stay private.

Figure 8: Bedroom in Tangah Room

(Source: Author, 2017)

5. Kitchen
There is some kitchen in Kajang Padati house. Some are
merged with the house, and there is also in the back of the
house. The kitchen is large commonly because the function of
the kitchen as a temporary place to keep the yields (rice, and
the others).
Figure 6: Langkan in Kajang Padati house
(Source: Author, 2017)

3. Tapi
Tapi room position is behind Langkan but this room is not
quite large. This room character is more private rather than
Langkan, the window opened is not too large, but enough to
light up the room. Formal or relaxing family activity occurs in
this room. Family room also is the central point for formal
occasions such as custom ceremonial, religious ceremony, and
funeral. In the floor of family room commonly has a hole with
size ± 1x10cm or with diameter 3cm which has a function to Figure 9: Kitchen in Kajang Padati House
drain the water directly to the Lower house while bathing the (Source: Author, 2017)
corpse.

3.4. Space in Architecture

Space is an element that very important in architecture. Space
comes from Latin language "spatium" which has meaning space or

100
 extent. Space, if we see from the Greek language has a meaning Table 1: Typology of Kajang Padati House
place (topos) or location (choros), it means that space has a three- No Recent Floor Plan Information
dimensional quality expression. According to Aristoteles, space is 1. 1.Langkan,
measurable and visible, limited by the physical object, visible unfurnished loose
enclosure so that it can be clearly and easily understood. In room.
architecture, space is divided into indoor and outdoor. 2.Tapi, there is a bed
One of the spaces in architecture is public open space. Public on the right side and
open space is divided into exterior space and interior space. There some furniture like
are two types of exterior space, as follows : television.
1. Positive: Positive is a space that has a definite and explicit. 3.Tangah, there is one
This space can be felt and can be measured thoroughly. As a room as the sign that
vision, this space can be filled with water to show its existence. the owner that built
This space is formed by the buildings that surround it. Type of house has 16 poles, 1 the house has one
2. Negative: Negative is a space that does not has a clear shape. unit bedroom, and part of the daughter.
This type of space is hard to imagine, and its existence is kitchen that has been lowered. 4.Kitchen, the floor has
difficult to perceive7. been lowered, brick-
walled, and there is
additional of a
3.5. Meaning in Vernacular Architecture bathroom.
2. 1. Langkan, there are
Architecture always has a meaning: Architecture has different some furniture such
values and qualities of buildings. Architecture has a meaning for its as chair and Wooden
users both in the form of spatial quality and also collective memory table
and emotion in it8. 2. Tapi, there is bed
Vernacular architecture is one type of architecture style which furniture in this room.
has certain and realizes the meaning. In vernacular architecture, 3. Tangah, a large
symbolic meanings can be represented by historical meanings, enough Tangah room
because they have interrelated relationships, with the logic that and two units of the
symbolic meanings can emerge from historical things, whereas remaining room from
historical meanings are sometimes raised in vernacular the previous four
architectures as symbolic forms. units.
The elements that define vernacular architecture will be seen 4. Kitchen, the floor has
through the theory of meaning, including: The large type of Kajang Padati been lowered.
1. Functional meaning. house with 20 poles and four
2. The meaning of aesthetics. units bedroom
3. Symbolic meaning. 3. 1. Langkan, there are
4. The meaning of allegory. some chairs and table
5. Historical significance. to welcome the guest.
6. The meaning of architectural ornaments. 2. Tapi, types of
In this study, the theory of meaning to be discussed is the furniture such as
Functional Meaning of Kajang Padati house. The functions of inner television and sofa is
space at Kajang Padati house will be discussed as the practical arranged in this room.
meaning. 3. Tangah, there is one
room as the sign that
Type of house has 16 poles and 1 the owner that built
4. RESULT OF THE RESEARCH unit bedroom. the house has one
daughter.
4.1. Typology of Kajang Padati House 4. The kitchen still has
the same elevation as
Kajang Padati House located at the research location has a
the other room floors,
complete typology. There are some various types of the house of
one of the
poles varying between 12-20 poles at the research location. Some
authenticity aspects
of them are as follows:
of the house.

4. 1. Langkan, there are

some chairs and table
to welcome the guest.
—————————————————————————————— There is room for a
7 Rizkya Ramadhani Designerindy in "Makna Ruang" Arsitektur Bicara, boy in Langkan.
(https://arsitekturbicara.wordpress.com/2011/08/13/makna-ruang/, accessed 2. Tapi, there are sofa
on September 09, 2017) and television as
8 Linda Octavia, Master Thesis of Architecture: “Makna Aritektur complementary tools.
Vernakular Studi Kasus Arsitektur Eko Prawoto” (Surabaya: Institut 3. Tangah, transition
Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember, 2013) room that has two
101
 rooms. 4.2.1. Langkan room Change
4. Dapur, the floor of
the room, is parallel The existence of bedroom for the son who lived in Kajang Padati
to the other room and becomes an own focus house from the morphology of
there is an addition of Minangkabau Gadang house. Boys themselves are not allowed to
bathroom / WC on stay in Gadang house because men in Minangkabau are required to
the left corner of the migrate and seek their new livelihood outside the village. It makes
kitchen. the existence of bedroom for the boys has undergone a shift of
meaning from the standard provisions in Minangkabau.

Type of house has 16 poles, two

units bedroom, 1 unit bedroom in
Langkan, and bathroom in the
kitchen.
5. 1. Langkan, there is no
langkan in this type
of house.
2. Tapi, there is modern
furniture such as sofa
and television.
3. Tangah, there are two
units of the bedroom.
4. Kitchen, the kitchen
The smallest type of Kajang has the same floor
Padati House with 12 poles. This elevation as the main
type has back porch. house. Figure 10: Bedroom in Langkan
5. Back porch, Langkan (Source: Author, 2017)
is located behind the
house. This is the
different type and The existence of bedroom in Langkan is found in the sample
rarely to found. of the research number 4, the reason of the addition of bedroom in
langkan is motivated by the existence of the surau that transformed
According to Nasbahry Couto in his writings, "Also, the into mushalla / mosque. When surau is no longer to be a place to
number of poles in coastal buildings is less than the darek building live and learn religious studies at the village, so the men returned to
(between 12-20 poles)" Based on the literature this can be proven the Gadang house and built a bedroom in the langkan that has an
by the results of research that has been done. Kajang Padati house entrance from the front. Not every Kajang Padati house that found
is located in Kenagarian Limau Manih, Pauh District, Padang, has in the research area has a bedroom on the left side of the
a different type of house based on the number of poles in the main veranda.This happens because some owners who are descended
building. from the Darek area still hold strong Minangkabau cultural values.
a) Typology of Kajang Padati house is located in the research
area:
The smallest type with 12 poles, without a ledge (front 4.2.2. Tapi room Change
veranda) but has a back veranda and back door.
The strong globalization causes the residents ignore the existing
b) Type 16 pole with the kitchen has a back door.
provisions, Tapi room at Kajang Padati house essentially has no
c) Type 16 pole with bedroom intended for boys in Langkan
partition and spacious room, as a place to hold a traditional event
area.
that requires every person and customary stakeholders to sit on the
d) The large type of 20 poles with four units of bedrooms.
floor kneeling with or without mats.
These typological differences caused by several factors, including:
a) Some girls are living inside the house.
Land owned by the clan.
b) A family deals in the form of a house.
c) The economic level of the family.

4.2. Shifting Meaning of Space related with

Functional Meaning
The character of Padang society that is an open character and
welcome for the new culture is giving effect shifting meaning in
Kajang Padati house nowadays. The function of space that has
begun to disappear, even the occurrence of a major change related
to the function of space in Kajang Padati house, results in a shift in
the meaning of space and affects the continuity of the existing
culture in Kajang Padati house.
Figure 11: Tapi Room
(Source: Author, 2017)
The function in daily activities has changed a lot, guest and
family member who gather no longer have to sit on the floor with
the seat style that has its meaning. As the effect of the openness to
the modernization that occurred, now family room is equipped with
102
 modern furniture, sofa in various shape and design is arranged in b) 16 poles type with kitchen has a backdoor.
Tapi room in Kajang Padati house. It makes the previous values c) 16 poles type with a bedroom for a boy in langkan.
that have been built disappear and shifts in the meaning as the d) The large type with 20 poles with four bedrooms.
traditional room for gather this has full of meaning and the cultural
values.
References

4.2.3. Tangah room Change
In one of the sample cases found in the study area found a
fundamental change that causes the Tangah space is experiencing a
shift in meaning. The sample experienced a huge change of
meaning, namely the loss of half of the house due to pusako tinggi
division process that is considered less attention to the
sustainability of the pusako house.
Aryanti, Desy. (2009). Tipologi Rumah Tradisional Padang (Studi Kasus:
Kecamatan Kuranji/Nagari Pauh IX). Jurnal Universitas Bung Hatta,
Padang.
Couto, Nasbahry, Harmaini Darwis. (2013). “Morfologi Bentuk Bangunan
Tradisi Minangkabau Sebagai Refleksi Budaya.” Universitas Negeri
Padang, Padang, <http://visualheritageblog.blogspot.co.id/>.
Fuadi, Al Busyra. (2006). “Transformasi Ruang Dalam pada Rumah
Gadang (Studi Kasus: Nagari Koto Baru, Kecamatan Sungai Pagu,
Kabupaten Solok Selatan)” International Conference on Construction
Industry 2006, Vol.2.
Setijanti, Puswanita, Johan Silas, Susetyo Firmaningtyas, Hartatik. (2012).
“Eksistansi Rumah Tradisional Padang dalam Menghadapi Perubahan
Iklim dan Tantangan Jaman.” Simposium Nasional RAPI XI FT UMS,
Vol. 11, 54-62.

Figure 12: Illustration and Recent Condition of the 2nd house

(Source: Author, 2017)

The missing part of this house is two units of bedrooms on the

right side, that part is demolished and replaced with a more modern
building. So that the whole form of Kajang Padati house cannot be
seen anymore and the meaning of Tangah room become lost
meaning.

5. CONCLUSION

Based on the research that has been done, it can be concluded that
Kajang Padati house in Kanagarian Limau Manih, Pauh District,
Padang city is
1. Kajang Padati house has experience meaning shift in space as
the effect of the modernization that occur today. The increase
of the pattern of the owner activity led to the formation of new
space at Kajang Padati house.
2. In some cases, the inheritance system based on Matrilineal, it
gives effect disunity in a family which was originally extended
family into a nuclear family. In one of the case in the research
is found a house that has been divided into two parts, where
one of the parts has been changed into a modern house. This is
due to the Pusako tinggi inheritance system that must be
equally shared to prevent horizontal conflict among families.
3. Typology of Kajang Padati house which found in the research
area is a complete type, the types are :
a) The smallest type with 12 poles, without langkan (front
porch) but has back veranda and backdoor.
103
 Shifting from cultural practitioners to Intangible Cultural Heritage
(ICH) inheritors: Issues, challenges and approaches in the
Malaysian’s Living Human Treasure System
Noorfathehah Abdullah Sani1, Yahaya Ahmad2
1
Universiti Malaysia Terengganu
2
University of Malaya

Abstract: This study reviews the Malaysian system for the safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage (ICH), focusing on how the
system or program of „Living Human Treasure‟ has been implemented in Malaysia. It explains the issues, challenges, and what are the
approaches taken by Malaysia in respond to the UNESCO‟s efforts in promoting a Living Human Treasures‟ system worldwide. This study
uses a qualitative case study approach by applying an in-depth semi structured experts interview and document reviews for data acquisition.
The findings conclude that although Malaysia has taken efforts in protecting the continuity of ICH, there are still several issues arise and
require attention from all levels of stakeholders to ensure that the transmission of ICH will be relevant throughout generations. This study
might assist the cultural practitioners or even stakeholders to develop planning strategies by offering insights or perspectives into a number
of barriers and issues that need to be overcome in the management of ICH in Malaysia. It provides information which little has been written
regarding ICH in Malaysian‟s context.
Keywords: Malaysia, Living Human Treasure, Intangible Cultural Heritage, traditional bearers or knowledge holder.

1. INTRODUCTION transmission of the special knowledge and skills that are


Over the last few decades, the attention in the field of
cultural heritage management has given to the safeguarding
of intangible cultural heritage (ICH). The term „cultural
heritage‟ has changed content considerably in recent
decades, partially owing to the instruments developed by
UNESCO. Cultural heritage does not end at monuments and
collections of objects, where it also includes traditions or
living expressions inherited from our ancestors and passed
on to our descendants. Many countries have realized the
importance of safeguarding ICH and actively taken steps in
developing mechanism to protect their ICH.
UNESCO defines ICH as oral traditions and
expressions, including language as a vehicle of the ICH,
performing arts, social practices, rituals and festive, events,
knowledge and practices concerning nature and the
universe, traditional craftsmanship and beliefs (UNESCO,
2003). Majority of the State Parties adopted this
manifestation in their system or cultural heritage policy,
including Malaysia. The importance of intangible cultural
heritage is not the cultural manifestation itself but rather the
wealth of knowledge and skills that is transmitted through it
from one generation to the next. For ICH, it is about the
transferring of knowledge, skills and meaning, or
communicating heritage from generation to generation.
Intangible cultural heritage (ICH) is constantly recreated
by its bearers or practitioners and experts claim that no two
manifestations of one and the same practice or expression
are ever totally identical (UNESCO, 2003) Elements of the
ICH continuously evolve, from manifestation to
manifestation and while being transmitted from person to
person and from generation to generation. The viability of
intangible heritage practices relies on the ongoing
——————————————————————————————
1 Postgraduate student, Faculty of Built Environment, University of
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia;
Email: noorfathehah.sani@umt.edu.my
2. Professor, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya,
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: yahaya@um.edu.my
essential for their enactment or embodiment. However, one
of the biggest threats to the viability of intangible cultural
heritage (ICH) is posed by declining numbers of
practitioners of traditional craftsmanship, music, dance or
theatre, and of those who are in position to learn from them
(UNESCO, 2003)
An efficient way to safeguard ICH sustainably is to
ensure that the knowledge bearers or the traditional holders
of that heritage continue to transmit their knowledge and
skills to younger generations. In this regard, Article 2.3 of
the 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible
Cultural Heritage places transmission among the
safeguarding measures aiming at ensuring the viability of
this heritage. UNESCO (2003) also encourages States to
establish national systems of “Living Human Treasures”. In
this perspective, honorable and excellent bearers of
intangible cultural heritage are identified and recognized,
which among them are given official recognition and
encouraged to continue to develop and transmit their
knowledge and skills. Living Human Treasures are persons
who possess to a high degree the knowledge and skills
required for performing or re-creating specific elements of
the intangible cultural heritage.
The objective of The Living Human Treasures program
is to encourage Member States to honor official recognition
to exempted tradition bearers, knowledge holders and
practitioners, thus assisting the continuity of ICH to the
future generations. Member States select and identify
potential persons that fulfill the requirements as well as of
their accomplishments and of their approval to convey their
knowledge and skills to others. It means they have to carry
the responsibility proposed by the government to train and
educate the younger generations. The selection and
identification is also based on the value of the traditions and
expressions concerned as a testimony of the human creative
genius, their roots in cultural and social traditions, their
representative character for a given community, as well as
their risk of disappearance. However, Member States are
free to use their preferred term in referring to Living Human
104
Treasures. Each Member State should choose an appropriate
title to designate the bearers of knowledge and skills, the
title of “Living Human Treasures” proposed by UNESCO
being indicative. Among the systems in existence, there are
already a variety of titles: Master of Art (France), Bearer of
Popular Craft Tradition (Czech Republic), National Living
Treasure (Republic of Korea), Holder of an Important
Intangible Cultural Property (Japan and Republic of Korea).
In Malaysia, it is called as Living People or Warisan
Kebangsaan Orang Hidup (WAKOH). However, for the
purpose of this study, it will use the standard term by
UNESCO, which is „Living Human Treasure‟ (LHT)
anywhere in this article.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
As mentioned before, the viability of intangible heritage
practices relies on the ongoing transmission and lifespan of
the people that practice the ICH. Many researchers agreed
that it takes a different methods and approaches in managing
intangible heritage because ICH prone towards the
discontinuation and disappear from individual, group and
community because much of the elements of ICH is
informal and transmitted orally from one generation to
another (Abu Sadat & Nurullah, 2008). It is also because
ICH is greatly affected by the economic decline of rural
settlements and movement of young people, either to urban
areas or out of the province for a better life. This scenario
resulted the cultural tradition are not transmitted from
generation to generation the same way or to extent to which
they have been passed down in the past.
Apart from that, the risk of the elders who retain this
knowledge and practices are also dying without passing on
this knowledge and skills to the youth and the youth are
increasingly becoming more disconnected from their
traditional communities without an interest, or in most
cases, access to these knowledge systems are also threats for
the disappearance of ICH (Fiji Report, 2008). Unlike a site,
a monument or artifact that has a material existence beyond
the individual or society that created it (possibly wholly
unknown to us today), it is only through its enactment by
cultural practitioners that ICH has any current existence and
by their active transmission that it can have any future
existence (Chan, 2006). As for the ICH, the lack of
transmission measures and education as a means of capacity
building and continuity of ICH, with the knowledge holders
or the recognized LHT directly involved in the safeguarding
activities are the main concerns in any countries when
dealing with the ICH. (Brian et al, 2010).
UNESCO has established the Guidelines of Living
Human Treasure System few years after the 2003
Convention of Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage
was successfully implemented. Japan and South Korea were
the earliest country in responding to the Guidelines of
Living Human Treasure System and their system become a
pioneer in assisting other countries to implement the LHT
system. In 2015, Malaysia has responded to UNESCO‟s
guidelines of LHT by implementing a program called as
Warisan Kebangsaan Orang Hidup (WAKOH) 2015. Under
this program, up to 20 persons or cultural practitioners have
been identified and officially recognized as WAKOH 2015
or LHT in Malaysia. Although by having this LHT Program
to safeguard the knowledge and skills of ICH and it might
assist to support custodians, artisan, or practitioners in
encouraging them to transmit the knowledge and skills of
ICH to the younger generations, there are several issue
arises and challenges on how to manage and maintain this
LHTP to be relevant throughout generations. Thus, this
study is to explore to what extent this LHT Program has
successfully safeguard ICH and what are the perspectives
from the cultural organization and the recognized LHT in
Malaysia towards this system or program.
2.1. Living Human Treasure in Malaysia
The National Heritage Act 2005, is the only specific
statue on the protection of cultural heritage in Malaysia. In
the Ninth Malaysia Plan, the National Heritage Act 2005
(hereinafter referred to as the NHA 2005) was enacted to
give protection and preserve various tangible and intangible
cultural heritage. RM 442.2 million was allocated for
culture, arts and heritage program, where 63 percent was
used for the preservation and conservation of cultural
heritage. Preservation of heritage came under a joint
jurisdiction between Federal and State Government. This is
pursuant to an amendment made in the Parliamentary
Session of January 2005 where the Ninth Schedule of the
Federal Constitution was amended to include the
preservation of heritage in the Concurrent List. The effect is
that, either the Parliament or the State Legislative Assembly
may make law relating to heritage (Nurul Huda &
NurAisyah Chua, 2013)
The National Heritage Department was established on 1
March 2006 with the responsibility of preserving,
conserving, protecting and promoting the rich treasures of
Malaysian heritage. The department is entrusted with
archaeological research, conservation of buildings and
monuments, gazetting and enforcement, safeguarding
intangible heritage and natural heritage, as stipulated in the
National Heritage Act 2005 (Act 645). The National
Heritage Department has several divisions related to
heritage and one of it is The Division of Intangible Cultural
Heritage. This division is given the authority to manage
anything that is related to ICH in Malaysia, including the
Living Human Treasure Program. The Living Human
Treasure Program was implemented on February 2015, and
until today 20 persons (3 of them were deceased) have been
recognized and awarded as Living Human Treasure or
Warisan Kebangsaan Orang Hidup 2015 (WAKOH) in
Malaysia. These persons were selected from various
heritage backgrounds, such as music, performing arts,
dance, theatre, crafts, or storyteller and they are considered
to have a highly skills and knowledge of practicing the
forms of ICH.
The NHA 2005 is the official statue to protect
Malaysian built and natural heritage, tangible and intangible
cultural heritage, arts and culture, and other manifestations
such as heritage foods and heritage person (living human
treasure). Section 4 of the NHA also recognizes the
establishment of Commissioner for Heritage, or also known
as the Director General for Heritage of the Department of
Heritage. The NHA provides that the Commissioner has the
responsibility to declare any objects or persons as having a
cultural heritage significant. According to Sharifah (2010),
few characteristics has been established in NHA 2005 in
regards of the selection of objects or persons that have the
cultural significant and they are; i) the importance of
history, association with or relationship to the history of
105
Malaysia; ii) the characteristics or aesthetic of the design;
iii) the renewal or scientific or technical achievement; iv)
the potential to educate, explain or provide further scientific
investigation in respect of Malaysia's cultural heritage; and
v) rarity or uniqueness of the natural heritage, cultural
heritage, tangible or intangible, or underwater cultural
heritage. However, there is no specific systems or guidelines
in managing the continuation of skills and knowledge own
by this living human treasure.
Once a person is granted as WAKOH, he or she will
receive a one-time incentive of RM30, 000 from the
Government of Malaysia as an appreciation towards his or
her contribution in cultural heritage. However, due to
financial constraints and budget limitation, several
transmission mechanisms or privileges such as mentor-
mentee training program, apprentice scholarship, or tax
relief in elevating the status of living human treasure as well
as encouraging the youth to learn more about intangible
heritage are not highlighted in the safeguarding process.
Though various departments, agencies, associations and
NGOs are already putting their efforts to inculcate the value
or at least to inform the very existence of ICH among
Malaysian, relevant authorities need to take further
initiatives or steps to safeguard it in whatever mechanisms
possible. Although the existing law and enactment on
conserving heritage is useful, it is still insufficient to
conserve both tangible and intangible heritage.
3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The method for data collection implemented for this
research was in-depth semi-structured interview with five
respondents which were officially recognized as LHT in
Malaysia, and also five heritage officers which were three of
them are working at the Department of National Heritage
(Division of ICH), while the other two are working at the
National Department for Culture and Arts (JKKN). The
review of relevant documents that are National Heritage Act
2005 (NHA 2005) and The Guideline of Living Human
Treasure (UNESCO) are also used to acquire more
information about this study although the literature review
discussing about Living Human Treasure is quite limited in
the academia. Once the data is collected, the software of
ATLAS.TI was applied to extract relevant and important
information according to themes.
4. ISSUES, CHALLENGES AND APPROACHES IN
MANAGING LIVING HUMAN TREASURE
PROGRAM IN MALAYSIA
There are a series of issues and challenges encountered
by the cultural organizations as well as the recognized
practitioners of LHT in Malaysia despite of all the efforts
done by all parties in safeguarding ICH.
4.1. Issues and Challenges
a) Roles of State Parties, National and Regional
Cultural Organizations
Although UNESCO urged each state party to
take any necessary measures to ensure the
safeguarding of the ICH present in its territory, it is
actually a challenge because of the perceptions of
the ICH itself among society. For ICH in Malaysia,
it receives a less attention among society and
authority when it comes into the importance of
protecting it. Only for the past few years, the
government has realized the potential and
significant of safeguarding ICH.
b) Documentation and Inventories
It is quite difficult in documenting and inventorying
ICH in Malaysia due to the characteristic of ICH is
continually evolving. Most of the time, priorities are
given to document, skills or knowledge of ICH that is in
danger of disappearing. What is more important and
challenging is to establish national documentation
centers for ICH with the community or knowledge
holders‟ involvement.
c) Education, awareness-raising and capacity-
building
From the data collected, it seems that the officially
recognized cultural practitioners of LHT in Malaysia do
not have an enough exposure what is their responsibility
and support they received from the government in
ensuring the transmission of skills and knowledge that
they (the LHT) possessed to be transmitted to younger
generation. It is important to develop and educational,
awareness-raising and information programs, aimed at
the general public, particularly the youth.
It is also crucial in facilitating and assisting the
LHT in Malaysia to develop their traditional material
culture and practices so they can train and transmit it to
the potential apprentices.
One way to safeguard the transmission of ICH is to
involve cultural practitioners of LHT in the
safeguarding and management of ICH in Malaysia,
especially in terms of educational and training purposes
within the communities and groups concerned.
5. RECOMMENDATION / APPROACHES
The review of literature and an interview discovered
that there was a lack of transmission measures and
education as a mechanism in capacity building;
promotion and continuity of ICH, with the knowledge
holders are directly involved in the safeguarding
activities in Malaysia. The involvement of the
practitioners, knowledge holders or community as a
whole assists to indicate suitable methods to improve
the condition of ICH in Malaysia.
Three approaches, namely integration of
safeguarding system into cultural policies, transmission
and education of ICH and inventory-making are
necessary to be implemented in order to obtain a
beneficial outcome of comprehensive involvement.

 There were five programs / themes for the integration
of safeguarding system into cultural policies. They are
six suggestions for the transmission and education and
also recommendation for the inventory on the ICH
practices. Table 1 shows the important ideas under this
three phases for the management and promotional of
ICH in Malaysia.
The three approaches might assist to form or
develop a proper system that engages all levels of
stakeholders or society in safeguarding ICH in
Malaysia. (Sharifah, 2010). This initiative gives a big
106
 impact to the effectiveness of policy making for the
safeguarding of ICH. Attention given to opinions, ideas,
issues and conditions contribute to more effective and
responsive framework for the development of the living
heritage in Malaysia.
Table 1: Three approaches in safeguarding ICH in
Malaysia
Approaches Activities / Program / Suggested
Action
Inter-agency initiatives
Devolution to regional and
municipal authorities
Integration between education and
1) Integration of culture
intangible cultural Citizens / LHT as fundamental
heritage (ICH) actors
safeguarding into New approach of sustainable
cultural policies resources management
Community Engagement
National Development Strategies
Integrated Approach with
sustainable development
In-school and specific programs
Target audience
Educational program around the
element of ICH
Awareness-raising
Higher level of education
2) Transmission and Capacity-building for the
education for intangible practitioners
cultural heritage (ICH) Non-formal of transmission
Spaces for community – based
education
Combination of traditional and
modern education
Threat to traditional forms of
transmission
Numbers and type of inventories
Criteria
Viability
3) Documentation and
Format
inventory-making
Updating
Community participation
Role of NGOs
6. Conclusion
This paper provides an insight on the current situation
of safeguarding ICH, particularly the implementation of
LHT in Malaysia. It can be concluded that although the
existing law and enactment on conserving heritage is useful,
it is still insufficient to conserve both tangible and intangible
heritage. Relevant stakeholders need to discuss among them
the possible and best way to work together in protecting the
intangible heritage in Malaysia, so it will be relevant
throughout generations.
References
Abu Sadat, Nurullah. (2008). Globalization as a Challenge to Islamic
Cultural Identity. The Journal of Interdisciplinary of Social Science,
2 (6), 45-52
Aikawa-Faure, Noriko. (2004). A Historical Overview of the Preparation of
the UNESCO International Convention for the Safeguarding
Intangible Heritage: In views and Visions of the ICH, UNESCO.
Museum International, (56), 1-3pp
Alexendar. (2010). Issues in Intangible Heritage.United
Kingdom:Routledge Publication.
Blakesmith. (2009). The Conceptual Development of UNESCO’s Program
on Intangible Cultural Heritage: Challenges and Approaches, Builth
Wells, Institute of Art and Law: pp 43-72
Chan, C. T. (2006, January 1). Malaysia as Regional Hub of Sustainable
Cultural Tourism: Valuation of Its Heritage Assets & Cultural Assets
Cultural SME & SMI as Malaysian New Cultural Economy.
eMalacca. Retrieved March 13, 2013. www.emalacca.com.
Endon, Mahmood. (2004). The Nyonya Kebaya: A Century of Straits
Chinese Costume. Singapore: Periplus Editions
Gerald L. Pocius. (2001). Academic Folkore Research in Canada: Trends
and Prospectus (Part 2). University Press.
Howard, Keith. (2009). Ritual and the Korean Intangible Cultural Asset
System in Journal of Ritual Studies: Korean Ritual Thematic Issue,
University of Pittsburgh, (4), pp. 203-216.
Kim Yersu. 1976. Cultural Policy in the Republic of Korea. Studies and
Documents on Cultural Policies. Paris: UNESCO
Miyata, S. (2008). Inventory-Making of the ICH and the System of Living
National Treasure in Japan, lecture given at the 2nd Training Course
for the Safeguarding of the ICH, ACCU, Tokyo.
Noriah Mohamed. (2009). Malay Chetty creole language of Malacca: A
historical and linguistic perspective. Journal of the Malaysian Branch
of the Royal Asiatic Society, 82 (1), 55-70.
Nurulhuda Adabiah Mustafa and Nuraisyah Chua Abdullah (2013).
Preservation Of Cultural Heritage In Malaysia: An Insight Of The
National Heritage Act 2005: Proceedings of International Conference
on Tourism Development. 15-20.
Oshima, Akatsuki. (2007). Towards the Intangible Cultural Heritage
Protection in Japan. The International Journal of Intangible Heritage,
3(3), 30-35.
Saleh, Y., Mat Said, Z., Nayan, N., & Che Leh, F. (2007). Survival Warisan
Budaya Dalam Sektor Pelancongan. Satu Tinjauan Di Melaka.
Perak: Universiti Pendidikan Sultan Idris.
Sharifah Al-zahri. (2010). Pemuliharaan Warisan Budaya. Journal Alam
Melayu, 4(2), 14-16.
UNESCO documents
UNESCO 2003 Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural
Heritage, 17th October 2003
UNESCO 2007 Guideline of the Establishment of Living Human Treasure
Websites / Internet Sources
Agency for Cultural Affairs (Japan) Preservation and Use of Cultural
Property http://www. Bunka.go.jp / English / PDF / h21_chapter _06.
PDF Cultural Heritage Administration (Republic of Korea), Heritage
Classification http://www.English.Cha.go.kr/
UNESCO, Facilitating the Transmission of ICH: Living Human Treasures
http://www.
UNESCO.org/culture/ICH/UNESCO, Guidelines for the Establishment of
National Systems of Living Human Treasures
http://www.UNESCO.org/culture/ICH/docs/00031.PDF
https://ich.unesco.org/en/transmission-00078
107
 http://www.culture.gov.fj/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Fiji-Living
Human-Treasurers-Initiative_Report.pdf
The Department of National Heritage (Malaysia): Warisan Kebangsaaan
Orang Hidup 2015
http://www. heritage.gov.my/ National Heritage Act 2005/PDF

108
 Theme 4
Conservation Policy and Management
 Site Selection Criteria for British Colonial Hill Stations in Malaya
Siti Farrah Zaini1 Zuraini Md Ali1 Brit Anak Kayan1
1
Department of Building Surveying, Faculty of Built Environment, University Of Malaya
sfzaini90@gmail.com; zuraini_mdali@um.edu.my; brit284@um.edu.my

Abstract: Hill stations are designed landscapes at high altitude, created by the British in their colonised countries. Histories have proven
that these landscapes were created due to the difficulty faced by this colony to survive in a hotter lowland, compared to their homeland.
Following independence, hill stations in Malaysia are treated as famous tourist destinations, because of their unique characteristics. Hence,
this study was carried out to identify the geographical characteristics of selected unique landscapes, prior to the existense of the Malayan
hill stations. Extensive literature reviews were conducted on several published documents and historical sources. This paper has found that
exceptional territory, summit’s altitude, climate, size of the the hilly landscape are the criteria considered by the British to create hill
stations in Malaya.

Keywords: Hill Stations, Penang Hill, Maxwell’s Hill, Fraser’s Hill, Cameron Highlands.

1. INTRODUCTION 2. HILL STATIONS

Hill stations were inhabited by the British when they colonised
India and Malaya (pre-independence name of Malaysia), i.e.
since the 18th century, with different functions, attractions and
facilities (Weebers & Idris, 2016), but with a similar and firm
reason – to escape from the tropical heat and illnesses (Aiken,
1994; Crossette, 1999; Herbert, 2011; Kennedy, 1996). This
study was intended to focus on the hill stations created by the
British in Malaya, i.e. Penang Hill, Maxwell’s Hill, Fraser’s Hill
and Cameron Highlands.
Since the Independence Day in 1957, Malaysia has been
developing in the sectors of politics, social and economics
(Khan, Liew & Ghazali, 2014). These include the development
of the mega infrastructures, in order to achieve the country's
mission to be a developed country by 2020, and to achieve
national transformation by 2050. Following 60 years of
independence, Malaysia has witnessed a rapid growth of
developments in mega cities, as well as in the suburban areas
(Noor, 2015), which are getting undeniably unstoppable
(Bernama, 2017a). In fact, many major developments,
especially on the infrastructures, have started to intervene with
the rural and remote areas (Rahim, 2017). These developments
are eventually destroying their natural landscapes. For instance,
in Sabah and Cameron Highlands, rapid developments for the
past 20 years have been the main cause of flash floods and soil
settlement, due to continuous deforestation (Bernama, 2017b;
Nation, 2016). Other than Cameron Highlands, hill stations that
are recently being threatened by deforestation include, Penang
Hill and Fraser’s Hill. Penang Hill is a heritage that has been
treasured, and blessed with the coldest temperature in the
Penang island (Loh, 2016). However, land clearing for the
plantation of crops and to build more tourist attractions on the
hill, has worsen the condition, similar to that happening in the
Cameron Highlands (Nation, 2016). Fraser’s Hill, known as
’The Little English’ of Malaysia, is another precious treasure,
which has been similarly threatened by the land clearing activity
(Lokman, 2017). On the other hand, Maxwell’s Hill which is
located in Taiping, is also a treasure, but is still under protection
from any threats (Harian, 2016). These issues have threatened
the Malayan hill stations, due to the hunger of modern
developments. Hence, this study was carried out to identify the
site selection criteria for the British Colonial hill stations, in
order to understand their importance and protect their future.
Most published documents on the emergence of British hill
stations involved those located in India, rather than in Malaya.
These stations in India emerged since 1819 until the late 19th
century, while the first British hill station in Malaya was
contructed earlier, i.e. since 1788, followed by the later stations
in 1820s until 1925 (Aiken, 1987; Herbert, 2011; Weebers &
Idris, 2016). Beginning in British Raj (India), the British
invaders were trying to avoid the unpleasant hot weather and
environment that can cause illnesses, such as malaria, in the
lowland area. In order to escape this condition, the British
retreated to the uphill areas and settled there (Spencer &
Thomas, 1948; Kenny, 1997; Baker, 2014). The geographical
features of the hill stations were found to be much colder than
the lowland, and significantly out of the reach of mosquitos
(Baker, 2014). Some researchers interpreted that the hill stations
were constructed as a trend of resort in the 19th century, for the
Europeans to retreat from the tropical heat of the colonised
countries (Crossette, 1999; Francis, 2015; Weebers, 2016).
However, it was later found that the function of the hill stations
was more than that. Some historical sources and earliest
documents stated that the hill stations in India and Malaya
functioned as sanitaria for the British, to comfort their mental
health from tropical pressure (Ross, 1937; Kennedy, 1996;
Wood, 1895). In either interpretations, the hill stations were
landscapes created by the British people, to bring the lifestyle of
their homeland to a foreign country, as they felt that it was
crucial to return to colder climate from the enervating low
altitudes (Aiken, 1994).
In addition, Aiken (1994) and Crossette (1999) stated that the
hill stations were not only a refuge landscape from the heat, but
also a social place for the families and friends to play sports,
attend balls, hang out in pubs, etc. This is the reason that hill
stations in Malaya were created with tennis court, golf course
and lawn for games, as seen in the hotels on the Penang Hill and
Cameron Highlands, and pubs on the Fraser's Hill and Cameron
Highlands (Aiken, 1994; Crossette, 1999; Gibby, 2017; Sim,
1946; Willis, 1936).
2.1 MALAYAN HILL STATIONS
Although most of the published documents on the British hill
stations involved those located in India, Crossette (1999) found
that the hill stations in Malaysia are so unique and that the
authenticity has been well protected, as quoted by her:

109
‘There are no other hill stations in Asia where the architecture,
the atmosphere, and the tidiness imposed on nature by the
colonial powers, most of all the British, are so carefully and
consciously maintained as they are in Cameron Highlands and
Fraser’s Hill.’ (Crossette, 1999).

According to Aiken (1994), Malayan hill stations were

categorised into principal, minor and planned, as shown in
Figure 1. Penang Hill, Maxwell’s Hill, Fraser’s Hill and
Cameron Highlands are the principal hill stations, which are the
central and developed landscapes with more social and cultural
interactions. Gunong Kledang in Ipoh, Bukit Kutu in Selangor
and Gunong Angsi in Negeri Sembilan are the minor hill
stations, while Gunong Tahan in Pahang is the only planned hill
station in Malaysia. Minor hill stations were the potential
landscapes to be principal hill stations, but due to limited growth
and flatlands, they remain undeveloped until today. However,
remnants of bungalows were found erected on these highlands
(Aiken, 1994; Butcher, 1979). On the other hand, Gunong Tahan
was not materialised due to political factors, in which part of the
hill was located in Kelantan – which was not a territory of the
Federated Malay States (FMS) (Butcher, 1979).

The British people were unable to fit in the Malaya's

environment, especially due to the tropical heat and illnesses.
The British were so determined to find other ways to ensure they
were able to stay longer in the tropical countries, since distance
and government's leave policy did not allow them to return to
their homeland on a frequent basis (Butcher, 1979).
Geographical factors of the majestic view of nature and the
immense amount of settlement, had influenced the creation of
the hill stations by the British in Malaya, as they were able to get
rid of the stressful environmental disabilities, and away from the
reach of mosquitos (Aiken, 1994; German, 1927; Maxwell,
1988; Sim, 1946). Hill stations in Malaya began with the Penang
Hill in the 18th century, Maxwell's Hill at the end of the 19th
century, and Fraser’s Hill and Cameron Highlands in the early of
the 20th century.
Hill stations have eventually become the tourists destinations.
However, according to Crossette (1999), there were bungalows
which are still being used exclusively by the British
Governments, private family resorts, as well as lodges for the
hill stations' employees. During the post-independence of
Malaysia, bungalows on the hill stations were exclusively used
by the British elites during their colonisation era, as retreat
bungalows for the Malaysian high-rank government officers. For
example, the Bel Retiro bungalow on the Penang Hill
(Corporation, 2015; Willis, 1936).
Figure 1: Map of the principal Malayan hill stations,
undeveloped or minor hill stations, and the only planned hill
station, i.e. Gunong Tahan (Aiken, 1994).
2.1.2 Penang Hill
’Great Hill was eventually settled by more buildings, such as the
famous Bel Retiro, Convalescent Bungalow, temporary hospital
and residence for the medical officer in 1820s. Importantly,
development of Penang hill over time displays the technical
achievement, after the completion of the Penang Hill Railway in
the early 1920s.’ (Aiken, 1987).
Penang Hill or was known as the Great Hill, was the first hill
station in Malaya, and the only British hill station that
geographically located on an island, which makes it the highest
landscape in the island of Penang (Aiken, 1999). Historically,
Penang Hill was intended for military purposes, not as a hill
station. The higher landscape played a crucial strategic and
defensive role for the British in Penang (Gibby, 2017), to
overlook the Malacca Straits and the lowlands of Penang. It was
found and opened by Captain Francis Light, the representative
from the East India Company in the late 18th century.

110

Figure 2: Location of the Penang Hill in the Penang Island
(Google earth, 2017).
It was recorded that buildings built close to the
flagstaff of the Penang Hill were the earliest physical
structures observed, which are now called as the Bel
Retiro. Bel Retiro of the Penang Hill did not only
functioned as a recreational accommodation, but also for
the safety of the British residency in Penang. It was
strategically developed to guard against the possible
threats that might come from other European nations,
pirates and the government of Kedah (Irshad, n.d). This is
why Malacca Straits can be viewed from the Bel Retiro.
Bel Retiro Malacca Straits
Figure 3: Direct view of Malacca Straits from the Bel Retiro
and a flagstaff, as a lookout point (Aiken, 1994).
2.1.3 Maxwell’s Hill
It took almost a century to create the second hill
station in Malaya. Maxwell’s Hill was created in 1884,
which was the first hill station in Malaya that was located
on the mainland, as well as the first hill station in the FMS
(Aiken, 1994; Crossette, 1999; Hasmi, 2017; Weebers,
2016). Maxwell’s Hill was named after a Selangor’s
Resident – William Edward Maxwell.
There were limited sources on how and who opened
the Maxwell’s Hill. However, according to the history of
Perak and Taiping, the emergence of the Maxwell’s Hill
initially was related to the Larut war in 1861, between two
Chinese secret societies, i.e. Hai San and Ghee Hin, over
the control of tin mines in Klian Pauh (original name of
Taiping). This event led to the intervention of the British
in Taiping. The Pangkor Treaty of 1874 was an agreement
between the King of Perak and the British representative,
which allowed Perak to be led under the British
administration. Following the treaty, Taiping then
received assistance from a British Resident – Captain
Speedy. This landscape and its geographical values
provided an opportunity for the British to overlook the
administration and the tin mining activities from the hill,
and at the same time, became a retreat place for the
English people near Larut and Taiping, as they need to
settle in Taiping for a longer time. (Ariffin & Hussin,
2011; CASA & CORE, 2010; Fee, 1998). As a result, The
Cottage (1884) was the first retreat bungalow erected on
the hill (German, 1927).
Figure 4: Location of the Maxwell’s Hill from Taiping
(Google Earth, 2017).
2.1.4 Fraser’s Hill
The British people realised that the landscape of the
Maxwell’s Hill was unable to fill their needs to build
more retreat buildings and infrastructures, such as hotel
and mountain rail similar to that in the Penang Hill, as this
hill station was lacked of flatlands (German, 1927). As a
result, the colonial was on the look for a bigger hill
station. In an archive report by Sir William George
Maxwell (1988), in November 1917, the Right Reverend
C.J. Ferguson-Davie, the Bishop of Singapore explored
Fraser’s Hill (Bukit Fraser in local language). He sent a
report to the High Commissioner and Chief Secretary of
the FMS Government about a hill that was suitable as a
hill station (Aiken, 1994; Crossette, 1999).
111
Sir William George Maxwell wrote in his report:
’The Bishop, on his return to Singapore, wrote a report
on his visit showing that within about five miles of the
Gap, on the main trunk road between Pahang and
Selangor, there was an area which seemed to be
eminently suitable for a hill station and which could be
rapid, easily and cheaply developed.’ (Maxwell, 1988).
Figure 5: The Fraser’s Hill (within red border) is located at
the border between Selangor and Pahang (Google Map,
2017).
Historically, the Fraser’s Hill was named after Louis
James Fraser, a European and former gold and tin
businessman, who used to live at the summit of this
landscape, before it was being designed as the third hill
station in Malaya. According to a few documented
histories, Fraser was the first one who discovered that this
mountainous landscape was rich with tin deposits
(Cheong, 2013; Maxwell, 1988; Weebers & Idris, 2016).
Figure 6: Tin mining near Fraser’s Hill in 1906 (Moore,
2005).
Fraser’s Hill was initially aimed to be the most developed
and complete hill station compared to the Penang Hill and
the Maxwell’s Hill, due to larger flatlands. Hence,
accessibility was a crucial aspect, which led to the
construction of access roads to the first structure on the
hill (Aiken, 1994; German, 1927; Maxwell, 1988).
2.1.5 Cameron Highlands
’It is expected that such a station, with a low temperature,
will prove a very great asset to Malaya, in supplying what
has hitherto been the chief need of the country from
health.’ (German, 1927).
In 1924, the Federal Council questioned whether Fraser’s
Hill was big enough for the needs of Malaya, when the
British started to rediscover and reconsider to open
Cameron Highlands (Maxwell, 1988). This was due to the
rapid increase of the British population in Malaya after
1900 (Butcher, 1979). Cameron Highlands, with the size
of almost 72,000 ha, were considered by Crossette (1999)
as a region instead of a single place, as three big towns
existed on the hill station. Physical developments were on
the increase in the Cameron Highlands compared to the
other three hill stations. Besides, with the height of 1,070
to 1,830 m above sea level, this hill station was famous
for its ability to be ‘self-developed’ (Ahmad, 2013;
Centre, 2017; Crossette, 1999; German, 1927). Cameron
Highlands has the most fertile land for agriculture
compared to the other three hill stations. This
characteristic was highlighted with the emergence of
Experiment Station at Tanah Rata in 1925, where this hill
resort became a home to the most significant tea farm in
Malaysia, i.e. Bharat Tea and Boh Tea farms, as well as
terraced vegetable and strawberry farms, up to this day.
Figure 7: The location of Cameron Highlands (in red
border) between the borders of Perak and Pahang (Google
Map, 2017).
3. METHODOLOGY
This study was conducted by reviewing the literatures
of the British hill stations, generally in India and
specifically in Malaysia, i.e. Penang Hill, Maxwell’s Hill,
Fraser’s Hill and Cameron Highlands. The review also
include the undeveloped hill stations in Malaya, i.e.
Gunong Kledang in Ipoh, Gunong Angsi in Negeri
112
Sembilan, Bukit Kutu in Selangor and the never-begun- 4. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
project of Gunong Tahan in Pahang. The review was
conducted on relevant historical documents and news Based on the extensive review conducted on several
related to the hill stations in Malaya. The relevant documents and historical sources, the geographical and
literatures include, unpublished documents, websites and unique criteria were recognised, as listed in Table 1.
newspapers, archive manuscripts, books, as well as
published journals.

Table 1: The comparisons of selection criteria according to hill stations in Malaya.

Hill stations

Cameron Gunong Gunong Gunong

Penang Hill Maxwell’s Hill Fraser’s Hill Bukit Kutu
Highlands Kledang Angsi Tahan
(Principal) (Principal) (Principal) (Minor)
(Principal) (Minor) (Minor) (Planned)
Geographical
features

Selangor and Negeri

States/ Territory Penang Island Perak Pahang Perak Selangor Pahang
Pahang Sembilan

Summit’s altitude
(m)
833 1,250 852–1,460 1,070–1,830 808 923 825 2187

Temperature (°C)
24.0–25.5 15–25 22–23 17–20 Unknown

Size (ha)
468 Approx. 690 Approx. 2,830 71,220 Unknown

Selection criteria 1. Strategic 1. Strategic 1. Wider to 1. Larger plateau 1. Highest

for the British hill location as the location to accommodate to accommodate altitude to
stations. highest land in overlook the tin more government almost all create perfect
the Penang mining activities officials. Europeans in hill station.
Island, to and Malaya, as well
become signal administration of 2. Strategic as to develop 2. Planned as
station and Taiping. location – at the more than the a hill station,
naval lookout boundary of two earlier hill but was
point. 2. High enough FMS; Selangor stations. never
to overlook and Pahang. materialised
2. Wider view Taiping. 2. Colder climate due to
to overlook the 3. Colder to to satisfy the political
lowlands, 3. Easily satisfy the British British who need conflict.
especially on accessible by the who need to to escape from Minor hill stations which are left
Georgetown mode of escape from the the hotter plains. undeveloped.
and Malacca transportations hotter plains in
Straits, for of the old days. Selangor and 3. Easy access
defence and Pahang. from Tapah,
safety of the 4. Colder to Perak.
island. satisfy the
British who need 4. Most fertile
to escape from soil for
the hotter plains agriculture
in Taiping and purposes, to
Larut. supply resource
of highland food
and tea, directly
from the hill
itself.

Table 1 shows the comparisons of hill stations
according to the selection criteria highlighted in the
literatures. Territorial aspect was the most important
factor for the hill stations. Potential British hill stations
must be designed landscapes located under the British
administration states, i.e. the FMS of Selangor, Negeri
Sembilan, Perak and Pahang, as well as the Penang Straits
Settlement. According to Butcher (1979), territory was the
reason behind the deselection of Gunong Tahan in Pahang
as the grand hill station, as the northern part of the hill
was located in Kelantan, which was not under the FMS.
One of the primary criteria of the landscape to be selected
as a hill station was the high altitude from the sea level.
Table 1 shows that all the principal, minor and planned
Malayan hill stations are higher than 800 m above sea
level. Both the highest and lowest altitudes are the
113
planned and minor hill stations, respectively. Gunong
Tahan has the highest altitude of 2,187 m, while Gunong
Kledang has the lowest altitude of 808 m above sea level.
Among all the principal hill stations, Penang Hill is the
lowest (833 m), while Cameron Highlands has the highest
altitude of 1,830 m. It should be noted that the altitude of
the hill stations is an essential criteria, as it represents the
temperature level to satisfy the needs of the British people
to retreat from hot plains. Penang Hill has the lowest
summit among all the four principal hill stations, thus,
making it the least cold summit with 25°C. This was
mentioned by German (1927) in his book, that Penang
Hill ’is not high enough for a hill station’. Table 1 proved
that the British were actively searching for higher
landscapes, which exceed 1000 m above sea level, so that
the hill stations should be able to satisfy their needs to
retreat to colder highlands, such as in the Maxwell’s Hill
(15–25°C), Fraser’s Hill (22–23°C) and Cameron
Highlands (17–20°C).
The next criteria to be considered prior to the
creation of a hill station was the ample size of the land.
Penang Hill has the smallest land size (468 ha), followed
by the Maxwell's Hill with approximately 690 ha. Both
the hill stations did not exceed 1000 ha. In fact, according
to the literature, Maxwell's Hill was designed on the ridge,
which has limited size of flatlands (Butcher, 1979; Hasmi,
2017). After the British realised that small hill stations
could not accommodate the increase in the number of
Europeans in the early 20th century, they continued with
the search of larger landscapes that could be designed as
hill stations. As a result, Fraser's Hill (2,830 ha) and
Cameron Highlands (71,000 ha) were discovered, and
designed as the new hill stations, where the latter has
become the largest hill station in Malaysia.
The comparisons of hill stations as shown in Table
1, can be the most logical reasons on why Gunong
Kledang, Bukit Kutu and Gunong Angsi were considered
as the minor hill stations and have never been developed.
They were not high enough to satisfy the needs of the
British people to be in a colder climate compared to the
lowlands. Also, according to Butcher (1979), all the minor
hill stations were designed on the ridges, instead of on the
flat summits. This means that they have limited flatlands
to accommodate more government officials.
Table 1 also presents the unique geographical criteria
of the hill stations in Malaya. Although the review shows
that Penang Hill possess the least valuable characteristics
in terms of the altitude, temperature and size compared to
the other principal hill stations, it is still able to be
developed due to its strategic location as the highest land
in the Penang Island, and for its wide view to overlook the
lowlands’ administration and guard the Straits of Malacca
from their rivals. Similarly, the strategic location of the
Maxwell's Hill allowed the British to overlook the town of
Taiping, while the Fraser's Hill was strategically located
at the border between Kuala Kubu Baru (Selangor) and
Raub (Pahang). This feature does not only provide
advantages to the European in terms of controlling or
defending their territories, but also for the easy access
through any mode of transportations during the pre-
independence period. Finally, the other criteria possess by
the potential landscapes was fertile soil for agriculture.
The review found that fertile soil was needed to plant
most of the highland's food, including vegetables and tea
to be supplied to the British who lived in the Cameron
Highlands for a longer period of time.
5. CONCLUSION
This study was purposely conducted to extend the
knowledge on the selection criteria of the British hill
stations in the Malaya. As a conclusion, this study found
that these hill stations were selected and designed based
on the unique geographical characteristics since the pre-
independence era. This study also found that the possible
reasons on why the minor and planned hill stations were
remained undeveloped were due to the geographical and
politic factors. Thus, it should be noted that the unique
characteristics highlighted in this study are important
findings as these natural landscapes belong to our country,
and they should be preserved and protected, away from
the destructions.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors would like to acknowledge the financial
support from Postgraduate Research Grant (PG111-
2015B) and UMRG RP009F-15SUS, established at the
University of Malaya, Institute of Research Management
and Consultancy (IPPP).
REFERENCES
Ahmad, R. (2013). Cultural landscapes as heritage in Malaysia:
Potentials, threats & current practices. Netherland: Raziah Ahmad.
Aiken, S. R. (1987). Early Penang Hill Station. Geographical Review,
77(4), 421-438.
Aiken, S. R. (1994). Imperial Belvederes: The Hill Stations of Malaya.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Ariffin, M. N., & Hussin, A. A. (2011). Program Pemuliharaan Taiping
Bandar Warisan oleh Majlis Perbandaran Taiping. In A. A. Hussin
(Ed.), Pemuliharaan dan Pemeliharaan Warisan di Malaysia (pp.
70-91). Pulau Pinang: Universiti Sains Malaysia.
Bernama. (2017a). CIDB sees construction sector growing 8% to
RM170b in 2017; The Star Online Retrieved from
http://www.thestar.com.my/business/business-
news/2017/04/11/cidb-sees-construction-sector-growing-8pct-to-
rm170b-in-2017/
Bernama. (2017b). Sabah Banjir Akibat Pembangunan. Retrieved 21
October 2017, from
http://www.freemalaysiatoday.com/category/bahasa/2017/08/17/s
abah-banjir-akibat-pembangunan-kata-timbalan-ketua-menteri/
Butcher, J. G. (1979). The British in Malaya 1880-1941. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
CASA, & CORE. (2010). Returning Taiping: The Town of Tin, Rain,
Commercial, Leisure and Heritage. Singapore
Kuala Lumpur: CASA, National University of Singapore
CORE, University of Malaya.
Centre, C. H. T. I. S. (2017). Travel Guide Cameron Highlands (2 ed.).
Cameron Highlands: K.S Chai.
Cheong, C. (2013). Fraser's Hill - A Lush Highland Hideaway. Petaling
Jaya, Malaysia: Percetakan Imprint (M) Sdn Bhd.
Corporation, P. H. (2015). Historical Heritage. Retrieved 29 August
2017, from http://www.penanghill.gov.my/index.php/en/whats-at-
penang-hill/attraction/historical-heritage
Crossette, B. (1999). The Great Hill Stations of Asia. New York: Basic
Books.
Fee, C. V. (1998). Architecture (Vol. 5). Singapore: Archipelago Press.
Francis, R. (2015). Penang Hill Furnicular Railway: Remembering an
Engineering Feat 1923-2010. Penang: Areca Books.
German, R. L. (1927). Handbook to British Malaya. London: Malay
States information agency.
114
Gibby, M. (2017). Penang Hill: A Journey Through Time. Penang:
Entrepot Publishing Sdn Bhd.
H.T.Ross. (1937, 4th August 1937). Official Memorandum.
[Memorandum on the clerk in the Government Printing Department
of FMS to get a treatment health in hill station]. Official
Memorandum, (F.S 3166/37). Arkib Negara Malaysia.
Harian, S. (2016, 6 May). Bukit Larut 'harta karun' berharga, Sinar
Online.
Hasmi. (2017). History of Maxwell's Hill. In S. F. Zaini (Ed.).
Herbert, E. W. (2011). Flora's Empire: British Gardens in India.
London: University of Pennsylvania Press.
Kennedy, D. (1996). The Magic Mountain (Vol. 1). Berkeley: University
of California Press.
Khan, R. A., Liew, M. S., & Ghazali, Z. (2014). Malaysian Construction
Sector and Malaysia Vision 2020: Developed Nation Status. Social
and Behavioral Sciences, 109, 507-513.
Loh, A. (2016, 29 June). Plan to turn Penang Hill bungalows into
relaxing retreats, The Star Online.
Lokman, T. (2017, 26 September). Outrage over logging in Fraser's Hill,
New Straits Times.
Maxwell, W. G. (1988). The Early Days of Fraser's Hill/by Sir George
Maxwell. In U. o. Malaya (Ed.), University of Malaya. University
of Malaya.
Moore, W. K. (2005). Malaysia: A Pictorial History 1400-2004 (D. B. a.
S. Ham Ed.). Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia: Archipelago Press.
Nation. (2016, 23 April). Penang Hill is getting bad to worse, The Star
Online.
Noor, E. N. M. (2015). Fahami Keperluan Selenggara Saliran, Sinar
Online. Retrieved from
http://www.sinarharian.com.my/mobile/karya/pendapat/fahami-
keperluan-selenggara-saliran-1.394304
Rahim, S. (2017). Life gets better in rural areas, New Straits Times.
Retrieved from
https://www.nst.com.my/news/nation/2017/08/265473/life-gets-
better-rural-areas
Sim, K. (1946). Malayan Landscape. London: Micheal Joseph LTD.
W.T.Wood. (1895). Application from Mr.W.T.Wood, Chief Draftsman
for eleven days, leave to enable him to proceed to Penang Hill for
the benefits of his health. (1957/0056605). Arkib Negara Malaysia.
Weebers, R. (2016). British Hill Sttions In South Asia and Mainland
Southeast Asia: British India, Ceylon, Burma and British Malaya: A
Comparative Study. Journal of Southeast Asian Studies, 21, 185-
187.
Weebers, R., & Idris, H. (2016). British Hill Stations in South Asia and
Mainland South East Asia: British India, Ceylon, Burma and British
Malaya: A Comparative Study. Journal od Southeast Asian Studies,
21, 174-189.
Willis, A. C. (1936). Willis's Singapore guide: with descriptive of
interest to tourists on Malaya. Singapore: Advertising and Publicity
Bureau Ltd.

115
 Conserving the Heritage Village in Malaysia: Perspective
and Challenges
Indera Syahrul Mat Radzuan1, Mohammed Mohammed Ishaq2, Noralfishah Sulaiman3 & Yahaya
Ahmad4
1, 2. 3
Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia
4
University of Malaya

Abstract: The modernisation of Malaysia had begun on the early 1980's which causes many heritage villages and their neighbourhoods
disappearing at a fast rate especially in urban areas. The purpose of this article is to review the process of urbanisation in Malaysia with a
focus on conserving the heritage village in the challenging urban landscape. This paper provides an overview of early civilisation in
Malaysia, the concept of conservation, living heritage and sustainable communities. It also focuses on the development of the country's
cultural heritage legislation as well as discusses some legal issues and challenges around the conservation policy-practice gap. However,
the declining population and raising the average age in this living heritage sites are much affected by the rapid economic transformation.
More recent attention has focused on the influence of effective policy to protect the heritage village; however, in many cases, the
conservation policy appeared to fulfil the political advantage rather than to cater the fundamental aspect of conservation.

Keywords: Cultural heritage, traditional settlement, living heritage, conservation, Malaysia.

1. INTRODUCTION overview of early civilisation in Malaysia, the concept of

1
Malaysia has a long history which dates back to the 14th century
and possesses much of the rich cultural heritage resources.
Malaysia, being situated geographically between two great
civilisations: to its East (China) and to its West (India), and having
been ruled at various periods by great civilisations namely the
Malay Sultanate, Portuguese, Dutch, British and Japanese (Andaya
& Andaya, 2011). As a multi-cultural, multi-ethnic and multi-
religious country, the subject of cultural heritage in Malaysia isn't
just different yet complex.
With its population of 30.2 million, the country consists of
50% Malay, 22% Chinese, 7% Indian and 21% other ethnic and
indigenous groups of Sabah and Sarawak (Malaysia, 2017). The
process of urbanisation in Malaysia can be traced back to the
British colonisation era in the early 19th century. The British who
had introduced the „open market economy' and „cash crops' in
Malaya during the 1800s had encouraged the emergence of many
collection centres for minerals, rubber and coffee, which later
developed as towns (Asnarulkhadi Abu Samah, 2002).
In this regard, cities and villages in Malaysia have played a
remarkable role in enhancing the living multicultural heritage, as
portrayed by its different religious and cultural practices of the
society, the very epitome of the Malaysian identity – mixed, yet not
blended. The different races have managed to retain their
individuality, but together they have also produced their delightful
uniqueness.
The purpose of this paper is to review the process of
urbanisation in Malaysia with a focus on conserving the heritage
village in the challenging urban landscape. This paper provides an
——————————————————————————————
1 Senior Lecturer, Department of Real Estate Management,
Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia, Johor, Malaysia; Email:
syahrul@uthm.edu.my
2 PhD Candidate, Department of Real Estate Management,
Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia, Johor, Malaysia; Email:
mmishaq10@gmail.com
3 Senior Lecturer, Department of Real Estate Management,
Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia, Johor, Malaysia; Email:
nora@uthm.edu.my
4 Professor, Department of Architecture, University of Malaya,
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: yahaya@um.edu.my
conservation, living heritage and sustainable communities. It also
focuses on the development of the country's cultural heritage
legislation as well as discusses some legal issues and challenges
around the conservation policy-practice gap.
2. EARLY CIVILIZATION AND SETTLEMENTS IN
MALAYSIA
Malaysia is comparatively a new nation. However, it has many
settlements which can be considered to have some historic and
cultural criticalness. Albeit such settlements have experienced
many changes and have been reduced in size, in many cases the
original settlements have survived to the present day.
According to Chen (1998), it is believed that the Malaysian
civilisation started thousands of years ago during the Stone Age.
The existence of the early civilisation was proven by the discovery
of some archaeological sites found throughout the country. In brief,
the pre-historic and the modern settlements in Malaysia can be
listed into six important periods (Table 1).
Table 1: Periods of the Pre-Historic and Modern Settlements
in Malaysia
Period Duration (years)
Pre-historic 35,000 to 5,000 years ago
Hindu Kingdom 5th to 14th century
Islam and Melaka Sultanate 14th century to 1511
Colonial (Portuguese, Dutch and 1511-1957
British)
Japanese occupation 1941-1945
Independence 1957 to the present day
Source: Hussein Ahmad (1964)
The development of the modern towns started during the
British rule in the Straits Settlements (Singapore, Penang and
Melaka) where the importation of workers from India and China
began (Sulong Mohamad, 1994). In the post-independence years,
although there are quite some traditional settlements that still exist
in the country, however, the limited numbers have been replaced
by the planned modern settlements (Table 2). The modernisation of

116
Malaysia had begun in the early 1980's which causes many make way for new development and this has resulted in an
heritage villages and their neighbourhoods disappearing at a fast alteration of the socio-economic landscape and unsettling
rate especially in urban areas. communities imbalances.

Table 2: Traditional and Planned Settlement by States in 3.1 Heritage Village

Peninsular Malaysia
States Traditional Planned Total Heritage village has been found to expose the unique mixes of the
Settlements Settlements natural, cultural and social qualities of the urban and sub-urban
No. % No. % fabrics. Despite its potential as the typical settlement type in the
Johor 809 8.88 46 7.11 855 pre-modern era, the heritage village has barely been spared by the
Kedah 1,862 20.44 78 12.06 1,940
modernisation phenomena. Thus, various studies have attempted to
Kelantan 892 9.79 27 4.17 919
draw the importance in safeguarding these heritage villages in the
Melaka 674 7.40 26 4.02 700
N. Sembilan 511 5.61 27 4.17 538 challenging urban landscape, for instance, the studies conducted by
Pahang 1,500 16.47 164 23.35 1,664 Saleh (1998) and Alhabshi (2010). Other researchers such as
Perak 824 9.05 154 23.80 978 Alberts and Hazen (2010), as well as Pendlebury, Short, and While
Perlis 366 4.02 11 1.70 377 (2009), have attempted to emphasise the importance between the
Pulau Pinang 481 5.28 19 2.94 500 use of authenticity and integrity principles in guiding the
Selangor 438 4.81 26 4.02 464 preservation efforts and balancing the needs and goals of the
Terengganu 751 8.25 69 10.66 820 multiple stakeholders in these historic areas.
Total 9,108 100 647 100 9,755 According to Khoo (2012) heritage village is “a cluster of
Source: Ministry of Housing and Local Government (2010) traditional dwellings, including their setting, open spaces, trees and
any related communal, service or ancillary buildings therein, which
represent the social history and cultural heritage of a particular
3. FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPT OF CONSERVATION ethnic, indigenous or hybrid community or communities. The
construction and spatial character of a heritage village depict its
rural or peri-urban beginnings, even though it may have since been
Most cities and countries are struggling with the challenges of
subsumed by urban expansion". They are living environments that
conserving their heritage village due to the rapid urbanisation.
have evolved and continue to do so, an attribute that is one of their
According to Timothy (2011), overarching concern for
most important characteristics of heritage (Orbasli & Woodward,
conservation has spilled into the cultural arena. He points out the
2009).
seven reasons for the importance of conservation which are
enumerated in Table 3.
Table 3: Reason of the Conservation Importance 3.2 Living Heritage and Sustainable Communities
1. Scientific and Heritage places are important
educational value resources for both formal and According to Orbasli (2002), only in the second half of the
informal education. twentieth century was there a growing appreciation and
2. Environmental Conservation of the built understanding of conservation, their recognition as „heritage', and a
diversity environment helps to end a cruel desire for area-based conservation with the birth of the so-called
destruction of the historic Venice Charter which came into effect in 1964 were their
environment. principles governing architectural conservation and restoration.
3. Artistic merit Many historic buildings and Even though the human dimension of the value of heritage was
ancient monuments are renowned
recognised in the Charter, however, it made no direct reference to
as products of enormous creative
the living heritage.
genius and have become the most
popular tourist attractions. Thus, UNESCO‟s Convention Concerning the Protection of
4. Revenue generation Heritage conservation leads to the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, which came into effect in
potential financial benefits and 1972, made a direct reference to the life of the community. Article
generates revenue for the 5 suggests that each state that has signed up to this Convention
country. should „adopt a general policy which aims to give the cultural and
5. Nostalgia Protecting heritage places will natural heritage a function in the life of the community and to
enhance a sense of „collective integrate the protection of that heritage into comprehensive
nostalgia‟ as a way of getting planning programmes‟ (Miura, 2005).
back to their original roots. Nonetheless, since 1992, the World Heritage programme has
6. Nationalism Protecting heritage is a way of increasingly focused on traditional knowledge and the role of local
nurturing national solidarity with communities in the protection and management mechanisms, and
a homeland and building of the programme has been fostering synergies between modern
sentiments of patriotism and science and local knowledge that are relevant to both cultural and
loyalty among citizens.
natural heritage (Netherlands National Commission for UNESCO,
7. Functional use of Conserving functional utility of
2014). As Rogers (1982) has pointed out, "We must realise that
heritage resources historic buildings are more cost-
effective rather than to rebuild maintaining structures means maintaining the desirability or
new ones. continuity of culture – we are in fact conserving cultures, not
Source: Adapted from Timothy (2011) buildings" (p. 15). Further emphasis has been placed on the
intrinsic relationship between culture and nature, people and place,
Thus, the rapid economic development in Malaysia, for and cultural diversity since then.
instance, has caused the demolitions of some historic districts to
117
 Within the same context, Cook and Ng (2001) have stated that
people need to feel the sense of belonging and commitment to the
well-being of their communities so that they can remain sustainable
in the long term. They have further defined that „a sustainable
community‟ could be described as “one which has an enduring
integration of the social, economic and physical characteristics of
our total environment” (p. 3). Meanwhile, Hope (1996) has
identified sustainable community as a community that puts
sustainable development in practice and defined sustainable
community development as it “can encompass actions which
ensure the meeting of the needs of the existing inhabitants of a
given community without jeopardizing the ability of future
generations of inhabitants in that community to meet their own
needs” (p. 195).
4. CULTURAL HERITAGE OF MALAYSIA
Long centuries of immigration and trade relations with the outside
world, especially with the Arabs, Chinese and Indians had resulted
into a mixture of cultural influences in Malaysia. Early immigrants
and traders that first came into the Malay archipelago brought
wealth alongside their religions and peculiar cultural heritage.
Insipte of this inter-relationships, however, each culture remained
intact and distinct in its way such that cultural and religious
monuments such as temples, churches and mosques exist side-by-
side in the historic areas (Ghafar Ahmad, (2009).
These historic areas are our remarkable legacy left behind by
our ancestors for their next generations. They have evolved from
the various races that practised own original cultures and traditions
from the early beginning of the founding of Malaysia. Malaysia‟s
diverse cultural landscape is a mixture of many different cultures.
These cultures exert varying degree of influence in the country.
The ancient Malay culture together with the cultures of the
Malaysia‟s two most popular trading partners in history, the
Chinese and the Indian, had tremendously influenced the country's
culture.
Melaka and George Town, the two historical cities of
Malaysia are very rich in cultural heritage, notably the tangible and
intangible cultural heritage of its diverse communities such as the
Malays, Chinese, Baba Nyonyas, Chittys and Portuguese who are
at present living in a few heritage villages in the inner cities of
Melaka and George Town. However, the declining population and
raising the average age in this living heritage sites are much
affected by the rapid economic transformation.
Over the years, these heritage villages have become the
unique living symbols of the multicultural diversity of the country.
Henderson (2003) indicated that this multiculturalism had played a
significant role as a tourism resource of the country. In an
architectural sense, these heritage quarters represent the richness of
the multicultural heritage of the country with their harmonious
decorative designs and authentic ethnic elements. But, these
traditional houses a mostly of timber require regular maintenance
as compared to the modern concrete houses. Unfortunately, the
traditional skills for maintaining these traditional houses are
gradually disappearing and being lost as the older generations die
off and Malaysia continues to become modernised.
4.1 Safeguarding System and Policy
The management of heritage properties in Malaysia is implemented
through a tripartite arrangement which involved the Federal
Government, the State Government and the Local Authorities.
Each of these tiers of government plays distinctive roles and have
different approaches to the preservation and conservation work for
the identified monuments and buildings. Similarly, within these
entities, there exist some ministries and agencies saddled with the
responsibility of promoting, managing and conservation of heritage
buildings and sites.
Under the Federal Constitution, the various States legislate matters
in the State list which include land, agriculture, forestry, local
government, riverine fishing etc. But under the concurrent list, the
Federal and State governments are tasked to legislate, amongst
other things, the protection of wildlife as well as town and country
planning.
Nurulhuda and Nuraisyah (2013) pointed out that with the
establishment of Ministry of Information, Communication and
Culture in 2004, more attention was given to the development of
culture, arts and heritage in Malaysia. The ministry is expected to
play key role in the consolidation of policies and programmes
targeted at promoting Malaysia's cultural arts and heritage in
addition to formulation of new strategies that would ensure more
accessibility of arts to the masses. In this context, the Malaysia's
cultural heritage has been promoted as a source of economic
growth in the country. This was evident with the enactment of the
National Heritage Act, 2005 in the Ninth Malaysia Plan which was
aimed at the protection and preservation of various tangible and
intangible cultural heritage with a goal to boost the tourism
industry in the country (Malaysia, 2006). In addition, cultural
development was promoted to enhance national identity as well as
strengthen national unity, harmony and integration.
4.2 The National Heritage Act (2015)
Before the enactment of the National Heritage Act, 2005, two Acts,
the Antiquity Act, 1976 and the Treasure Trove Act, 1957 provided
guidance on the issues concerned with heritage areas and/or sites
with more focus on physical heritage. However, the National
Heritage Act, 2005, passed in December 2005 by Malaysia's
Parliament usurped all the provisions of the former Acts. A
distinctive feature of the National Heritage Act, 2005 was its
clarification on the management of heritage in the country. Several
changes were introduced. For example, the Department of National
Heritage now oversees antiquities which was previously supervised
by the Department of Museum and Antiquities (Ghafar Ahmad,
2009). The National Heritage Act, 2005 empowers the Minister to
be responsible for the nation's culture, arts, and heritage by
authorising him to issue policies, statements or directives in respect
of the protection of heritage and activities, mainly at the Federal
level and within the Federal Territory. While discharging his
functions, however, the Minister ought to consult and obtained
consent from the authorities concerned before exercising his power.
This is to ensure harmony among the three tiers of government
when it comes to deciding on matters that have to do with heritage
(Malaysian Governmnet, 2006).
The National Heritage Act, 2005 is a comprehensive
legislation that covers both tangible and intangible, natural and
cultural heritage and how the various aspects of heritage are to be
administered and enforced. In its preamble, the Act aims to:
"Provide for the conservation and preservation of National
Heritage, natural heritage, tangible and intangible, cultural
heritage, underwater cultural heritage, treasure trove and for
related matters".
The scope and definition of heritage as stated in the Antiquity
Act 1976 in Malaysia was limited only to monuments and heritage
sites. However, the National Heritage Act, 2005 provides a wider
scope and definition of heritage that includes not only tangible, but
intangible heritage in line with the scope recommended and was
118
practised in many developed countries. Under the National
Heritage Act, 2005, the intangible cultural heritage is defined as
follows:
“Any form of expressions, languages, lingual utterances,
sayings, musically produced tunes, notes, audible lyrics, songs, folk
songs, oral traditions, poetry, music, dances as produced by the
performing arts, theatrical plays, audible compositions of sounds
and music, martial arts, that may have existed or existing in
relation to the heritage of Malaysia or any part of Malaysia or in
relation to the heritage of a Malaysian community”.
In Malaysia, any person may nominate to the Commissioner
of Heritage to conserve and preserve any natural heritage, tangible
or intangible cultural heritage, living person or underwater cultural
heritage and to be declared as heritage. However, the power to
declare any of the above as heritage lies on the discretion of the
Commissioner of Heritage. But for the declaration of National
Heritage, it lies solely on the discretion of the Minister. Before
declaring any intangible cultural heritage as a National Heritage,
the Minister has to consult and get consensual agreement from the
owner.
5. ISSUES AND CHALLENGES
Much literature has discussed the dilemma and survival of the
heritage villages across countries and region (see Yeoh and Huang,
1996; Alhabshi, 2010; and Lih, 2005). Constant conflict between
the process of modernisation and the preservation of the historic
settlements have also increased rapidly in Malaysia. Over-
commercialism and the threats posed by uncontrolled development
have slowly been eroding the cultural heritage stock especially in
the case of the heritage villages. In the 1980s, the development and
modernisation processes in these regions have especially resulted
in changes to the lifestyles as well as the social and moral values of
the populations (Jones, 1997).
Today, many historic settlements in Malaysia have survived at
least in part. They are often surrounded and dominated by the
modern suburban developments. Although in those cases where
much of the urban fabric has remained intact, significant changes
have occurred in the social and economic organisation within these
historic settlements. The residential, business and cultural activities,
which are the main focuses of urban life have often modernised
parts of the settlements, and in varying degrees, these heritage
villages have become a peripheral of the modern administrative
functions and activities.
This has led to major destruction and deterioration of the
historical and physical characteristics of these unique settlements.
There is a very real danger if the present trends continue that these
historic settlements could lose their special characteristics
permanently and become an irreplaceable loss. As noted by Nor
Zalina Harun (2007) pressures for the urban, physical and
economic developments have often led to the destruction of these
historic settlements because usually they were not preserved due to
the economic value and current demands for modern development.
As Sulaiman and Shamsudin (2002) have observed,
significant changes in the ethnic and religious composition of the
population of the historic settlements have occurred due to the
socio-economic changes happening in all spheres of life in
Malaysia. The development of housing with better facilities outside
the historic settlements has accelerated the process of outward
migration of the upper and middle-income families from these
historic settlements. At present, the majority of the families in the
historic settlements belong to the low-income group of the society
(Leong, 1997). Consequently, the majority of the residents in these
areas are the older generation with a small group of the working-
class population living in the historic settlements. The existing
properties are largely old structures, poorly maintained and
deprived of certain modern facilities and sanitation.
6. CONCLUSION
Indeed, in recent years the heritage village in Malaysia was found
to face adverse influences of modernisation. The major changes in
the historic settlements can be traced back from the last three
decades due to industrialisation, rapid urbanisation and economic
growth. More recent attention has focused on the influence of
effective policy to protect the heritage village; however, in many
cases, the conservation policy appeared to fulfil the political
advantage rather than to cater the fundamental aspect of
conservation (Mat Radzuan, Inho, & Ahmad, 2015). Therefore, the
goal of preservation of cultural heritage should not be limited to
conservation of architectural forms alone but should also integrate
the preservation of living communities and its intangible heritage.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This work was supported in part by the Universiti Tun Hussein
Onn Malaysia (Research and Innovation Fund) and the University
of Malaya (Post Graduate Research Grant). Part of this paper has
been drawn from the author's PhD thesis entitled “Cultural
Heritage Incentives for the Conservation of Traditional Settlements:
The Case of Malaysia, Japan and South Korea”.
References
A. Ghafar Ahmad. (2009). The Safeguarding of the Intangible
Cultural Heritage of Malaysia. Retrieved from South Korea:
Alberts, H. C., & Hazen, H. D. (2010). Maintaining authenticity
and integrity at cultural world heritage sites. Geographical
Review, 100(1), 56-73.
Alhabshi, S. M. (2010). Urban renewal of traditional settlements in
Singapore and Malaysia: The cases of Geylang Serai and
Kampung Bharu. Asian Survey, Vol. 50 (Issue 6), Nov/Dec
2010. Pp 1135-1161.
Andaya, B. W., & Andaya, L. Y. (2011). A History of Malaysia
(2nd ed.). University of Hawai'i Press: Palgrave Macmillan.
Asnarulkhadi Abu Samah. (2002). Community empowerment
towards achieving sustainable development. In Sharifah
Norazizan Syed Abd Rashid, Aishah Edris, & Nobaya Ahmad
(Eds.), Cities in the 21st Century: Urban Issues and
Challenges. Serdang: University Putra Malaysia Press.
Chen, V. F. (1998). The Encyclopedia of Malaysia: Architecture.
Singapore: Archipelago Press.
Cook, A., & Ng, M. K. (2001). Building Sustainable Communities:
The Wanchai Experience. Hong Kong: The Centre for Urban
Planning and Environmental Management.
Henderson, J. (2003). Ethnic Heritage as a Tourist Attraction: The
Peranakans of Singapore. International Journal of Heritage
Studies, Vol. 9 (No.1), pp 27-44.
Hope, K. R. (1996). Promoting sustainable community
development in developing countries: The role of the
technology transfer. Community Development Journal, 31(3),
193-200.
Hussein Ahmad. (1964). Sejarah Tanah Melayu 1400-1963 (2nd
ed.). Kota Bharu: Pustaka Aman Press (in Malay).
Jones, A. (1997). Urban conservation issues in Brunei Darussalam:
the case of Brunei's water villages. Planning Perspectives,
12(4), 457-475.
119
Khoo, S. N. (2012). Penang Heritage Trust: Annual Report 2012. Saleh, M. A. E. (1998). Development versus deterioration of
George Town, Penang: Penang Heritage Trust (PHT). traditional settlements of Southwest Saudi Arabia:
Leong, G. B. (1997). Back to the Future: The Sun. 8 April. Pp Government policies and possible courses of action. Habitat
16. International, 23(1), 93-112.
Lih, C. Y. (2005). Conservation and change: A Singapore case of Sulaiman, A. B., & Shamsudin, S. (2002). The Importance of
urban conservation and development. Paper presented at the Conserving the Old Town Centre in Achieving a Sustainable
15th ICOMOS General Assembly and International Built Environment of the Future. Unpublish research report.
Symposium. Monuments and sites in their setting - Skudai: Universiti Teknologi Malaysia.
Conserving cultural heritage in changing townscapes and Sulong Mohamad. (1994). Pembangunan dan Persekitaran di
landscape, 17-21 Oct. Xi'an, China. Semenanjung Malaysia (S. R. Aiken, T. R. Leinbach, C. H.
Malaysia. (2006). Ninth Malaysia Plan (2006-2010). Putrajaya: Leigh, & M. R. Moss, Trans.). Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa
The Economic Planning Unit (EPU). dan Pustaka (in Malay).
Malaysia. (2017, 20 October). Current Population Estimates 2016- Timothy, D. J. (2011). Cultural Heritage and Tourism: An
2017. Department of Statistics Malaysia. Retrieved from Introduction. UK: Channel View Publications.
https://www.dosm.gov.my Yeoh, B. S. A., & Huang, S. (1996). The Conservation-
Malaysian Government. (2006). National Heritage Act 2005 (Act redevelopment Dilemma in Singapore: The Case of the
645). Kuala Lumpur: Percetakan Nasional Malaysia Berhad. Kampong Glam Historic District. Cities, Vol. 13 (No. 6), pp
Mat Radzuan, I. S., Inho, S., & Ahmad, Y. (2015). Mainstreaming 411-422.
Local Communities Input for the Incentives Programme:
Lessons Learned from the Historic Villages of Hahoe and
Yangdong in South Korea. Revisiting Kathmandu:
Safeguarding Living Urban Heritage (pp. 207-216).
Kathmandu, Nepal: UNESCO.
Ministry of Housing and Local Government. (2010). Pelan Induk
Kampung Tradisional dan Petempatan Tersusun di dalam
Kawasan Pihak Berkuasa Tempatan Semenanjung Malaysia.
Kuala Lumpur: Jabatan Kerajaan Tempatan, Kementerian
Perumahan Kerajaan Tempatan (KPKT) (in Malay).
Miura, K. (2005). Conservation of a „living heritage site‟: A
contradiction in terms? A case study of Angkor World
Heritage Site. Conservation and management of
archaeological sites, 7(1), 3-18.
Netherlands National Commission for UNESCO. (2014, July 6).
Linking Universal and Local Values: Managing a Sustainable
Future for World Heritage (2004). Amsterdam. 22-24 May
2003. Retrieved from http://whc.unesco.org/en/series/13/
Nor Zalina Harun. (2007). Problems involved in the conservation
of historic settlements in Malaysia: Case study of Kuala
Selangor. Jurnal Alam Bina, 9 (3), pp. 79-88.
Nurulhuda Adabiah Mustafa, & Nuraisyah Chua Abdullah. (2013).
Preservation of Cultural Heritage in Malaysia: An Insight of
the National Heritage Act 2005. Paper presented at the
International Conference on Tourism Development: Building
the Future of Tourism, G Hotel, Penang. 4-5 February.
Nurulhuda Adabiah Mustafa, & Nuraisyah Chua Abdullah. (2013).
Preservation of Cultural Heritage in Malaysia: An Insight of
the National Heritage Act 2005. Paper presented at the
International Conference on Tourism Development: Building
the Future of Tourism, G Hotel, Penang. 4-5 February.
Orbasli, A. (2002). Tourists in Historic Towns: Urban
Conservation and Heritage Management. London: Taylor &
Francis.
Orbasli, A., & Woodward, S. (2009). Tourism and heritage
conservation. The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies. Sage
Publications. Retrieved from http://www.sage-
ereference.com/hdbk_tourism/Article_n18.html on April 4,
2011.
Pendlebury, J., Short, M., & While, A. (2009). Urban World
Heritage Sites and the problem of authenticity. Cities, 26(6),
349-358.
Rogers, P. (1982). Conservation and implementation. In R. Zetter
(Ed.), Conservation of Buildings in Developing Countries.
Oxford: Oxford Polytechnic.

120
 Conceptual Framework for Assessment Methodology in
Evaluating Cultural Value for Architecture
Linda Shafarina Hassan1 Yahaya Ahmad2
Department of Architecture, Faculty of Built Environment, University Malaya

Abstract: Architecture is a significant entity to the image and identity of cultural heritage, as it generates outstanding values for
sustainable culture and context. Current design trend of new architecture has constituted culture risk as it losing its local identity due to
poor attention in preserving the value of cultural heritage into new architecture image. To sustain these values, it is important to established
the criteria, and the indicator of rating tool to guide and to recommend preservation and incorporation of essential traditional features into
new architecture image. However this criteria and indicator must be evaluated using excessive assessment method as provided in
assessment tool. By looking at the necessity to recommend practical guideline to assess cultural value from the new building, this paper is
aimed to determined appropriate assessment methodology for the process of developing new rating tool considering the integration of
building element, and culture element. To achieve this aim, document review on established assessment tool and assessment model was
conducted to; i) identify the applied method used in established assessment tool from the perspective of building element, aesthetic element,
and culture element, ii) and to identify the recommended method that allowed to assess all correlated values. The findings also support the
contention of this paper that there are no proactive measures from the perspective of aesthetic, and culture to be referred as an established
assessment tool. The main research output act as a recommended conceptual framework which offers choices of the instrument in
developing a new assessment tool to measure these three comprehensive values of architecture.

Keywords: Assessment methodology, Culture Value, Aesthetic Value, Architecture.

1. INTRODUCTION The grading scale is a parameter to distinguish the quality of


The credibility of an assessment tool framework is basically
expressed by its assessment methodology in achieving the target of
the tool. Assessment methodology is important at generating the
reliable result as it presents a comprehensive view of subject value,
and balance weighting among the criteria and indicator(Khalil,
Kamaruzzaman, Nawawi, Husin, & Hashim, 2015; Mcgill,
Oyedele, Mcallister, & Qin, 2015). However choosing the right
assessment method is depends on few factors. Based on previous
research, there are four significant components associated with the
assessment methodology’s framework: i) Type of Indicator and
measurement scale, ii) Criteria weighting and its measurement.
scale, iii) Overall assessment method, iv) Grading Score and Scale
(Amaratunga@Baldry,1998; Bordass, Cohen, et al.,2001;
Bordass&Leaman, 2005a, 2005b; Bordass 2003; Cohen,
Standeven, Leaman, & Bordass, 2001; Douglas, 1996; Mcdougall
et al., 2002; Pati et al,.2006, 2009; W.F.E. Preiser eta.,1988;
Vischer, 2008, Mcdougall et al,2002).
An indicator is a non-measurable key with specific features to
describe the important criteria in prioritising product or
requirement. (Ali & Al, 2009; Chen, Yang, & Lu, 2015; Fowler &
Rauch, 2006; Lasalle, 2008; Nguyen, 2011; Nguyen & Altan,
2011; Reed, Bilos, & Wilkinson, 2009). Meanwhile, criteria are
defined by the Oxford English Dictionary as the general item
which is formed based on the necessity of the subject discussed.
There are three important attributes that generate an established
criteria: i) criteria are inclusive; ii) criteria present the basic
principle of the subject; iii) criteria are formed by the integration of
subitems (Blyth, Gilby, & Barlex, 2006; Khalil et al., 2015; Sadler
& Sadler, 2010; Yue, Briand, & Labiche, 2011).
——————————————————————————————
1 Post graduate student, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Built
Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email:
linda.s@siswa.um.edu.my
2 Professor, Department of Architecture, Faculty of Built
Environment, University of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email:
yahaya@um.edu.my
final score's based on the aim of the assessment tool. The
determinants of the Grading scale for the final scale also act as a
parameter to assist the assessee in achieving minimum score and to
recommend to assessee achieving the outstanding score. This
parameter is usually presented in Likert Scale with few interval
ranges.
2. EVALUATING AESTHETIC AND CULTURE
VALUE OF AN ARCHITECTURE
According to Nguyen,2011, built environment assessment
(BEA) tool has been officially introduced in 1990. By 2011,
there is a total of 382 established BEA tool has been found
registered with U.S Department of Energy’s Building
Energy Software Tools Directory. However it has been
revealing from the study, limited BEA tool is found in
preserving local cultural value(Lasalle, 2008). The criteria
and indicator found in entire BEA tools are currently
focusing on the sustainable and green architecture concept
with very minimum attention in preserving the value of
cultural heritage into new architecture image. This has
motivated the architects to transform the local character into
the global image.
On the other hand, current preservation policies have
been found not efficient at preserving cultural identity into
the new development for heritage context. This has led to
different interpretations by professional and minimum
expectation shall be interpreted differently (Oktay & Bala,
2015) These preservation policies and BEA tools have given
implications of much new development's image were found
inharmonic and insensitive with heritage context.
Meanwhile, cultural value in architecture should be
assessed from three (3) design perspective; building
element, aesthetic, and culture (Golden, 2013; Sebestyen,
2003; Wright, 1953) It has been reveals from previous
studies that cultural values of architecture are generated by
design principle which derived from the integration of
121
building element, and cultural aspects (Oakley, 1970)
Unfortunately, current building assessment tool are found
missing to integrate culture element. Previous studies also
have been found limited in recommending assessment
methodology to measure the building element from the
cultural perspective. By looking at the necessity to
recommend practical guideline to assess cultural value from
the new building, this paper is aimed to determined
appropriate assessment methodology for the process of
developing new rating tool considering the integration of
building element and culture element.
To achieve this aim, document review on established
assessment tool and assessment model was conducted; i) to
identify the applied method used in established assessment
tool to measure value from building element culture element
ii) and to recommended method that allowed to assess all
correlated values. The perspective review is based on four
significant components of assessment methodology which
has been elaborated earlier.
3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION
3.1 Assessment Methodology of BEA Tools
Assessment methodology from 6 established BEA Tools
were chosen to be reviewed due to their outstanding status
as the worldwide prominent BEA tool namely; BREEAM
(BREEAM, 2007), LEEDS (USGBC, 2000), CASBEE
(CASBEE, 2001), HK-BEAM (BEAM Society, 2011), and
GREENSTAR (Bell, Milagre, & Sanchez, 2013) (Adegbile,
2013; Fowler & Rauch, 2006; Lasalle, 2008; Nguyen &
Altan, 2011). These 6 BEA tool has received extensive
feedback from professionals and scholars.
Meanwhile, GBI is the only established building
assessment tool designed for use in tropical zones (Samari,
Godrati, Esmaeilifar, Olfat, & Shafiei, 2013; Shing Chyi
Chua, 2011). It was included in the review because of its
influence on new architecture, as it has received broad
support from Malaysia’s building and property actors (Sood,
Chua, & Peng, 2011; Tan & Mun, 2009; Khamidi, 2015).
According to Tan and Mun (Tan & Mun, 2009), GBI is
recognized as a leading tool and guideline for design criteria
of new architecture in Malaysia.
All six BEA tools provide a quantitative and
qualitative type of indicator except for Green STAR and
GBI. Green STAR and GBI provide the most simple
indicator measurement scale due to the practice of
quantitative indicator. The indicator measurement scale by
LEED offered the modest scale whereby it only has 1 type
of scale for its qualitative indicator (0-2). While BREEAM
with 3 type of scales (0-2, 1-3,and 1-5), and HK-BEAM
with 3 type of scales (1-3, 1-5,and 0-15). Compare to other 5
BEA tools, CASBEE applied the most complex system
whereby each grading score are divided into range of
decimal scale; Excellent = 3>5 points,Very Good = 1.5-3
points, Good = 1.0 - 1.5 points, Fairy poor = 0.5-1 points,
and Poor = <0.5 points. Based on these assortment scale, it
has been revealed there are generally 2 types or indicator
measurement scale practically used by these 6 rating tool
namely; Likert Scale (0-2 or 1-3 or 1-5 or 1-15), and SD
Scale (Excellent = 3>5 points, Very Good = 1.5-3 points,
Good = 1.0 - 1.5 points, Fairy poor = 0.5 - 1 points, and
Poor = <0.5 points. Or Thurstone scale (0 or 1),
Meanwhile, there are 4 BEA tools with criteria
weighting; namely CASBEE, Green STAR, HK-Beam, and
BREEAM. BREEAM, HK-Beam, and GREEN Star criteria
weighting are assigned in the form of percentage. These 3
BEA tools apply criteria weighting due to indicator are not
in a balanced ratio to present the hierarchy of criteria.
However, CASBEE applied a different system compared to
other BEA tool whereby the sub-criteria are also being
assigned with weighting in decimal scale (0.0-1.0). By
having 3 set of categories with its weighting, it has a
complex score and thus has commanded a scientific
formula, to sum up all the score. While for BREEAM and
GREEN Star, both are using simple formula to summarize
the score for both criteria and indicator by multiplying the
score of indicator with the weighting of criteria. Even
though GBI has not provided weighting for criteria, each the
indicator has been assigned with its hierarchy of value to
present the significance comparison. The highest score of
indicator is assigned with numerical value of 8 points while
the lowest is given numerical value of 1 point.
LEED is expressed as the modest methodology to
generate the score for final score. This is due to consistency
of measurement scale used for the qualitative indicator
which is valuable at 0-2 points. Without assigning weighting
for the criteria, this methodology has allowed lesser process
to generate final score as the total indicators are adequate in
presenting the final score. Unlike LEED and GBI,
BREEAM, HK-Beam, and GREEN Star acquire a simple
multiple formula to generate final score due to both criteria,
and the indicator is both assigned with weighting. While
CASBEE turned up as the highly complex assessment
methodology due to every category of assessment tool are
being assigned with intricate weighting.
Based on the scale used in measuring the criteria and
indicator score, it has summarized the final score is
regularly generated in the form of percentage scale (0%-
100%) or decimal points (0.0- 1.0). This final score is later
divided into few levels of grading scale to categorize it into
excellent to poor level. LEED categorized the scale into 4
levels (platinum, gold, silver, and certified), BREEAM with
5 levels (excellent, very good, good, pass, unclassified),
CASBEE with 5 levels (excellent, very good, good, fairly
poor, and poor), while Green STAR is divided the grade into
6 levels (six stars, five stars, four stars, three stars, two stars,
and one star). HK-Beam, however, provides a complex
grading scale. Four grading scales (platinum, gold, silver,
and bronze) of the final score are also assigned with
additional requirement to assure the balance of score from
each criterion. Each of the grades is assigned with minimum
percentage of criteria to be fulfilled.
From this collection of assessment method, it has been
determined that there is correlation aspect that leads to
forced-choice instrument. There are three types of indicator
usually used in Built Environment assessment methodology;
i) quantitative, or ii) qualitative, or iii) quantitative and
qualitative. Quantitative type is used when the indicator is
interpreted into specific feature. This quantitative indicator
usually is assigned with numerical scale namely; Thurstone
scale (0 or 1).
Unlike quantitative, qualitative indicator are assigned
with range of scale. This is due to the qualitative indicator is
interpreted as a general feature's description and need to be
offered with more than two answer as it shall have few
122
expression option. The general measurement scale use for
qualitative indicator is semantic differential scale for
sonority scale (strongly disagree, disagree, slightly disagree,
slightly agree, agree, strongly agree), or Likert scale for
numerical scale (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).
Usually, there are two types of criteria, with weighting
or without weighting. Criteria with weighting are regularly
to show the rank of hierarchy between the established
criteria. However, some criteria do not need to specify
weighting when the criteria score can be determined based
on the relative importance score of the indicator.
Meanwhile, there are also criteria weighting been assigned
without reflecting the relative score of the indicator. This
method is usually used when the assessor and assessee were
having interpretation that the criteria should be assigned
with additional factor for a balanced weighting. For criteria
with weighting, there are usually being measured using
percentage scale (0-100%) or decimal scale (0.0-1.0)
Meanwhile, three typical assessment methods are
generally used to generate the final score, such as; i) score
generated by scientific formula, ii) score of criteria presents
the overall score, and iii) score of indicator presents the
overall score (Fowler & Rauch, 2006; Nguyen & Altan,
2011; Reed et al., 2009).There shall be no measurement
scale to generate final score if the total criteria or indicator
score manage to present as a reliable final score. However
explicit formula in a form scientific or non- scientific shall
be assigned if there are additional factor to be considered in
generating reliable final score.
Based on the discussion, it is quite flexible to choose
method after establishing the measurement scale for criteria,
and indicator. However for criteria and indicator with
unbalanced weighting, there are two ways to generate
reliable result; i) by assigning scientific formula, and ii)
each grading level is assigned with minimum score from
every criterion.
3.2. Assessment Methodology of aesthetic
assessment (AA) models
Though BEA tools are missing aesthetic criteria, from the
applications of few aesthetic measurement models, the
current measurement scale and indicator are found
appropriate to measure the artistic quality. These aesthetic
measurement model are referring to measurement technique
that use to evaluate emotions consequent to the ambience
generated by the aesthetic elements under built environment
category, namely; i) Differential Emotional Scales (DES), ii)
Pleasure, Arousal, and Dominance Model (PAD Model) iii)
and ,Differential Emotions Theory (Plutchik’s) (Boyle,
2012; Cohen, 2010; H.C.Yadav, Jain, Singh, & P.K.Mishra,
2012; Han, Back, & Barrett, 2009; Khalighy, 2015;
Machleit & Eroglu, 1980; Mehrabian, 1996; Schindler et al.,
2017; Tsang, 2012). These aesthetic measurement models
are using Likert Scale and Thurstone Scale as a
measurement scale for evaluating indicator score. Scale for
aesthetic is usually recommended to be assigned on an even
scale (1-5, 1-7, 1-9) to provide middle range for the natural
score.
However, previous research has also stated the choice
should be informed by the research goals, knowledge about
the respondents, the method of data collection among other
considerations (Bishop, 2015; Jamieson, 2004; Tsang, 2012)
Thus using odd number for measuring aesthetic quality in
architecture can be accepted.
Unlike BEA tool, criteria weighting for aesthetic
assessment (AA) models is assigned with specific scale
which generated by established scientific theory and
statistical data based on previous research. Prominent scale
for AA model is Pleasure, Arousal, and Dominance Scale
(PAD scale) and Positive and Negative Affect Scale
(PANAS). Meanwhile, for overall assessment methodology,
these three assessment models acquire scientific formula to
generate statistical data based on assessment goal. Most of
the previous research has usually using software application
and complex statistical data to generate the score pattern.
This paper is limited to manual rating tool framework, thus
reviewing overall score pattern and grading scale by AA
model are not included.
3.3. Assessment Methodology Heritage Impact
Assessment (HIA)
HIA or Heritage Impact Assessment is the only framework
available to measure value related to culture or heritage
assets. Synonym with research focusing issue to minimize
heritage impact on new building this HIA’s framework has
recommended important features and method of assessing
development impact on heritage values.
Unlike BEA tool and AA Model, HIA is only focusing
on the significance of indicator measurement scale, and
rating scale. The scale is provided to suit two assessment
goals; i) Likert Scale of 1-6 for evaluating the heritage
impact, and ii) Likert Scale of 1-9 for evaluating
significance of the effect of the changes for overall
measurement result. Contrasting to all AA Models which
has not specify choice of instrument to suit assessment goal
and assessment category, HIA has also provided the general
interpretation of these scale from four(4) development
category. Another interesting contrasting issue is, HIA only
stated that rules for evaluating culture value must be in a
pre–descriptive form thus quantitative indicator is not
recommended. While assessment methodology on three
assessment component has not been found thus has to make
HIA shall only been referred as a framework to evaluate
indicator, and overall design ranking.
4. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
Compare to BEA tool, AA model and HIA provides a
general assessment methodology, while BEA tool stands as
prominent tool with significance assessment component and
established assessment methodology. The findings also
support the contention of this paper that there are no
proactive measures from the perspective of aesthetic, and
culture to be referred as established assessment tool. This is
due to both AA model and HIA are focusing on a broad
measurement subject thus they not available to specify an
explicit assessment method for a specific assessment goal.
However assessment method from AA model and HIA must
be considered for developing a new assessment tool to
measure three comprehensive value of architecture; i)
building, ii) aesthetic, iii) culture value. The additional
assessment methodology from AA model and HIA to be
integrated into BEA framework are; i) Type of indicator
must be in qualitative form, ii) Indicator measurement scale
123
shall use the Likert scale of 1-9, and iii)criteria weighting
can be assigned to numerical number. The primary research
output act as a recommended conceptual framework which
offers choices of instrument in developing a new assessment
tool to measure these three comprehensive values of
architecture. This framework, however, depends on the goal
of the new device and other tool constraints such as
consideration of appropriateness for industrial application.
5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Authors would like to acknowledge the financial support
from Postgraduate Research Grant (PG138-2014A)
established at the University of Malaya, Institute of
Research Management and Consultancy (IPPP).
References
Adegbile, B. O. (2013). Assessment and Adaptation of an Appropriate
Green Building Rating System for Nigeria. Journal of Environment
and Earth Science, 3(1), 1–11.
Ali, H. H., & Al, S. F. (2009). Developing a Green Building Assessment
Tool for Developing Countries – Case of Jordan. Building and
Environment, 44(5), 1053–1064. Retrieved from
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.buildenv.2008.07.015
BEAM Society. (2011). BEAM. Retrieved from
http://www.beamsociety.org.hk/en_index.php
Bell, H., Milagre, R., & Sanchez, C. (2013). Achieving the Green Dream :
Predicted vs Actual - - Greenhouse Gas Performance in Green Star-
certified office buildings.
Bishop, P. A. (2015). Use and Misuse of the Likert Item Responses and
Other Ordinal Measures, 10(3).
Blyth, A. Gilby, A., & Barlex, M. (2006). Guide to Post Occupancy
Evaluation. Higher Education Funding Council for England ( …,
62. Retrieved from
http://scholar.google.com/scholar?hl=en&btnG=Search&q=intitle:G
uide+to+Post+Occupancy+Evaluation#1
Boyle, G. J. (2012). Factor Structure of the Differential Emotions Scale and
the Eight State Questionnaire Revisited. The Irish Journal of
Psychology, (October 2014), 37–41.
http://doi.org/10.1080/03033910.1989.10557734
BREEAM. (2007). Building research establishment environmental
assessment method. Retrieved from
http://www.breeam.org/index.html
CASBEE. (2001). CASBEE. Retrieved from
http://www.ibec.or.jp/CASBEE/english/
Chen, X., Yang, H., & Lu, L. (2015). A Comprehensive Review on Passive
Design Approaches in Green Building Rating Tools. Renewable and
Sustainable Energy Reviews, 50, 1425–1436. Retrieved from
http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-
84934958424&partnerID=tZOtx3y1
Cohen, J. B. (2010). Interdisciplinary and Applied A Scale for the
Measurement of Attitude Toward the Aesthetic Value. The Journal
of Psychology, (December 2014), 37–41.
http://doi.org/10.1080/00223980.1941.9917056
Fowler, K. M., & Rauch, E. M. (2006). Sustainable Building Rating
Systems Summary. Contract, (July 2006), 1–55.
Golden, B. (2013). A Unified Formalism for Complex Systems Architecture.
H.C.Yadav, Jain, R., Singh, A. ., & P.K.Mishra. (2012). Robust design
approach with fuzzy-AHP for product design to enhance aesthetic
quality. International Journal of Design Engineering.
Han, H., Back, K., & Barrett, B. (2009). A consumption emotion
measurement development : a full-service restaurant setting. The
Service Industries Journal, (May 2015), 37–41.
http://doi.org/10.1080/02642060802123400
Jamieson, S. (2004). Likert scales : how to ( ab ) use them, 1217–1218.
http://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2929.2004.02012.x
Khalighy, S. (2015). Product design methodology supporting aesthetic
evaluation. University of Glasgow.
Khalil, N., Kamaruzzaman, S. N., Nawawi, A. H., Husin, H. N., & Hashim,
A. E. (2015). The Conceptual Framework of Building Performance-
Risk Indicators (PRI) for Buildings Users in Higher Education
Institutions. Applied Mechanics and Materials, 747(September),
363–366. http://doi.org/10.4028/www.scientific.net/AMM.747.363
Lasalle, J. L. (2008). Green Building Rating Systems : Going Beyond the
Labels – October 2008. Jones Lang Lasalle IP, INC 2008,
(October).
Machleit, K. A., & Eroglu, S. A. (1980). Response to Shopping Experience.
Journal of Business Research, 2963(99).
Mcgill, G., Oyedele, L. O., Mcallister, K., & Qin, M. (2015). Effective
indoor air quality for energy-efficient homes : a comparison of UK
rating systems, 8628(December).
http://doi.org/10.1080/00038628.2015.1078222
Mehrabian, A. (1996). Pleasure-Arousal . Dominance : A General
Framework for Describing and Measuring Individual Differences in
Temperament, 14(4), 261–292.
Mohd Faris Khamidi. (2015). The Level of Importance of Criteria and Sub
Criteria in Green Building Index Malaysia, (August).
Nguyen, B. K. (2011). Tall-building Projects Sustainability Indicator.
University of Sheffield.
Nguyen, B. K., & Altan, H. (2011). Comparative review of five sustainable
rating systems. Procedia Engineering, 21(0), 376–386. Retrieved
from http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2011.11.2029
Oakley, D. (1970). The Phenomenon of Architecture in Cultures in Change.
Oktay, D., & Bala, H. A. (2015). A Holistic Research Approach to
Measuring Urban Identity. Findings from Girne (Kyrenia) Area
Study. International Journal of Architectural Research, 9(2), 201–
215.
Reed, R., Bilos, A., & Wilkinson, S. (2009). International Comparison of
Sustainable Rating Tools Authors. Journal of Sustainable Real
Estate, 1(1), 1–22.
Sadler, D. R., & Sadler, D. R. (2010). Assessment & Evaluation in Higher
assessment and grading in higher education Interpretations of
criteria-based higher education, (August 2014), 37–41.
http://doi.org/10.1080/0260293042000264262
Samari, M., Godrati, N., Esmaeilifar, R., Olfat, P., & Shafiei, & M. W. M.
(2013). The Investigation of the Barriers in Developing Green
Building in Malaysia. Modern Applied Science.
Schindler, I., Hosoya, G., Menninghaus, W., Beermann, U., Wagner, V.,
Eid, M., & Scherer, K. R. (2017). Measuring aesthetic emotions : A
review of the literature and a new assessment tool. PLOS One, 1–
45. http://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0178899
Sebestyen, G. (2003). New Architecture and Technology. Architectural
Press Publications.
Shing Chyi Chua, T. H. O. (2011). Green progress and prospect in
Malaysia. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews.
Sood, S. M., Chua, K. H., & Peng, L. Y. (2011). Sustainable Development
in the Building Sector : Green Building Framework in Malaysia, 1–
8.
Tan, A., & Mun, L. (2009). The Development of GBI Malaysia ( GBI ).
Tsang, K. K. (2012). The implications for educational research 給教育研究
的啟示. Hong Kong Teachers' Journal, 11, 121–130.
USGBC. (2000). LEED, U.S. Green Building Council. Retrieved from
http://www.usgbc.org
Wright, F. L. (1953). The Language of an Organic Architecture. Bruce
Books Pfeiffer ed.
124
Yue, T., Briand, L. C., & Labiche, Y. (2011). ORIGINAL RESEARCH A requirements and analysis models, 75–99.
systematic review of transformation approaches between user http://doi.org/10.1007/s00766-010-0111-y

125
 The Conundrum of Human Capital in Building Conservation at
George Town World Heritage Site
Lim Yoke Mui1 Khoo Suet Leng2
1
School of Housing, Building and Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia 2 School of Social Sciences,
Universiti Malaya

Abstract: The city of George Town is inscribed as UNESCO World Heritage City in 2008 because it meets three criteria of UNESCO
Outstanding Universal Value (OUV). One of the OUV that is met by George Town is Criterion (IV) where George Town has a range of
exceptional architecture of shophouses and townhouses. These shophouses and townhouses showcase an outstanding example of the
coming together of cultural elements from elsewhere in the Malay Archipelago and from India and China with those of Europe to create a
unique architecture character. To maintain the status of UNESCO World Heritage City, it is imperative that these heritage buildings are
conserved and continuously kept in good livable condition. In achieving this aim, the Government and its agencies have implemented
various schemes such as special conservation grants from Think City and incentives such as waiver of assessment charges to encourage
conservation of these exceptional shophouses and townhouses. In the urgency to conserve these decade old buildings, the government has
focused only strategies that are directly related to the restoration work and are limited to providing financial incentives. While funding is
important, the government has missed developing an important but indirect component which is the human capital needed to do the work of
conserving these exceptional buildings. Without the expertise and skill in conservation, proper conservation works are not possible, and the
damages that occurred due to ignorance may cause George Town to fail criterion (IV) of the OUV. The situation has now become critical
that human capital must be given its due recognition in the bigger picture of conservation. This paper will present the current scenario and
impact of human capital in the area of building conservation as experienced by George Town.

Keywords: Human capital, Building conservation, George Town, Shophouses.

1. INTRODUCTION
1

The study by Lee, Nor'Aini & Lim (2008) found that the
preservation of the city of George Town generally and the
shophouses specifically are attributed to the policy of
industrialisation and rural development. The opening of FTZ not
only created employment opportunities but also shifted the
development pressure out from George Town. In the case of
George Town, it could be true that the cause of reduced
development in the inner city is due to the unrestricted
development opportunities (newly opened industry zones and new
housing schemes) in other parts of Penang Island. Thus the pre-war
buildings remained standing without much redevelopment. One
stated policy was to shift the population growth (a process referred
to as ‘decantation') from George Town to the suburbs in the south
and across to the Mainland. The policy managed to achieve its
objective, but the accidental effect on George Town is that it
dissipated the development pressure from the city centre and
George Town managed to retain his historical built environment
until 2008.

In 2008, George Town together with Melaka received the

inscription of World Heritage City from UNESCO and ever since
then George Town, Penang has become well-known for its
historical and unique pre-war shophouses. The list of Rent
Controlled Properties in Penang Island, 1997 obtained from the
Valuation Department of Municipal Council of Penang Island
(PIMC) shows that there were 13,083 pre-war properties in George
Town. These pre-war properties consisted of shophouses, houses
and shops built before and during World War II (WWII). George
Town was initially divided into eight sub-units or zones for city
planning, and these were given identification labels called George
Town 1 (GT 1), George Town 2 (GT 2), and so on but now the
heritage enclave is divided into 2 zones which is the core zone and
buffer zone as shown in Figure 1.
1
1 Associate Professor, Quantity Surveying Programme, Universiti
Sains Malaysia, Penang, Malaysia; Email: ymlim@usm.my
2 Senior Lecturer, Department of Development Planning and
Management, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Penang, Malaysia; Email:
slkhoo@usm.my
Figure 1: Conservation Area of George Town
Since 2008, George Town has embarked on various
conservation effort through its management body, George Town
World Heritage Inc (GTWHI). The management of the world
heritage site entails activities such as awareness programme,
inventories of built and cultural heritage, tourism and yearly
cultural activities. A Special Area Plan for the heritage zone has
been prepared and gazetted on 1 September 2016. Efforts in
conserving the built heritage include the restoration and repairs to
the heritage shop houses that are in the heritage core as well as the
buffer zone. In the spate of protecting and restoring the built
heritage, the focus has always been on the construction, and the
authenticity of the restoration works. As a stop-gap measure,
foreign labours are employed to do the restoration works. Some

126
are master craftsmen from China while others are labourers from
countries such as Nepal, Vietnam and Burma.
However, until today the development of human capital for
conservation works have been neglected. The stopgap measure did
not stop, and no long-term policy was put in place to ensure
George Town has a sustainable labour force in conservation. Thus,
this study is conducted to identify and understand the issues
pertaining to human capital in the conservation of built heritage in
George Town leading to recommendations for policies in
sustaining human capital in conservation.
2. HUMAN CAPITAL IN BUILT HERITAGE
Human capital refers to people as factors of production which are
used to create goods or services. In effect, people are becoming
valuable assets. Human capital can also mean one of the production
elements which can generate added-values through inputting it
(Kwon, 2009). Human capital in built heritage can be divided into
two groups; one is the professional or knowledge workers. The
conservation professionals pertain to the conservator, architects,
engineers, quantity surveyors and even historians. They come
from a background of either construction or history and in the case
of the conservator, a combination of both construction and history.
The second group pertains to the construction workers such as
artisan, craftsmen, contractors and the various tradesmen, i.e.
plasterer, carpenter, mason, painter, tiler, roofer, plumber and
electrician. The second group of workers can be further divided
into skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled.
The authenticity of the restoration works would depend on the
quality of the professional that is in charge of managing the project
while the quality of the restoration works would depend on the
skills of the construction workers that perform the actual
construction.
The lack of an adequately knowledgeable and skilled local
conservation workforce will hinder the development of a strong
conservation industry in George Town. As seen throughout the
years since inscription, George Town come to rely on foreign
labours to restore the heritage buildings. This not only contributes
to the leakage of revenue out of the country, but it also militates
against the creation of local expertise and employment.
Similar to the phenomenon in the tourism industry where
according to Echtner (1995), countries have concentrated on
developing the ‘hardware’ necessary for the tourism industry, i.e.
buildings and infrastructure such as hotels and transportation but
the ‘software’, the trained personnel needed to deliver tourism
services, has often been given a lower priority. Similarly, the
oversight in the development of human capital for conservation not
only creates a leakage in the revenue to the country but also
compromises the sustainability in conservation. Learning from the
tourism industry, Baum (1994) explains that the neglect in proper
human resource planning is a major factor in compromising the
sustainability of tourism development and many failed to
acknowledge the link between tourism sustainability and the labour
environment.
As such, it is now important for George Town to turn its focus
to human capital planning for conservation to ensure sustainability
in this sector. Focus and attention on human capital development
in conservation are needed to make people aware of its importance
and draw attention (Greffe, 2004) to its far-reaching effect on
conservation.
3. METHODOLOGY
The research requires an in-depth understanding of the issues of
human capital in the limited area of conservation. As such,
national statistics on labour would not be able to yield the required
information. To identify the current issues as well as the impact of
human capital in conservation works, the technique selected for
data collection is semi-structured interviews. Interviews are
chosen as the primary data collection mechanism as this method is
an effective tool for learning about matters that cannot be directly
observed (Taylor and Bogdan, 1998). In this approach, the
interviewer has an outline of topics or issues to be covered but is
free to vary the wording and order of the questions to some extent
(Patton, 1990). This provides the interviewer with the freedom to
probe deeper according to the responses of the respondents.
The study area is in the historic area of George Town covering
both the Core and Buffer Zones and various categories of
respondents, and key informants have been identified and are
interviewed. To identify the types of human capital challenges
faced in the building conservation industry, this study has
conducted interviews with professionals such as conservation
architects, conservators, local government officers, non-
governmental body, academicians and contractors. All selected
respondents have experience in conservation works as well as
having many years of work experience in the construction industry.
A total of 14 respondents are interviewed from August 2016 to
September 2016. The interviews are recorded, and the recording is
transcribed to allow for data analysis.
4. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSIONS
During the interview, the respondents are asked to indicate the
three (3) main human capital issues that they believe is critical to
George Town's built heritage. A list of the possible issues is given
to the respondents to choose, which are knowledge, skills,
availability, training/apprenticeship, professionalism, ethics, cost,
society and economic viability. From the responses, the study
found 11 issues which are as shown in Table 1. The ranking of the
issues shown in the table below is determined by the frequency of
selection by the respondents. Although there is a list to choose
from, the respondents are allowed to give any issues that they feel
are pertinent but not in the list in the questionnaire. As such, even
though the list has only nine issues but the data returns 11 issues.
The two additional issues are the attitude of workers and the lack
of conservation education in school, but each of the additional
issues is only stated by one respondent each. As such, in this paper,
only the top 3 issues will be discussed as these three issues are the
most selected which indicates that in the opinion of the respondents
these are important human capital issues in George Town.
Table 1: Issues Identified by Respondents
No. Issues ƒ
1 Skills 10
2 Knowledge 9
3 Availability of artisans and heritage workers 6
4 Need to train workers 4
5 Economic viability of conservation works 3
6 Good work ethics 3
7 Professionalism 2
8 Cost 2
9 Attitude of workers 1
10 Conservation education in school 1
11 Society 1
127
4.1 Skills
The issue that is selected by the majority of the respondents
pertains to skills. Although contractors and conservators are
available and are actively conserving heritage building in George
Town, the reality is that most of them do not possess hands-on
experience in conservation works. This is explained by respondent
R1, "few people are hands-on in doing the conservation works, the
majority still do not know how they are supposed to do the job."
Despite that George Town has been inscribed as world heritage
city since 2008, the level of skilled heritage workers are still low.
The reason for this is due to the nature of the building industry.
Respondent R5 explains that before the inscription, the contractors
and construction workers are just doing repair works on new
buildings and not on heritage buildings. As the methods and
materials used in new buildings and heritage buildings are
different, there is a gap in the knowledge of construction for
heritage buildings.
When George Town has obtained the inscription as a world
heritage city and needed specific requirements in conserving its
built environment, the demand for skilled contractors suddenly far
outweighs the supply. The industry is unable to quickly increase
the supply because to produce skilled workers requires
considerable time and hands-on experience. In addition, the
respondent R4 opinion that there is still a shortage of trained,
skilled contractors, artisans and tradespeople and explained that the
continuing shortage could be due to there is demand for the
contractor that is not highly skilled but can offer to do a job at a
lower price. Thus, the culture of wanting to restore at the lowest
price possible as compared to restoring at the best quality has
encouraged the proliferation of poorly skilled contractors.
The same respondent also opined that hiring foreign labourers
contributes to the skill problem where the workers do not
understand the need to restore heritage building based on
conservation principles. Respondent R4 states that "...they just
follow whatever instruction that was given by their supervisors."
Respondent R1 also has the same opinion as follows.
”So foreigner workers I believe that they don’t have, they did
not go through proper training. So they just do the work following
instruction only. You see, so without knowing the things they have
to know, what precautions to take and then using the right method.
Using the right way to do the job.”
Without the required skill, respondent R1 laments that there
will be a vast difference regarding the quality of workmanship. In
answer to the question why the skills of workers have not improved
even nine years after inscription, the respondent explains that the
participation in workshops and training session is very poor and
this could be due to the reason that training workshops are
conducted on weekdays and bosses are not willing to release their
workers from work.
4.2 Knowledge
This issue is the second most selected problem by the respondents.
The issue of lack of knowledge does not only apply to the
construction workers but also to the professionals. Respondent R7
explains that the construction workers would only focus on his job
and would not know about the outstanding universal value (OUV)
of George Town and how their work impact on the OUV as well as
the need to preserve it. The lack of knowledge will affect the
restoration efforts because "...if you do not know how the heritage
building was built, how can you go and do restoration? You do not
know how to respect the originality, the authenticity..." as clarified
by respondent R6. Another respondent, R1 states that "I can say
that only a few people are qualified to be called heritage
conservators due to their long experience in conservation works,
but the rest are just coming in to grab the opportunity to do some
work."
In the opinion of respondent R6, the lack of knowledge does
not only resides with the construction workers but also the
professionals and conservators. Respondent R6 states that "I can
tell you 90% of them still don't know. Even heritage architects, the
so-called heritage impact assessment consultant, I mean they don't
know anything." The respondent clarifies that the professionals
and conservators are unable to interpret the heritage knowledge and
thus do not know why certain materials are used and certain design
must be upheld in heritage buildings. For example, many people
complaint and ask why cement cannot be used to plaster the brick
walls and blame the implementors as being too purist and strict.
However, respondent R6 explains that "...water from underground
can come out of the bricks....so when the wind blows, there is a
cooling effect..." When the reason behind using lime plaster
instead of cement is explained, they start to understand and do not
feel that it is a hassle to use lime plaster. Therefore, to be a good
conservator, "you do need to have that inquisition. That's right and
not wanting to go home at 5 o'clock. It is got to be all-absorbing,
so if it is not all absorbing and it is not our pattern, then it is very
hard."(Respondent 9).
Although the above respondents provided a dire scenario of
the lack of skills and knowledge of our human resources in the
conservation industry another respondent (R10) disagreed and
stated that, " Knowledge everybody knows. So as I say, if you give
me the good price, I will get good workers. If very cheap I get you
cheap one. Still can be repaired. It is not that everybody knows or
don't know. Everybody knows. If I don't know, I will get the
people who know how to do." The respondents suggest that the
poor work is due to the cost that the owner is willing to pay
indicating that if the owner can pay a good price, the quality of
work will be good. This is also echoed by respondent R7 who said
that a contractor would try to save costs by not waiting for the paint
to dry before applying the second layer properly. The respondent
further explained that when this happens the layers merge and it is
only one layer instead of two. This is because the contractor tries
not to pay wages for two days just waiting for the paint to dry
properly.
4.3 Availability
The third issue pertaining to human capital that is faced by
George Town is the availability of professionals, artisans and
construction workers skilled in heritage conservation works.
Respondents R2 and R4 indicated that after nine years of being a
heritage world city, George Town has about half the number of
conservators that are needed to conserve the built heritage in the
city. The availability of skilled workers is even lower, estimated at
15% by respondent R4. Respondent R5 also indicates that there
are insufficient workers currently.
The reason for the low numbers of conservators as given by
respondent R7 is because to be a conservator there must exist
passion and interest in conservation. The respondent further
clarifies that the fee received for conservation projects are very
small as compared to a new building, and this discourages
professionals from getting involved in conservation. In addition,
respondent R4 states that there is no professional body to promote
and recognise the conservators and thus there is no concerted effort
to develop professionals in the area of conservation. Currently,
existing conservators are working in this area because of their
128
passion and interest for heritage buildings and not because of
monetary rewards.
Respondent R5 explains that the limited amount of
conservation work in George Town also does not encourage the
proliferation of skilled workers in this area. However, the main
concern is the lack of younger skilled workers to take over from
the seniors who are now of retiring age. This is an important issue
as respondent R10 indicates that in 10 years time the seniors would
no longer be around as they are now in their early 60s.
During the interviews, the respondents were asked what the
reason for the lack of interest by young people to take up the
vocation of skilled conservation workers is. The main reason given
by respondents R6, R10 and R11 are that construction work is seen
as dirty and hard work that the young generation is not interested in
despite the potential to earn a high income. Respondents R10 and
R11 says that the wages for such jobs are high, but there is still no
takers from the young people. As such, George Town is very
dependent on foreign labourers from China, Burma, Nepal,
Vietnam and Bangladesh. Respondent R3 and R10 confirmed
that"the sub-contractor may be local, but his workers are all
Bangladeshi, Nepalese and Vietnamese."
The main issue arising from foreign labours is that it is not
sustainable in the long term. This is because the foreign labours
will return to their home country after a few years due to the expiry
of work permit or personal choice (R3). As such, the training that
has been given to the foreign labourers to upgrade them into semi
or skilled workers would not benefit the conservation industry in
George Town but instead benefitted the workers’ home country.
This is the reason why until today, the numbers of skilled workers
are still low despite George Town World Heritage Inc has
conducted many workshops for contractors since 2008. It is clear
from this study that the use of foreign labours in conservation is an
unsustainable move.
The knowledge gained through education will be enhanced during
work in conserving by way of hands-on experience to produce
knowledgeable and skilled human capital in this industry. Having
a registration body to register and accredit skilled workers and
professionals will ensure that the quality of skills is maintained,
and standards in conservation are adhered to.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to thank Universiti Sains Malaysia for
funding this research project through Short-Term University Grant
(Grant No: 304/PSOSIAL/6313253).
References
Baum T. (1994). Managing the development and implementation of
national human resource policies for tourism. In: Seaton A.V. (ed.),
Tourism: The State of the Art. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester.
Echtner, C. (1995). Entrepreneurial training in developing countries. Annals
of Tourism Research, 11, 119-134.
Greffe, X. (2004). Is heritage an asset or liability? Journal of Cultural
Heritage, 5, 301-309.
Kaplan, L. (2004). Skills development in tourism: South Africa’s tourism-
led development strategy. GeoJournal, 60, 217-227.
Kwon, D.B. (2009). Human capital and its measurement. The 3rd OECD
World Forum. Busan, Korea - 27-30 October 2009
Lee, L.M., Lim, Y.M. and Nor’Aini, Y. (2008). Strategies for urban
conservation: A case example of George Town, Penang. Habitat
International, 32, 293–304.
Patton, M. Q. (1990). Qualitative Evaluation and Research Methods (2nd
ed.). Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications Inc.
Taylor, S. J., & Bogdan, R. (1998). In-depth interviewing. Introduction to
qualitative research methods, 3, 87-116.

5. CONCLUSION

To ensure the sustainability of the conservation efforts in George

Town, the focus and policies must encompass a wider scope which
human capital should form one of the pillars. Although in this
study, human capital is not one of the elements of heritage, but in a
wider study, it can be so. The craftsmen and various traditional
trades can and is a part of the intangible heritage. In fact, it forms
the living heritage that George Town can still boast of.

However, the conservation policies that are implemented by

the local government are not human capital focused. It is a
neglected area in conservation and the lack of skilled and
knowledgeable human capital in conservation will have an impact
on the world heritage city. The impact of the lack of skills in the
heritage workers is shown in the quality of the conservation works.
The assessment of quality can be seen from two aspects. The first
aspect touches on the physical condition where buildings are not
conserved according to the principles of conservation and the effect
of this is the damage to the building elements. The second aspect
looks at the authenticity of the heritage architecture and whether it
is compromised due to the use of modern materials or design. Th
impact is not only due to the lack of skills on the part of the
workers but also on the lack of knowledge in the principles of
conservation.

Therefore, the local government has to implement policies and

regulations to ensure that development of human capital in
conservation is effective and sustainable. Education in heritage
should start at the school level and follow through to university to
encourage more young people to be interested in conservation.

129
 Conservation Grant Program as a Sustainable Strategy Towards
Built Heritage: Case Study of George Town World Heritage Site
Khoo Suet Leng1 Lim Yoke Mui2
Universiti Sains Malaysia

Abstract: George Town, Penang's capital city, has undergone rapid transformation since its inscription as UNESCO's World Heritage
Site on 7 July 2008. The inscription was accorded in recognition of George Town's former role as a multi-cultural trading port as well as
the city's diverse cultural diversity reflected through its intangible and tangible heritage. Ever since UNESCO inscription, the city has
undergone rapid transformation, especially to George Town's built heritage. Shophouses which are the dominant form of built heritage in
the World Heritage Site have enjoyed a phenomenal hike in economic value and demand for shophouses have increased in tandem. As the
new cash cow, many George Town shophouses have been purchased by local and foreign investors alike. But at the same time, a
remaining huge stock of shophouses have been left unrestored due to the high cost required to restore, repair, maintain and upkeep them.
Dilapidated shophouses not only appear as an urban eyesore but the inability of a World Heritage Site like George Town to properly restore
and conserve its built heritage will threaten criterion (iv) of the Outstanding Universal Value, which was instrumental towards the city‟s
inscription in 2008. Against this backdrop, this paper will propose a solution in the form of a Conservation Grant Program to address the
issue of unrestored shophouses in George Town's World Heritage Site. The proposed solution is formulated and derived from primary data
collected through qualitative techniques (i.e. in-depth interviews and focus groups discussion) as well as through literature survey of
secondary data. The proposed Conservation Grant Program can be considered as a viable solution and sustainable strategy to be adopted by
urban managers, policy-makers, property owners and other custodians of George Town‟s World Heritage Site.

Keywords: Built heritage, George Town World Heritage Site, conservation grant
1. INTRODUCTION
1 shophouses at a risk of further decay to the extent of losing their
Ever since its inscription as UNESCO's World Heritage Site on 7
July 2008, Penang's capital city, George Town, has undergone
rapid socio-economic transformations. Albeit cities are known to
be vulnerable sites for changes due to the volatile external
environs, but for a historic city like George Town, the forms and
manifestations of changes should not in any way implicate
negatively on the historic city's Outstanding Universal Value which
earned the city's its UNESCO accolade in 2008. In the case of
George Town, the city was inscribed due to the city's fulfillment of
three out of 10 criteria of UNESCO's Outstanding Universal Value.
The three criteria are as follows: criterion (ii) George Town's
historic role as a multi-cultural trading port; (iii) George Town's
cultural diversity manifested through the city's rich intangible
cultural heritage (i.e. festivals, religious events, food, etc.); and (iv)
George Town's unique ensemble of shophouses and townhouses
that is unique to the region (SGP, 2013).
Since inscription, among the most obvious changes happened
to George Town‟s built heritage. Shophouses, which are the
historic city‟s dominant urban form have witnessed a phenomenal
hike in economic value (Loh, 2016; Teoh, 2016). In due course,
shophouses became to be perceived both as an asset as well as a
liability to building owners. On the one hand, many owners of
George Town shophouses view their properties as cultural assets,
but on the other hand, the required action to conserve and restore
shophouses do turn these assets into liabilities because some
owners have difficulties in forking out the hefty sum required for
conservation works. This dilemmatic situation has placed George
Town‟s historic buildings, particularly shophouses, under serious
threat. If prompt conservation efforts by shophouse owners are
absent or sluggish, then shophouses in the WHS will encounter a
risk of continued deterioration, dilapidation and ultimately it would
affect the historical, architectural and socio-economic viability of
the WHS. Should this situation be left to persist, shophouses in
George Town will one day succumb to irreversible dilapidation and
decay to a critical stage upon which recovery would be problematic
1 inscription. One of the more pressing issues is the dire need to
1 Senior Lecturer, Department of Development Planning and
Management, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Penang, Malaysia; Email:
slkhoo@usm.my
2 Associate Professor, Department of Quantity Surveying, Universiti
Sains Malaysia, Penang, Malaysia; Email: ymlim@usm.my
or close to impossible. No doubt then that a shortage of funds to
conserve amongst property owners will put George Town‟s
physical existence. In turn, all architectural and historic
significance embedded in the physical form of shophouses will be
lost forever. Inadvertently, this will threaten George Town‟s OUV
(criteria ii, iii & iv) which was instrumental towards the historic
city‟s inscription back in 2008.
Generally, funding for conservation of shophouses in George
Town would go through three options. First, financially-sound
shophouse owners who understand and subscribe to basic
conservation principles will choose to salvage their historic
buildings by undertaking the necessary restoration works by using
their funds. Second, for owners who are less financially-endowed,
they will opt to dispose of their properties by selling them in the
open market. Third, under more pressing situations where the
condition of the property is far from saleable and dilapidated,
owners will have no choice except to leave their shophouses to
dilapidate further and run the risk of losing an architectural gem
forever. Under such undesirable circumstances, it is obvious that
the availability of a viable monetary and funding mechanism is
pivotal towards influencing any decision to restore and conserve a
shophouse in George Town.
2. LITERATURE REVIEW: TOWARDS RESILIENT
AND SUSTAINABLE BUILT HERITAGE IN GEORGE
TOWN
On 7 July 2008, George Town was jointly inscribed as
UNESCO's World Heritage Site together with Malacca. In George
Town, the Core Zone (the Property) comprises an area of 109.38
hectares with a total of 2,344 historic buildings. The Core Zone is
protected by a Buffer Zone with an area of 150.04 hectares with
2,321 historic buildings of various categories within it (SGP,
2013). After nine years, the aftermath of George Town's UNESCO
inscription has witnessed the emergence of opportunities,
challenges and issues for George Town's WHS. Regarding the
city's built heritage, a myriad of issues has come to fore since
conserve and restore as many historic buildings in the World
Heritage Site in a timely manner. For UNESCO World Heritage
Sites specifically, conservation and restoration of built heritage will
have to subscribe and conform to stipulated international, national

130
as well as local guidelines and regulation to ensure that such built and townhouses. These buildings show many different types and
cultural heritage are not compromised in the name of modern stages of development and the building type, some originating in
development. the Dutch or Portuguese periods.” (SGP, 2013: A4-1).
In George Town, no doubt that there are existing national Broadly, the ensemble of shophouses in George Town today
guidelines such as the National Heritage Act 2005 and state can be systematically categorized into six (6) architectural
guidelines such as the „Guidelines for Conservation Areas and typologies as shown in Figure 1 below. These typologies reflect
Heritage Buildings' under the State's Department of Heritage the assimilation and integration of multiple cultural influences
Conservation under the City Council of Penang Island. (Othuman brought by merchants and migrants from the East and the West.
Mydin, Keling, Md. Sani & Abas, 2014). Also the Special Area Over the years, the original shophouse form in George Town has
Plan acts as management mechanisms to oversee the entire WHS, evolved as a result of demographic changes, urban growth and
but according to key officials and stakeholders, to date, actual development of the city (Tan, 2015: 6). The six (6) architectural
implementation of these guidelines and proper monitoring of them typologies are identified as follows: i) Early Penang style (1790s-
have not achieved the desired and optimal state given the rather 1850s), ii) Southern Chinese Eclectic style (1840s-1910s), iii)
massive size of George Town's WHS and the many units of Early Straits Eclectic style (1980s-1920s0, iv) Late Straits Eclectic
historic buildings within it. In this regard, more efforts have to go style (1910s-1930s), v) Art Deco style (1920s-early 1960s), and vi)
towards ensuring that every shophouse in WHS has an equal Early Modern style (1960s-1970s).
opportunity of being conserved, regardless of ways and approaches
to achieve this end. This overarching philosophy to leave no
historic building behind is aligned with Goal No. 11 of the current
Sustainable Development Goals (2016-2030) that advocates for
sustainable cities and communities (United Nation, n.d.). More
succinctly, this goal aims to make cities inclusive, safe, resilient
and sustainable so that our future generation has equal opportunity
to enjoy the city we have today. As one of Goal No. 11's targets,
cities globally should embrace inclusive and sustainable
urbanization with capacity for participatory, integrated and
sustainable settlement planning and management by 2030.
Simultaneously, the targets also highlight that collective and
enhanced endeavours should go towards protecting and
safeguarding the world's cultural and natural heritage. As a Figure 1: Architectural typology of shophouses in George
UNESCO World Heritage Site now, the onus is now on George Town, Penang
Town's city managers and relevant stakeholders to link the historic
city‟s goals and objectives to the broader SDGs.
2.2 Resilience to withstand contestation between
2.1 Why conserve George Town’s built heritage? conservation and modernisation
As elucidated above, conservation of cultural heritage whether Despite being a UNESCO historic city, George Town is not
it is intangible cultural heritage or tangible cultural heritage (i.e. spared from the dilemmas and contestation between urban
built heritage), the broader philosophy behind it is deeply conservation and modern urban development as illustrated in
entrenched in the „sustainability‟ concept. In this regard, proper Figure 2 below. With the process of gentrification setting in
conservation of George Town‟s built heritage will ensure coupled with the arrival of new forms of businesses and capital,
preservation and safeguarding of the historical building stock of a inevitably, changed the entire scenario and urban fabric of George
nation and city (Mustafa, Johar, Ahmad, Zulkarnain, Rahman & Town‟s World Heritage Site has changed (Barron 2017; Wong,
Ani, 2011: 664). Similarly, other local scholars view the need of 2017).
built heritage conservation as a strategy to preserve and conserve
physical evidence that is linked to our past so that our future
generation can still witness them (Harun, 2005) (cited in Mustafa et
al., 2011). Such a strategy is in keeping with the guardianship of
buildings from being lost, wasted, damaged and destroyed
(Zahirah, Razak & Azizi, 2011), especially so for historic buildings
in a World Heritage Site like George Town.
According to a local scholar and practitioner (Tan, 2015: 2),
Penang state presumably has the largest collection of traditional
shophouses in any one location. He also attested that shophouse is
indeed one the most fundamental buildings forms in Penang state.
Basically, the term „shophouse' is defined to connote its literal
function of being a shop on the ground floor for business use, and
the first floor is reserved for residential purposes (Tan, 2015: 1).
However, today there are also shophouses in George Town that
fully function as residences.
In George Town World Heritage Site, the historic city's built
heritage is indeed a gem, and they are instrumental towards the
Figure 2: Contestation between urban development and urban
city's inscription in 2008. As succinctly worded in the Special
conservation
Area Plan for the element of built heritage, George Town's
inscription was in part due to fulfillment of criterion (iv) which
The process of gentrification is indeed a „double-edged
spells out as follows: “Melaka and George Town reflect a mixture
sword‟ (Barron, 2017). Although the arrival of gentrifiers and the
of influences which have created a unique architecture, culture,
inflow of capital and investment might have stimulated George
townscape without parallel anywhere in East and South Asia. In
Town's local economy, the spike in prices for historic buildings has
particular, they demonstrate an exceptional range of shophouses
resulted in another set of problems. As mentioned in the
131
introduction, local owners of historic buildings in George Town are
in fact caught in a quandary. Currently, the vibrant property
market and escalating demand for historic buildings in George
Town have enticed many owners who no longer can afford to
upkeep their properties to sell them in the open market (Loh, 2016;
Teoh, 2016).
Though some may argue that it is a laissez-faire open market
out there where transactions occur between the willing seller and
willing buyer, the situation might be a bit different for historic
buildings in a World Heritage Site. In a World Heritage Site like
George Town, the prime aim is to ensure that the Outstanding
Universal Value that qualified the city to be inscribed in 2008 are
not jeopardized and compromised. Thus, it poses a huge concern
about ways and means to ensure property owners do not feel
financially burdened at the thought of owning historic buildings, in
this case, shophouses in George Town. Thus, this study aims to
propose a viable financial mechanism in the form of a
Conservation Grant Program to address this issue.
commence and complete work on site within six (6) months from
the Conservation Grant Program approval date.
Once work on site has been completed by the CC, the CA will
do a round of check to verify the completion of work to ensure that
proper conservation principles were adopted, applied and the
correct work methods and materials were used during the
restoration process. After endorsement by the CA, the application
will once again go through the panel of assessors for a final round
of evaluation and approval before payment is made to the CC.
Finally, if the project fulfils all criteria and passes through the final
evaluation and approval, the WHO will then pay the CC the
approved amount for restoration works.

3. METHODOLOGY

This study adopted an entirely qualitative approach through in-

depth interviews and focus group discussion to collect data from
key informants in Penang‟s heritage arena in 2016. The interview
protocol consisted of key themes that were identified after a
thorough review of existing literature. Amongst the themes
identified were the scenario of space contestation, the market
scenario of built heritage, funding issues for built heritage and
viable solutions to address these issues.
For the purpose of this paper, the focus would be mainly to
address the issue of contested space, high demand for shophouses
and the dire need to have proper mechanisms in place to assist
existing or new shophouse owners towards conserving and
preserving their built heritage.
By using content analysis, key themes emerge from the in-
depth qualitative interviews were compared and contrasted with the
themes that were identified from the literature review to see
whether a pattern of convergence or divergence occurred. The rest
of this paper will discuss and analyse the findings from key
stakeholders towards formulating a viable and sustainable
Conservation Grant Program for George Town World Heritage
Site.

4. PROPOSED CONSERVATION GRANT PROGRAM

IN GEORGE TOWN, PENANG

4.1 An overview of the mechanism

The proposed mechanism to address financial constraints by

shophouse owners is known as Conservation Grant Program as
illustrated in Figure 3. Essentially, this program is conceived
based on a matching principle that will translate into a strategic
partnership between the shophouse owner, a Conservation Advisor
(CA), a Conservation Contractor (CC) and the World Heritage
Officer (WHO) which assumes the role as custodian and manager
of George Town‟s World Heritage Site.
The scheme will begin with prospective shophouse owners
submitting their application to the WHO to apply for funds to
conserve their shophouse(s). The application will be evaluated by
a qualified panel who will decide whether to accept or decline the
application. The decision will be known within six (6) weeks.
Once approved, the WHO will select from the pool of certified
Conservation Advisor to match with their existing pool of Certified
Contractor to undertake the proposed restoration work for the
shophouse. Within a month, the owner through the CA and CC
will submit his/her application to the authorities. The conservation
drawings will be prepared by the CA, and the CC is expected to
Figure 3: Proposed conservation grant program mechanism
(Source: Derived by authors from fieldwork, 2016)
4.2 Role of stakeholders
From the above proposed Conservation Grant Program, it is clear
that solutions to address the monetary aspect of conservation of
historic buildings in George Town cannot be undertaken by one
sole party only. For a meaningful, comprehensive and sustainable
solution to be conceived, we need the collective role of all key
stakeholders to come together and partner for a common goal.
This aspiration is aligned with Goal 17 of the Sustainable
Development Goals which advocates strategic partnerships
between governments, the private sector and civil society to
achieve a common objective.
In this study, the proposed solution through a Conservation
Grant Program is conceptualized based on SDG Goal 17‟s tenet
132
which highlights inclusive partnerships underpinned by shared
principles, values, goals and vision to ensure that George Town‟s
built heritage is properly conserved and restored by qualified
stakeholders, preferably those from the domestic and local market.
In the proposed Conservation Grant Program mechanism, through
joint collaborative efforts spearheaded by the WHO (government)
together with a qualified and experienced Conservation Advisor
(public/private sector) who is duly matched with the right
Conservation Contractor (private sector), a win-win and holistic
solution is now possible and forthcoming.
4.3 Sustainability of mechanism
Ultimately, any solution to address any issue should be sustainable
in the long run. In this Conservation Grant Program specifically,
the proposed arrangement not only addresses the issue of funds
shortage faced by property owners to conserve their properties but
the program also provides a platform to build capacity as well as
develop and preserve endangered skills in built heritage, especially
amongst conservation contractors who perform direct hands-on
work on historic buildings in George Town‟s World Heritage Site.
5. CONCLUSIONS
In conclusion, this paper has highlighted the scenario of George
Town World Heritage Site‟s built heritage nine years after
UNESCO inscription. Amidst the challenges of gentrification and
hiking property prices, the underlying issue that needs to be
addressed pertains to providing funds to shophouse owners who
References
Barron, L. (2017, August 30). "Unesco-code: does world heritage status do
cities more harm than good?" Accessed on 15 September 2017,
<https://www.theguardian.com/cities/2017/aug/30/unescocide-world-
heritage-status-hurt-help-tourism>.
Government of Malaysia (2006). National Heritage Act 2005 (Act 645).
The Commissioner of law revision, Malaysia under the authority of
the revision of Laws Act 1968 in collaboration with Percetakan
Nasional Malaysia Bhd, Malaysia.
Loh, A. (2016, June 12). “Foreigners „invading‟ pre-war properties in
Penang.” The Star online, Accessed on 22 October 2017,
<http://www.thestar.com.my/news/nation/2016/06/12/foreigners-
invading-prewar-properties-in-penang/>.
Mustafa, N.K.F., Johar, S., Ahmad, A.G., Zulkarnain, S.H., Rahman,
M.Y.A. and Ani, A.I.C. (2011). “Conservation and repair works for
traditional timber mosque in Malaysia: a review on techniques.”
International Journal of Social, Behavioral, Educational, Economic,
Business and Industrial Engineering, 5(5), 663-668.
Othuman Mydin, M. A., Keling, N.A., Md. Sani, N. and Abas, N.F. (2014).
“Assessment of adaptive reuse of heritage shop houses sleep lodging
in Malaysia: fulfilment of conservation guidelines.” Proceedings of
SHS Web of Conference, DOI: 10.1051/shsconf/20141101014.
State Government of Penang (SGP)(2013). George Town Historic Cities of
the Straits of Malacca. Special Area Plan. Prepared for the State
have financial difficulties in restoring their shophouse(s). Based
on in-depth interviews and focus group discussion, a Conservation
Grant Program was designed and proposed as a viable solution to
address the above funding issue.
The proposed Conservation Grant Program is recommended
for consideration by urban managers and policy-makers such as
Penang's World Heritage Office and the State Department of
Heritage Conservation. It is a win-win solution where funds are
disbursed to property owners with a key intention to protect and
safeguard criterion (iv) of the Outstanding Universal Value.
Simultaneously, the endangered built heritage skills of
conservation contractors and artisans, being part of criterion (iii),
are also being nurtured and preserved through the proposed
Conservation Grant Program. The important practical implication
would be for the World Heritage Office or State Department of
Heritage Conservation to establish a database where qualified
conservation professionals and experienced conservation
contractors will be identified and matched with each other for a
particular conservation project. Through the proposed
Conservation Grant Program, George Town's World Heritage Site
can be quite assured of the continuous and quality provision of
built heritage skills and also funding opportunities to property
owners. This, in turn, will ensure the sustainability and continued
existence of shophouses for our future generation to enjoy.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors would like to thank Universiti Sains Malaysia for
funding this research project through Short-Term University Grant
(Grant No: 304/PSOSIAL/6313253).
Government of Penang by AJM Planning and Urban Design Group
Sdn. Bhd. and Arkitek Jururancang (M) Sdn. Bhd, Malaysia.
Tan, Y.W. (2015). Penang shophouses: A handbook of features and
materials, Tan Yeow Wooi Culture and Heritage Research Studio,
Malaysia, 104 pp.
Teoh, S. (2016, June 13). “Foreign buyers „pushing up rents of Penang
heritage shophouses.‟” The Straits Times, Accessed on 22 October
2017, <http://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/foreign-buyers-
pushing-up-rents-of-penang-heritage-shophouses>.
United Nations (UN)(n.d.). “Goal 11: Make cities inclusive, safe, resilient
and sustainable.” Accessed on 16 October 2017,
<http://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/cities/>.
United Nations (UN)(n.d.). “Goal 17: Partnership for Goals.” Accessed on
18 October 2017,
<http://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/globalpartnerships/>.
Wong, P. (2017, April 28). “The cities we once knew.” Focus Malaysia,
Accessed on 16 October 2017,
<http://www.focusmalaysia.my/Issues/the-cities-we-once-knew>.
Zahirah, N., Razak, A.A. and Azizi, M. (2011). “Conservation issues of
Syed Alatas Mansion.” The Professional Journal of the Institution of
Surveyors, Malaysia, 46(1), 25-29.
133
 Challenges between Authenticity and Building Regulations in
Adaptive Reuse of Shophouses in Malaysia
Yap Qiang Mei1 Yahaya Ahmad2
Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya

Abstract: Adaptive reuse is one of conservation method to revitalize the heritage building regarding both architectural and economic
value by converting the building to adapt to new function for public access while conserving the authenticity of the original design and
features. In Malaysia, it has been common practice to revitalized old shophouses with new functions. The shophouses dominate the built
cultural heritage in Malaysia especially in older towns such as Melaka, Penang, Ipoh and Taiping. This building typology is characterized
by its long and narrow plans with one or more air-wells, up to three floors, ground floor functions as commercial shop and the upper floors
as accommodation units. Many of these houses have undergone renovation works and being upgraded either with same or were adapted
with different functions. However, the concept of adaptive reuse more often than not has confrontational issues with current Building By-
Law 1984 and conservation guidelines. It has become a challenging process when the current building by-laws and fire safety requirements
that suitable to be applied to new construction might adversely affect the authenticity of the shophouses and ruins the excellent quality that
contributes to its historical identity. Hence, this research aims to identify confrontational issues of adaptive reuse of heritage shophouses in
Malaysia related to implementation of building by-laws and fire safety requirements. Qualitative research is undertaken, through literature
review and interview. The finding helps in understanding on how adaptive reuse contribute in conserving authenticity of the shophouses at
the same time complying with both Building By-Law 1984 and fire safety requirements.

Keywords: Adaptive reuse, authenticity, heritage shophouse, issue, conservation guidelines, UBBL 1984

1. INTRODUCTION
1 In Malaysia, there are a lot of historical buildings that inherit
1.1 Introduction on Adaptive Reuse
“Every building is a snapshot of a particular time and place – the
raw materials that were on hand, how far the builders' technology
had progressed, and the aspirations of its creators. But
architecture also makes a powerful statement about the unique
culture it reflects, whether the elegant simplicity of a grass
bungalow or the dramatic complexity of a chrome skyscraper. One
whisper, the other shouts, but both are enduring reminders of
cultural identity.” (Todd Gipstein, National Geographic
Photographer)
To strive for environmental sustainability, many efforts have
been made with aiming to reduce, reuse and recycle waste from
almost everything. "Adaptive reuse" in architecture is known as
"the process of adapting old structures for new
purposes"(Edmonds, 2013) Sometimes the building appearance
remains the same and new ways of utilizing are adapted to the
existing building as it is.
Everything aged, including built structures. By the time when built
structures become abandoned and disused, adaptive reuse can be
the sustainable way to recycle and breathe new life into an existing
old building, while appreciate and maintain the heritage
significance of the architecture. By reuse and repurposed the
building, it becomes a vital and essential historic preservation
way.(Cantell, 2005) The old building plays a crucial role to keep
track of our cultural heritage and history.
Adaptive reuse in the building industry is not a new
phenomenon. There are number of examples found before 20 th
century of Architects forming design for existing built structure
(Edmonds, 2013) There are many cases of world-historical
buildings are re-use and transformed into new purpose. For
example, industrial building (factory), cathedral, government
buildings and agriculture buildings are re-use to suit present
demand and to keep architectural style unspoiled. (Ramli, 2011)
cultural value. It is essential to protect and conserve these historic
buildings because of their remarkable architectural style. It will
serve as evidence of Malaysia history for coming generation to
value and treasure the form of the past craftsmanship and historic
features.(M.A. Othuman Mydin, 2014)
1.2 Adaptive Reuse of Heritage Shophouses in
Malaysia
Shophouses is an urban building form that dominates the built
cultural heritage in Malaysia, especially in states that has selected
by UNESCO as “World Heritage Sites” such as Malacca, Penang,
and Taiping Perak.
Shophouse can be seen in most of the places in Malaysia. "
According to Elizabeth Cardosa, Badan Warisan's executive
director mentioned that rows of century-old shophouses might not
qualify as national heritage, but these structures could have
historical significance to the development of the town and the
townsfolk residing in the area." (Grafilo, 2013)
“We should enhance the value of historical buildings through
adaptive reuse to help attract tourists” PAM president Chan Seong
Aun (Lee, 2013)
Shophouses is a local architecture building type that is small
and narrow terraced houses which has features such as "lima kaki"
or "five-foot way" which is covered walkway in front of the
building on ground floor. Shophouse as the name suggests, it is
used as a residence on the upper level and a shop on ground floor.
It is usually two to three stories.
These type of buildings is suitable for adaptive reuse due to
their open, simple structure simplifies installation of utilities and
facilities change (houses along a row can be combined with
expansion).(M.A.O. Mydin, 2014)
Revitalization of heritage shophouses regarding both
architectural and economic value can be achieved through adaptive
reuse by converting the building to adapt to new function for public
access while conserving the authenticity of the shophouses.

1
Post-Graduate Candidate Master of Architecture, University of
Malaya, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Email:
daphne.yqm@siswa.edu.my
2 Professor, Department of Architecture, University of Malaya, Kuala
Lumpur, Malaysia; Email: yahaya@um.edu.my
1.3 Problem Statement
The economics of Malaysia is proliferating driven the speed up of
development of buildings, infrastructures, and transportation
networks to adapt to new economic, social and politic needs. In

134
developers or owners' perspective, existing aged buildings that
carry essential historical and architectural values were no more fit
for the growing city, and it should make way for new profitable
development by demolished them. This viewpoint needs to be
corrected to conserve heritage buildings.(Yacob Omar, 2009)
The owner or developer must gain understanding and
recognized the background, heritage value and status of the
building to repurpose the heritage building with sympathetic and
sensitive to its heritage value. Adaptive reuse is defeating its
purpose of conservation if it fails to conserve the authenticity of the
heritage buildings while inserting new functions to it.
“However, adaptive reuse of heritage shophouses is a
challenging and tedious process as existing regulations may
become barriers and cause increased costs and delays to adaptive
reuse project. Modern building codes may create obstacles in the
conversion of old buildings. In many cases, existing structures,
materials, openings, stairs, access streets, and the fire safety of
historic buildings are considered substandard and therefore fail to
meet the standards of current building codes.” (Plmonsathean,
2002)
For example, most heritage shophouses were constructed
before the formation of the UBBL 1984 (Uniform Building By-
Laws of 1984). Thus, the shophouses were not subjected to comply
with the fire safety requirements provided by UBBL 1984. This is
one of the reasons why many of these heritage building were built
without much thoughts given to fire protection and resistance.
(M.A.O. Mydin, 2014) When there is adaptive reuse of heritage
shophouses, therefore the fire protection and strength must be
upgraded to get approval from the authority.
Current Uniform Building by-Laws of 1984 and fire safety
requirements that suitable to be applied in new construction might
adversely affect the authenticity of the shophouses and ruins the
good quality that contributes historical identity in space. Adaptive
reuse will impose more live loads and modern infrastructure to
existing building structure, there are issues faced by architects and
conservator in providing safe environment at the same time
protecting the authenticity of the heritage shophouse.
If the balance strives towards preservation, the heritage
shophouse after adaptive reuse might not be safe to use. The
outbreak of fire in a historical building often has more severe
consequences rather than on a modern building.(Kamarul Syahril
Bin Kamal, 2007). If the balance strives towards fire protection,
heritage shophouse might lose its authenticity.
Hence, this research will mainly focus on challenges between
authenticity and building regulations in adaptive reuse of
shophouses in Malaysia.
1.4 Research Question
1. How current building by-laws respond to the
conservation heritage needs?
2. What is the issue of adaptive reuse of heritage
shophouses related to fire safety requirements?
1.5 Research Aim
This research aim is to identify the challenges between authenticity
and building regulations in adaptive reuse of shophouses in
Malaysia.
1.6 Research Objective
1. To understand the scope and content of current building
by-laws in which current building by-laws is sensitive to
the conservation heritage needs.
2. To investigate the issue of adaptive reuse of heritage
shophouses related to fire safety requirements.
1.7 Summary of Research Methodology
Research
Start
Literature Review / Preliminary
Study
Identifying Research Problem
Develop Research Objectives
Objective 1 Objective 2
Literature Review
Interview
Data Analysis
Conclusion
Figure 1: Workflow flow chart of research
2. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Heritage Shophouses in Malaysia
2.1.1 What is shophouses?
"Shophouse" literally means a combination of "shop" and
"house". It is a hybrid of functions which reflects multi-culture in
commercial cities which usually can be found in most Southeast
Asian and Chinese area. (Wang Han, 2014) The main differences
of shophouses with ordinary houses are the creative adjustments of
spaces to suits functional requirements for housing and business.
Both shop area and dwellings are designed in one structure, a
mixed-use of space where shops which required frontage is located
on ground floor and house which needed more privacy is situated
on the second floor.
2.1.2 Shophouses in Malaysia
The practice of having family business on ground floor with family
living in upper floor is not limited only in Malaysia. (Wagner,
2017) This traditional type of housing reflects the self-sustain and
trading culture on Maritime Silk Road which further developed in
Malaysia during the late 18th century until the 1960s. The unique of
shophouses typology in Malaysia is the cultural fusion from
various regions which can be traced from Chinese immigrants from
the southern coastal provinces of China. The Chinese immigrants
inherit the building style of their homeland to the peninsula,
adapted with the Malaysia local culture and colonial influences to
create a truly special vernacular.
Almost six decades ago Malaysia gained independence from
colonial powers such as British, Portuguese and Dutch. The
colonial legacies remain shown in architectural of the heritage
buildings built in Malaysia especially in Melaka and George Town.
Both Melaka and George Town has vibrant multi-cultural heritage
because of the governed of colonial powers at different periods
before independence and situated between two great civilizations
of the China (East) and India (West). (Malaysia, 2008)
The Straits of Melaka or in Asia does not have any other
historic port towns like Melaka and George Town that contains
such a wide range of shophouses that carry unique architectural
135
features that reflects the styles and influences of
colonization.(Malaysia, 2008) The unique architecture of
shophouses received world recognition when UNESCO (United
National Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organizations)
selected Melaka and George Town to be listed as World Heritage
Site, which also called “Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca” in
2008.
Quoted from the Dossier Criteria (IV) as follows:
“The Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca: Melaka and George
Town" reflect the coming together of cultural elements from
elsewhere in the Malay Archipelago and from India and China with
those of Europe to create a unique architecture, culture and
townscape without parallel anywhere in the East and South East
Asia. In particular, a range and exceptional architecture of
shophouses and townhouses.”(Malaysia, 2008)
There are more than 2000 shophouses comprises of different
styles and architectural features that houses cultural trades
inherited from ancestor within the core and buffer zones of Melaka
and George Town. (Malaysia, 2008) These shophouses share
similar characteristic such as two to three stories high, built in row
with similar plan configuration, sheltered five footway at the front
facing the main street, internal courtyard, jack roof, party wall,
timber structures, etc.
2.1.3 Types of shophouses in Malaysia
As time goes by, the style and design of these shophouses have
developed from a straightforward plan with plain façade that
influenced by the Dutch to more beautiful façade that carries the
motifs of Malay, Chinese and Western. As the World Heritage Site,
Melaka consists of more than 600 shophouses whereas George
Town consists of more than 1700 shophouses that have different
styles which can be divided into different categories referring to
their façade design.
Categories of shophouses in Historic Cities of Melaka and
George Town (Malaysia, 2008)
1. Dutch Style (17th – 18th century)
2. Southern China Style (18th – early 19th century)
3. Early Shophouses Style (1800 – 1850’s)
4. Early Transitional Style (1840-1900’s)
5. Early Straits Eclectic Style (1890 – 1920’s)
6. Late Straits Eclectic Style (1920 – 1940’s)
7. Neo-Classical Style (19th – early 20th century)
8. Art-Deco Style (1930 – 1950’s)
9. Early Modern Style (Post War)
2.1.4 Authenticity of heritage shophouses
It is essential to retain and conserve original elements which
contribute to the authenticity and integrity of the heritage
shophouses not only the building itself but also the setting around
it. Thus, it is essential to identify the element that contributes to the
authenticity of the shophouse.
As stated under Justification 3 from the Dossier(Malaysia,
2008), the common characteristic of heritage shophouses as
follows:
-6-7 meters wide, 30meters -60meters deep rectangular plan
form.
-Uniform façade built in rows with sheltered five-foot way (kaki
lima) pedestrian way in front.
-Brick walls with wooden timber structure, lime plaster, clay roof
tiles
-Shop front with timber door panels, without permanent wall
-Jack-roof, which elevated above the main roof to allow for natural
ventilation and lighting
-One or more internal open courtyard within linear plan form to
allow better natural ventilation and lighting
-Front façade which varied in different design reflecting different
style
-Full-length front window from floor to ceiling, with balustrades;
some with adjustable louvres and top fanlight opening.
Conservation guidelines in Malaysia play a vital role in retain
authenticity of the heritage building. Thus it must comply
whenever conservation, new development or restoration work is
carried out.
2.2 Issue of Adaptive Reuse of Heritage
Shophouses in Malaysia
This is the age of progress and development, which resulted that
some building that full of historical value is gone for future
generation.” If there is money to be made, heritage is often
forgotten” Ar. Loh, Conservation Architect (Property.com, 2016)
There are numerous of adaptive reuse project on heritage
building in Malaysia especially in area like Melaka, George Town,
KL, etc. However, many of these projects have neglected the
requirement and guidelines that need to comply which leads to
adaptive reuse that gone wild without consider conserving the
authenticity of the heritage buildings.
There are many cases where heritage shophouses that have
been restored but turned out look more new than surrounding
buildings. For example, the original roof has been replaced by
corrugated roof, and the original façade has changed. Another case
which happened in Penang where The Rice Miller City Residence
decided to readapt their heritage building into 30 stories (91m)
which overly exceed the height limits that allowed in the guideline
which is 18m height.
Other than this, there is issue where abandon heritage
buildings increase, for example, old shophouse in Jalan Cheng
Lock and Junction of Jalan Tun HS Lee, Kuala
Lumpur.(Sadafamarchitect, 2014) From research conducted by
other researchers regarding conservation works problem faced by
heritage building owner in Penang, it shows that the roots of issue
are the fear of high cost (35%) and restriction of legislation and
guidelines (30%)(Moey Sui Min)
According to The Star Online, “there are so many confusing
and conflicting regulations involving regulatory bodies, including
the local municipal council, Fire & Rescue Department (Bomba)
and even George Town World Heritage Incorporated. And Bomba
requirements may not necessarily conform to heritage conservation
guidelines” ("Restore or renovate ", 2012)
Fire frequently occurs in heritage building as the material used
back then was timber which is fire combustible. The lesson of
major fires in historical building such as the Sultan Abdul Samad
building in KL is that every building should have good fire
protection and resistance to prevent fire outbreak. (Kamarul Syahril
Bin Kamal, 2007) Therefore it is critical to upgrade the fire
protection in heritage building with concern of maintaining the
authenticity and without changing the features of the building.
2.3 Conservation Guidelines in Malaysia
2.3.1 National Heritage Act 2005
“In Malaysia, there is a three-tier system of government managing
the heritage properties.”(Dr. Siti Norlizaiha Harun, 2011)
The Act is divided into 17 Parts with 126 Articles and was
approved by the Parliament on 6 th December 2005. This Act
included all provision of the Treasure Trove Act 1957 and
Antiquity Act 1976; thus these two acts were invalidated on the
same date. (Malaysia, 2008)
136
 Only Minister has the power to declare National Heritage;
before declaring, the Minister is required to get pieces of advice
and agreement from three parties as follows:
a) The State (if the heritage is located on state land)
b) The Owner, Custodian or Trustee of the heritage
c) For the Living Person
d) For intangible copyright
All states would have to come out with their guidelines based on
National Heritage Act 2005 for conservation works.
2.3.2 Enactment on Conservation and Restoration
of Cultural Heritage of Melaka (1988)
"In 2008 the historic core of two Malaysian cities Malacca and
George Town was inducted into the UNESCO (United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization) World Heritage
List. According to this status, these areas are protected by the
United Nations and governed by strict preservation rules."
(Wagner, 2017)
On state level, an enactment was made for Melaka when it is
first identified as Historic Town in the year 1988 to protect and
preserve historical buildings and heritage culture of Melaka. The
Enactments covers overall aspects of conservation and restoration
of cultural heritage matters of Melaka. "The 1988 Enactment is an
advantage to the Historic City of Melaka as it provides additional
coverage for the protective designation of its heritage property
together already existing Town and Country Planning Act and the
Local Authority Act." (Malaysia, 2008)
2.3.3 Guidelines of Conservation Areas and
Heritage Buildings in George Town
Penang is different with Melaka concerning legislation on
conservation as Penang has no specific legislation that set to
protect heritage properties of Penang. "However the core area has
been identified as a conservation area under the Municipal Council
of Penang Island's Structure Plan, governed by the Town and
Country" (Malaysia, 2008) Guidelines for Conservation Areas and
Heritage Buildings in George Town prepared by Municipal
Council of Penang Island (MBPP) would be the guidelines that use
to protect the heritage building in the conservation zone in Penang.
(M. C. o. P. MBPP, 1989)
2.3.4 Special Area Plan: George Town, Historic
Cities of the Straits of Malacca
Penang State Government established GTWHI also known as
George Town World Heritage Incorporated in 2010 to manage and
protect the newly protected heritage zone. Heritage shophouse is
fall under Category II (classification of heritage buildings) of the
Guidelines for Conservation Work on Category II Buildings in
which has list of criteria stated as following items: Forecourt,
finishes and colours, roof, front/side façade, five-footway
(Verandah), rear façade, floors, ceilings, walls, air wells, kitchen
courtyard and air well (rear court), staircase, other features,
mechanical & electrical systems, sanitary, plumbing, drainage,
alteration and extension. (MBPP, 2011)
2.3.5 Conservation Management Plan for the
Historic City of Melaka
This Conservation Management Plan is requested by UNESCO to
make a management plan to summarize the policies proposed to
conserve, protect, enhance and develop the significance of the site.
Melaka Historical City Council will make use of this project to
promote and conduct best practice and reinforce the World
Heritage Site in the beginning stage of planning process.
It is stated in “6.2.3 Guidelines for adaptive reuse and
revitalization”(MBMB), for a heritage shophouse that undergoes
adaptive reuse will need to ensure the conservation principle is
applied based on followings item extracted from the guidelines:
- " be based on the Building Use Guidelines to ensure the
proposed use is suitable for the image and identity of the area
and without any disputes."
- " be based on the Guidelines on the Protection of ShopHouse
Activity Conducting Traditional and Threatened Trade to
ensure such activities are not taken over by the new building
use.
- “ be based on the Guidelines on the Reuse of Original Styles
and Design to endure the adaptive reuse of any heritage
premises will enhance the unique architecture of the
building.”
2.4 Uniform Building By-Laws 1984
Every construction of building no matter big or small must comply
with Uniform Building By-Laws 1984 (UBBL 1984). It usually is
quite straightforward for Architects and Engineers to comply with
various by-laws for new buildings.
Heritage buildings that long existed before formation of
UBBL 1984 are not subjected to comply by-law unless there is an
alternation of structure or space to adapt to new demand, known as
adaptive reuse. "Adaptive re-use is a method of renovation old
building to accommodate new function and is a common means of
preserving heritage buildings by providing economically viable
alternative to vacant deteriorating structures, underused structures
or building demolition." (Hamid, 2011)
"Two-thirds of UBBL is on fire safety; it is divided into four
principles- evacuation of occupants, fire containment, active
extinguishing of the fire and fire brigade access into the building"
Ar Chong (T.Selva, 2017)
However when comes to adaptive re-use or upgrading heritage
buildings, it is often tough to meet all the requirements on fire
protection. (Bakar, 2006) The challenge lies on to protect the
authenticity of the shophouses while providing an adequate level of
fire safety to the occupants. (N.H. Salleh a, 2009) Thus it is
essential for both fire prevention party and architect to achieve a
reasonable balance of fire safety precaution and achieve
conservation requirement.
3. METHODOLOGY
There are three main types of research design which is
qualitative, quantitative and mixed method. Qualitative research is
primarily exploratory research. It is used to provide a detailed and
complete description of the research topic and to gain an
understanding of underlying reasons, opinions, and motivations.
(E.Wyse, 2011) Based on the aim and objectives of this study,
qualitative data are needed to be obtained.
Two primary research methods are being used in this study which
is Literature Review and Interview. Throughout this dissertation,
the research approach is substantially dependent on interviews. The
table below shows different data collection techniques to address
the research questions and objectives.
3.1 Data Collection
3.3.1 Interview Questions for Key Informant
Respondent:
Tuan Hamdan Bin Ali – Penolong Pesuruhjaya Bomba (Fire and
Rescue Department of Malaysia)
Encik Rosli – Former Chief of Melaka World Heritage Office
137
Mohd Syahrin Bin Abdullah – Pengarah Bahagian Warisan Dunia, Issue:
Jabatan Warisan Dunia “Early Penang style shophouses do not have a party wall;
therefore a notice is given to Georgetown to impose guidelines to
1. What is /are the challenges in preserving heritage fix it not long ago. Or else, in the case of fire, it will spread out to
shophouses and complying with Fire Safety Guidelines the rest of the shophouse easily without a party wall” (Syahrin,
to provide safe environment? 2017)
2. What is/are the technical issue for heritage shophouse to
"There are cases where some client bought over a few lots of
comply with Fire Safety Guidelines?
heritage shophouses intended to convert it into a boutique hotel.
3. Do you think there is contradiction between heritage Therefore, they need more doors and would like to have opening
conservation guidelines and Fire Safety Guidelines? through the party wall to join units. However, this is rejected by
What are those contradictions? the authority to ensure the safety for the neighbour. Thus, it is
4. Why is such contradiction occurs? quite difficult to convert them into hotel" (Rosli, 2017)
5. Do you think such contradiction is happened due to
According to Special Area Plan D3.6.1, It is essential to maintain
management issue? What are the issues?
the authenticity of the roofline of the shophouses. A new fire
6. Does Bomba have a specific Fire Safety Guidelines for division for these buildings without a visible firewall should not
heritage shophouse? show above the roofline for residential use whereas if the change
7. What is Bomba wish list when it comes to restoration of use from residential to commercial requires too many physical
and adaptive reuse of heritage shophouse? changes that are not reversible; the use may not be suitable.
8. How to achieve a balance between preserving Emergency 169. No exit route may -
authenticity and complying with Fire Safety Guidelines Exit Route reduce in width along
its path of travel from
in adaptive reuse of heritage shophouses?
storey exit to the final
9. Do you think current legislation or Fire Safety exit.
Guidelines are sensitive towards the needs of heritage Issue:
shophouses? “Width of the exit route is often reduced on the corridor to have
10. How to improve current fire safety guidelines to meet more spaces for the rooms.” (Syahrin, 2017)
with heritage needs?
11. Which project or case study you would suggest that it has The issue with adaptive reuse consists of maximization of
habitable spaces especially upper floor of the heritage shophouse.
successfully complied with Building by-laws and Fire
Safety Guidelines requirement while conserving the
Staircase 168. (1) except provided D5-30
authenticity of the heritage shophouse? for in by-law 194 every Original staircase
upper floor shall have positioning & design
4. FINDING AND DISCUSSION means of egress via at with fine craftsmanship
4.1 Conflicting Technical Issue least two separate shall be retained &
staircase restored
Items UBBL 1984 Special Area Plan, Issue:
(Uniform Building Fire Protection According to the interviewed conducted, all three respondents
By-laws 1984) (MBPP, 2011) stated that fire staircase is one of the biggest issues occur in
Party Wall 86. (1) All party walls 3.3 Ridge, Gable and adaptive reuse of heritage shophouses.
shall be of not less than Party Wall When there is change of usage other than domestic or office
200mm total thickness purpose, two staircases would be required.
of solid masonry or in- The original middle
situ concrete which brickwork party wall is Items UBBL 1984 Special Area Plan,
may be made up of two to be conserved. (Uniform Building By- Fire Protection
separate skins each of laws 1984) (MBPP, 2011)
not less than 100mm
U BBL 1984 Special Area Plan, Fire "heritage shophouse has issued to provide two staircases because
Items some doesn't have a back lane" (Hamdan, 2017)
(Uniform Building By- Protection
laws 1984) (MBPP, 2011)
thickness if constructed "Staircase, two exits issue are still under argument. In Melaka,
at different times. escape door at the back is not relevant as Dutch style shophouse
do not have back lane, which is why Bomba is very strict with the
new usage.' (Rosli, 2017)
87. (1) Openings may
New This will result in a limitation in providing staircase at the back of
be made or left in a 9.2 Openings permitted
the heritage shophouse.
openings in party wall if – on a case-by-case
party wall (a) such openings are basis, subject to Fire- 223. Fire resistance for 5.3 Ceiling to five-
made with consent of stability of the building rated floors above ground floor foot-way
and by the requirement structure. ceiling
of the local authority; Any floor above the Original ceiling
and Total width of opening ground storey of a house profile/design shall be
shall not exceed 50% falling within Purpose maintained. Any
(b) the owners of the of the overall length of Group 1 shall if the original decorative
properties concerned the wall underside of such floor is feature (s) shall be
give written exposed to test by fire retained & restore.
permission. following BS.
The exposed upper

138
 476: Part 1: be capable of floor structure of having an FRP following should the use of the
satisfying the timber boards & timber the requirement s for that building is reverted to
requirements of that test joists is preferred. The wall specified in the residential use.
as to freedom from existing exposed Ninth Schedule to these
collapse for a period of reinforced concrete By-laws.
not less than half an hour floor above, if any, is
and as to insulation and allowed to remain. Issue:
resistance to passage of
flame for not less than 8.0 Ceiling "Heritage shophouse always have issue with weight. Therefore
fifteen minutes. wet construction is not preferable. Therefore, dry construction is
Ground floor ceilings often taken. The fire door will often fix on timber. Due to
were usually the vibration when the door is open and closed, it will damage the
exposed timbers of the door closer usually after six month" (Hamdan, 2017)
floor structure above.
Cornices below the Tuan Hamdan further explained that there is a solution where
joists on the ground only the frame portion is wet work, which means a concrete
floor were also a frame where the door closer is fixed on the concrete frame to
feature. minimize the extra weight on the timber floor.

Original ceiling However, this will affect the authenticity of the heritage
profile/ design shall be shophouse, and it is difficult to revert to original state.
retained. Any original Travel The requirement for D5-11
decorative feature(s) Distance permissible dead end in The extension is
shall be retained & every room shall not allowed for back-to-
restored. more than 10m according back shophouse
to the UBBL seventh arrangement without a
The new ceiling is schedule. back lane, and the
permitted but provided expansion should allow
that the volume of Travel distance for ventilation and avoid
internal space is building without being a solid mass. The
maintained and sprinklers shall not more extension cannot abut
original features such than 30m. (M.A.O. to neighbours building.
as cornices, arches, Mydin, 2014) The requirement of
capitals & decorative UBBL, back lane and
stuccos are not fire escape must have
covered. complied.
Issue: Items UBBL 1984 Special Area Plan,
According to Special Area Plan, for an extension or renovation to (Uniform Building By- Fire Protection
heritage shophouse, the façade, front block until the first laws 1984) (MBPP, 2011)
courtyard needs to retain. Issue:

In the majority of heritage shophouse, the underside of floors did "Heritage shophouses often longer than 60m, thus it needs two
not receive a ceiling finish, and so they merely comprise floor staircases and fire door to comply with fire safety requirements."
Items UBBL 1984 Special Area Plan, (Hamdan, 2017)
(Uniform Building By- Fire Protection
laws 1984) (MBPP, 2011)
boarding on timber joists left exposed on the underside. (Kamarul However, in some cases like Melaka, Dutch style shophouse do
Syahril Bin Kamal, 2007) not have a back lane.
The ceiling above five-foot-way is supposed to be exposed and
retained. However, timber flooring required fire-rated ceiling. "Under Dutch building code, the tax is based on the width and
This will then cover the timber flooring which is part of number of windows of shophouse. Therefore it forms the narrow
authenticity of the shophouse. and long layout of shophouse. The next lot where the kitchen
meets the kitchen is dangerous as it is not reachable by Bomba,
"For timber floor above the five-foot-way will need to be retained one house in Melaka almost 80m long which stairs is not
to preserve the authenticity of the shophouse. They have to retain reachable." (Rosli, 2017)
all. However, there are cases that didn't comply where they only
keeping the timber floor but they build concrete above it" (Rosli, Therefore for conversion of heritage shophouse to budget hotel is
2017) not allowable as it is challenging to fulfil fire safety requirements.
Fire 162. Fire doors in D3-8
Doors compartment walls and "Bomba would need such conversion to fulfil fire safety
separating walls Fire protected doors requirements such as fire corridor, fire doors, fire ceiling which
may be required for they cannot afford to comply" (Rosli, 2017)
(1)Fire doors of the both new and existing Floor If the floor of timber 7.2 Upper floor
appropriate FRP shall be openings. Certified fire construction then a fire
provided. doors must be protective barrier may be Must not be of a
(2)Openings in installed, removing the required between stories, material that cannot be
compartment walls and original doors with according to the removed at a later date.
separating walls shall be care and stored later requirements in the
protected by a fire door for reinstatement Uniform Building By- Must not put additional

139
 Laws 1984 Part VII. weight on existing
structures, beyond their
capacity.
Issue:
" Timber flooring will shorten the time for escape, and it is one of
the biggest issues we have with adaptive reuse of shophouse"
(Hamdan, 2017)
Air Well 40. (1) (a) The minimum 10.1 Size and location
size of each air-well
where provided in all The original size and
buildings shall be as location of the air well
follows: shall be retained and
(i) for building up to 2 restored.
storeys in height, 7
square metres;
(b) The minimum width
of such air-wells in any
direction shall be 2.5
metres.
Issue:
"Some boutique hotel reduce the size of the courtyard to gain
bigger room size which resulted the roof is very near to each
other, and it will cause the spread of fire easily." (Hamdan,2017)
5. CONCLUSION
The research discovered that the challenges between authenticity
and building regulations in adaptive reuse of shophouses in
Malaysia need to be solved to minimize the cases where the
authenticity of the shophouse is ruined by the upgrading work on
fire protection or the fire damaging priceless heritage shophouse
due to lack of fire protection.
The owner of the heritage shophouse should run a conservation and
fire risk assessment to understand the crucial part that needs
improvement. PSP (principle submitting person) or Architect and
conservator will need to have a clear understanding of both UBBL
1984 and heritage needs to be able to come out with innovative
solution to upgrade fire protection and sensitive on conserving
valuable historical features of heritage shophouse.
"We do not have special fire safety requirement for the heritage
building, and this is the main issue where conflicts happened."
(Hamdan, 2017)
In order to achieve a balance in adaptive reuse between conserving
authenticity of shophouse at the same time complying with both
Building By-Law 1984 and fire safety requirements, all parties
concerned such as fire authority (Bomba), JWN, local authority
and other interest bodies need to work hand in hand to form a
comprehensive fire safety guidelines specially for heritage
building.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I would like to express the deepest appreciation towards several
parties which have greatly assisted and supported me throughout
the research process. First of all, I would like to express my sincere
gratitude to the University of Malaya for giving me the opportunity
to conduct the research and my supervisor Professor.Yahaya Bin
Ahmad for his valuable guidance and support and limitless
patience he afforded me during the research writing. Apart from
that, I would also want to thank the interview respondents for
contributing their time, knowledge and experience to this research
which are JWN, BOMBA and Melaka World Heritage Office. Last
but not least, I want to convey my appreciation to my family and
friends who have given me help during the research process.
References
Cantell, Sophie Francesca. (2005). The Adaptive Reuse of Historic
Industrial Buildings: Regulation Barriers, Best Practices and Case
Studies.
Dr Siti Norlizaiha Harun, Izzamir Ismail. (2011). THE CONSERVATION
PLAN FOR WORLD HERITAGE SITE: GEORGE TOWN,
PENANG AND MALACCA, MALAYSIA.
Edmonds, Matthew. (2013). Adaptive reuse of an existing building.
Grafilo, John. (2013). Keeping the past perfect, Sea Globe. Retrieved from
http://sea-globe.com/development-in-malaysia-conservation-colonial-
architecture/
Guide to Fire Protection In Malaysia (2006).
Hamid, Khirani Abdul. (2011). The development of Fire Risks Assessment
For Heritage Buildings: A case study of "The Residency" Kuala
Lumpur.
Heritage, Melaka World. (2012). MELAKA WORLD HERITAGE
OFFICE. from http://malaccaworldheritage.blogspot.my/p/galery.html
JWN. (2016). Background of JWN. from
http://www.heritage.gov.my/en/about-us/grp-about-us-
introduction/about-us-background
Kamarul Syahril Bin Kamal, Lilawati Bte Ab Wahab2 (2007). Fire
Protection and Resistance in Historic Buildings.
Lee, Joy. (2013). Rejuvenating the country’s heritage buildings makes
economic sense, Star Property. Retrieved from
http://www.starproperty.my/index.php/articles/property-
news/rejuvenating-the-countrys-heritage-buildings-makes-economic-
sense/
M.A. Othuman Mydin, a. N.A. Keling, N. Md. Sani, N.F Abas. (2014).
Assessment of Adaptive Reuse of Heritage Shop Houses for Sleep
Lodging in Malaysia: Fulfilment of Conservation Guidelines.
M.A.O. Mydin, W. Arminda, N. Md. Sani. (2014). Fire Risk Assessment of
Adaptive Re-Use of Historic Shop Houses for Sleeping
Accommodations in Malaysia
Malaysia, State Party. (2008). Historical Cities of the Straits of Malacca:
Melaka and George Town, Nomination Dossier.
MBMB. Conservation Management Plan For the Historic city of Melaka.
pages 66.
MBPP, (Municipal Council of Penang). (1989). Guidelines for
Conservation Areas and Heritage Buildings.
MBPP. (2011). Special Area Plan: George Town, Historic Cities of the
Straits of Malacca.
Moey Sui Min, Rodiah Zawawi, Brit Kayan. Perception of Pre-War
Shophouse Owners towards the Conservation of Pre-War Shophouses
in George Town, Penang.
N.H. Salleh a, A.G. Ahmad b. (2009). Fire Safety Management In Heritage
Buildings: The Current Scenario In Malaysia
Plmonsathean, Yongtanlt. (2002). Current Issues Concerning Adaptive Re-
use in the Conservation of Urban Cultural Heritage.
Property.com, The Edge. (2016). The case for adaptive reuse. from
http://www.theedgeproperty.com.my/content/916562/case-adaptive-
reuse
Ramli, S.F. (2011). Adaptive Reuse of Historical Buildings. from
http://heritagemalaysia.blogspot.my/2012/05/adaptive-reuse-of-
historical-buildings.html
Restore or renovate (2012). The Star Online. Retrieved from
http://www.thestar.com.my/news/community/2012/08/06/restore-or-
renovate/
S.N.Harun. (2011). Heritage Building Conservation in Malaysia:
Experience and Challenges
Sadafamarchitect. (2014). Old Shophouse Building In Junction of Jalan Tun
HS Lee and Jalan Cheng Lock. from
140
 https://sadafadamarchitect.wordpress.com/2014/04/27/old-shophouse-
building-in-junction-of-jln-tun-hs-lee-and-jln-cheng-lock/
T.Selva, Melizarani. (2017). Good design only goes so far, The Star Online.
Retrieved from
http://www.thestar.com.my/metro/focus/2017/03/13/good-design-
only-goes-so-far-developers-have-to-comply-with-strict-fire-safety-
regulations-but-the-o/
Wagner, Ashley. (2017). Malaysian Shophouses: Creating Cities of
Character.
Wang Han, Jia Beisi. (2014). A morphological study of traditional
shophouse in China and Southeast Asia.
Yacob Omar, Nor Haniza Ishak (2009). Preventive maintenance
management: An approach towards a sustainability of adaptive re-use
historical buildings in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

141
 Management System and Cultural Heritage State of the Art
Ketut Wiradnyana1 Sylviana Mirahayu Ifani2
,
North Sumatera Archaeological Centre, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi

Abstract: Cultural heritage sites and its properties are associated to certain ethnic people. However, the existence of a cultural heritage
site is often neglected due to lack of information provided to the related community. The location of a cultural heritage site within an
administrative region is often not linked directly to the surrounding community as a result of Regional Autonomy system which disregards
cultural aspect in dividing regions. In that regard, a question arises – how cultural heritage sites and its properties should be managed to
accomplish their state of the art? This paper is compiled as an inductive-explanative analysis based on archaeological and anthropological
data resulting from a series of preceding studies. The result shows that there is a need for inter-administrative regions cultural heritage
management system and the fulfilment of three objectives of cultural heritage conservation, i.e. knowledge, economic, and identity
development.

Key words: Cultural heritage site, management system, state of the art

1. INTRODUCTION

Archaeological remains as cultural heritage objects are an
important identity for communities, because human – either as an
individual or groups of people – has a direct relationship with his
culture. However, the important values of a cultural heritage site
and its properties in one site may become less important to a
certain community, while it may become a great importance to
another, even if the concerned site has the same historical story that
affects both communities.
The distinction of values appreciation among communites are
often due to cultural changes and lack of information provided for
them. Once a cultural heritage site being researched and published
either by government or research organization then the community
will consider it as more valuable. Therefore, the management
system of cultural heritage sites require cooperation between
communities and the government. Nevertheless, it seems easier to
manage a cultural site which is located in one administrative area,
and is only affecting the community in that area, because the local
government will have full control over its management. But what if
the site is located across-administrative areas, and or affecting
many different communities?
Gunung Pusuk Buhit, for example, is an important site for the
entire Batak ethnic while it is located in administrative area of
Samosir regency, the land of Batak Toba sub-ethnics. The
management of Pusuk Buhit cultural heritage site cannot be easily
managed by the local government of Samosir regency because it is
a customary land for all Batak people, not just those of Batak Toba.
The same case occurs with Boronadu site in South Nias. It is
believed that Boronadu was the first dwelling of Nias ethnic
(Wiradnyana, 2015), the island of Nias itself is now divided into
four districts and one downtown area. Thus, the handling of the site
can not be done locally but it supposed to be inter-districts, either it
is being managed by some of the districs at the same time or it
should be on the provincial level.
Another example should be the Loyang Mendale site in
Central Aceh district which provides important information related
to the origins of Gayonese ethnics (Wiradnyana 2011). The sub-
ethnics of Gayonese people are in fact not just living in Central
——————————————————————————————
1 Principal Researcher, North Sumatera Archaeological Center,
Medan, North Sumatera, Indonesia; Email:
ketut_wiradnyana@yahoo.com
2 Lecturer, Department of Architecture Engineering, University of
Pembangunan Panca Budi, Medan, Indonesia; Email:
sylvianamirahayuifani@dosen.pancabudi.ad.ic
Aceh, but also spreads in the neighbouring district. When the local
government of Central Aceh need to manage the site, then the
neigbouring district must also be involved because the site is not
only the symbol of the Gayonese people in Central Aceh, but also a
symbol for its supporting community from different administrative
areas. This is happened because most of the administrative areas in
Indonesia are not divined based on cultural boundaries.
However, aspects such as administrative boundaries should
not obstruct the preservation of a cultural heritage site and its
properties. Cultural heritage site and its properties as a cultural
symbol are universal, it embodies the value of togetherness and
become a symbol of a nation. Therefore, a management system and
cultural state of the art among inter-administrative regions is
needed to develop and save the cultural heritage site. It can be
stated that the cultural heritage site has a strategic political value in
relation to the identity and unity of the nation because handling
these sites also represent governments‟ real attention to certain
ethnic groups.
To understand culture of a contemporary community, it is
necessary to gain an understanding of the traditional cultural
system of the concerned community in the past. A cultural heritage
site that is still tied to the tradition is easier to preserved compared
with the cultural site that has not had enough information yet, as
what was described by Levi Strauss; “…to understand the pattern
of public behavior there is a system of relationships in society, it is
human and their culture” (Syam, 2007). Also, factors such as
cultural boundaries, the extent of cultural influence, type of cultural
objects and public appreciation are important for concideration. All
of this factors are needed so that the site becomes a local
knowledge and its cultural identity, and furthermore it even can
relate to economic development.
In archaeological management system in doing research, the
research system produces its own basic elements, they organize its
own boundaries and relate between internal structures, self-
referential as well as cloistered (Ritzer, George and DouglasJ.
Goodman, 2004). This paper is compiled as an inductive-
explanative analysis based on archaeological and anthropological
data resulting from a series of preceding studies.
2. MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A cultural heritage site management system are often left
solitary to the local government where it is located despite of its
value to the community outside of the area. As in UU No. 22/1999,
it is mentioned that the cultural site management are based only on
142
formal definition of regional autonomy. The regional autonomy
management itself is often miss-interpreted which leads to different
understanding among administrative areas and finally cause
hesitation of each local government to take actions and to create
policies. This phenomenon weakens the community sosial
function, thus, as a respond, some communities look back onto
their traditional concepts of social organization and create their
own cultural boundaries such as nagari in West Sumatera, mukim
in Aceh, lembang in Toraja, and so on.
Applying the traditional cultural boundaries, the community
would be able to accommodate and preserve traditional activity as
how the traditional community did in the past. It is known that
traditional communities have a special place in environmental
discourse mostly because the tradition itself often contains good
values and norms that are most responsible for environmental
sustainability. Thus, it is necessary to maintain those values and
norms to keep the cultural heritage site survives in a better
condition.
The existence of the good traditional values and norms which
exist in the community (in its relation to the cultural heritage site)
are not only create stronger relationship among individuals, but it
also constructs strong relationship among communities without
limited by administrative area and regional boundaries. This strong
relationship will give a positive impact for the government in term
of strengthten the national unity. The concept is based on the idea
that communities are part of the system that creates the nation. The
values of diversity are based on a healthy thought of
multiculturalism. The paradigm of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika will then
returns to life. Thus, in order to manage cultural heritage sites and
its properties as to strengthen the unity, there are three aspects to be
considered, such as system of territory, the expand of society
influence and public appreciation.
System of territory should includes both cultural and
administrative boundaries as sub-systems. Cultural heritage
management which consider both of this sub-systems tend to be
more successful in its management.
When a cultural heritage object is located in one
administrative boundaries, and its cultural boundaries is also in the
same area (not included in any other administrative boundaries),
then it is still considered effective if the management system of the
object is carried out only by its local government. It is because the
cultural influence of the object is limited for community inside
those administrative boundaries.
In other side, when a cultural heritage is located in one
administrative boundaries, but its cultural boundaries is including
many areas outside of its administrative border, then it is highly
recommended that the management system of the object should be
a collaboration among its local government with any other local
governments of administrative boundaries which surrounds the
object, and also involving higher government level such as in
provincial, national even international level.
Loyang Mendale archaeological site can be the example of the
case. In the beginning, it was originally a local site which noticed
by the surrounding community only and managed by the land
owner himself. Intensive archaeological research on the site finally
resulting very important information for the reconstruction of
cultural history at the local, national and regional levels. Gradually
the sites are noticed and managed by the Aceh Tengah District
government. The data generated from the research is closely
related to ethnicity outside the administrative area of the site, the
management is carried out by Aceh Tengah district and will be by
several districts. The shared co-management is based on the
similarity and importance of ethnic identity even though it resides
in one administrative areas but it is associated with the whole
Gayonese sub-ethnics.
Similar models can also be done on the Boronadu website in
Nias. The site is culturally believed to be the forerunner of current
Nias ethnic, it can be said that culturally it is the ancestral land of
Nias people either it is west or south Nias sub-ethnic. So it is very
important to do co-management between districts, considering the
site is a symbol that is able to connect people who are separated by
the administrative boundaries and at the same time indirectly
splited from their actual cultural kinship in the new organizational
contemporary period. The model of co-management preservation
has ever been begun in some places in Indonesia since June 2011,
which was called the restoration of Balai Adat (Bale Wondrako) in
Bawomataluo, Fanayama Sub-district, Teluk Dalam in
Bawomataluo Village, Siwalawa, Hilinawalo Fau, Ono Hondro and
Lahusa Fau. All of this area were come from one line of male
descendants (patrilineal).
Another example would be Gunung Pusuk Buhit cultural site
site in North Sumatra. The site has the same management concept
as what is implemented in Boronadu, Nias. Once the management
of Lake Toba area pioneered as a co-management area, Pusuk
Buhit in Samosir Island with its surrounding district will also be
attempted as a co-management joint area. Those plan required in-
depth archaeological and other auxiliary cross-studies to create a
comprehensive results of research that can be used in academic,
ideological and practical fields. The resulting information of a
cultural site with co-management syste among disrics is certainly
provide a better picture of the site and its environment for the
Batak communities in North Sumatra.
The cross-regional management model actually has been
mentioned in UU No.11/2010 on Culture heritage in Chapter 1.
General Provisions article 1, paragraph 7 stated that „ownership‟ is
the most important aspect of cultural heritage while it is also
important to maintain the social function to preserved it. Also,
paragraph 21 stated that management is an integrated effort to
protect, develop, and utilize the culture through the policy of
planning, implementation and supervision for the greatest welfare
of the people. It clearly implies a strong relationship between
ownership and its social function.
Cross-border management be it cross-districts or cross-sities,
are also stated in Article 34 paragraph 1, stating that the cultural
heritage site which is located in 2 (two) districts/cities or more, are
designated as provincial cultural heritage. This implies that there
will be higher levels of management of cultural heritage site
despite the local government level.
Cross-regional management models are crucial in preservation
effort. The efforts includes consolidation of reliance, identity and
the enhancement of social unity as well. Also, the archaeological
research conducted in a cultural heritage site becomes important
aspect to be involved in the cross-regional management plan, as the
research also has its own local, national or regional management
level.
However, cultural heritage object can also owned by
individuals. Artifacts such as keris and statue of panghulubalang of
Batak people are the example of this object. In this case, its
management system are done by individuals, closest families or
appointed agencies. Its management is considered effective as long
as the owner has strong appreciation towards the object and hig
motivation to preserve it.
3. STATE OF THE ART TRILOGY
The cross-regional management model of a cultural heritage
site as mentioned in the previous subtitle can be applied to the
143
cultural heritage with similar cases elsewhere. In addition to that,
in maintaining management system of cultural heritage sites, its
state of the art should contain at least three main aspects such as;
science; economy; and identity.
3.1 Science
In archaeological science, between the results of a research and
what communities had understood are not always in line. This
phenomenon is considered normal because science can not only be
developed by acceptance, but also through rejection. Khun (1972)
called this phenomenon as „the paradigm‟ or “disciplinary matrix‟
(Saiffudin, 2005). „The paradigm‟ consists of ontological and
epistemological principles. Scientist will mutually defend the
paradigm that they believe in, thereby it generates various groups
of scientist. The existence of the groups enable the needs for
deeper cultural studies to defend their view as they expand
knowledge through careful observation. Thus, science can provide
various information of cultural heritage objects which then increase
the knowledge of communities about it.
Research on cultural heritage might be done in the field of
archeological, anthropological, historical, architectural, social and
so on. Scientific cultural research will benefits the development of
science, especially science of culture itself. It is crucial to publish
openly various information that is generated from the cultural
heritage research. Only by doing this will research outcomes can be
transformed into local knowledge. Local knowledge is a good
education material. The local knowledge is also important for the
community to introduce their culture. When community aware of
the science of cultural heritage, they will take it proudly and give it
values as cultural identities. Thus, preservation effort can be done
easier.
3.2 Economics
Tourism as one of the national program should be able to be
developed in such a way that it is expected to provide economic
benefits for the regional community. It can has a big impact for the
people of Indonesia. Cultural heritage site could also become a
tourism destination because cultural heritage and cultural identity
are sources of tourism wealth, so that national and international
community should also contribute to its preservation (Picard, 2006).
Tourism industry would increase the income of local communities,
the more tourist destinations, the more labor is needed.
However, the community must not automatically benefitted
economically by making cultural heritage as a tourist destination
considering the site can always be owned by investors. Thus,
various aspects of regulation is needed to be developed such as
rules of site ownership, rules that enabled the opportunity of local
labor to be opened widely, as well as rules to increase awareness of
cultural identity. In other words, again, local knowledge should be
maintained to decrease the economic leakage (Pitana, 2006). If this
condition cannot be meet, then it is more likely that the local
community will closer to the state of endangering the cultural
heritage site other than preserving it.
The concept of cultural heritage preservation is certainly in
line with the concept of sustainable tourism. It is defined as all
forms of development, management and tourism activities that
maintain the environmental, social, economic and livelihood
integrity of the existing natural and cultural resources for long
periods of time (Arida, 2009).
It is also recommended that in cultural heritage site tourists
should be provided with the information on link of the past culture
with the contemporary culture as comprehensive as possible.
Information provided should not only describes physical
information of a site but also should be able to describe the non-
physical aspects such as the time of shelter, way of life, religion,
art, social structure, etc by the way of communites activity around
it.
Community participation in tourism development is an
absolute necessity. Community do not have to always be centered
directly in the cultural heritage object, but it can appear as an
indirect support system that linked any other tourism potencies
with the cultural heritage site. It can be in the form of revitalization
of various behaviors on everyday life which associated with the
traditional culture. For example, Loyang Mendale site in Central
Aceh district is adjacent to Lake Lut Tawar and several hills. The
Loyang Mendale cultural heritage tourism package can be
combined with a diving tour program at Lake Lut Tawar, tracking
through the hills, plantation, communal camp, etc. The concept of
tourism here is to see two worlds, the world of „the past‟ and the
world of „today‟. Thus, tourists are invited to see the remnants of
the past culture, what has happened in the past, and how it
influences our life today.
3.3 Identity
Self identity is part of a character, color and self description
that belongs to each individual or group. Self identity is not only
physical but also non-physical. Past history determines the form of
identity attached to individuals or groups of people. Therefore, the
past history need to be explored so that one‟s identiy could become
clear.
Self identity can be explained as an accumulation of ideas and
values that have been formed over time. Self identity can also be
described as the ability to adapt to the environment. (Sedyawati,
1994). Self identity attains universal elements of physical form and
values. One of the universal values is the awareness of pluralism
and multiculturalism. This has something to do with the sense of
belonging. Even when society came from different communities
with different cultural background, but they still have the feeling of
unity as a nation because they share the same past history that is
connected to each other.
When we want the nation self identity to be positive, then the
community self identity should also be positive. It is because the
identity of the nation comes from the identity of the society. Given
that the identity always has something to do with the past, some
anthropologists claim that the identity of culture is very important
for a nation. If one cultural identity is being damaged or else,
disappears altogether, then it can be predicted the concerned nation
will suffer profound trauma.
The destruction of cultural identity leads to the disintegration
of the communitybecause they tend to lose direction. Thus, the
cultural self identity of every nation need to be maintained
(Sedyawati.1994). An important and very significant element of
cultural identity is the shared historical consciousness of ahow the
nation was brought together. Historical consciousness is the basic
source of identity, it brings back memories of cultural origins, of
events that have been experienced, and of a future altogether. If
historical memories are lost the cultural identity will disappear
(Portilla, 1990 in Sedyawati, 1994)
To create and strengthen national self identity, it is also
necessary to have historical knowledge which covers not only the
period of early inscription (Yupa, Kutai, etc) nor the colonial
period, but it also covers further back from the prehistoric period.
The prehistoric period is considered the beginning of the nation
self identity. In Indoneisa this can be started even from the period
of perundagian around 3000 years ago. It came in the form of
144
megalithic culture supported by social organization structure,
technology, art, and religion.
Cultural identity as a source of national identity is different in
many areas. As in North Sumatra, the culture certainly undergoes a
process from prehistoric culture to the present. It is also being
acculturated, but in some elements its values has not changed. For
example, it can be seen on the human role in everyday life of the
ancient people. While men hunting, ancient women, children and
elderly stayed in the hamlet. This example illustrates that in the
past, our ancestor has already knew the concept of respecting the
weaks. It is the kind of value we still have until now, we still can
see that today we let people do things according to their ability.
Another example is from the people of megalithic period, in which
they build the megalithic infrastructure together, know to us now as
the value of gotong royong.
4. CONCLUSIONS
References
Arida, S. N. (2009). Meretas Jalan Ekowisata Bali. Denpasar: Udayana
University Press.
Indoneisa, P. R. (2010). Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 11
Tahun 2010 Tentang Cagar Budaya. Jakarta: Negara Republik
Indonesia.
Kurnianingsih, A. (2008). Simulacra Bali, Ambiguitas Tradisionalisai
Orang Bali. Yogyakarta: Insist.
Picard, M. (2006). Bali Pariwisata Budaya dan Budaya Pariwisata. Jakarta:
Gramedia.
Pitana, I. G. (2006). Pariwista dan Kebudayaan: Antara Parasitisme dan
Mutualisme. Jakarta: Puslitbang Kepariwisataan.
Cultural heritage sites and its properties are associated to
certain ethnic people. The overall values that exist in cultural
heritage object are sacred, and contains moral as well as ethical
values. These values are the identity that can be collected and
disseminated in order to strengthen nation unity. It is more likely
that certain obstacles will be encountered in the process of
maintaining and implementing cultural heritage object, but the
publication and sharing of local knowledge will raise the sense of
belonging, thus the cultural heritage preservation can be done
easier.
Cross-regional management models are indispensable in
efforts to preserve the site include its reliance, strengthening
identity and enhance the unity aspect as well. In addition to that, in
maintaining management system of cultural heritage sites, its state
of the art should contain at least three main aspects such as;
science; economy; and identity.
Ritzer, G., & Goodman, D. J. (2004). Teori Sosiologi Modern. Jakarta:
Kencana.
Saifuddin, A. F. (2005). Antropologi Kontemporer: Suatu Pengantar Kritis
Mengenai Paradigma. Jakarta: Prenada Media.
Sedyawati, E. (1994). Arkeologi dan Jatidiri Bangsa. Jakarta: Puslir
Arkenas.
Soejono, R. (1993). Sejarah Nasional Indonesia I. Jakarta: Balai Pustaka.
Wiradnyana, K. (2011). Prasejarah Sumatera Bagian Utara dan
Kontribusinya pada Kebudayaan Kini. Jakarta: Yayasan Obor
Indonesia.
Wiradnyana, K. (2015). Paradigme Perubahan Evolus pada Budaya
Megalitik di Wilayah Budaya ias. Kapata Arkeologi, 87-96.
Wiradnyana, K., & Setiawan, T. (2011). Gayo Merangkai Identitas. Jakarta:
Yayasan Pustaka Obor Indonesia.
145
 Identification and Documentation of the Immovable Cultural
Heritage in Medan City, North Sumatra
Isnen Fitri1 2 Yahaya3
12
Department of Architecture, Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara
3
Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya

Abstract: Medan, a capital city of North Sumatra Province, has many the immovable cultural heritage (the ICH), especially for the
architectural heritage. The discourse of cultural heritage conservation in Sumatra mainly in Medan had evolved since 1980‟s. A proper and
integrated documentation is part of the package for the initial step in conservation work to identify, ensure, and understand the cultural asset
toward policymaking to protect and conserve the heritage. This paper intends to identify the immovable cultural heritage of Medan as well
as to classify it into several types and functions through field survey and compilation of previous inventories accomplished by other
scholars and organisations. It is concluded that the immovable heritage in Medan dominated by buildings (97%) belong to the people or
private (96%), and only 4% are governmental assets. More than 60% the historical asset in Medan was established 1916-1940, and today
their condition seems under threat since just 10% is protected and listed by the law. Almost fifty percent of them are showing sign of
deterioration, and five percent is in danger of disappearance. Also, it was found that a significant numbers of the abandoned building.

Keywords: Immovable Cultural Heritage, Documentation, Identification, Medan City

1. INTRODUCTION explanatory notes (Yahaya, 2006). Therefore, proper

1
Documentation or inventory is the initial step in heritage
conservation (AICOMOS, 1979). Referring to conservation
process diagram within Burra Charter, understanding the
significance of historic asset is unable to proceed without gathering
and recording its information. Furthermore, creating a record of the
cultural heritage asset is part of the process of establishing its
significance and of managing the care and protection of the
heritage. Therefore, this study began with a field survey to record
the historic asset in the study area. According to the Principles For
The Recording of the cultural heritage published by ICOMOS
(October 1996), there are specific benefits why the documentation
of cultural heritage is important to be conducted as the following;
acquiring knowledge to advance the understanding of cultural
heritage, its values and its evolution, promoting the interest and
participation of the people in the preservation of the heritage
through the dissemination of recorded information, permitting
informed management and control of construction works and of all
change to the cultural heritage, ensuring that the maintenance and
conservation of the heritage is sensitive to its physical form, its
materials, construction, and historical and cultural significance.
Most heritage experts asserted the essential of inventory and
documentation for a conservation project, as the argument of Rand
Eppich et al. (2007) “documenting of cultural heritage is a critical
component of the conservation planning process which can provide
a long-term foundation for the maintenance, management, and
monitoring of a site”. In a similar vein, ICOMOS (October 1996)
emphasised that recording or documentation of cultural heritage is
the best way to get an understanding of its significance; therefore,
it is essential to acquire knowledge gaining an advanced
understanding of its values and evolution. Indeed, inventory has
long been discussed since 1931 as mentioned in Athen Charter
[Article VII (c)] on the value of international documentation,
where each country or the institutions are recommended to
establish an inventory of ancient monuments, with photographs and
——————————————————————————————
1 PhD Candidate, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya,
Medan, Indonesia; Email: isnen_ftr@yahoo.com
2 Lecturer, Department of Architecture, University of Sumatera
Utara, Medan, Indonesia; Email: isnen@usu.ac.id
3 Professor, Faculty of Built Environment, University of Malaya,
Medan, Indonesia; Email: yahaya@um.edu.my
documentation and significance assessment is part of the package
for the initial step in conservation work to identify, ensure, and
understand the cultural asset that will be passed on to future
generations.
Indeed, the discourse of cultural heritage conservation in
Sumatra mainly in Medan had evolved since 1980's. In 1988, the
local government published Regulation No.6 on the conservation
of historic buildings and environment. Lack of legislation,
guidelines, and politics will have caused many cultural heritages in
Medan demolished although they are listed to be protected under
the Local Regulation (Tarekat, 2002). This inventory was to
obtain an overview of characteristics of cultural heritage in Medan
with more concerned to immovable cultural heritage due to the
absence of inventory of cultural heritages in Medan. Therefore, this
paper intends to identify the immovable cultural heritage of Medan
as well as to classify it into several types and functions through
field survey and compilation of previous inventories accomplished
by other scholars and organisations. Previously, Badan Warisan
Sumatra (Sumatra Heritage Trust) collaborated with the Modern
Architecture Network and the University of Tokyo to conduct the
inventory of Medan‟s immovable cultural heritage in 2003.
Meanwhile, before this inventory, Ellisa carried out the inventory
of historic building in 1996. For the study, the first field survey of
documentation of historic building in Medan was carried out from
January to February 2010 and updated later in April 2012, 2014,
and 2015. These inventories became the baseline to update it
appropriately to the current situation. The first field survey in 2010
took two months involving 15 students of USU with financial
support from the IPPP UM. Later, in 2012, the second field survey
updated and completed the previous inventory with the funding of
a research grant from The Indonesian Directorate of Higher
Education (DIKTI). Again, by a research grant from The
Indonesian Directorate of Higher Education (DIKTI), the inventory
was updated in 2014 and 2015. The secondary sources of heritages
in Medan are many obtained through the internet. The invaluable
information that is available through the internet is provided by the
website of KITLV/Royal Netherlands Institute which today is
included within the site of Leiden University. It was found that
quite many historic assets were demolished from 2010 to 2015. It
apparently shows that the cultural heritages in Medan were under
the threat of extinction.

146
 2. DISCUSSION
2.1.Historical Brief of Medan
The surplus of plantation production at the end of the
nineteenth century is the primary motivation of the initial
establishment of Medan as the city. Beginning with the
transformation of natural wilderness in large numbers into tobacco
plantation area, Labuhan Deli the old centre was started to leave,
and Medan was started to expand from a small village into a free
city dominated by male societies (Thee, 1969). Therefore, „the
basis for Medan's development was the result of the large-scale
plantation industry in the east coast of Sumatra from eighteen
sixteen on (Buiskol, 2004).
The embryo of Medan city was started to be recognisable
when the transportation of plantation economy had been developed
by the establishment of DSM Railway Company. The central city
had become connected with the villages by the main roads built at
the same times. By the end of colonial aged, the influence of urban
design based on the main road was apparent. The city had been
rapidly developed. The elongated from that developed along the
railway had been superseded by a form that is much closer to a
circle or square, with a ray spreading in a different direction along
the river, railway and the highway (Ellisa, 1996).
In 1915, the Keresidenan Sumatra Timur (East Sumatra
Residency) enhanced its status to be Gubernemen (Provincial
level). In 1918 the city of Medan officially became Gemeente
(Municipal level) with Baron Daniel Mac Kay as the Mayor. Based
on the "Acte van Schenking" (Grant Deed) No. 97 Notary J.M. de-
Hondt Junior, dated on November 30, 1918, the Sultan of Deli
handed over the land to the Medan Gemeente, thus officially
becoming the region under the direct rule of the Dutch East Indies.
In the early days of this township, Medan still consists of four
villages, namely Kampung Merdeka-Kesawan Historic Area,
Kampung Sungai Rengas, Kampung Petisah Hulu and Kampung
Petisah Hilir (Thaib, 1959). Meanwhile, villages like Kota
Matsum, Gelugur, Sungai Rengas, Medan Baru, Sungai Kerah,
Sukaramai and others remain under Deli Sultanate territory.
During the colonial age, the city pattern had been
characterised by the pattern of ethnic settlements, whereas each
community still maintained the traditional and social relationships
as well as the activities of the homeland. Every group ethnic had to
reside in separate quarters which caused a cut-out division into
European, Chinese, Malay and Indian quarter. While the Deli
Sultan had his palace in the Kota Matsum or Sultans village, the
southern part of the town, that mostly resided by the Malay as well
as the Minangkabau (Buiskool, 2004). Then, the Indian area or
'Kampong Madras', where till today still people of Indian descents
together with the Chinese, reside this area.
Based on the data compilation the zone of the historic district
of Medan as follows:
A. Historical Core Zone divided into several segments:
1. Esplanade (Merdeka Square)
As downtown area with square in the centre surrounded by
beautiful office buildings. It remains 12 units of most
recognised historic properties in Medan.
2. Kesawan Historic Area
Initially developed for central business district with various
typical shophouses along the narrow roads.
3. Pemuda
Develop for mix used area where office, religious facility and
residential. The first Catholic church, AVROS office and
Nilmij Office are landmarked of this area.
4. Deli Sultanate
Formerly this area belongs to The Sultan Deli, consisted the
Sultan's Palace, Sultan's Mosque, and the royal park and
residential area (Kota Maksum) provided for the nobles
families of sultanate.
5. Polonia Lama (Benteng)
Formerly it used for military facilities, in the early 1900's
developed based on garden city concepts. Lately, it is known as
area for administrative office area with a square in the centre.
6. Serdang
Formerly it is known as early industrial area and residential for
higher personnel for railway company, now developed as
business district, Mainly utilised for medical facilities
supporting the industrial plantation developed by Deli
Maatschappij Company during Dutch Era.
7. Chinese Town
Initial Commercial Area subdivided into commercial plots
densely by shop houses, narrow roads, mainly inhabited by the
Chinese.
8. Kampung Keling
Formerly known as residential and business district for Indian
Community with Hindu;s Temple as landmark. Now is taken
up mainly by Chinese.
9. Petisah
Formerly known as part of Hamparan Perak; one of Deli
Sultanate area. Lately, it develops as mix use area with its
landmark, Pajak Bundar. Unfortunately, the Pajak Bundar was
demolished in 1980‟s.
10. Kampung Baru
Initially, this area was developed as rubber research plantation
headquarters. Today, it becomes a research centre for palm oil
plantation.
11. New Polonia
European Residential Area was designed based on the garden
city concept in the 1930‟s.
12. Sambu (Pasar Sentral)
A new commercial area that was developed in the 1930s as
central market of Medan Municipality called Pasar Sentral.
13. Medan Baru
Formerly known as residential area from middle-class Dutch
and the Indo (Indonesian-Dutch), now developed as business
area
14. Teladan
Previously the area was developed for sports facility of the
municipal in 1950's, Teladan Stadium as a landmark.
B. Gelugur Zone, known as Medan power station gas work and
provisional quarters and quarantine barrack for coolies of
plantation divided into two heritage areas: Medan Power
Station, Provisional Quarter
C. Pulo Brayan Zone, known as industrial and residential for
native and European employee of railway company, divided
into two heritage areas: station area and housing complex area
D. Labuhan Zone, known as early harbour and town of Medan
where Deli Sultanate governed the area divided into three
heritage areas: Shopping Market, Kampung Besar, Kota Cina
and Paya Pasir
E. Belawan Zone, known as modern port in eastern coast of
Sumatra divided into three heritage areas: Railway Station,
Commercial Area and Port, and Housing Area
Based on the documentation of cultural heritages of Medan in
2010, 2012, 2014, and 2015, it found approximately 1231
immovable heritage of Medan as shown in Table 1.
147
 Table 1: The inventory of the ICH in Medan
Category of Heritage
Zone Segment Total
Structure Area Building Park Site
Historic 1. Merdeka 1 0 11 1 0 13
Core (A)
2. Kesawan 0 1 164 0 0 165
3. Pemuda 2 0 12 0 0 14
4. Kesultanan Deli 2 1 46 1 0 50
5. Polonia Lama 0 0 25 2 0 27
6 Serdang 0 1 74 1 0 76
7 Chinese 0 1 342 0 0 343
Town Figure 2: The proportion of heritage category for the ICH
8 Kampung Kling 1 1 20 0 0 22 in Medan
9 Kampung Baru 0 1 16 0 0 17
10 Petisah 1 0 35 0 0 36 2.3 The ownership of the historic assets in Medan
11 Polonia Baru 0 1 118 1 0 120
12 Pasar Sentral 0 0 106 0 0 106 Accordingly, mostly historic assets in Medan are belonged to
13 Medan Baru 0 1 17 0 0 18 the people or private (96%), and only 4% of the historic properties
belongs to Government whether they are Medan Municipal
14 Teladan 0 1 7 0 0 8
Government or North Sumatra Provincial Government. It means
1. Medan power 0 0 24 0 0 24
Glugur (B) station that for success conservation program in the future, the government
2. Provisional 1 1 0 0 0 2 should involve the owner and manager who maintained the historic
Quarters properties
Pulo 1. Station 0 0 5 0 0 5
Brayan
(C)
2. Housing 1 1 17 0 0 19
Complex
Labuhan 1. Pekan Labuhan 1 1 56 0 0 58
(D)
2. Kampung Besar 0 0 5 0 0 5
3. Kota Cina Site 0 0 0 0 2 2
Belawan 1. Commercial and 1 1 72 0 0 74
(E) Port Area
2. Housing Area 0 0 27 0 0 27
Total 11 13 1199 6 2 1231

Figure 3:The Ownership of the ICH in Medan

2.2. Heritage Category

As mentioned in the previous chapter, the category of heritage

includes buildings, structures, historic areas, park and site. The
category of the park is not described in the Indonesia Law No.11
year 2010. Usually, this category is included in the category of
structure. In the study, park is categorised as one category since it
does not type of park established naturally but it is more to a built
park. The category of area is similar to a definition of a precinct. It
is seen in figure 1 which the immovable cultural heritages in
Medan is dominated by buildings (97%).

Figure 4. The percentage of ownership of the ICH in Medan

2.4. State of Preservation

In 1988, the local government issued a listing of historic

Figure 1:The types of the ICH in Medan
buildings that should be conserved. However, until today, there is
no policies and operational guideline how to conserve the listed
buildings. Therefore, from 1988, it seems that has no significant
effort made by the local government to maintain the historical
assets in Medan. Even quite many historic assets belonged to
148
Medan Municipal government has been abandoned and demolished
after listing in Local Regulation No.8 year 1988. Fortunately, the
efforts were made individually by the owners and the managers of
the historic building mainly for the building belonged to the
plantation companies, the religious institutions, the private banks.
Mostly the buildings that are maintained by them remain in good
conditions.

Figure 8: The percentage of Legal Protection for the ICH in

Medan

2.6. The Year of Construction

More than 60% the historic asset in Medan was established

Figure 5: The State of Preservation of the ICH in Medan
1916-1940. By investigating the growth of Medan city, it can be
concluded that many building and facilities were constructed after
Medan city officially became Gemeente (as the level of
Municipality) in 1918 by the Dutch East Indies Government. The
historic assets constructed before 1890 are mostly found in
Labuhan area that was formerly as the centre of the Deli Sultanate
Kingdom and tobacco plantation. There are many shophouses
which are assumed as the earlier type along the East Coast of
Sumatra remained in this area.

Figure 6: The percentage of state of preservation for the ICH

in Medan

2.5. Legal Protection

The legal protection of the immovable heritage in Medan

comprises of three hierarchies: national, provincial and local. But,
at the provincial level, there is no heritage listing protected by the
provincial/regional regulation, based on this fact, the heritage Figure 9: The range of the year’s construction of the ICH in
properties in Medan are only protected by national and local Medan
regulation..

Figure 7: The number of the ICH in Medan protected by Law Figure 10: The percentage of construction dates of the
immovable heritage in Medan

149
2.7. The Current Use
This analysis is only for the category of building. Quite many
historic buildings had converted from residential to commercial
and office in parallel to development in Medan. Therefore, the
proportion of the current use between using for residential and
commercial is not so much different. However, the most the
immovable heritage in Medan was now still used for commercial
purposes. Another is functioned as office (government's office and
private), school, religious building (mosque, church, Buddhist and
Hindu temple), and public facilities such as hospital, clinic, and
sports hall. It is noted that there are significant numbers of the
abandoned building. The local government has to make an effort to
reuse the abandoned buildings together with the owners
cooperating to the local heritage consultant and private sectors.
Figure 11: The range of current uses of the ICH in Medan
Figure 12: The percentage for the current uses of Medan‘s
immovable cultural heritage
CONCLUSIONS
Medan has many the immovable cultural heritage that remained
until today. Since Medan is categorised as urban, therefore, its
immovable cultural heritage is dominated by the buildings which
mostly unprotected by Law. Based on this inventory, most of the
historic properties in Medan are belonged to private. Therefore, for
better heritage conservation effort shortly, the Municipality
Government of Medan should involve the local community and
private sector by establishing the Public-Private Partnerships
programme. Also, it was found that the number of abandon
buildings in Medan is quite a significance, perhaps the number
continues to increase so that it is necessary to plan how to reuse the
buildings. The information of heritage provided by this inventory is
limited. Therefore, it should be followed up by the further
investigation especially for the particular immovable heritage
which is recommended in the report.
References
AICOMOS. (1979). Burra Charter. ICOMOS, Australia (Revised in 1999).
Blake, J. (2000). On Defining the Cultural Heritage. The International and
Comparative Law Quarterly, Vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 61-85.
Buiskool, A. D. (2004), Medan; A plantation city on the east coast of
Sumatra 1870-1942 (Planters, the Sultan, Chinese and the Indian).
The 1st International Conference On Urban History, Surabaya.
Ellisa, E & Kunihiro, N. (1996) Inventory of Historical Buildings in the
central Area of Medan, Sumatra, Indonesia, Osaka, Department of
Environmental Engineering Environmental Planning Laboratory
Osaka University.
ICOMOS. (October 1996). Principles For The Recording Of Monuments,
Groups Of Buildings And Sites. The 11th ICOMOS General Assembly
in Sofia.
Jokilehto, J. (1999). A Century of Heritage Conservation. Journal of
Architectural Conservation, 5:3, 14-33.
Jokilehto, J. (1986). A History of Architectural Conservation. (PhD Thesis),
University of York, York, pp.36-39
Meurs, P. (2007). A charter for each intervention: from generic to specific
guidelines. City & Time, 3 (Preservation & Author(s): Pamela
JeromeSource: APT Bulletin):4, p.53-60.
Pemerintah Republik Indonesia. (2010). Undang-Undang Cagar Budaya
No.11 Tahun 2010.
Pereira, H. N. (2007). Contemporary trends in conservation: culturalization,
significance and sustainability. City & Time, 3 (Preservation &
Author(s): Pamela JeromeSource: APT Bulletin): 2, p.15-25.
Prott, L. V., & O'Keef, P. J. (1992). 'Cultural Heritage' or 'Cultural
Property'? International Journal of Cultural Property, Vol.1 (No.02),
pp 307-320.
Rand Eppich, & Amel Chabbi. (2007). Recording, Documentation, and
Information Management for the Conservation of Heritage Places.
llustrated examples. Los Angeles, CA: The Getty Conservation
Institute.
Thaib, R. E. A. (1959). 50 Tahun Kotapraja Medan. Medan: Djawatan
Penerangan Kotapraja I.
Tanudirjo, D. A. (1995). Theoretical Trends in Indonesian Archaeology. In
P. J. Uck (Ed.), Theory in Archaeology: A World Perspective.
London: Routledge, pp.63
Tanudirjo, D. A. (2003). Warisan Budaya Untuk Semua: Arah Kebijakan
Pengelola Warisan Budaya Indonesia Di Masa Mendatang. Paper
presented at the Kongres Kebudayaan V, Bukittinggi.
Tanudirjo, D. A. (2010). Undang-undang Cagar Budaya 2010 dalam
perspektif arkeologi Paper presented at the Diskusi Pembahasan
Undang-Undang tentang Cagar Budaya, Bogem, Kalasan, Sleman, DI
Yogyakarta.
Tarekat, H. (2002). Kajian Mengenai Efektivitas Peraturan Daerah No. 6
Tahun 1988 : Perlindungan Bangunan Bersejarah Dalam Upaya
Pelestarian Bangunan Bersejarah di Kota Medan. Master Master
Thesis, University of Sumatera Utara.
Thee, K. W. (1969). Plantation agriculture and export growth: an
economic history of East Sumatra, 1863-1942. PhD Thesis,
University of Wisconsin.
UNESCO. (1972). Convention Concerning the Protection of the World
Cultural and Natural Heritage.
Yahaya, A. (2006). The Scope and Definitions of Heritage: From Tangible
to Intangible International Journal of Heritage Studies, 12
(Preservation & Author(s): Pamela JeromeSource: APT Bulletin),
pp.292-300.
Zancheti, S. M., Hidaka, L. T. F., Ribeiro, C., & Aguiar, B. (2009).
Judgement And Validation In The Burra Charter Process: Introducing
Feedback In Assessing The Cultural Significance Of Heritage Sites.
City & Time (2): 5 47-53.
150
 PART 2
2016 Research Paper
 Policy Analysis of Incentive and Disincentive for Heritage
Building Preservation in Medan City
Benny Iskandar1
University of Pembangunan Pancabudi

Abstract: Efforts to preserve heritage buildings in Cities as large as the Medan had to be supported by a systematic, rational and
integrated policy. Problems of damages to buildings and the destruction of cultural heritage buildings is correlated with the absence of good
policy and concern citizens. On the other hand, the owner or manager of the heritage buildings has the burden of maintenance and operation
of buildings that were growing along with the increasing value of the land's price and the ageing life of the building. Incentives and
disincentives is a conservation tool that has not been used as a component of the preservation of heritage buildings yet so that the policy
needs to be reviewed by the city government. Various theories preservation and regulation of cultural heritage, buildings, spatial planning,
taxes and levies, rules of the permit, and partnership schemes in financing the maintenance of the building have accommodated the
application of the incentives and disincentives method. Theory and the regulation should be reviewed about the alternative pattern most
likely to help the problems experienced by the community owner or user of heritage buildings. The results of this study are expected to be
addressed by improving the quality of preservation of cultural heritage in Medan and other cities.

Keywords: Incentive and disincentive, heritage building policy analysis, Medan city heritage

1. INTRODUCTION

Simply put, the preservation connote as an act or series of activities
carried out on an object or group of objects, either manmade or
natural, to extend the life and maintain the physical condition of
the object so that the existence and benefits can be felt by the
owner or the local community in a sustainable manner. The terms
of preservation, conservation, restoration, meant as an attempt to
maintain the shape or condition of an artefact building or
neighbourhood as the original, with no major changes (Nasruddin,
2001: 17). Preservation is a term used in an attempt to maintain the
shape of the building or the environment by associating certain
values in the past. Activities that initially only emphasises the
values of artistic heritage, and then developed the economical use
in the 1970s, and eventually lead toward environmental
management in the 1980s (Cain, 1981; 1983: Attoe, 1988 and
Fitch,1998).
At first, conservation is conservation that is the preservation
of objects, monuments and historical preservation or commonly
called (Pontoh, 1992: 36). Preservation own intention is to attempt
to maintain and preserve the monuments, buildings or existing
environmental condition by preventing the occurrence of the
damage. While the actual conservation is also a preservation effort,
but by taking into account the benefits of the use of a place to
provide a forum for the same activities or entirely new, so it can
afford its existence (Danisworo, 1991: 56-47). Also, James
Marston Fitch (1982: 84) revealed that preservation is "An attempt
to maintain artefact in the same physical condition as received by
the custodial agent. No addition or subtraction of its esthetic value
..... ".
An understanding of preservation above that element of self-
financing capabilities by a heritage building or the building owner
the ability to greatly influence the success of preservation. By the
age of cultural heritage buildings are over 50 years old and getting
older in the future, then the maintenance and operational costs of
heritage buildings will be even greater. It is necessary for the
preservation of the funding mechanism through the provision of
incentives or compensation.
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Unversity of Pembangunan Panca Budi; Email:
bennymarwan@yahoo.com
UU No. 11 the year 2010 on the Cultural Heritage and the UU
No. 28 the year 2002 on Building provides the possibility of
incentives or compensation mandate even in the preservation of
cultural heritage buildings. The incentive is supported in the form
of advocacy, assistance, or other forms of in-kind is to encourage
the preservation of the Cultural Heritage of the Government or
Local Government. Compensation is financial rewards and not
money from the Government or Local Government. The article of
22 states that any person in possession and control of the Cultural
Heritage entitled to receive compensation if it has been doing his
duty to protect the Cultural Heritage.
The world's major cities have developed their cities into cities
that uphold the social and cultural values, and the historical district
enjoys tremendous economic benefits from that attitude.
Development in the old part of town and historic carried out in
harmony and equitable development of the ultra modern district.
The regulation was created in such a way that the owner/user
buildings / historic district is not harmed even benefit economically
from conservation efforts undertaken. Neighboring countries such
as Malaysia and Singapore have done well. Singapore has won the
economic benefits of the revitalisation of Bugis Junction, Little
India, Kampong Glam, China Town and many other urban areas by
marrying the preservation of historic buildings with economic
activities and social and cultural life is unique.
The problems that arise are Medan city just have regulations that
are "limiting" and protect the existence of buildings / historic
district through the local legislation of Medan No. 6 the year 1988
on Building and Environment Preservation of historical value
Antiquities Architecture and Urban Greening in the final
implementation of Medan Medan Mayor stipulated in Decree No.
188 342/3017/SK/2000 dated September 19, 2000. Also, the
Regional Regulation 2 of 2012 on Building Preservation and
Environmental Heritage or who have some problems and yet have
implementing regulations. This regulation is a disincentive and
protective in protecting the historical district. It turned out that the
development of a protective treatment can not be effective against
the economic power of the region, and the development of social
culture that also needed a strategy and regulation was
INCENTIVES. This policy will give a strategy of how to balance
the obligations of the owner / user on historical assets of their
property in the historical district with the rights and benefits if
participating actively in supporting the preservation of the assets in
question.

151
2. POLICY ISSUES AND PRESERVATION IN
MEDAN
2.1 Condition of Heritage Building Preservation
Over the past 20 years, so many buildings in Medan is categorized
as cultural heritage objects that have been damaged or destroyed.
In addition to the lack of understanding citizens and city
government officials about the importance of protection and
preservation of the cultural heritage of the building, other factors
cause of the extinction of heritage buildings is because they have
not been determined by the relevant law as a protected building.
Meanwhile, there has been UU No. 5 the year 1992 on
heritage objects that have been converted into Law No. 11 of 2010
on the Cultural Heritage that actually give legal force sufficient for
the protection of heritage buildings in the city of Medan, since
1992 has many old buildings were destroyed by the private sector
and / or other party in consideration of these buildings do not fit in
the list mentioned by Mayors Medan No. 188 342/3017 / SK /
2000. On the other hand, these conditions also occur because of
lack of agreement parties (stakeholders) regarding a definition of
historic building, if only from the aspect of history, or merely
architectural, or other mutually agreed standards.
On the other hand, quite some heritage buildings that have
been determined to be protected by regulation no. 6 the year 1988
and Mayors Medan No. 188 342/3017 / SK / 2000 that has been
destroyed. Since 1988, the field has lost Indigenous Deli building
density, building South East Asia Bank and the Office of Public
Works on the Road North Sumatra Electrical and Building in Jalan
Hindu. Physical characteristics of the building are solid with
historical values on the left and right of Jalan Ahmad Yani, or Jalan
Kesawan has much to be losing its character due to the addition of
the floor and change the face or facade of the building that does not
preserve the characteristics of his past.
Meanwhile, the condition of cultural heritage buildings are
still standing and are scattered in various parts of the city of Medan
do not get better over time. Even many who have been increasingly
porous and looks shabby with age and become victims of
ignorance owners. Heritage buildings and their environment are
left stranded without any maintenance effort from the owners and
the government so it would worsen the face of Medan.
There is little historical building that looks attractive and well-
maintained. They are buildings owned or used by state-owned
enterprises and large private companies that have sufficient funds
for their maintenance, such as the Post Office, Bank Indonesia,
Bank Mandiri building and building London Sumatra in Merdeka
Square neighbourhood, RISVA Office Building on Jl. Brigjend
Katamso, and so forth.
However, appreciation for the preservation of this has not
been accompanied by a policy of incentives although at times this
past year has made some efforts to accommodate the interests of
the preservation of such adjustments architecture of the new
buildings or renovations around Kesawan, the concept of
revitalization of City Hall in the development of The City Hall
Town Square , maintaining the building houses villa in Jl.
Diponegoro and other efforts. It is not effective if it is not followed
by policy incentives and consistency of enforcement, and begins
with the provision of a comprehensive local regulations concerning
the preservation of cultural heritage buildings; including the
incentive aspect and disincentive aspect.
2.2 Incentive Needs for Building Owner
Results of a study conducted in 2006 the city government
conducted through questionnaires and interviews to owners of
historic buildings can be seen that all owners of historic buildings
pointed to funding problems as a major issue in their efforts to
preserve historical buildings occupied or used. They also expressed
the hope that the government helps the care and preservation of
historic buildings belonging to them or at least that the government
wants with policies that can alleviate the economic burden they
feel in their efforts to maintain and care for historic buildings
belong to them.
The citizens also revealed that the decision to sell the historic
building theirs is the final decision which must be taken because
they are faced with the inability to maintain and inability to pay
land tax (PBB) and other levies.
The study also found an appearance of a crisis of confidence
of citizens owners of historic buildings to the Medan City
Government deemed not concerned with difficulties in funding and
technical constraints faced by the community in maintaining and
protecting historic buildings hers. Also, there is the wrong
perception among the public about the degree or limit local
government participation in conservation activities. There are
several owners of heritage buildings, especially those that home
stay, like some house owners Malays who feel concern that the
involvement of local governments further in this field would
interfere with or disrupt the right of ownership and management
that they have now. They feel the threat on the future ownership of
the property if the government intervenes in the activities of the
protection and preservation of their heritage buildingsniliknya,
primarily if the government to provide incentives or other forms of
aid because it is such a mechanism would work just for the
administration to take over their holdings.
2.3 Potential Incentive Regulatory
The principle in the legal basis the provision of incentives for
conservation in Indonesia is in the article 87, paragraph 5 of the
Government Regulation (PP) No. 36 The year 2005 about
Implementation Regulations of UU no. 28 the year 2002 About
Building. The verse says that every building and the environment is
set to be protected and preserved, the owner can obtain incentives
from the Government (central government) and the local
government. Explanation of the verse mentions that the incentives
can be in the form of services, maintenance, periodic inspection,
compensation management of buildings, and other incentives based
on the legislation. Incentives help services, maintenance, and
periodic inspection is given for buildings that are not used
commercially, such as residential or museum.
Incentives in the form of compensation are given for buildings
that are used commercially as a hotel or tourist facilities (souvenir
shop). Opportunities acceptance of incentives in the form of
another by building owners who categorized protected and
preserved illustrated by the explanation of paragraph 1 of the
article 83, which says that the "anticipation of the possible failure
of the building because of the age of the building, fire, natural
disasters and/or riot among others through insurance programs, and
this may be part of a government incentive program and/or the
local government to the owner of the building ".
Explanations on the article 84 paragraph 7 of Government
Regulation no. 36 the year 2005 states that regarding building
owners objected to the proposed protection/preservation on
buildings owned, government, local government, and society
strives to provide the best solutions for building owners concerned,
152
for example by providing incentives or buying buildings with
prices reasonable. Another is the legal basis of the Act (Undang-
Undang) No. 11 The year 2010 Chapter IV Granting
Compensation, Incentives and Disincentives. The article 28
mentions that District / Municipal Government, the provincial
government of Jakarta, or the Minister for buildings of cultural
heritage with special functions to provide compensation, incentives
and/or disincentives to the owner, user and/or managers of
buildings of cultural heritage is preserved. Remuneration,
incentives and/or disincentives to encourage conservation efforts
carried out by the owner, user and/or managers of buildings of
cultural heritage is preserved. Incentives for Heritage can be given
in the form of:
a) advocacy in the form of the award, in the form of certificates,
plaques, awards mark, promotion and/or publicity;
b) perbantuan in the form of support for the provision of facilities
and infrastructure, including improving the quality of the
physical environment; and/or technical support and/or expertise
include assistance in the form of technical advice, expert help
and assistance of competent service providers in the field of
building construction; and
c) other aid is in-kind in the form of tax relief Earth Building
(PBB) which can be given to the owners and/or managers of
buildings of cultural heritage after the conservation measures in
accordance with the provisions of the legislation, lightening
levies building permit and relief services, the ease of building
permit , additional building floor coefficient (KLB); and/or
Building Coverage Ratio (KDB).
Another incentive to do is facilitating conservation
partnerships with the private sector as another form of Public
Private Partnership in the form of land use and building as
promotional products, rental of land or buildings to the network
infrastructure, joint use of heritage buildings and others.
2.3 Potential Incentive Regulatory
The principle in the legal basis the provision of incentives for
conservation in Indonesia is The article 87, paragraph 5 of the
Government Regulation no. 36 the year 2005 concerning the
Implementation Regulations of UU no. 28 the year 2002 on
Building. The verse says that every building and/or the
environment is set to be protected and preserved, the owner can
obtain incentives from the Government (central government) and/
or the local government. Explanation of the verse mentions that the
incentives can be in the form of services, maintenance, periodic
inspection, compensation management of buildings, and/or other
incentives based on the legislation. Incentives help services,
maintenance, and/or periodic inspection is given for buildings that
are not used commercially, such as residential or museum.
Incentives in the form of compensation are given for buildings
that are used commercially as a hotel or tourist facilities (souvenir
shop). Opportunities acceptance of incentives in the form of
another by building owners who categorized protected and
preserved illustrated by the explanation of paragraph 1 of the
article 83, which says that the "anticipation of the possible failure
of the building because of the age of the building, fire, natural
disasters and/or riot among others through insurance programs, and
this may be part of a government incentive program and/or the
local government to the owner of the building ".
Explanations on paragraph 7 of Article 84 of Government
Regulation no. 36 the year 2005 states that regarding building
owners objected to the proposed protection/preservation on
buildings owned, government, local government, and society
strives to provide the best solutions for building owners concerned,
for example by providing incentives or buying buildings with
prices reasonable.
Another is the legal basis of the Act No. 11 The year 2010
Chapter IV Granting Compensation, Incentives and Disincentives.
The article 28 mentions District / Municipal Government, the
provincial government of Jakarta or the Minister for buildings of
cultural heritage with special functions to provide compensation,
incentives and/or disincentives to the owner, user and/or managers
of buildings of cultural heritage is preserved. Remuneration,
incentives and/or disincentives to encourage conservation efforts
carried out by the owner, user and/or managers of buildings of
cultural heritage is preserved.
Incentives for Heritage can be given in the form of:
a. advocacy in the form of the award, in the form of certificates,
plaques, awards mark, promotion and/or publicity;
b. In the form of support for the provision of facilities and
infrastructure, including improving the quality of the physical
environment; and/or technical support and /or expertise include
assistance in the form of technical advice, expert help and
assistance of competent service providers in the field of
building construction; and
c. Other aid is in-kind in the form of tax relief Earth Building
(PBB) which can be given to the owners and / or managers of
buildings of cultural heritage after the conservation measures in
accordance with the provisions of the legislation, lightening
levies building permit and relief services, the ease of building
permit , additional building floor coefficient (KLB); and/or
additional Building Coverage Ratio/Coefficient (KDB).
Another incentive to do is facilitating conservation
partnerships with the private sector as another form of Public
Private Partnership in the form of land use and building as
promotional products, rental of land or buildings to the network
infrastructure, joint use of heritage buildings and others.
2.4 Preservation Problems
The problem that arises is the heritage building and the historical
district both in quantity and quality decreases because the pressure
of economic value and direction of physical development are not
mature over an area/building. The building and the area tend to
physically change into a building/area over short-term economic
value. Higher land values while building value / historic district of
dwindling due to the depreciation of the economic value of the
insistence of the greater cause. In fact, the view from only one side
and the short term, and only beneficial for certain groups. Actually,
from another point of view that has been recognized by various
parts of the world, building/area protected historic in a city would
have a considerable economic potential is high in the long term nor
short, both for the value of the region's economic and
environmental as well as economic value arising from activities
tourism, if there are policies that support development. Rated
district / historical buildings can also be rated much higher than the
economic value of land and buildings alone when we review the
historical value.Declining quality of the building and its historic
neighbourhoods and its preservation in the city of Medan received
threats from a variety of factors. These factors are part of the
dynamic development of the system and the function of Medan as a
major city, including demographic or population growth,
uncontrolled urbanisation, an increase in the flow and volume of
motor vehicles in the historic district as well as the narrowing of
the motor vehicle parking area in the historical district, From an
economic view, the value of land or land where the establishment
of historic buildings have become much higher than the historic
building itself, let alone that has been damaged is not maintained,
153
so as to encourage the intervention to replace old buildings with
new buildings, regardless of the content of historical and cultural
value which exists. This is a very strong place in developing
countries, especially in Indonesia, which is still in the category of
developing countries where the short-term economic interests is a
pragmatic choice for the parties the development community. Such
conditions not only occur on the conservation of buildings /
historic district, but also in the joints of national life such as forest
conservation, conservation and marine natural result, the
conservation of protected areas and mining.
Socio-cultural factors, such as lack of understanding and
awareness of building owners about the importance of
preservation, weak law enforcement by relevant government
authorities and the lack of government policies related cities that
protect the existence of these historic buildings. On the other hand,
standards and lifestyle changes, the size of the family, how to work
and production, and the changes brought by technology such as
motor vehicles, televisions, refrigerators, and other changes
causinmenyebabkang their new needs in the present era. This
situation is one reason the destruction of historic buildings to be
replaced with new buildings according to the owner or occupant is
more feasible and accommodating.
Economic issues also colour the challenges in the
conservation effort put forward by the building owner is always
associated with the perceived economic burden convolute them if
the building is to be maintained. The owner of the building feel the
economic burden comes from two aspects, the first aspect is the
maintenance and care of buildings that require no small cost. The
second aspect is the burden of payment of Earth Building Tax
(PBB) is quite high because generally, a historic building located in
the city's core value of the land is very high. It is becoming harder
for owners of historic buildings that the building does not generate
revenue because they do not serve the commercial but only serves
as a residence. For cases where the owners of capital or investor
role as the owner of the building, they are destroying the historic
old building to build something new reasoned that the cost of
demolition and new construction is cheaper than rehabilitating or
renovate old buildings there. In fact, studies in the United States
proves otherwise. They chose to destroy historic buildings solely
for the pursuit of profit, status and prestige.
It is a challenge, because just as in other areas of
development, the city government in the conservation of the old
neighbourhood, is also expected to have the "political will" or high
political will and a serious role as a policy maker and a good
technical planning in this field.
3. POLICY ANALYSIS INCENTIVES AND
DISINCENTIVES
3.1 Eligibility of Incentives Policy
Policy incentives implemented by the government as a way to ease
the burden on owners of historic buildings in their participation
maintain a presence and take care of their property. Policy
incentives are also intended to encourage the participation of
capital owners or investors who wish to pursue business profits to
help preserve the buildings / historic district in the city.
There are two patterns of incentives, firstly, an incentive given
by the government as an attempt to compensate for the loss or loss
of potential income experienced by owners of historic buildings as
a result of restrictions or regulations prohibiting the destruction or
alteration of historic buildings manifestation/addition of the floor.
Examples of this first pattern is a form of incentive "easements"
and Transfer of Development Rights (TDR). TDR is one of the
components that allowed in Urban Terrain Regulations No.2 year
2015 on Detailed Spatial Plan and Zoning Regulations Medan
2015-2035. TDR in principle is right to give the rest of KDB and
KLB use of a heritage building location to another location. This
policy can encourage the provision of long-term compensation
from the developer to the owners of heritage buildings at the same
time keeping or even encourage ownership of cultural heritage to
take advantage of TDR to other development locations.
The second pattern is the incentive given as subsidy for
expenses incurred by the building owner who has been
rehabilitating and caring for historic buildings. The shape of the
pattern of this second incentive is a reduction in property tax or
land tax (PBB), income tax reduction and subsidies directly or
indirectly. Reductions and tax exemptions are possible in UU
No.28 year 2009. The development of this pattern is the United
Nations exemption for cultural heritage that is not used for
commercial functions and tax relief UN, restaurants and
entertainment, IMB retribution, License, garbage, electricity and
taps special rates and facilitate an exemption from many provisions
of such dispensation Line Border Building, zoning Matrix
dispensation, the obligation to provide parking, and others.
Benefits for the owner or manager of the heritage buildings of
the above incentives are such buildings have a legal form of IMB
and SLF so that it can be used in the process of collateral or other
permit requirements. The ease and lightness of business licenses, as
well as special tax rates, will encourage the use of the building for
commercial activities so that maintenance costs and the added
value of the building will be higher. Electricity and PDAM fares
are equivalent to a social building will greatly help to maintain the
attractiveness of the existing building. For single building in the
city centre which is maintained for at least occupancy will benefit
about 5 million to 10 million per year from this pattern, whereas if
it is a restaurant or salon use the benefits received up to 30 million
per year from the second pattern.
3.2 Eligibility for Compensation Policy
Offsets allowed in the regulation consists of:
Direct Costs Care Aid in the form of direct aid pattern care
financing, residential buildings, houses of worship, museums
and cultural institutions can periodically receive help certain
amount for expenses incurred by the owner of the building in
treating or maintaining the buildings concerned. Form and
financial magnitude of this pattern are allocated in the budget.
The magnitude of this assistance is also differentiated
according to qualifications and character of historical value
contained by heritage buildings concerned.
Subsidize the rehabilitation/renovation, for the heritage
buildings that are not commercial or that preservation does not
aim for profit, Medan City Government can provide assistance
subsidy for the cost of rehabilitation and/or renovation of
buildings, which is sourced from the budget. Help subsidies
disbursed should be used for conservation, and this should be
strictly controlled by the authorities. Buildings in this category
are housing, places of worship and museums and institutions
engaged in the field of culture and arts. Assistance should be
given routinely includes in-aid cleaning walls, painting and
roof repairs.
As for the building that is intentionally or not has experienced
severe construction damage that can potentially harm the
environment and the people who cross it, the convenience provided
by the government is a zinc fencing around the building. The fence
posts are given paint and cross prohibited by the City.
154
 Compensation is given in the form of funds and non-fund.
Compensation funds, despite to do in Medan, but in a review of
eligibility is not recommended due to the limited financial capacity
of the municipality. On the other hand, it is less appropriate in the
context of the current development management that emphasises
public-private partnership. Compensation fund such non-painting
and renovations are also advised not charged to the city
government because it has the potential for private sector
involvement as a sponsor such as a paint company, the company
cement, iron, and tile.
Another compensation that can be awarded as reimbursement
fund is aid maintenance and cleaning, giving IMB and SLF free of
charge, for the result of the acquisition of the entertainment tax as
well as hotels, exclusion of liability and ANDALALIN
environmental documents. This compensation by a simple
calculation can provide the benefits of 10 million to 20 million in
the early stage and every year.
3.3 Feasibility of Facilitation Partnership Policy
A partnership is essentially a form of cooperation. This cooperation
may involve government and private and public, working together
as partners in the realisation of the work is based on mutual
agreements, with responsibilities based on their respective areas of
work, to achieve social benefits and economic optimisation of the
object or activities undertaken together. The cooperation includes
financial and other resources and the possibility of jointly bear the
risk and profit sharing as agreed initially (Sutarjo, 1990; 133).
According to appendices (1994: 4), which discusses the
partnership in housing and settlement, a partnership based on the
principle of shared interests, shared roles and share the profits,
which the one with the other (government, private and public) are
business partners and business partners. Meanwhile, according to
Presidential Decree No. 7 the year 1998, the partnership is
mutually beneficial cooperation between government, private
sector and communities to improve the efficiency, quality of
service and infrastructure management.
Partnership in the preservation of cultural heritage can be
done in two aspects: commercial and non-commercial aspects.
Aspects of commercial done on the commercial value of promotion
or added value such as the use of paint and other materials,
installation of billboards with the ban on the placement of
billboards within 50 meters of a heritage building, the placement
mini pole telecommunications tower incorporating lighting and
CCTV for security environment of heritage buildings , a
partnership of cultural and educational tour packages. Non-
commercial aspects applied in the form of part of a kind of
awareness of CSR funds are used to treat the building, cataloguing
and research data collection and documentation, partner parties can
make the building as a 'protege' rights publication.
The government's role is to be a facilitator and find partners to
help the preservation of cultural heritage buildings. This
partnership will benefit the owner or manager of a historic building
around 10 million per year.
3.4 Feasibility of Disincentive Policy
The disincentive is a device to prevent, restrict growth, or reduce
the activity that is inconsistent with the purpose of preservation of
cultural heritage buildings. Law No. 11 Year 2010 on Heritage did
not set disincentive, but the existing provisions stipulated in
Regulation Law 28 of 2002 on Building and spatial planning
regulations.
Article 31 of the Building Act provides that disincentive in
buildings of cultural heritage is preserved can be:
a. the imposition of an obligation to pay compensation
improvements heritage building by the owner/manager of the
building to the government; and/or.
b. Limitation on the utilisation of cultural heritage buildings.
Policy in the Medan City has only about a disincentive but is
not yet supported by another supporting device that is less than
optimal. The supporting device includes:
1. The first step is to make a list or register of historic buildings
the force of law and politics. Bylaw that there is at present no
clear list of buildings and a long list of classification has not
split the heritage buildings in the classification according to the
preservation of the building regulations; there are no agreement
even clear criteria in judging.
2. After that, the specified area of the city that became a
conservation area or "heritage district" or "historic district" as a
geographical aspect in determining the location of the building
is worth enjoying incentive policies.
3. Next is the establishment of the State Conservation Council
formed by the mayor with the approval of the people's
representatives, remain on duty as an independent as the forces
that control the implementation of conservation policies and
policy incentives, along with the administrative tasks and legal
law punishment aspects. That Council can be replaced with a
Team of Building and City Architectural Expert.
4. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
4.1 Licensing Policy Incentives
Licensing facilities that can be provided include:
a. Dispensation obligation to provide parking space according to
the standard that has been set.
b. Dispensation provision Side Building Line Border
c. The provision of free consulting services for building owners
to plan the renovation and revitalisation of the building/area in
the relevant technical agencies and advisory team set up and
working with non-governmental organisations/college.
d. Dispensation over the function of the building in the Permit
HO and certification are eligible to functions where the
building is located in the area with the designation in the
spatial plan of the city as a residential or public buildings may
be allowed for the building of commerce such as souvenir
shops, restaurants, banks, hotels / inns, and so on.
e. Ease of licensing requirements such as location permit,
Licensing Building, Laying Materials Permit, Permit
Advertising, and so forth.
f. Application of TDR and Allowance KDB, KLB and KDH in
building permits
g. Dispensation for the proponent to prepare a document for the
environmental and traffic impact studies and replaced by a
study conducted by Government agencies Medan.
h. And other matters that have been discussed in section 3.1.
4.2 Incentives and Tax Reduction or Exemption or
levies
Within the competence of the financial management area owned by
the City of Medan, forms of incentives that can be offered to the
owner and/or entrepreneur who preserve heritage buildings through
the use of heritage buildings for commercial purposes are:
• Pieces 50% cost of obtaining a building permit
• Exemption levy license Business Interruption (HO)
155
• Exemption levy License
• Exemption levy Company Registration Certificate
• Waivers/piece billboard permit fees
• Relief futures on taxes and levies ads/billboards
• Tax exemption on Perparkiran
• Waivers permit groundwater
• Exemption levy genset
• Waivers or land and building tax exemption
• Reduction of Taxes and Levies of Entertainment and Restaurants
• And other things that have been discussed in section 3.1.
4.3 Incentive Award
Incentives could be in the form of an award of a plaque, certificate,
mass media exposure, as well as prize money for the parties who
have made the revitalisation independently or most excellent
cooperation of the Government of Medan. This award may be
given in the form:
1. Provision of charter/certificate for the party that in one year
managed to maintain and able to work well to revitalise
buildings / historic district with category 5 (five) Praise and 5
(five) as well as the category Best Hope.
2. Provision of the trophies to the owner or manager of a building
that has managed to retain a charter/certificate for the category
and the Best Commendation.
3. Announcement through mass media and banners, as well as
internet sites for the parties most concerned with the
preservation of the building.
4. The awarding of the prize money/funds for the parties that care
for and preserve non-commercial buildings for five (5)
consecutive years.
5. Granting Certificate of Function Eligible for heritage buildings
that are still worth the cost of testing the feasibility borne by
the municipality.
The award is only as a stimulant for attention and participation
of the wider society. The award can be given every Indonesian
Independence Day, Anniversary of the city of Medan, Spatial Day,
or Environment Day.
4.4 Conclusions
Policy analysis has been done on sections 2 and three above can be
concluded as follows:
1. Problems perceived by the owner or manager of heritage
buildings in the city of Medan by the theory of conservation.
2. The issue has had a policy solution from the applicable
legislation, namely through the provision of incentives and
compensation.
3. Granting compensation in the form of fixed maintenance costs
per year is not recommended.
4. Various incentives and compensation according to the
regulation are expected to benefit at least 20 million in each of
heritage buildings that are supposed to overcome the problems
of high maintenance costs and benefits of building and the
value gap that occurs region.
5. Development of a partnership and the application of TDR in
the Zoning Regulation to encourage the maintenance of
heritage buildings by investors and the public.
6. Construction of the suggested incentives promoting the principle
of partnership with Public-Private partnership as a facilitator.
7. The disincentive is very necessary, accompanied by strict law
enforcement to maintain a balance with incentives so that the
overall conservation can succeed.
8. The State Government must immediately prepare detailed
regulations for the umbrella things above and prepare three (3)
steps of initial application of incentives and disincentives.
Similarly, the material is delivered, may be useful in the
development of efforts to conserve the heritage buildings in the
city of Medan and other cities to align with preservation in other
large cities in the world
References
Attoe, W. (1989). Perlindungan Benda Bersejarah, dalam Catanese,
Anthony J, dan Snyder (editor) Perencanaan Kota: 413-438, Erlangga,
Jakarta.
Fitch. (1992). Historic Preservation: Curatorial Management of Build
World, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New York.
Komarudin, (1994). Ensiklopedia Manajemen. Bumi Aksara, Jakarta.
Nasruddin. (2001). Konsep Pelestarian Bangunan dan Lingkungan yang
Terintegrasi, Thesis Pasca Sarjana Arsitektur ITB, (tidak
dipublikasikan) Bandung.
Pontoh, N.K. (1992). Preservasi dan Konservasi Suatu Tijauan Teori
Perancangan Kota, Jurnal PWK IV (6): 34-39.
Republik Indonesia (2002). Undang-Undang Nomor 28 Tahun 2002
Tentang Bangunan Gedung.
Republik Indonesia (2005). Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor 36 Tahun 2005
Tentang Peraturan Pelaksanaan Undang-Undang Nomor 28 Tahun
2002 Tentang Bangunan Gedung.
Republik Indonesia (2007). Undang-Undang Nomor 26 Tahun 2002
Tentang Penataan Ruang.
Republik Indonesia (2009). Undang-Undang Nomor 28 Tahun 2009
Tentang Pajak Daerah dan Retribusi Daerah.
Republik Indonesia (2010). Undang-Undang Nomor 11 Tahun 2010
Tentang Cagar Budaya.
Pemerintah Kota Medan, (2012). Peraturan Daerah Nomor 2 Tahun 2012
Tentang Pelestarian Bangunan dan atau Lingkungan Cagar Budaya.
Pemerintah Kota Medan, (2012). Peraturan Daerah Nomor 2 Tahun 2015
Tentang Rencana Detail Tata Ruang dan Peraturan Zonasi Kota
Medan 2015-2035..
156
 Evaluation Studies of the Construction of
North Sumatra Tourism Board Office
Eddy Suhartono1 Wahyu Andri Syahputra 2
North Sumatera Heritage

Abstract: Indonesia is a heterogeneous country that has many island and ethnicity. North Sumatra Province is one of the regions in
Indonesia. This province located in the west of Indonesia and consist of 33 regencies. Total population almost 13 million people with
Medan as the Capital City. In the last, North Sumatra also known as Eastern Sumatra when Dutch Colonial era still exists. North Sumatra
Province is surrounded by two coastal area, West Coast and East Coast. Each regency separate at the both of the coast. We also still can
find the plantation company from the colonial era. There are many ethnic that live side by side with peacefully in this province, i.e., Batak
ethnic (Toba, Mandailing, Simalungun, Karo, Dairi); China, Tamil/India, Java, Malay, Minangkabau, Aceh, Nias, Sunda, Banjar,
etc. Medan is the capital city North Sumatera province. This is the third biggest city in Indonesia after Jakarta and Surabaya. There is
much old building in this city that comes from the colonial era. Most of the old building is placed at Kesawan, the old city of Medan. This
paper will expose one of the old building that has been used as office government by the North Sumatera Tourism Board. This building is
the one of the heritage building that has been protected by local regulation (Perda) that refer to UU BCB. There is some
organisation/stakeholder involved in running evaluation studies of the building. This activity has been lead and organised by the North
Sumatera Tourisme Board. At this moment, North Sumatra Heritage has responsibility for doing a holistic survey about the building that
covers physical, socio-cultural and environmental aspect. Then, the result of these activities releases to the North Sumatera Tourism Board
as the owner and also the primary stakeholder in this project. One of the recommendations that have been resulted from this studies is the
Office of North Sumatera Tourism Board should be move from this site location because this building is not suitable for use as the
government office.

Keywords: Evaluation, experiences, collaboration

1. INTRODUCTION and also a bookshop. It has been built around 1920. De Sumatra
1
Post is the first one of the newspaper that published in this
The building of North Sumatra Tourism Board that located at building.
Ahmad Yani Street No 1 is one of the buildings from the colonial The design concept of the building used the idea of art deco.
era that still exist in Kesawan, the old city of Medan. In the last, This concept has been introduced 1920, coming from America. The
this building is known as Varekamp & Co; printing building of characteristic of the art deco concept is shown by the ornament that
“De Sumatra Post Daily”. Recently, this building used by North implant at the each of part of the building. This ornament has the
Sumatera Tourism Board (NSTB) as office and tourist information. function to make the building more beautiful and artistic.
On 2009, the North Sumatera Tourism Board at the
provincial level, run the program, namely Evaluation Studies of
the Construction of the building of North Sumatera Tourism
Board. This is the crucial activity as an effort of management of
heritage building around in the old city of Medan, Kesawan.
During the evaluation, the North Sumatra Tourism Board
involving some stakeholders: historian, architect, archaeologist,
anthropologist and NGO that concern on cultural heritage. Nort
Sumatera Heritage (NSH) is the one of NGO that involve in this
activity. Specifically, NSH have responsibility for doing a holistic
survey about the building that covers physical, socio-cultural and
environment aspect.
This paper will share and expose the experience of North
Sumatera Heritage (NSH) as NGO in running collaboration with
government at the provincial level related to the evaluation studies
of the Office Building of North Sumatera Tourism Board (NSTB). Figure 1: Varekamp & Co. building
Source: http://www.stamps-auction.com/dei-kar-old-
2. HISTORY, CONDITION AND SIGNIFICANCE OF
THE BUILDING 2.2. Condition

2.1. History of The Building Recently, the ex-building of "Varekamp & Co", has been used by
North Sumatera Tourism Board become an office and the condition
Varekamp & Co Building that has been used by NSTB for the of the building was not good enough. Physically, especially from
office, in the last time have functioned as printing the newspaper outside, there is no severe changing of the building. But it was
different when we look at the inside. Some material and ornament
—————————————————————————————— of the building and roof were very old and breakdown caused by
1 Founder of North Sumatra Heritage, Email: rainy. There was changing the function of the room in the
edy.suhartono@gmail.com building. The room that located at downstairs has been used for
2 Member of North Sumatra Heritage
tourist information; room on the upstairs of the building use for
157
the office of North Sumatra Tourism Board. According to existing
of the building, there is two aspect that interest to be seen, i.e.
interior and exterior aspect.
2.2.1. Interior Aspect
Look into the interior of the building; we didn't get the deep
impression if the building has functioned as publishing and printing
office. It has been shown from some information about this
building. In the last, the building has been used as printing and
publishing of newspaper "De Sumatra" and also as the bookstore.
Recently, the room for printing and publishing has been
changed as open arena and became a car park cause of economic
and practical reason. We difficult to find the original form of the
building. But we still can see the rest of old building. Factually, the
building didn't keep the complete information about history when it
builds at the beginning.
The room that located on the front side (left side of the
building) has been used for the centre of tourist information.
Meanwhile, room on the right side used for exhibition. Both of the
room looks disorganised and untidy. So, it is essential to examine
the function of the building again. How and where the furniture
and functional room should be placed.
2.2.2. Exterior aspect
Observation from outside (exterior), a glance, we get the
impression if the building is not a heritage building. The position
of the building is placed side by side with another building. In the
past, we still can find the original name of the building that was
writing on the wall, but recently it has been covered by Bank
Mandiri building. So, we can not read the name of the building.
The building is located at Ahmad Yani Street (Kesawan area) and
becomes the main street for the vehicle that will pass on this road.
This road became very busy every day and crowded with the car
park.
Figure 2: Kesawan during the colonial era, Medan
(Source: Dirk Busikoool)
Figure 3: Building of North Sumatra Tourism Board
(present) (Source: NSH)
Weather and climate change has been influenced the interior
and exterior existence of the building. The old condition of the
building has become the main reason for government and
developer to demolish the building. It is not only specific for
heritage building but also for another building. Particular threaten
too coming from swallow conservation in some houses around the
building by people for business activity. This activity makes dirty
the building caused by faeces of the swallow, and also their sound
make noisy.
Although the authority of the building is in the hand of
government; but may the government make a changing and divert
the function of the building became office government? In the last,
the building has functioned as printing and publishing the
newspaper "De Sumatra". So, it is important to search more details,
what kind of part of the building that has been changed (shape,
colour and position of the building), especially in the interior. If
there is any changing of the building, it means contradict with the
Act of BCB No. 11, 2010. This changing will be lost the
aesthetic and function of the building.
Figure 4: Exterior part of the Building on the UpSide
(Source: NSH)
Figure 5. Building of North Sumatra Tourism Board
(Source: NSH)
2.3. Significance
History of the building of North Sumatera Tourism Board (NTSB),
in the beginning, have functioned as printed and publishing of
newspaper, namely "De Sumatera". Beside that, this building also
has become a bookstore, called" Varekamp & Co. Bookshop". It
158
has been known when we entered the building; we can find an
ample room. Recently, this place has been used for the parking
area, but in the last, this room used for printing and publishing the
newspaper.
The building of Varekamp & Co designed as the functional
building where the publishing office, bookstore and printed.
Concept and style of the building using art deco style. This form is
born after the first war and mostly used by the architect to design
the building. The art deco style has been influenced by any modern
style in architecture, i.e. cubism, futurism, and constructivism.
The building of Varekamp & Co has two level with shape
46,91 x 31,70 meter. The building has a tunnel at the middle room,
and there are two towers on the right and left the side of the
building. Based on the function, the room on the right side use for
administration office publishing; and the room on the left side used
for the bookstore. Meanwhile, the tunnel in the middle used for the
way to printing area.
2.4. Location
Location of ex Varekamp & Co's building or North Sumatera
Tourism Board office is located at the corner of Kesawan area
(Ahmad Yani street), side by side with Mandiri Bank building (ex
Nederlands Escompto Bank) that was build by Escompto
Maatschappij on1924. On the right side of this building stand up
with sturdiness, Tjong A Fie Mansion, a Cina's house that builds
around 1900s. In the front side of the building, there is a shop, with
name W. Loof Ganhdatsdei HAP TONG Shop.
Based on the investigation by the journalist, Sri Mahyuni, in
the last, there is around 600 cultural heritage building in Medan
city. But, now, only some of the building that still exists. They are
Jakarta Lloyd building (in the past have functioned as the office of
The Netherlands Shipping Company and also become an office of
Rotterdam’s Lloyd), Building of PT. London Sumatera Tbk (ex
Harrison & Crossfield building), Cafe Tip Top. We also still can
find the old Mosque, namely "Old Mosque Gang Bengkok"; the
building of Cina Bank (Danamon Bank). This building was built on
the 1920s. Meanwhile, another building, The Modern Bank, in the
last has been used as for representing of Stork office (Deutch
Company that produce and sell the machine of plantation
industries). Recently this building was changed become Ruko
(shop’ s house)
In the last time, Kesawan is a Kampong where people run
trading activities to buy and sell their harvest. Then, the colonial
government was coming and open Medan city as a place for
plantation company activities; and Kesawan becomes a centre for
all trading activities at that time. Recently, the location of ex
Varekamp & Co's building is part of municipal of Medan Barat,
Kesawan village that has wide area 1.06 Km² or only 19.63 % of
the whole area of Medan Barat District, around 5.4 Km².
Figure 6: Kesawan Area, Ahmad Yani Street (Source: NSH)
2.5. Population
According to statistical data, on 1905 there are 13.250 people in
Medan City, and 1912 there are 26.980 people in Medan city
(verslag Handelsvereeniging Medan, 1912, page 9, in Dirk A.
Buiskool. 2004, page 15). Majority of people in Medan mostly
form middle east, i.e., Arab, In dia with total population 3708.
Most people that come from India become labour in plantation
company, and people that come from Arab are the trader that
always come and back. Meanwhile, local people have the total
population as much as 2191 people, Chinese 6937 people and the
European 954 people. There is a fantastic growth of the people
between 1905 to 1912, the total population in this period became
increase 100 100%. The growth of people in Medan between 1905
to 1912 caused by plantation company that open by Deutch
colonial. So, many people are needed to work at the plantation
company.
On 1930, (Volkstelling,1930, in Dirk A. Buiskool. 2004, p.15)
amount of people in Medan city as much 74.976 populated by
Chines 27.180, Europe 4292, Arab and India 3408, and local
people 40096. Base on the data, we can see if Medan city has
grown as one of the important city at that time. It has been shown
by many building with it Europe and Cina style were build in the
city, mainly around at Kesawan until Esplanade during the 1900s.
A growth of population in Medan become increase time by
time. It has been placing Medan as the third biggest city in
Indonesia. Ironically, the growth of Medan city has been threatened
the heritage building in this city. It has been shown through many
heritage building demolished by the developer that back up by the
policy of the government. This is a crucial problem that has been
facing by heritage movement in this city. Advocacy that has been
done tends to stagnant, and there is no political will from the
government to save the cultural heritage in this city.
2.6. Environment Condition
The portrait of Kesawan City was different with the condition in
the last. Through a survey that has been done, we found if there is
connecting between Kesawan and Esplanade (presently: Merdeka
Walk) There are some important site around this area, i.e. the
railway station of Medan, Post Office, Balai Kota, PT. Lonsum, a
plantation company building. Esplanade or Merdeka Walk in the
last has become a public space and green area for people in the city.
It also became zero points of Medan city. Recently, Esplanade or
Merdeka Walk has changed to be a place for culinary business and
entertainment for people in the city, especially in the night, and
sport at every Sunday morning.
In Kesawan, we difficult to walk and enjoy this location
because there is particular no space for the pedestrian. The road is
very busy with transportation at noon and many cars, pedicab and
motorcycle park everywhere around this location. Beside that we
also found many advertising hang out and across on this road.
Some houses and building have changed become swallow's home,
especially on the back side of this road (Clothes Market ). Drainage
around at Kesawan looks dirty, and some drainage was open. This
is the location where the Varekamp & Co/North Sumatera Tourism
Board office exists.
The condition of the environment around at Kesawaan is not
conducive for people that will visit in this location because the
environment condition looks disorganised, untidy and very busy.
So, it is not comfortable to walk or cross the road in Kesawan at
noon.
159
2.7. Recommendation
There is some recommendation that will be an offer to the
government after the result of studies. First, writing the original
name of the building again like wrote the postcard with name
Boekhandel En Drukke veryj, Varekamp & Co. De Sumatra
Second, the building cannot be the change for the government
office. Because, in the past, this building had the function for
printing house and publishing the newspaper “De Sumatra”, and
there is no office building around at Kesawan. Recently, this
building has been used by the government for Office of North
Sumatra Tourism Board. It has been contradicted with the
Indonesian Heritage Act of BCB No. 11 of 2010 about Concerning
Items of Cultural Property that prohibit to move, eliminate and
change all shape and position and function of the heritage building.
Third, re-use the building for cultural activities. The building
can be promoted as a place for cultural exhibition. People also can
use this building for any cultural activities.
Fourth, The North Sumatera Tourism Board should move
from this location, and there is no activity of government officials
in this building.
Figure 7: View of Kesawan Area (Source: NSH )
Figure 8: Workshop about Evaluation of Heritage Building of
North Sumatra Tourism Board, 2009 (Source: NSH)
3.CONCLUSIONS
The involvement of NGO in the evaluation studies
organised by North Sumatera Tourism Board didn’t give
influence to the policy of government related with the
existence of cultural heritage building in this region. Some
recommendations that have been resulted from this project
didn't follow up by the government. So, we get the
impression if the government didn't get serious to save and
manage the cultural heritage building in this town.
Involving of NGO in this project just only for justification.
This is the important point that we want to share and discuss
through this paper. Hopefully, it will be useful and give
inspired for other NGO and stakeholder that will have the
plan to run collaboration with government. We were not
sure if the government will implement and follow up all
recommendations that have been resulted from this project.
It depended on the political will of the government. So, we
still need more time, tactic and strategic to advocacy the
policy of the government in saving the heritage building.
References
Antariksa (2009). Makna Budaya dalam Konservasi Bangunan dan
Kawasan. www. Architecture Articles.htm
Badan Pusat Statistik Kota Medan.( 2008) Kecamatan Medan Barat Dalam
Angka 2008. BPS Kota Medan
Dirk A Buiskooll (2004), Medan; Sebuah Kota di Pantai Timur Sumatera
1870 – 1942 (Planters, Sultan, Cina dan India). Paper presented in
The 1st International Urban Conference, Surabaya, pp.23-25
Joyo Martono (2001). Antropologi Arsitektur. in Magazine “Arsitektur Dot
Kom. www. Antropologi Arsitektur. htm
Koentjaraningrat (2005). Pengantar Antropologi . PT. Rieneka Cipta
Rhadea Bhaswara (2008). Ideologi,Gagasan,Tindakan,Artefak: Proses
Berarsitektur dalam Telaah Antropologis, dalam Jurnal Arsitektur No
2 Vol 2
Sri Mahyuni (2009). Kawasan Kesawan; Kacaunya Wajah Sejarah di Inti
Kota Medan. www.Tukang Ngarang.htm
Tanti Yohana (2009). Spektrum Art Deco. Retrieved from www. Bandung
Heritage Society. com
Pemerintah Indonesia, (2010), Undang-undang Cagar Budaya
160
 Urban Transport Infrastructure Development Planning monorail
on Existence Heritage Building in Medan
Kaspan Eka Putra1
Architecture Department of Engineering Faculty, Pembangunan Panca Budi University, Indonesia

Abstract: Growth population of Medan has increased rapidly from year to year, it makes the increase of economic activity that
encourage the mobility of people and goods as well as transportation demand raises. The issue of transportation in Medan today is
congestion, delays, air pollution, noise pollution and energy waste. It required the planning of mass transit by the needs of the city with a
high level of accessibility to improve the environmental quality of the city. After the route election survey and land use, the potential area
for the monorail is at Balai Kota street, Pemuda street, Putri Hijau street, Raden Saleh street, Tembakau Deli street, Bukit Barisan street and
Pulau Pinang street, but at Ahmad Yani street and Balai Kota street, there are heritages. To keep the preservation of heritage, it is necessary
to move the routes monorail planning to other corridors, besides that, that corridors will be facilitated with the comfortable pedestrian.

Keywords: Monorail, heritage, Medan.

1. INTRODUCTION
1
Development of transport also has a mission that must be able to
reduce urban transport congestion, traffic disruption and as a
Sustainable Transportation Development), as well as affordable by
all levels of users of transportation services. To achieve the high
level of public transport efficiency and service quality, it must be
able to work to develop the integration of inter- and extra modes,
according to city planning, as well as pathway space utilisation of
mass transport corridors as a new activity centre.
Transport has a vital role in supporting the development and
economic development. The smooth transportation of a city will
have a significant impact on the economy of the city, such as trade
and industrial activities. Transport catalyse supporting economic
growth, the development of the area between the city centre and
the suburbs area. A city area is a community event with all its
activities and as a centre of economic growth.
Review from aspects of the population, the increasing
tendency of the high urban population, led to the growing number
of movements both within and outside the city. Urban
transportation problems are increasing along with the development
of the city. It is caused by rapid population growth as a result of a
natural birth and urbanisation. Network services available are no
longer able to accommodate the increase in pressure. One type of
service that is experiencing substantial pressure is transportation
services. This leads to the need for a balance between
infrastructure, especially in transport. It is intended to support the
mobility of the population in carrying out its activities.
Population growth is increasing every year either by birth or
because of population movements itself so that transport demand
will increase. The increasing demand for transportation causes the
increasing of vehicles in urban areas while road construction is not
developing. An increase in the number of vehicles increases are not
offset by the construction of roads can cause various problems such
as congestion. Medan city population growth from year to year has
increased rapidly. This resulted in increased use of the vehicle
along with the population growth.
The increased economic activity encourages the mobility of
people and goods as well as generate transportation demand. Trips
that occur tend to support the work followed the pattern of business
travel, learning, social and so on.
There is a tendency that the development of a city together
also with the development of the transport problems that occur.
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Architecture Department of Engineering, Pembangunan
Panca BudiUniversity, INDONESIA, kaspan12.kp@gmail.com
The development and rapid urban growth tend to limp because one
of the main components that support the growth of the urban
transport system almost neglected to be addressed. This is evident
from the planning and management of urban transport systems that
are not optimal, including urban public transport services that are
not reaching the desired service area. Congestion, delays, air
pollution, noise pollution and energy waste are some of the many
problems faced with the transportation problem.
The transport system has the properties of the network system
that the performance transport services are strongly influenced by
the integration of the network. A good city can be characterised by
the condition of the excellent transportation system,
environmentally friendly as well as the mode of transport that is
integrated with one another.
It is inevitable that transport activity has an essential role in
the system of movement in the corridor Mebidangro. The demand
for a mode of transportation that can provide good services to
passengers which can transport passengers in large numbers, fast,
and reliable in different situations so that the trip can be made
efficiently, is high. One of the mass public transport systems which
are widely used in other major cities in the world is the monorail.
The monorail is a metro or rail along the track on a single rail
which has two parallel rails that the train itself will be higher than
the rails. Usually, rails made of concrete and chariot wheels are
made of rubber so as not much noise of conventional trains.
Construction of the monorail in Medan city planned to bypass
the downtown area of major activity in Medan city. In this area,
there are many heritage buildings. It required the construction of
the monorail route selection planning so that the existence of
heritage buildings is not disturbed.
Congestion and pollution are significant problems in many
cities around the world (Ceder et al., 2014). The city will be
designed on a personal scale to allow two things: the quality of
high accessibility and high-quality environment. The goal is not to
ban the use of the car because it will be difficult to achieve. The
goal is to design a city that has a high quality and with the
appropriate scale so that people do not need to own a car (Banister,
2008).
The monorail is a public transport system based single track
(mono) in the form of vehicles placed and serviced by a specific
track hovering above the ground. The advantage of such a monorail
system requires minimal space; not much disturb the existing
traffic, more cost-effective and efficient in the construction of the
rail compared with a conventional runway. (Amsori, 2013).
Hinamen, Nijkamp and Padjen (1992) suggested that transport
policy can improve the quality of the environmental sustainability
if VMT, automobile production and use reduced, and increase the
161
use of technology for the cleaning action of air pollution. The
monorail can meet the mass transport needs (Timan, 2015).
Monorail can improve service urban transport system (Smith and
Hagan, 2011), planning infrastructure transport should be in sync
with other development aspects (Roberts and Schermbrucker,
2014). The feasibility of the construction of the monorail must pay
attention to the environmental dimension and surrounding
buildings (.Li, et al., 2016). The monorail can be a node
connectivity between modes (Jafari, et al., 2013).
narrow and uphill, as well as more comfortable. Besides that,
monorail system does not have to cross because all of the monorail
track is elevated that relatively high trajectory path of the road
(approximately 8-12 meters from the street).
Rail hangs over a monorail as a buffer that is embedded in the
road with a distance of 20-meter intervals along the route that
bypassed.

2. METHODOLOGY

This study is based on the field survey namely a survey of route

selection by using the method of calculating the traffic volume,
vehicle speed, and road. The survey was conducted in Balai Kota
street, Ahmad Yani street, Putri Hijau street, Raden Saleh street,
Tembakau Deli Street, Bukit Barisan street dan Pulau Pinang
street. As for the land-use calculation is based on the technical
aspects and the construction of the corridor by using google maps.
Because of the heritage on several corridors planned, it is necessary
to survey the field and then analyse it so that can be used as data
and solutions for development planning.

3. MONORAIL PLANNING
Figure 2: Monorail planning
Based on the results of research using indicators of traffic volume
and speed of traffic, it can conclude that a potential area for the
Planning needs and types of vehicles that will be used, they
monorail is at Balai Kota street, Pemuda street, Putri Hijau street,
are adjusted based on the topography and existing land use. The
Raden Saleh street, Tembakau Deli street, Bukit Barisan street and
results of the analysis of horizontal alignment provide an overview
Pulau Pinang street with the function of the building as the office,
and detailed information on the planning of monorail track,
bank, hotel, trade center, entertainment, and culinary services.
especially on the details of monorail track infrastructure
Various activities attract people to travel to this area so that this
development needs such as length, width, radius corners, elevation,
corridor become an area with very dense traffic intensity. Traffic
and so on.
with high intensity is a route that has the potential for the monorail
The use of median street as a monorail track will affect the
to pass. Potential route map on the way to Central Business district.
physical condition of the road and the surrounding buildings. In the
potential corridors, there are heritage buildings that should be
considered in the planning.

4. EXISTENCE BUILDING HERITAGE

Monorail construction planning which in the potential corridor

namely Pemuda street, Ahmad Yani street, Balai Kota there are
heritages that already years old that can explain the development of
Medan from time to time that functioned as a place to trade, cafe,
offices, and banks.
Based on consideration of the existence of heritage buildings,
infrastructure planning should be based on consideration of
maintaining the building environment such that cultural meanings
like the value of beauty, history, science, or social value for
generations past, present and future will be maintained.
Preservation is an effort to protect and maintain the buildings,
monuments, and the environment from damage, and prevent the
damage.

Figure 1: Potential route map on the way to Central Business

district
After the route was selected based on the condition of land use
and function of the building in the corridor, then conducted
technical studies and construction on the corridor set. Compared to
monorail and train, technologically, the monorail can climb at an
angle that is larger and a smaller turning radius. So it needs less
land required and able to adapt to the environment is relatively
162

Figure 3: Heritage Area
Base on considerations traffic survey, the corridor Ahmad
Yani and Balai Kota are very decent for the election of the
monorail because traffic volume is very high and it is going to be a
potential candidate for passengers that also high. But on the other
hand, it is not worth with the architectural aspects of the heritage
because it can damage the aesthetic and view value of that heritage.
5. PLANNING SOLUTIONS
Monorail route is diverted away from the corridors of Ahmad Yani
street and Balai Kota street to preserve heritage in this area. Routes
from the suburbs to the city centre that is recommended is
Tembakau Deli street, Jalan H.M Yamin street, and Jawa street to
the Big Train Station. It can be seen on the following map:
References
Amsori Muhammad, (2013) Consumers Satisfaction of Public Transport
Monorail User in Kuala Lumpur, Journal of Engineering Science
and Technology Vol. 8, No. 3 (2013) 272 - 283 © School of
Engineering, Taylor's University
Banister, D., (2005). Unsustainable Transport: City Transport in the New
Century. Routledge, London. Banister, D., 2006. Transport, urban
form and economic growth. Paper presented at the ECMT Regional
Round Table 137, Berkeley.
Himanen.V, Nijkamp.P, Padjen.J (1992). Environmental quality and
transport policy in Europe. Transportation Research, Part A, Policy
and Practice, V26A, 145-57.
Jafari, A., Love, Peter .E.D, (2013). Quality Costs in Construction: Case of
Qom Monorail Project in Iran, Journal of Construction Engineering
and Management ASCE, Vol. 139, pp: 1244-1249
Figure 5: Monorail planning solution
Monorail station and regional heritage connected with a
comfortable pedestrian path. Use of pedestrian will be able to
preserve historic buildings in this area so that it can be used as a
tourist area. Optimization of accessibility with pedestrian facilities
can improve the image of the region and become a generator of
activity that attracts people to walk.
6. CONCLUSION
The monorail will be the public transportation system has its
advantages, such as requiring minimal space, not much disturb the
existing traffic, more cost-effective for saving in the construction
of the rail compared with a conventional runway. Transport policy
is to improve the quality of environment/sustainability through the
use of technology for the cleaning air pollution. Based on a survey
conducted on some route planning has the potentially contained
heritage. To preserve the existence of historic buildings, the
potential routes that will be shifted to other corridors. The last
station monorail and heritage area connected by a comfortable
pedestrian that makes the pedestrians easier to reach the heritage.
Li, Y., Xu, Y., Yan, H., Wang, K., Wei, N., (2016) Suspended Monorail
System: A New Development of an Urban Rail Transit System with
Low Passenger Capacity, Download from ascelibrary.org by the
University of Toronto on 11/9/16. Copyright ASCE
Roberts, M., dan Schermbrucker, R. (2014). Investigation of SkyCabs
Monorail System in Urban Regions Avishai (Avi) Ceder, Journal of
Transportation Technologies, Vol.4, pp: 31-43
Smith dan Hagan, (2011). Improvements in Gate Road Development Rates
Using a Monorail System, Research Project Review, Mining
Education Australia, pp: 51-54
Timan, P.E, (2015). Why Monorail Systems Provide a Great Solution for
Metropolitan Areas, Urban Rail Transit 1(1):13–25 DOI
10.1007/s40864-015-0001-1
163
 Insert The Archaeological Data in Gayo Culture Area, For History
Culture Reconstruction, Development of Science and Tourism
Ketut Wiradnyana1
Archaeological Research Office of Northern Sumatera

Abstract: Prehistory data in western part of Indonesia are still very few, it makes a separate issue to understand the prehistoric
relationship data between contemporary data ethnic culture. Archaeological research on the site and Loyang Loyang Mendale Ujung
Karang in Gayo Culture Area an attempt reconstruction cultural history. Various artefacts, ecofak, features and other aspects produced, is
evidence of past activity supporting Hoabinh and Austronesian culture. Even the different aspects that were found to exhibit an association
with culture contemporary Gayo ethnic communities. The results of the research in question is a clear form of the development of
knowledge, which is also used as an attempt to legitimise ethnic Gayo identity and used as a tourism object.
.
Keywords: Paper formatting, guidelines.

1. INTRODUCTION 2. ARCHAEOLOGICAL DATA

1
Fredrik Bart (1988 ) marks the ethnic group of their characteristics
determined by each group, which each main group then formed a
separate pattern in the interaction patterns they self, so it can be
distinguished from others. Narroll (1964 ) said, ethnic
groups/communities for that the population is considered to be able
to breed and survive, but it also has cultural values are the same
and are aware of the sense of unity in cultural forms. The
population also form a network of communication and interaction
itself, determine the characteristics of their group that is accepted
by the other groups and can be distinguished from other population
groups ( Barth 1988, 11 ).
Based on this it can not be doubted that the Gayo is one ethnic
group, considering various aspects disclosed Fredrik Bart (1988 )
are met. As an ethnic group, the Gayo has an important role in the
formation of culture in the highlands of northern Sumatra Island.
Various archaeological evidence has shown the existence of
migration and of course also accompanied by culture to the
surrounding area.
Archaeological remains are resulting from a series of studies
showing that prehistoric people in Tanoh Gayo has had an
advanced culture, and even has an important role for the
development of various aspects of culture from time to time.
Various aspects of culture found in these communities, and
continuous from prehistoric, classical too - period later.
The identity of the community is very important Gayo known
from the emergence of humanity and culture to the later period. It
will help to know the cultural history of the community, providing
an understanding of pluralism and multiculturalism to be a
community identity.
In the context of science, sites in Tanoh Gayo has an
important role, such as one evidence of migration
Australomelanesoid in the interior of Sumatra and also
Austronesian in western Indonesia. Also, it seems the Gayo people
have also played an important role about the activities of Indian
culture in the interior province of Aceh that has not a lot of
evidence that appears to strengthen the reality of it.
——————————————————————————————
1 Researcher, Department of Architecture, University of
SumateraArchaeological Research Office of Northern Sumatera
Utara, Medan, Indonesia; Email: ketut_wiradnyana@yahoo.com
Excavations in Loyang Mendale, Loyang Loyang Ujung
Karang and Putri Pukes produce artefacts made of stone, bone,
clay, shells and more. The artefacts found in different cultural
layers that indicate a continuous period process. As mentioned
artifactual include stone artefacts identified as hand-held axes,
picks and flakes apart mortar. The artefacts were made from shells
of molluscs is a tool flake. As for the artefacts made from clay are
well decorated with pot fragments or not. Artifacts made of bone is
bone point and spatula, as well as artefacts made from an eye fang
necklaces and artefacts representing the remaining containers, are
made by weaving rattan (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman 2011,56
).
To artefacts made from ground/pottery increasingly found
fragments of pottery with red painting polish other than red or
black. Pottery with red polish, have the same shape and decoration
techniques with Ban Chiang site in Thailand so it is believed the
relationship between the community and the community Gayo
Thailand prehistoric times (Wiradnyana 2015, 32). It also found
fragments of ceramics that have the period around the 12th century
AD.
For ecofact findings that identified them as animal bones,
dogs, snakes, buffaloes, horses, molluscs, crab claws, etc., while
others such as hazelnut shells. While the findings other than
charcoal residue burning, burnt clay (earthenware material) is also
a human skeleton (Wiradnyana et al., 2012, 111-129).
Of the 11 (eleven) human skeleton is completely found at the
site identified the framework of 5 (five) of them aged over 21 years
with tooth decay massive and five (5) others aged under 21 years
and one (1) was identified as the skull missing. In general, the
framework has a characteristic of Mongoloid race (skull roof is
rather high and rounded with a flat face and width) that indicate
height between 150-160 cm. - Framework meant intentionally
buried with grave oval and given stock tomb. The teeth on average
in an effort framework (filing) (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman
2011, 127).
Site Umang, District Linge also provide new hope for the
future activities of the classic in plain High Aceh, during which
there has never been presented in a scientific forum. It is
considering the lack of data leads to the culture of the time. On this
site was found scratched stone indicating Hindu culture in the form
of a yantra with letters, tendrils or tassel lion, trident and circles. In
yantra written OM (Aum = Shiva, Vishnu, Brahma) under this
script there is a triangle trikona or feminine triangle (yoni). There
is also found Pallawa popularly used in the 5-8 century AD which
reads ksa. On-site Buntul Linge, Linge subdistrict which is
considered as one of the founding of the kingdom Linge locations
164
were also found fragments of Chinese ceramics from the Song The group of hunting perhaps were all adult man and the group for
dynasty a century (12-14 AD), (Ming-Ching 17-20 century AD); of serving done by ladies, children and older people, whereas its
Thailand 14-15 century and colonial/Dutch and pottery show in the social structure was possibly occurring on each group, where the
range of 19th-early 20th century (Wiradnyana, et al 2012, 157). group of hunting required specific organisation in doing their
activities. Such organisation should produce own structure. To
classify the older and children into one group is acknowledged a
2.1 Reconstruction of Cultural History worth concept having a link with an effort to know them from
physical aspect and psychological point of view. It means that time
they had got consideration variously aspect mainly in maintaining
Before 7400 ± 140 BP, it had been available a group of people as
the existence of groups. Beside it, respectful to parent-old people
Australomelanesoid race resided on the eastern coast of Sumatra
also had been practised well.
island. They were noted carrier of cultures for Hoabinh, namely a
The stone tools used such as pebble axe function to cut
certain of culture derived from northern part Vietnam who lived by
through wood, flake and blade used knives and mortar with the
exploiting a marine biota (Bellwood 2000, 238-241). Its stone
function of the hummer. The condition of any stone tools as found
instruments were known characteristic called Sumatralith. This
indicated that time had already got as good technology and
stone tool made of gravel with all its sides cut off cause its side
morphology as they used while living around the coastal region of
sharp, but one of its sides remained cortex, while another side no
Sumatra Island, yet some parts of the tools got a bit changed up
has any cortex.
already such as about the size and its shape. The change meant
It is noted on the eastern coast of Sumatra through high land
linked more with the adaptation of human against the environment.
indicated found several human group supporting to Hoabinh
Sometimes, they used yet variously splinters made of the shell of a
cultures. They lived by hunting and by fishing, and they collected
mollusk; it helped to resolve problems connected with their needs
mollusc or snails for food variously. In about 3870 ± 140 BP up to
in food. Their life with the cultures was taking place throughout
4120 ± 140 BP around the sites of Bukit Kerang Pangkalan, Aceh
year 5040 ± 130 BP (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman 2011,110)
Tamiang was found pollen, peanuts, and leafy vegetables, and it
It was about 5080 ± 120 BP had been existed a group of
indicated that age they had conducted a simply cultivates
another human (a group of people not supporting human for
(Wiradnyana 2011, 54).
Hoabinh as Austomelanesoid race) migrated to Tanah Gayo. From
They had made a stage houses, build them around rivers
the cultures aspect found by these group had similarity with the
mouth. The ladies, children and the older man stayed at home, and
supporting group to Austronesian cultures. It was noted the
the young-adult went out for hunting. If someone died while was
characteristic of cultures such as pottery, had a universal
hunting should be buried around at location. Any ladies, children
characteristic compared to the spreading region of Austronesian in
and the older died, it should be buried around the residence. These
speaking in another place. The pottery on sites of Loyang Mendale
hunters had possibly ideas to move from another place to other; it
and Loyang Ujung Karang had a variously features as the
was undoubted because they had more opportunity to explore than
characteristics of pottery cultures existed in Southeast Asia. Once
ladies group, the hunters have known an ideal location for residents
again, it indicated that migration to Tanah Gayo region had taken
and any food supplies as well as.
place on the early of migration those Austronesian speaking to
The other aspect had relation with the idea for moving
western-ward leading to Sumatra, for this reason also seen
residence might be about the shortage of food supplies, the natural
according to the analysis in radio-carbon implied it was older than
disaster such as flood and also any Tsunami and they had moved
the results of the radiocarbon analysis of the Austronesian culture
by tracing the rivers mouthed into the sea around their residence.
oldest so far in Indonesia.
Mostly rivers had been exploited as media to simplify movement
The traces of migration of Austronesian to Tanah Gayo was
space either for hunting or migration and determine Loyang
possibly from South China to Thailand throughout the western part
Mendale and Ujung Karang to occupy, where mostly they could
of Sumatra. For this matter was based on a finding of red-slipped
take the river as access.
pottery that has a similar Decorated-style with the pottery on Ban
Appointing the location either Loyang Mendale and Ujung
Chiang Site, Thailand. Beside it, its geographical position tended
Karang for residence had a close connection with their daily life
ideal for shipping by wind, where when one put lied sail on
necessities either for home, to produce foods, the place for the
Thailand where without any oar canoe the canoe itself may sail
workshop and burial. In selecting the region to occupy because the
own into western-part of Sumatra Island.
location had a certain cave with niche properly for shelter. The
On Sumatra Island, this group was known residing at Loyang
location was closed to the source of water where the region relative
Ujung Karang and might also at Loyang Mendale and Loyang Putri
flat so that ideal for living.
Pukes, with the advanced more cultures compared to the cultural
It was about 7400 ± 140 BP they were living with hunting
support of Hoabinh. Certain technology and religion existence
and collected food. The animal they hunted mostly they got from
showed the advance.
around the residence. They watched the animal seeking water from
By excavation at Loyang Ujung Karang site seen that they had
a distance around the lake or even near to fore-part of the cave
practised a burial by providing an oval hole. They also buried one-
where the water was flowing into Laut Tawar Lake. There was also
death by flexed burial with funeral gifts an arrow, pot plaited
found many residual of burning either any hunting animal, mollusc
rattan, pot a media for cooking and laid the death-one oriented
and snail; this indicated that time was consumed by burning.
facing tended to East-West (the Head to East and feet to West/ face
The hunting as the mostly adult man conducted also was
facing to east). This condition indicated that they had known a
possibly involving some hunting dogs. For this indicated existing
religious aspect such as they had believed available a life after
also found a completely skeletal of dogs estimated around 5040 ±
death, so they were supplied in several matters. The burial gifts are
130 BP (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman 2011,111). The existence
also indicating an effort to prepare their lives for future meaning
of these groups during their life supported to trace the Hoabinh
the supplies were prepared for the living they would get. This
cultures, and this perhaps assumed that they have applied social
aspect is critical to hold up as one of local wise that it had been
organisation and social structure for living. The social organisation
structure was seen in separating the groups of hunting and serving.
165
practised already at pre-history age by the ancestors of Gayo
people.
They also had possibly held up a concept with sun-shine
where the sun is rising as the symbol of life and sunsets in the West
as the leading of death. The sun-shine concept seemly yet was
applied in the developing a traditional house of Gayo people whose
always build a traditional house leading to Eastern-ward. The other
aspect also is seen continuing as faith existing a ruler god for a
certain region. Also, a trust in rice has a spirit so encourage
whoever to respect it with an initiation ceremony (filing)
(Hurgronje1996,216).
There were also found a decorated pottery fragment and any
plaited rattan made around 4400 ± 120 BP (Cal.3285-2937 BC)
indicated that the human group that time had known an aesthetic
aspect and they had practised already skill-hand in making any
media. It was assumed their skill to make the plaited. Also, they
produced a fish-nets, it was indicated seen in its decorated pottery.
Beside it, the plaited also indicating available their efforts to
produce something in pieces as possibly used as a cover for the
body for instance.
In pottery fragment displayed that group of human that time
had known own technology, but seen from the culture aspect such
as in flexed burial and also dating had a tend similar between
Mesolithic period with Neolithic, means there was interacted the
culture from Mesolithic period into Neolithic period or from the
group supporting Hoabinh cultures with the group supporting
Austronesian culture (Wiradnyana 2012,99-118). In old personal
dating indicating the existence of Austronesian and existed stone
adze and oval-around adze and available pottery fragment with the
similar technique and decorated form with the pottery cultures of
South-east Asia assumed that occurrence an early immigration of
Austronesian into Loyang Mendale and to Ujung Karang site. The
matter was also indicated with the assumption is always inherently
that Austronesian migration brought along pottery of Bau-Melayu
with stone adze and migration brought along Lapita pottery with its
oval-round adze, both features were found on the site.
The existence of head skull with femur, tibia and available
human skeletal not complete with its position as level as the
skeletal folded indicated that around 4400 ± 120 BP (Cal.3285-
2937 BC) they had known a secondary burial concept. For un-
complete skeletal, as amongst left some burning human mandible
fragments had it's 2590 ± 120, and it indicated also existing a
certain re-treat against one-death after burial. The treatment
concept was known as secondly burial namely after the one was
buried sometime inside soil and then remove its bones to re-burial
or fire, and this similar concept as then more known as an effort to
respect that one-death. This concept in advance connected to
provide more places for the soul. Some traditional community in
Indonesia (namely Batak Toba, Karo, Bali and Dayak ethnic
groups) hold yet practising alike secondary burial. The existence of
human bones un-complete (some burn) also found on an upper
layer of the site that had been analysed already in radio-carbon
produced its around 2590 ± 120 BP. This indicated that secondary
burial tradition had taken place during that age and it might also be
taking place through further times (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman
2011,154).
Teeth is a very highly hard part of the body so that existing
preserved and it is highly possible to find a long time after died
(Artaria 2009,6-81). Tooth filing was also conducted by the human
at Loyang Mendale and Ujung Karang, an assumption that human
for the period conducted a similar procession, estimated there was
a transferring ceremony from childhood to teenager/youth. Also,
the tooth filing is also correlating with an initial aspect that
possibly an effort to establish between human with the wild animal.
There, the wild animal was symbolised with teeth and canine tooth,
to establish it, done by mutilation.
The condition of teeth found at Loyang Mendale site that had
got mutilation already, even more extreme. It displayed that there
was an effort of mutilation but left out a few, or sometimes with
many mutilations under a social structural concept, practising that
more often done mutilation the one has a higher social status
compared to another. It means that one-death has been considered
got already several stages in life (Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman
2011,155).
It was about 300 AD, found a lots human skeletal burn at Site
Loyang Mendale, assumed as a sort of secondary burial as found at
Loyang Ujung Karang. However, for primary burial was also
relatively similar but in Site Loyang Mendale, the human skeletal
was pinned under the stone and rounded and provide wall by stone
with a slab of stone through boulder karts. In viewing they
practised for burial (lead to east-ward, feet folded) had the similar
way with the previous period (a burial on Hoabinh culture), means
the concept practised in the period had conformity with
(Wiradnyana & Taufiqurrahman 2011,125). But, for the skeletal
concept by stone-pin seen the burial practised often found on sites
as aged as Austronesian cultures on Southeast Asia (Bellwood,
2000:245 – 325), this displayed that they practised cooperative
works beside to save the one-death from disturbing by the animal
or as part of the certain procession. When connected it to
practising aspect it should be compared to the same condition as
practising for burial at present, where it is found gravel or bamboo
to cover the burial.
The nature of land and findings on Loyang Mendale site
indicated available arrangement to use the land for many purposes.
For today, it has been arranged in such not only relating to social
organisation aspect, social structure, but also the arranging space
aspects and its uses. Means, it has been arranged the uses of land
according to the function such as space for burial-yard, it was
prepared to forward west, and for workshop space prepared lead to
eastern part and for consuming food or for fire-place centralised
around the middle as it is closed to central of the workshop.
The group of human that time had got capable producing
variously tools either a stone adze and oval-round adze as indicated
found a prospect stone adze or stone adze fragment. Also found
tools made of clay indicated was produced on the site. In general,
the group of human in the age had got living autonomy. About
5080 ± 120 BP, this group of human, had known already
technology for producing pottery, and later they had also known
rattan plated, stone adze and oval-round adze.
It was also found some canine with pore indicated as pins and
still found pottery with variously decorated pattern showed that its
aesthetic aspect got advance more compared to previous period.
About 5080 ± 4400 BP, the aesthetic aspect on decorated pottery
was displayed only by scratches decorated (vertical and
horizontal), but in around 3580 ± 100 BP (cal. 2.087-1.799 BC) or
afterwards the decorated pattern on pottery advanced variously.
Aesthetic work is a certain part of important life for the
community; it was indicated by pottery fragment for daily
necessities decorated and also found a plated rattan fragment.
Ceramics fragment as found at Loyang Mendale and Loyang
Ujung Karang site showed a period further younger namely the
aged in 12 through 19 centuries and it was assumed that people in
the age used the land advanced since classical period and colonial
aged. On this time knew available a pottery decorated pattern as
similar to the pottery pattern with decorated at Loyang Mendale
site. In addition, it got continuously advanced with animism/
dynamism belief in some aspect of traditional Gayo community in
life (Bowen 2003,44; 1998,60). It indicated that found an advanced
166
culture from pre-history age through the earlier period of
advancing Islam. In addition, uses location at Loyang Ujung
Karang site and also at Loyang Mendale site continuously passed
various stages of cultures that lead the location to become a multi-
component site that taking place from Mesolithic, Neolithic
through colonial ages.
Variously matters taking place on human and cultures on
Tanah Gayo since pre-history period namely by
Australomelanesoid race as associated with Australoid race with
Melanesoid race with its Hoabinh cultures. The association
presented a great contribution to the advancement of human and
cultures until today. Pluralism and Multiculturalism later played a
high role in the existence of Gayo people either with the Asian
races or entry into India cultures, Islam and Europe. On-Site
Loyang Mendale and Ujung Karang, its cultures aspect showed the
original of the part in Gayo cultures as available until today. It is
concluded that from its cultures aspect point of view, the human
skeletal of pre-history as found on Loyang Mendale and Loyang
Ujung Karang site is the ancestor of Gayo people.
2.2 Utilization
2.2.1. Science
This research is an effort for the development of science, so that
research results can provide a snapshot period / pentarikhan and
distribution of archaeological sites with all the culture that has
developed in the western part of Indonesia. Overview cultures
generated from these studies indicate their distribution Hoabinh
culture in the highlands, with a younger age compared to Hoabinh
on the coast. It illustrates that there is migration from coast to high
land. Indications pluralism between human groups supporting
Hoabinh and Austronesian culture was also found from the site of
the highland and Austronesian shells on the coast and the
highlands. Besides the distribution of Austronesian culture
Prehistory in western Indonesia which must also indicate the
migration of Austronesian in western Indonesia.
Other interesting as the development of knowledge that is the
distribution of red slip pottery (red slip) and adze in western
Indonesia, who had only indicated scattered in eastern Indonesia.
Along with it the strengthening of migration flows other than Out
of Taiwan be known so far for the migration of the ancestors of
Indonesia.
To improve the development of knowledge is also required
broader cooperation that has been done so far. Expected by the
extent of the use of science will be able to produce better
information.
2.2.2. Identity
Information generated from archaeological research would help
give a historical overview of the cultural community, especially
about research sites that Gayo ethnic communities. Various
interpretations have been produced would be compared to different
patterns of meaning that exist in the community to unravel the
thread of the culture of the past to the traditional culture of the
local community. This is reflected in aspects of cosmology and
religion, technology and aesthetics that still seems a common
thread between the prehistoric culture with contemporary culture
Gayo. Such information which can be utilised for the benefit of the
reconstruction of cultural history so that it can be used for identity
Gayo ethnic communities. It will be able to build community pride
and identity in the context of interaction between communities.
In the context of regional autonomy, the cultural area often
located in some administrative areas so that that research results
can be used not only in the public interest to only one
administrative region, but also the community in the context of the
cultural area (several administrative regions). Conditions that will
facilitate collaborative efforts in research object development/site.
For identity about education (local content) then the required
information that is simple, so easily absorbed by the students.
Utilization of local content is very important in the effort to foster
understanding of the cultural process that has taken place and can
be used as a community identity. These efforts not only be done
through an approach that often must be done, but also the use of
public space also plays an important role in efforts to improve the
local government 's attention.
2.2.3.Tourism
Research that has been conducted with various initial
recommendations that have been submitted directly to local
governments to produce various forms of cooperation both about
the analysis of results of research and relation to other uses. In the
context of use as a tourist attraction, the local government has
made land acquisition sites, manufacturing of casting human
skeleton and being prepared to structure the site location and
Loyang Loyang Ujung Karang Mendale .
Utilization of the site as a tourist attraction is a model that has
been developed in Indonesia, but considering the limited
information on the results of archaeological sites often have not
been able to captivate the region in its development efforts. Often
also understanding of the government is very limited, so it requires
the approach through the encouragement of information that is
usually done in a public space.
3. CONCLUSIONS
Research results from the largest Loyang Mendale site indicate that
human activity Hoabinh culture support in the range of 7525 ± 70
BP to 5040 ± 130 BP. In the range of 5080 ± 120 BP is also known
to have existed Austronesian groups who move in Loyang Ujung
Karang, and at 4940 ± 120 BP is known to exist occupancy
Austronesian groups in Loyang Ujung Karang. With some aspects
of the culture that continues (flexed burial) and also similarities
period of radiocarbon in the culture bearers of both groups
indicated different races that are likely to have mingled.
Various remains of Austronesian important amongst these is
the red slip pottery fragments were found contextual with ash. Ash
referred 5080 ± 120 BP and 4940 ± 120 BP. In the range of 4400 ±
120 BP, they buried the dead by making the grave, knowing the
aesthetic form decorative patterns woven. For red polish pottery
known to exist in 3580 ± 100 BP.
Within the framework of the culture, indicating that culture in
prehistoric times seems to continue in the traditional culture of
Gayo (before the advent of Islam).
In the classical period in 5th- 12th Century and the colonial
period in the range of the 19th Century, the Gayo people seem to
have made contact with the outside community is evident from the
findings glass beads and ceramics. The existence of these artefacts
shows that the existence of the Gayo people at that time, to
convince the people outside that ethnic Gayo has an important role
in the international trade arena.
Utilization of archaeological data has indeed been
instrumental in developing science (especially archaeology) and is
simultaneously used as the identity of the Gayo people and
tourism
167
 Wiradnyana, Ketut, 2012b.”Agrikultur Masa Prasejarah Di Situs Hoabinh
References dan Austronesia”, dalam Agrikultur Dalam Arkeologi. Medan: Balar
Medan.
Artaria, Myrtati. D. 2009. Antropologi Dental. Yogyakarta. Graha Ilmu Wiradnyana, Ketut. Dkk. 2012. Laporan Hasil Penelitian. Austronesia di
Barth, Fredrik. 1988. Kelompok Etnik dan Batasanya. Jakarta: Universitas Indonesia Bagian Barat (Kajian Budaya Austronesia Prasejarah dan
Indonesia Press Sesudahnya di Wilayah Budaya Gayo). Medan: Balar Medan (belum
Bellwood, Peter. 2000. Prasejarah Kepulauan Indo-Malaysia. Jakarta: PT. diterbitkan)
Gramedia Pustaka Utama. Wiradnyana, Ketut, 2015.”Budaya Austronesia di Indonesia Bagian Barat
Bowen, John. R. 1998. Religions in Practice, an Approach to The Dalam Kaitannya Dengan Migrasi Out of Taiwan” dalam Sangkhakala
Anthropology of Religion. Washington: Allyn & Bacon Vol 18 No.1, Mei 2015. Medan: Balai Arkeologi Medan
Bowen, John. R. 2003. Islam, Law and Equality in Indonesia. Cambridge: Wiradnyana, Ketut. 2016. ‘ Pre History Cultures and Setting Identity Gayo
Cambridge University Press Community (Knowledge for Power)”. In Research on Humanities and
Hurgronje, Snouck. C. 1996. Gayo Masyarakat dan Kebudayaannya Awal Social Sciences. Vol.6 No.6. IISTE.
Abad ke-20. diterjemahkan Hatta Hasan Aman Asnah.Jakarta: Balai
Pustaka
Melalatoa, M. Junus. 2003. Gayo Etnografi Budaya Malu. Jakarta Yayasan
Budaya Tradisional dan Menbudpar
Simanjuntak, Truman. 2006. Pluralisme dan Multikulturalisme Dalam
Prasejarah Indonesia, Penelusuran Terhadap Akar Kemajemukan
Masa Kini. Jakarta: Puslitbang Arkenas
Sumijati. A. S. 1998, Nusantao dan Distribusi Gerabah Bau-Melayu, dalam
makalah EHPA Cipayung 1998
Wiradnyana, Ketut, 2011. Prasejarah Sumatera Bagian Utara,
Konstribusinya Pada Kebudayaan Kini. Jakarta: Yayasan Obor
Indonesia.
Wiradnyana, Ketut, & Taufiqurahman S. 2011. Gayo Merangkai Identitas.
Jakarta: Yayasan Obor Indonesia.
Wiradnyana, Ketut, 2012a.”Indikasi Pembauran Budaya Hoabinh dan
Austronesia di Pulau Sumatera Bagian Utara”, dalam Berkala
Arkeologi Sangkhakala Vol XV No.1 Mei 2012. Medan: Balar Medan.

168
 Landscape Architectonic Intervention Towards Climate Change
Adaptation To Sustainable Cultural Landscape of The Port City
Belawan
Sri Shindi Indira 1
Faculty of Engineering, University of Pembangunan Panca Budi

Abstract: Indonesia as an archipelagic country is exposed to considerable impact of climate change on its coastal areas. Big
cities located in coastal areas are threatened with drowning in the next 50 to 100 years due to the rise of sea level. Jakarta,
Semarang, Surabaya and Medan are the examples of the cities that have been reported in the Indonesian Second National
Communication under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) to face the problem. The
port city of Belawan, a small island which is a part of Medan territory, is another city projected to be drowning as well
because of sea level rise. This is because the cultural landscape of Belawan is swamp mangroves areas where people live,
work and develop fishponds. Adaptation to climate change impact is therefore necessary to maintain the cultural landscape
of Belawan. This paper elaborates on the method of landscape architectonic intervention as a landscape design approach
towards climate change adaptation to sustainable cultural landscape of the port city of Belawan.

Keywords: Landscape Architectonic, The Port City of Belawan, Climate Change Adaptation, Cultural Landscape.

1. INTRODUCTION consecqunce, the floor of pole houses, for instance, need to be


Belawan is a port city located in the northern part of Medan city. It
is one of the most important ports in Indonesia juxtaposed with the
Strait of Malacca. Located at the estuarine of two big rivers,
Belawan is strategically functioned as a port since hundreds years
ago. The richness of its mangrove biodiversity and the culture of
the local fishermen have made this port city blend harmoniously as
a whole cultural landscape. However, recent development of port
facilities, mangrove deforestation for housing sector and the
growth of the population have caused environmental issues in
Belawan.
Flooding and inundation are the instances of the
environmental problems that have been reported to occur for at
least twice a month in the area due to the high tide of 30 -50 cm.
However, human activities incuding mangrove deforestation, the
massive development, and domestic wastes in the sewage, are
reported to be the biggest contributors to flood in the island.
Likewise, the growth of the city‟s population and the expansion of
the port facilities for industry seem to have also caused
environmental imbalance. Flood and inundation leading to high
precipitation have been the major environmental issues for the city
and have negative impact on people welfare. As a port city,
Belawan is very rich with bio diversities such as flora and fauna.
For example, mangrove habitat is the most important treasure for
Belawan.
According to UNESCO (2008), cultural landscapes are
geographical areas that embrace “a diversity of manifestation of
the interaction between humankind and its natural environment in
depth explanation that it often reflects specific techniques of
sustainable land-use, considering the characteristic and limits of the
natural environment they established in, and a specific spiritual
relation to nature”. People in Belawan have lived and thrived since
hundred years ago. The characteristic of the people are categorized
by the way they live in: „Rumah Batu‟ or the concrete houses and
“Rumah Panggung‟ or the pole houses. Most of the time these
houses are flooded during high tide and heavy rain. As the
——————————————————————————————
1 Lecturer, Faculty of Engineering, University of Pembangunan
Panca Budi; Email: shindi.indira@pancabudi.ac.id
raised up every time the sea level rises from its normal state. Such
condition also poses a threat to their livelihoods because most of
them work as fisherman, traders and fishpond owners.
This condition also indicates that the cultural landscape trace
of Belawan is also threatened with drowning. To be able to adapt
with the situation in the future Belawan needs to maintain the
balance of its environment and the welfare of the people. To
analyze the inundation problem in Belawan and identify fit
solutions to support the sustainability of the cultural landscape of
the port city, a landscape architectonic intervention can be used.
However, there are many aspects that need to be considered in
designing proper intervention to address the problems. The
question is „what is the best landscape architectonic intervention
for Belawan that is adaptive to the climate change impact?‟..
1.1 Research Objective
Several aspects need to be considered in addresing climate change
consequences such as flood and inundation. The IPCC and the
Indonesian National Communication Report have indicated several
requirements that should be taken into account in climate change
adaptation. They include, for example, technological options such
as increased sea defenses or flood-proof houses on stilts, to
behaviour change at the individual level, such as reducing water
use in times of drought and using insecticide-sprayed mos- quito
nets, or early warning systems for extreme events, better water
management, and improved risk management, various insurance
options and biodiversity conservation. However, landscape
architecture looks at this issue with its certain approach.
Therefore, the objective of this research was to identify solution to
the current problems and design a landscape architectonic
intervention that is adaptive to the climate change impact in order
to have a sustainable cultural landscape of Belawan.
I.2 Research Question
Many port cities in Indonesia are now dealing with the same
problems. Belawan has its urgency and there are several
alternatives that can be utilized in addressing the issues. Besides,

169
the solution to the issues will also be depending on the flooding often causes delays in goods transportion, fishermen
characteristics of the region. Thus, the main research question is: activities and property loss to the house industries and local shops.
What is the best landscape architectonic intervention for These are the economic impacts experienced by both the local
Belawan that is adaptive to the climate change impact? people and in the export import activities.
With sub questions:

1. What are the climate change impacts in Belawan?

2. What are the challenge and opportunity of Belawan that
need to be considered in sustaining the cultural
landscape?
3. What are landscape architectonic interventions in small
scale design solution?


2. PROBLEM ANALYSIS

Flooding is treated as the basic issue to start this study. Belawan

has been experiencing flooding and inundation 2 to 3 times every
month for years. Belawan is divided into four different types of
spatial use: the port facilities complex, dense concrete housing Figure 1. The Cause and Effect Diagram of Problems Issues in
areas, pole houses of fishermen village and the mangrove forest.
These areas share the common issues, that are, flood and Belawan (Indira, 2012).
inundation. According to government record on hazards mapping,
there are several spots especially in the dense housing areas where
The focus of this study was to contribute to the development
flooding occurs every month. While inundation spreads in mostly
of landscape architectonic intervention in addressing these
coastal parts especially in the pole houses of fishermen village.
problems. The problems are divided into the current problems and
Climate change is reported as the contributor to the problems
the projection of future problems that might occur due to climate
in Belawan. Flooding and inundation lead to increasing
change.
precipitation level that make the current drainage system unable to
The current problems:

hold the surface runoff. Moreover, poor maintenance of the
Flood and inundation in the relative flat ground dense
drainage system causes siltation of mud and domestic waste in the
housing areas due to current drainage system that is
sewage. These current problems lead to a projection that in the
unable to hold and convey the surface runoff.

next 50 to 100 years sea level will rise significantly. Thus,
Flood and inundation from the high tide due to less
protection to the land from sea water has to be taken into account
protective coastal defense.

in the current development.
Domestic siltation in the pole houses
As one of the important ports in Indonesia, Belawan has to
The projected future problems:

keep up with demand of storage and supporting facilities. Hence,
Flood and inundation due to the rise of the precipitation
development and expansion of facilities should be included in the
level
future planning of the Belawan port. With limited available spaces,
Flood and inundation due to the rise of sea water level.
port expansion tends to utilize empty spaces and neglect ecological
balance. Deforestation of mangroves forest is one of the negative
3. LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTONIC RESEARCH
impacts of the development of the port. Likewise, houses of the
total population of more than 95 thousand people in Belawan are
The paper promotes the use of landscape based approach in
freely built on the land they have without following certain rules
analyzing these issues. Landscape Architectonic approach is a
and regulations. These are reported to cause flood and inundation
study by looking at landscape and its context by means of nature
which further lead to the inability of drainage system to convey the
and natural processes. As a scientific study, this landscape
surface runoff and reducing less infiltration areas.
architectonic research combined the method of landscape
Flood and inundation cause major issues in several sectors
architectonic analysis and solution and scientific process.
such as health, quality of environment, welfare, and economy.
Inundation in dense area happens 2 to 3 times a month and will
3.1 Triplex Model
remain for 4 to 6 hours each time. In the pole house zone,
inundation often causes to mud siltation and the piles of domestic
The landscape approach was developed in Wageningen University
waste stuck under the house in between the poles. It also helps the
by Kerkstra and Vrijlandt. They developed triplex model that
growth of germ, bacteria and mosquitoes, and leads to health
shows the interaction between man and nature in three layered
problem and diseases including Malaria and Dengue fever.
model which are anthropogenic, biotic and abiotic (Figure 2)
In dense housing areas, inundation damages plants, grass and
(Duchhart, 2007). Thus, they define Landscape as “the visible
in larger context flood causes unbalance to the ecology.
result on the surface of the earth of the interaction between man
Aesthetically it will damage the face of the city and the quality of
and nature” (Kerkstra and Vrijlandt, 1988 in Duchhart, 2007, p.16).
the environment. Dry mud after the inundation in fishermen village
This is the model developed based on the basic notion of human
and domestic waste stuck under the houses present unpleasant
and nature relationship. However, today the world is changing. The
view. Besides, flooding influences the everyday activities of
way people interact with nature has also changed and land-scape is
Belawan people such as to go to work and school. For example,
the visual result, a snapshot at a certain moment of time, of this
inundation in the riparian area hinders local fishermen from sailing
continuing process of change (Kerkstra, Struik and Vrijlandt, 1976
in nearby mangrove zones. Over flow in mangrove zone will make
in Brink and Seumeren, 2011).
it difficult for bigger boat to see the depth of the water. Similarly,

170
 3.3 Sustainable Development

There are several definitions of Sustainable Development. One of

them is “Sustainable Development is development that meets the
need of the present without compromising the ability of future
generations to meet their own needs.” (McCarthy et al., 2001 in
IPCC third assessment report, 2007). Through this definition,
McCarthy is trying to explain the phrase by means of tangible or
intangible resources. However, Arndt (2006) argues that this is not
easy to apply in small scale case. Thus, he suggests that sustainable
development can be defined as a development that in the long term
preserves and enhances the present economic, ecologic and social
qualities of specific location (Arndt, 2006 in Kupers, 2011).
Those three elements are basis of sustainable development.
Economic stability that meets ecological balance and improves
social qualities is the main foundation to be ready to face challenge
and create adaptive capacity needed to deal with climate change
(Kupers, 2011).
Figure 2. Landscape Triplex Model (Source: Duchhart, 2007)

3.2 Sociophysical Organisation Model

Topic about the relationship between human and nature has also
previously been discussed by Klefmann (1980) where the issue of
the influence of society on landscape was introduced. By
introducing Sociophysical organisation model, Klefmann tries to
explain the system and process of the engagement in the social
context. Through this model Klefmann discusses the two driving
forces behind the landscape form which are the nature organisation
and the social organisation (Brink and Seumeren, 2011). Moreover,
Klefmann links the interactive character of the design process to
evaluate the imaginative future to the reality of the present
(Duchhart, 2007).
Based on the two models, Duchhart (2007) proposes modified
combination of two models (Figure 3). Because the triplex model is
strong in the description of the landscape in physical and tangible
terms (pattern oriented), the socio-physical organisation model
focuses more on the driving forces behind the factors that form the
landscape (process / system oriented) (Brink and Seumeren, 2011).
Furthermore, Duchhart argues that the modified combination of the
Figure 4. The three pillars of Sustainable Development
two models will fill in the gap between now and the envisioned
(based on Arndt, 2006 in Kupers, 2011)
future.

This research is solution based research where it is intended to

function as expected. The design has to work well, be sustainable
and fit with people expectation. Landscape model for this study:

Figure 3. Sociophysical Organisation Model)

(Source: Duchhart, 2007)

Figure 5. Landscape Model for Climate Change Adaptation in

Belawan
171
 This study is focusing on both identifying the solutions to the
problems and gaining people‟s appreciation to their environment.
Appreciation leads to care and attention. In this way, people are
expected to take care of their environment and pass onto their
future generation. For example, people‟s appreciation of aesthetic
value of their environment is often expressed through a certain
aesthetical perception. Therefore, studies and analysis guided by
landscape architectonic approach are not only done to physical
setting problems but also to create aesthetically appreciation by
means of beautification by local sense of beauty and order.
However, this notion of aesthetic appreciation was not the focus
ofthis study because it is a subjective matter and another kind of
research itself.
moon and the full moon); and the second is neap tides or also
known as Dead tides by the local people, or the smallest amplitude,
occuring when the sun is opposed (is the right angles) to the
gravitational pull of the moon. It happens at the times of the first
and last quarters of the moon.
During the high tide, there are openings at the tip of the island
that make it easier for the tide to flow in (Figure 7). From the
Northern part of the island, the tide can flow in because there is
now significant protection (Figure 7). High tide also comes from
the low lying sea bed of the fishermen village inwards (Figure 7).

4. CLIMATE CHANGE ADAPTATION IN BELAWAN

It is reported that there have been several adaptation measures done

in the cities (among other places) to cope with flooding due to the
rise of sea level, tides and extreme waves. They include:

Development of dike equipped with polder system to protect
area behind the dike,
Mangrove rehabilitation to increase soil surface and reduce
wave energy destruction so that the rate of erosion can be
reduced; and

Practicing fish culture using sylvof shery.
Climate change impacts in Belawan include the rise of sea
level, the changing pattern of the high tide and high precipitation
level. High surface temperature triggers fast evaporation, especially
in coastal city.
The topography of Medan as is undulating with an altitude
around 2.5 above sea level. This indicates that this region is
currently not vulnerable to flooding due to sea level rise is equal to
Figure 7. Potential Opening to the High Tide
one meter or less. However, sea level in Belawan is projected to
rise significantly by 0.25 cm in 2050 and 1 m in 2100. According
to a study by Heriati et. al (2009), the probability of coastal areas
affected by flooding due to sea level rise alone (Scenario 1) is low
even with sea level rise up to 1 m. However, when combined with
high tide which will make up to 2.69 m, a significant area will be
inundated. The extent of water flooding inland due to sea level rise
and high tide varies depending on the topography of the area.
Although the nature of the flood in this region is only temporary,
the damage to infrastructure is small, but if the flood affects the
functions of wetlands and ponds, then the damage will be high and
lead to large economic losses.

Figure 8.Water cycle in Belawan (Source: Indira, 2012)

5. ALTERNATIVES FOR DESIGNING

Figure 6. Distribution of flood in North East Coast Sumatra
(Source: Hariati et al.,2009 – ISNC Report 2010)
4.1 Sea Level Rise Impact in Belawan
High tide in Belawan occurs twice a day. There are two tides that
often cause the greatest amplitude. The first is the spring tides or in
local language called Perdani tides which occur when the earth, sun
and the moon are in the straight line (i.e. about the times of the new
INTERVENTION
This model is developed with a certain measurement or calculation.
The main point of these alternatives is to indentify possible model
in counting the space availability and possible construction for
Belawan development. The debit of water to to be handled will be
predicted
 by comparing the runoff water and the current drainage
capacity. Thus, based on the problem analysis, it has been defined
that Belawan is facing and will deal with flood and inundation
problems. There are two types of problems: the current and the
projected future problems. Thus, the design assignment will have
172
to address the problems based on the following goals:
1. Flood and inundation on the relative flat ground in the dense
housing areas will be covered by a system which will be able
to hold and convey the water, and in the same time the
intervention also needs to address other issues including the
quality of the environment and the ecological balance.

2. Coastal protection against high tide, tidal power and sea level
rise.
Alternative B
1. Construct a main canal that divides the city into two parts
and that can hold and convey a large amount of waste
water and storm water toward the sea outlet.

2. An outlet for secondary sewage and the closest tertiary.

5.1 Possible Interventions

5.1.1 Flood and inundation on the relative flat ground in the
dense housing areas.
In these areas, the current drainage system is not able to hold
the surface runoff due to the overloaded sewage with siltation and
garbage. Besides, there are other factors that also contribute to
drainage system problem including: 

less infiltration area: most of the housing areas are covered
with asphalt and no appropriate space for open grass or yard.
the distance between the tertiary sewage to the second
collector is to far.
Alternatives for solving these problems are:
 (A). Connecting
the tertiary sewage to water retention and conveying to the closest Figure 10. Model B for Design Intervention
secondary sewage.
 (B). Collecting all the sewage systems into a
canal in the middle of the dense housing areas. (C). Conveying the
tertiary sewage to a constructed wetlands system to be purified and Model B:
then transferred to the sea or natural wetlands. In this model, the main point is to construct a flood canal
line that divides Belawan into two parts. This flood canal will
Alternative A hold 10 times debit of water of existing primary sewage. The
1. Expand the width of the primary sewage
 closest tertiary and secondary sewage will be connected
2. Construct waste water retention ponds for the closest directly to the canal and the canal will be released in two
tertiary sewage and convey them to the secondary exits, to the north of Belawan and to the west.
sewage. From the secondary sewage and then release to
the primary sewage. Alternative C
1. Expand the primary sewage.

2. Construct wetlands in strategic locations as water
retention and also treatment received from the
secondary sewage and the closest tertiary sewage.

3. Convey the purified water to the primary sewage
that connects to the sea outlet.

4. Other alternative is to transfer the purified water to
the natural wetlands that can be used as water stock
for the fishponds.

Figure 9. Model A for design intervention

Model A:
Tertiary and secondary sewage will be collected in a retention
during the peak debit of water. Then it will be conveyed to primary
sewage. Expansion the width of the primary sewage, with the
assumption of twice size of the current width, will help to hold the
debit of water until it is released to the rivers. The availability of
more infiltration grounds is predicted to be able to hold the storm Figure 11. Model C for Design Intervention
water.

173
 Model C:
This model is trying to convey the water into a water retention
of constructed wetlands, where it will be purified with natural
system, before it is released to the primary sewage that has been
expanded. The Primary sewage line will be a direct short way to
the rivers so it will fluently flow faster during peak debit. From the
constructed wetlands the water also conveys to natural low lying
swamp to keep the debit water in order to support fishponds nearby
the river.
6. CONCLUSIONS
This study was based on problems in Belawan island. The
main goal was to contribute to problem solution including how to
maintain or sustain the cultural landscape of Belawan. Due to a
variety of causes of or contributing fators to the problems in the
island, application of landscape architectonic approach is important
as it is holistic, integrated and eclectic. Thus, the results of this
study is beneficial and can be used to inform future development
References
Alrasjid, H. (1971). The use of the “tambak-forest: system in replanting
mangrove forest. Jakarta, Lembaga Penelitian Hutan Di rektorat
Jendeal Kehutanan.
Azlan, N. I. (2008). The Strength, Weakness, Opportunity, and Threat
(SWOT) Analysis. Mangrove Forests in the Coastal Areas of the
Tropics and Sub-tropics. IFLA 45th Conference, Maastricht,
Blauwdruk and Techne Press.
Bappeda (2011). Pembangunan Sektor Drainase Kota Medan. SEMINAR
PENATAAN SISTEM DRAINASE PERKOTAAN. Medan.
 Pelabuhan-Belawan/navcat.
Brink, G. and R. van Seumeren (2011). Revitalizing Zeeuws-Vlaanderen : a
landscape design experiment for the shrinking and climate sensi tive
region of Zeeuws-Vlaanderen. [S.l., s.n.].
Duchhart, I. (2007). Designing sustainable landscapes: from experience to
theory: a process of reflective learning from case-study projects in
Kenya. [S.l., s.n.]. Proefschrift Wageningen.
Druif, J. H. (1932). De bodem van Deli. Medan [etc.], Varekamp.
 Fadlan,
M. (2011). Aktivitas Ekonomi Penduduk Terhadap Kerusakan
Ekosistem Hutan Mangrove di Kelurahan Bagan Deli Kecamatan
 State Minister of Environment.
Medan Belawan. Social Science. Medan, State University of Medan.
Bachelor Degree.
Farina, A. (2000). The Cultural Landscape as a Model for the Integration of
Ecology and Economics. Journal of Bioscience Vol. 50 No.4
Iskandar, I. W. P. (2008). Studi Karateristik Sedimen di Perairan Pelabuhan
Belawan. Civil Engineering. Medan, North Sumatra University.
Bachelor Degree.
and its necessity of adaptive capacity of its cultural landscape in
Belawan and other similar settings. Social, environmental, cultural
landscape and climate change were the main issues considered
during the study. However, due to the tropical climate in the
country, the ability of landscape to adapt to challenge of climate
change is different to other theories that have been applied in many
developed countries. Hence, it is recommended that the best
alternative of landscape architectonic intervention for Belawan is
the interventions that are able to integrate the needs for the
landscape to cope with the inundation from rise of the precipitation
and the high tide flood, and in the same way to create a system that
gives economic benefits as well as maintain the cultural landscape
for quality of life for the community. Since this is an initial study
on Belawan that focused on landscape architecture, its results can
also be used inform future studies to focus on other factors that
have not been covered in this study.
ICRCVCC (2007). Indonesia Country Report Climate Variability and
Climate Changes, and Their Implication Jakarta, Ministry of
Enviroment Republic of Indonesia.
Kupers, P. (2011). Resilent Islands: A Landscape Architectonic Approach
To Sustainable Development And Climate Adaption On Atoll Islands,
pilot project Hulhumeedhoo, Addu Atoll, Maldives. [S.l., s.n.].
Loderichs, M. A. (1997). Medan, beeld van een stad, Asia Maior. 

Pramono, A. T. (2009). “Pelabuhan Belawan.” Retrieved 10
November, 2011, from http://www.wisatamelayu.com/id/tour/933-


Pasaribu, D. (2007). Konsep Pengelolaan Drainase Kota Medan Secara
Terpadu. Teknik Sipil Medan, Universitas Sumatera Utara Magister
Program.

UNFCCC (2007). Climate Change: Impacts, Vulnerabilities And
Adaptation In Developing Countries. Bonn, United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change.
UNFCCC (2010). Indonesia Second National Communication Under the
United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Jakarta,
Whitten, A. J., S. J. Damanik, et al. (1987). The Ecology of Sumatra.
Yogyakarta, Gadjah Mada University Press
(1992). Fish Culture in undrainable ponds - A manual for extension,
Fisheries and Aquaculture Department.
174
 http:/umconference.um.edu.my/inch

The 2nd INCH 2017 is organized and hosted by Faculty of Built Environment ,University of Malaya (UM);
Faculty of Engineering, University of Sumatera Utara (USU); Faculty of Engineering, University of Pembangunan
Panca Budi (UNPAB); and Faculty of Civil Engineering and Planning,University of Bung Hatta (UBH)